Cenelec: HD 603 S1/A3

HARMONIZATION DOCUMENT HD 603 S1/A3
DOCUMENT D'HARMONISATION
HARMONISIERUNGSDOKUMENT April 2007
ICS 29.060.20
English version
Distribution cables of rated voltage 0,6/1 kV
Câbles de distribution Energieverteilungskabel

de tension nominale 0,6/1 kV mit Nennspannungen 0,6/1 kV
This amendment A3 modifies the Harmonization Document HD 603 S1:1994; it was approved by CENELEC on
2006-11-01. CENELEC members are bound to comply with the CEN/CENELEC Internal Regulations which
stipulate the conditions for implementation of this amendment at national level.
Up-to-date lists and bibliographical references concerning such national implementations may be obtained on
application to the Central Secretariat or to any CENELEC member.
This amendment exists in one official version (English).
CENELEC members are the national electrotechnical committees of Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Cyprus, the
Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia,
Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, the Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain,
Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom.
CENELEC
European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardization
Comité Européen de Normalisation Electrotechnique
Europäisches Komitee für Elektrotechnische Normung
Central Secretariat: rue de Stassart 35, B - 1050 Brussels
© 2007 CENELEC - All rights of exploitation in any form and by any means reserved worldwide for CENELEC members.
Ref. No. HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007 E

Page 0-2
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Foreword
This amendment to the Harmonization Document HD 603 S1:1994 has been prepared by WG9 of Technical
Committee CENELEC TC 20, Electric cables.
Part 1 has been revised, especially to include a Guide to use and selection of cables. A list of additions and
amendments to the particular sections of Parts 3 to 8 is given in this Part 0.
Users of HD 603 should note that, in the particular sections, cross-references have only been updated where
the complete section has been re-issued. This Part 0 of HD 603 contains a list of relevant changes to cross-
references which should be consulted in conjunction with the particular section. National standards
implementing one or more particular sections of HD 603 may update cross-references in advance of changes
to the published version of the HD.
The text of the draft, including a correction circulated as prAA, was submitted to the Unique Acceptance
Procedure and was approved by CENELEC as amendment A3 to HD 603 S1:1994 on 2006-11-01.
The following dates were fixed:
– latest date by which the existence of the amendment

has to be announced at national level (doa) 2007-05-01
– latest date by which the amendment has to be implemented

at national level by publication of an identical
national standard or by endorsement (dop) 2007-11-01
– latest date by which the national standards conflicting

with the amendment have to be withdrawn (dow) 2009-11-01
By decision of the Technical Board (D81/139 extended by D104/118 & D114/076) this HD exists only in
English.
__________
Page 0-3
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
CONTENTS
(HD 603 S1:1994 with A1, A2 and A3)

1) 5) 11)
Part 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Part 3 PVC INSULATED CABLES - UNARMOURED

1) 11)
3A Cables with (type 3A-1) and without (type 3A-2) concentric conductor
11)
3B Cables without concentric conductor (type 3B-1)
3C Cables (type 3C-1) with concentric conductor, PVC sheath
3D Cables (type 3D-1) without concentric conductor, PE sheath
3E Cables (type 3E-1) without concentric conductor, PVC sheath
1) 4) 11)
3F Cables with (type 3F-1)and without (type 3F-2)concentric conductor
1) 5) 11)
3G Cables with (type 3G-1) and without (type 3G-2) concentric conductor
3H Cables with (type 3H-1)and without (type 3H-2) concentric conductor
1) 5) 10)
3I Cables with (type 3I-1) and without (types 3I-2 and 3I-3) concentric conductor
1) 11)
3J Cables with concentric conductor (type 3J-1)
3K Withdrawn
1) 5) 11)
3L Cables with concentric conductor (type 3L-1)
2) 11)
3M Unarmoured cables (type 3M-1)
5) 10)
3N Unarmoured cables (type 3N)
11)
3O Cables without (type 3O-1) concentric conductor
Part 4 PVC INSULATED CABLES - ARMOURED

1) 11)
4A Cables with concentric conductor (screen) (type 4A)
1) 5) 10)
4B Cables with braided (type 4B-1) or helically applied (type 4B-2) armour
2) 11)
4C Cables without concentric conductor (type 4C)
1) 11)
4D Armoured cables without (type 4D-1) concentric conductor
11)
4E Armoured cables with (type 4E-1) or without (type 4E-2) concentric copper
conductor or screen
Part 5 XLPE INSULATED CABLES - UNARMOURED

11)
5A Cables without concentric conductor (type 5A)
5B Cables (type 5B) without concentric conductor, PE sheath
5C Cables (type 5C) without concentric conductor, PVC sheath
1) 4) 11)
5D Cables with and without concentric conductor (types 5D-1 and 5D-2)
1) 11)
5E Cables (for energy boards) with concentric conductor (type 5E)
1) 11)
5F Cables with concentric screen and uninsulated neutral (type 5F)
1) 5) 11)
5G Cables with (type 5G-1) and without (type 5G-2) concentric conductor
5H Cables without concentric conductor (type 5H)
1) 5) 10)
5I Cables without concentric conductor (type 5I)
1) 11)
5J Cables with concentric conductor (type 5J)
1) 11)
5K Cables with concentric screen (type 5K)
1) 11)
5L Cables with concentric screen (type 5L)
1) 11)
5M Cables without concentric conductor (type 5M)
1) 9)
5N Cables without concentric conductor (type 5N)
5) 11)
5O Cables without concentric conductor, PVC sheath (type 5O)
1) 5) 11)
5P Cables with concentric conductor, PVC or PE sheath (type 5P-1 and 5P-2)
5Q Withdrawn
1) 5) 10)
5R CNE cables with concentric waveform neutral/earth conductor (type 5R)
1) 5) 10)
5S Service cables with concentric conductor (type 5S)
1) 11)
5T Cables with (type 5T-1) and without (type 5T-2) concentric conductor
11)
5U Cables with (type 5TU1) concentric waveform neutral conductor
3) 11)
5V Unarmoured cables (type 5V)
3) 13)
5W Cables with concentric conductor (type 5W)
12)
5X Cables without concentric conductor (type 5X)
Page 0-4
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 XLPE INSULATED CABLES - ARMOURED

1) 5) 10)
6A Cables with braided (type 6A-1) or helically applied (type 6A-2) armour
6B Withdrawn
1) 11)
6C Armoured cables with (type 6C-1) and without (type 6C-2) concentric conductor
3) 11)
6D Steel tape armoured cables (type 6D)
11)
6E Cables without concentric conductor (screen) (type 6E)
Part 7 EPR INSULATED CABLES - UNARMOURED

5) 9)
7A Cables with and without concentric conductor (type 7A)
5) 9)
7B Pre-assembled cables without concentric conductor (type 7B)
1) 13)
7C Cables without concentric conductor (type 7C)
7D Withdrawn
1) 11)
7E Cables with (type 7E-1) and without (type 7E-2) concentric conductor
Part 8 EPR INSULATED CABLES - ARMOURED
8A Withdrawn
1) 11)
8B Armoured cables with (type 8B-1) and without (type 8B-2) concentric conductor
1)
Amendment A1 introduces some changes to the text.
2)
Amendment A1 completely revises the particular section.
3)
New section introduced by amendment A1.
4)
5)
Amendment A2 completely revises the particular section.
6)
Amendment A1 withdraws the section.
7)
8)
9)
Amendment A3 introduces new Guide to use (Annex A).
10)
Amendment A3 introduces some changes to the text and new Guide to use (Annex A).
11)
Amendment A3 completely revises the particular section and introduces new Guide to use (Annex A).
12)
New section introduced by amendment A3.
13)
Page 0-5
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
List of updated cross-references
Original Ref Original title New Ref New title

HD 186 Marking by inscription for the EN 50334 Marking by inscription for the
identification of cores of electric identification of cores of electric cables
cables having more than five cores
HD 383 Conductors of insulated cables EN 60228 Conductors of insulated cables
HD 405 Test on electric cables under fire EN 50265 Common test methods for cables under
(series) condition (series) fire conditions – Test for resistance to
vertical flame propagation for a single
insulated conductor or cable.
HD 405.1 Tests on electric cables under fire EN 50265-2-1 Common test methods for cables under
conditions – Part 1: Test on a single fire conditions – Test for resistance to
vertical insulated wire or cable vertical flame propagation for a single
insulated conductor or cable – Part 2-1:
Procedure – 1 kW pre-mixed flame
HD 405.3 Tests on electric cables under fire EN 50266 Common test methods for cables under
conditions – Part 3: Tests on bunched (series) fire conditions – Test for vertical flame
wires or cables spread of vertically-mounted bunched
wires or cables
HD 505 Common test methods for insulating EN 60811 Insulating and sheathing materials of
(series) and sheathing materials of electric (series) electric cables – Common test methods
cables
HD 606 Measurement of smoke density of EN 50268 Common test methods for cables under
(series) electric cables burning under defined (series) fire conditions – Measurement of
conditions smoke density of cables burning under
defined conditions
EN 50265-2-1 Common test methods for cables EN 60332-1-2 Tests on electric and optical fibre
under fire conditions – Test for cables under fire conditions
resistance to vertical flame Part 1-2: Test for vertical flame
propagation for a single insulated propagation for a single insulated wire
conductor or cable or cable - Procedure for 1 kW pre-
Part 2-1: Procedures – 1 kW pre- mixed flame
mixed flame
EN 50268 Common test methods for cables EN 61034 Measurement of smoke density of
(series) under fire conditions – Test for (series) cables burning under defined
vertical flame spread of vertically- conditions
mounted bunched wires or cables
IEC 183 Guide to the selection of high-voltage IEC 60183 Guide of the selection of high-voltage
cables cables
IEC 60502 Extruded solid dielectric insulated IEC 60502-1 Power cables with extruded insulation
power cables for rated voltages from and their accessories for rated voltages
1 kV to 30 kV from 1 kV (Um = 1,2 kV) up to 30 kV
(Um = 36 kV) – Part 1: Cables for rated
voltages of 1 kV (Um = 1,2 kV) and 3 kV
(Um = 3,6 kV)
IEC 754-1 Tests on gases evolved during EN 50267-2-1 Common test methods for cables under
combustion of materials from cables – fire conditions – Tests on gases
Part 1: Determination of the amount evolved during combustion of materials
of halogen acid gas from cables – Part 2-1: Procedures –
Determination of the amount of halogen
acid gas
Page 0-6
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
BLANK PAGE
Page 1-0
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 1
PART 1: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Replace the complete part by the following:

Page 1-1
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 1
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
DISTRIBUTION CABLES OF RATED VOLTAGE 0,6/1 KV
PART 1: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Page 1-2
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 1
CONTENTS
1 General......................................................................................................................................... 4
1.1 Scope .............................................................................................................................. 4
1.2 Object .............................................................................................................................. 4
2 Definitions..................................................................................................................................... 4
2.1 Definitions concerning the insulating and sheathing compounds ...................................... 4
2.2 Definitions relating to the tests ......................................................................................... 5
2.3 Rated voltage................................................................................................................... 6
3 Marking......................................................................................................................................... 6
3.1 Indication of origin ............................................................................................................ 6
3.2 Additional marking ........................................................................................................... 7
3.3 Durability.......................................................................................................................... 7
3.4 Legibility........................................................................................................................... 7
3.5 Common marking............................................................................................................. 7
3.6 Use of the name CENELEC ............................................................................................. 7
4 Core identification ......................................................................................................................... 7
5 General requirements for the construction of cables ..................................................................... 8

5.1 Conductors ...................................................................................................................... 8
5.2 Insulation ......................................................................................................................... 8
5.3 Assembly of cores............................................................................................................ 9
5.4 Fillers and tapes............................................................................................................... 9
5.5 Inner covering (bedding) .................................................................................................. 9
5.6 Inner sheath ................................................................................................................... 10
5.7 Metallic coverings .......................................................................................................... 10
5.8 Oversheath .................................................................................................................... 10
6 Tests on completed cables ......................................................................................................... 11
7 Sealing and packing ................................................................................................................... 11
8 Current ratings ............................................................................................................................ 11
9 Guide to use and selection of cables .......................................................................................... 11
Annex A (informative) Guide to use and selection of cables .................................................................... 37

A.1 Object ............................................................................................................................ 37
A.2 Recommendations for selection of cables ...................................................................... 37
A.3 Recommendation for storage and transport ................................................................... 38
A.4 Recommendation for cable installation........................................................................... 40
A.5 Environment................................................................................................................... 44
Page 1-3
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 1
REFERENCES
References are made in this Part 1 to other parts of HD 603 and to other Harmonization Documents as
follows:
EN 50334 Marking by inscription for the identification of cores of electric cables

EN 60228 Conductors of insulated cables (IEC 60228)
EN 60332-1-2 Tests on electric and optical fibre cables under fire conditions -
Part 1-2: Test for vertical flame propagation for a single insulated wire or cable –
Procedure for 1 kW pre-mixed flame (IEC 60332-1-2)
EN 60811 (series) Insulating and sheathing materials of electric and optical cables –
Common test methods (IEC 60811 series)
HD 308 Identification of cores in cables and flexible cores
HD 605 Electric cables – Additional test methods
IEC 60287 (series) Electric cables – Calculation of the current rating
In all cases reference to another HD or International Standard implies the latest edition of that document.
Page 1-4
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 1
1 General
1.1 Scope
HD 603 applies to cables of rated voltage Uo/U = 0,6/1 kV used in underground power distribution systems
mainly for public distribution, of nominal voltage not exceeding 0,6/1 kV a.c.
This part (Part 1) specifies the general requirements applicable to these cables, unless otherwise specified in
the particular sections of this HD.
Test methods are specified in HD 605 and in EN 60228, EN 60332-1-2 and EN 60811.
The particular types of cables are specified in Parts 3 to 8.
1.2 Object
The objects of this Harmonization Document are:
– to standardise cables that are safe and reliable when properly used, in relation to the technical
requirements of the system of which they form a part;
– to state the characteristics and manufacturing requirements which have a direct or indirect bearing on
safety,
– and to specify methods for checking conformity with those requirements.
2 Definitions
2.1 Definitions concerning the insulating and sheathing compounds
2.1.1 Insulating and sheathing compounds

The types of insulating and sheathing compounds covered by this HD are listed below, together with their
abbreviated designations:
Page 1-5
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 1
Table 2.1.1 – Insulating and sheathing compounds
Insulating and sheathing compounds See:

Insulation a) Thermoplastic:
Insulating compounds based on:
- polyvinyl chloride or copolymers (PVC) Table 1
- polyolefin (PO) Table 4C
b) Cross-linked:
Insulating compounds based on:
- cross-linked polyethylene (XLPE) Table 2A
- ethylene propylene rubber (EPR) Table 2B
- hard ethylene propylene (HEPR) Table 2C
rubber
Sheathing a) Elastomeric
sheathing compound based on:
- Polychloroprene (PCP) Table 3
- Chlorosulfonated polyethylene (CSP)
or similar polymer
b) Thermoplastic:
sheathing compounds based on:
- polyvinyl chloride (PVC) Table 4A
- polyethylene (PE) Table 4B
- polyolefin (PO) Table 4C
2.1.2 Type of compound

The category in which a compound is placed according to its properties is determined by specific tests. The
type designation is not directly related to the composition of the compound.
2.2 Definitions relating to the tests

NOTE Tests classified as sample (S) or routine (R) may be required as part of any type approval schemes.
2.2.1 Type tests (Symbol T)

Tests required to be made before supplying a type of cable covered by this HD on a general commercial
basis in order to demonstrate satisfactory performance characteristics to meet the intended application.
These tests are of such a nature that, after they have been made, they need not be repeated unless
changes are made in the cable material, design or type of manufacturing process which might change the
performance characteristics.
2.2.2 Sample tests (Symbol S)

Tests made on samples of completed cable, or components taken from a completed cable adequate to verify
that the finished product meets the design specifications.
2.2.3 Routine tests (Symbol R)

Tests made on all production cable lengths to demonstrate compliance with requirements.
2.2.4 Tests after installation

Test intended to demonstrate the integrity of the cable and its accessories as installed.
Page 1-6
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 1
2.3 Rated voltage

The rated voltage of a cable is the reference voltage for which the cable is designed, and which serves to
define the electrical tests.
The rated voltage is expressed by the combination of the following values Uo/U(Um) expressed in kV.
Uo is the rms. value between any insulated conductor and earth (metal covering of the cable or the
surrounding medium); Uo = 0,6 kV
U is the rms. value between any two phase-conductors of a multicore cable or of a system of single-core
cables; U = 1,0 kV
Um is the maximum rms. value of the highest system voltage for which the equipment may be used;
Um = 1,2 kV.
In an alternating current system, the rated voltage of a cable shall be at least equal to the nominal voltage of
the system for which it is intended.
If used in d.c. systems, the cables of this HD shall have a maximum voltage against earth not exceeding
1,8 kV.
3 Marking
3.1 Indication of origin

Cables shall be provided with an identification of origin consisting of:
- either the manufacturer's identification thread

- or the continuous marking of the manufacturer's name or trademark, or (if legally protected)
identification number by one of the three following alternative methods:
1) printed tape within the cable,
2) printing in a contrasting colour on the insulation of at least one core,
3) printing, indenting or embossing on the outer surface of the cable.
3.1.1 Continuity of marks
Unless otherwise specified in the particular sections, each specified mark shall be regarded as continuous if
the distance between the end of the mark and the beginning of the next identical mark does not exceed:
- 550 mm if the marking is on the outer surface of the cable,

- 275 mm if the marking is:
1) on the insulation of a sheathed cable,
2) on a tape within a sheathed cable.
NOTE A ‘specified mark’ is any mandatory mark covered by this part of the HD or by the particular requirements of Part 3 onwards of
this HD.
Page 1-7
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 1
The diagram below shows an example of the marking as used on the outer surface of the cable, where the
word ‘ORIGIN’ is for the mandatory information required by 3.1, and ‘XYZ’ is one of any other mandatory
marks.
3.2 Additional marking

Additional marking requirements may be specified in the particular sections.
3.3 Durability
Printed markings shall be durable. Compliance with this requirement shall be checked by the test specified in
Subclause 2.5.4 of HD 605.
The printed legend shall be legible after carrying out the test.
3.4 Legibility
All markings shall be legible. Printed markings shall be in contrasting colours.
All colours of the identification threads shall be easy to recognise or easily be made recognisable, if
necessary, by cleaning with a suitable solvent.
3.5 Common marking

Under consideration
3.6 Use of the name CENELEC

The name CENELEC, in full or abbreviated, shall not be marked directly on or in the cables.
4 Core identification
The cores shall be identified by colours or numbers, as specified in the particular sections. Colouring shall be
achieved by the use of coloured insulation or by a coloured surface. Each core shall have only one colour
except the core identified by a combination of the colours green and yellow. The colours green and yellow
shall not be used separately as single colours.
If there is more than one black or brown coloured core, one of them may be marked with a white line. The
white line must be at least 0,5 mm wide, but must not cover more than 5 % of the surface of the core.
The colour or numbering schemes relevant to the various types of cables are specified in the particular
sections of this HD.
If the core identification is by colours it shall comply with HD 308 S2, unless otherwise specified in the
particular sections.
When identification is made by numbers, they shall be printed in a colour which contrasts with the core
colour. Marking shall comply with EN 50334 unless otherwise specified.
The colours or numbers shall be clearly identifiable and durable. Durability shall be checked by the test
specified in Subclause 2.5.4 of HD 605.
Page 1-8
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 1
The distribution of the colours for the core coloured green and yellow shall comply with the following
condition: for every 15 mm length of core, one of these colours shall cover at least 30 % and not more than
70 % of the surface of the core, the other colour covering the remainder.
NOTE The colours green and yellow, when they are combined as specified above are recognised exclusively as a means of
identification of the core intended for use as earth connection or similar protection.
Compliance with these requirements shall be verified by visual examination.
5 General requirements for the construction of cables

Compliance with the requirements specified in 5.1 to 5.8 and in the particular sections of this HD shall be
checked by inspection and by measurements according to the test methods listed in the particular sections.
5.1 Conductors
5.1.1 Material
Conductors shall be either plain or metal-coated annealed copper or plain aluminium or aluminium alloy in
accordance with EN 60228 and with particular requirements in particular sections of this HD.
Conductors shall be either circular or sector in shape, and of solid metal or stranded.
5.1.2 Electrical resistance

The resistance of each conductor at 20 ºC shall be in accordance with the requirements in EN 60228 for the
given class of conductor.
5.1.3 Separator tape

A separator tape may be placed between the conductor and insulation. Unless otherwise specified, it shall
be non-hygroscopic.
It shall be easily removable from the conductor.
5.2 Insulation
5.2.1 Material
The insulation shall be an extruded solid compound of one of the types listed in 2.1.1 and as specified for
each type of cable in the particular sections of this HD.
The test requirements for the insulating compounds are specified in Tables 1 and 2, and the reference to the
test methods are specified in the particular sections.
The maximum conductor temperature in normal operation and the short-circuit temperature for each
insulation are specified in the particular sections.
5.2.2 Application
The insulation may consist of one or more bonded layers. It shall be so applied that it fits closely on the
conductor or over the separator tape, and it shall be possible to remove it without damage to the insulation
itself, to the conductor or to the metal coating if any. The insulation shall be applied by a suitable extrusion
process, cross-linked where required, and shall form a compact and homogeneous body.
5.2.3 Thickness
Unless otherwise specified in the particular sections, insulation thickness values are in Table 5 for each
cable type and size.
The mean value of the thickness of insulation shall be not less than the specified value.
However, the thickness at any place may be less than the specified value provided that the difference does
not exceed 0,1 mm + 10 % of the specified value.
Compliance shall be checked by the test method specified in Subclause 2.1.1 of HD 605.
Page 1-9
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 1
5.2.4 Mechanical properties before and after ageing

The insulation material shall have the characteristics specified in Tables 1 or 2 as appropriate.
5.2.5 Additional properties

These are specified in the particular sections.
5.3 Assembly of cores

In multicore cables, the cores shall be cabled helically or with another suitable method.
Auxiliary cores, if any, shall be laid up in the interstices between main cores. Allowed number and
requirements thereof are specified in the particular sections.
5.4 Fillers and tapes

For each type of cable, the particular sections detail whether that cable includes fillers or tapes, or whether
the sheath or inner covering may penetrate between the cores, thus forming a filling.
A centre filler may be used in multicore cables, and the assembly of cores and fillers may be held together
by a binder tape.
5.4.1 Material
The material used for fillers and binder tapes, if any, shall be suitable for the maximum conductor
temperature in normal operation of the cable and compatible with the cable components with which they are
in contact. The requirements and the reference to the test method are specified in the particular sections.
5.4.2 Application
Where fillers are used these may be applied either separately or as a part of the inner covering or the
innersheath to form a compact and reasonably circular cable. It shall be possible to strip the fillers, if any,
from the cable without damaging the insulation of cores.
5.5 Inner covering (bedding)

The inner covering, if any, may be extruded or lapped, or a combination of the two.
5.5.1 Material
The material used for inner coverings, if any, shall be suitable for the maximum conductor temperature in
normal operation of the cable and compatible with the cable components with which it is in contact. The
requirements and the reference to the test method are specified in the particular sections.
5.5.2 Application
The extruded inner covering shall surround the core assembly completely and may penetrate the spaces
between them, giving the assembly a reasonably circular shape. The extruded inner covering shall be easily
separable from the cores.
Lapped bedding shall consist of one or more layers of tape covering the entire outer surface of the core
assembly.
For each type of cable, the particular sections indicate whether that cable includes an extruded inner
covering or a lapped bedding, or a combination of these.
5.5.3 Thickness
Unless otherwise specified for the particular type, the thickness of lapped bedding need not be checked by
measurement.
The minimum thickness of extruded inner covering for each type and size of cable shall be as specified in
the particular sections.
Page 1-10
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 1
5.6 Inner sheath

An inner sheath may be specified in the particular sections.
5.6.1 Material
The material used for innersheath, if any, shall be suitable for the maximum conductor temperature in normal
operation of the cable and compatible with the cable components with which it is in contact. The
requirements and the reference to the test method are specified in the particular sections.
5.6.2 Application
The inner sheath shall be extruded in a single layer. The sheath may be applied over an inner covering or
directly over the core assembly. The sheath shall not adhere to the cores.
5.6.3 Thickness
The thickness of the extruded inner sheath shall be as specified in the particular sections.
5.7 Metallic coverings

5.7.1 Type of metallic layers
The following types of metallic layers may be specified in particular sections:
a) metallic screen;
b) concentric conductor;
c) metallic armour;
d) a combination of the above detailed constructions of metallic coverings, together with the test
methods and requirements, are specified in the particular sections.
5.7.2 Application
The metallic covering may be applied over an inner covering or an innersheath or directly over the insulation.
5.8 Oversheath
5.8.1 Material
The oversheath shall be a compound suitable for the maximum conductor temperature in normal operation
and of the type specified in the particular sections.
The test requirements for these compounds are specified in Tables 3 and 4 unless stated otherwise. in the
5.8.2 Application
The oversheath shall be extruded and may consist of one or more layers.
For unarmoured cables the sheath shall not adhere to the cores. A separator, consisting of a film or tape,
may be placed under the oversheath.
5.8.3 Thickness
Unless otherwise specified in the particular sections the following requirements shall apply.
5.8.4 Sheath applied over a smooth surface

For a sheath applied on a smooth cylindrical surface, such as an inner covering, a metal sheath or the
insulation of a single-core, the mean value of the thickness of the oversheath shall be not less than the
specified value for each type and size of cable in the particular sections.
However, the thickness at any place may be less than the specified value provided that the difference does
not exceed 0,1 mm + 15 % of the specified value.
Test methods are specified in Subclause 2.1.2 of HD 605.

Page 1-11
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 1
5.8.5 Sheath applied over an uneven surface

For a sheath applied on an irregular cylindrical surface, such as a penetrating sheath on an unarmoured
cable without inner covering or a sheath applied directly over armour, metallic screen or concentric
conductor, the smallest thickness at any point, of the oversheath shall not fall below the value specified in
the appropriate particular sections by more than 0,2 mm + 20 % of the specified value.
Test methods are specified in Subclause 2.1.2 of HD 605.
5.8.6 Mechanical properties before and after ageing

The sheath material shall have the characteristics specified in Tables 3 or 4, as appropriate.
5.8.7 Additional properties

These are specified in the particular sections.
6 Tests on completed cables

All cables shall comply with the requirements specified in 5.1 to 5.8 and in the particular sections of this HD
and shall be checked by inspection and by measurements according to the test methods in documents listed
in the particular sections.
7 Sealing and packing

Prior to storage or shipment, cable ends shall be sealed by appropriate measures so that water ingress is
efficiently prevented.
Cables shall be packed as coils or on drums, according to the particular sections.
8 Current ratings
The current intensity that cables to this document can carry is determined by different conditions, either
electrical (voltage drop) or thermal, whichever is most demanding.
The maximum current ratings resulting from thermal limitations are calculated according IEC 60287 or
equivalent existing methods.
These calculations shall take into account the actual installation and operating conditions.
Tabulated current rating values according to the cable type for typical installation conditions may be found in
9 Guide to use and selection of cables

Guidance on the use of cables is given in Annex A.
The particular sections of the HD give supplementary and additional guidance relating to the individual cable
type.
When selecting the cables, attention is drawn to the fact that national conditions or regulations covering for
instance climatic conditions or installation requirements, may exist. These should therefore be followed in
conjunction with the guidance in Annex A and any information in the particular section.
Page 1-12
Part 1
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 1
Page 1-12
Table 1 – Requirements of insulating compounds: PVC
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Compound no. (spare) Unit DIV 1 DIV 2 DIV 4 DIV 5 DIV 6 DIV 7 DIV 8 DIV 9 DIV 10 DIV 11 DIV 12 DIV 13
PVC- PVC- PVC- PVC- PVC- PVC- PVC- PVC- PVC- PVC- PVC- PVC-
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Type
insulation insulation insulation insulation insulation insulation insulation insulation insulation insulation insulation insulation
lead free
Maximum operating temperature of ºC 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70

the conductor
Mechanical properties
- before ageing on sample
minimum tensile strength MPa 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5
minimum elongation at break % 125 150 175 125 150 150 150 125 150 150 150 125
- after ageing on sample
temperature ºC 80 100 100 80 100 100 100 80 100 100 100 80
duration T1 h 168 168 168 168 168 168 168 168 168 168 168 168
minimum tensile strength MPa 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5
maximum variation T1/T0 % ± 20 ± 25 ± 20 ± 20 ± 25 ± 25 ± 25 ± 25 ± 25 ± 25 ± 25 ± 20
minimum elongation at break % 125 150 175 125 150 150 150 125 150 150 150 125
- after ageing on complete cable
(non contamination test)
temperature ºC 80 80 90 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
duration T1 h - - - - - - - - - - - -
duration T2 h 168 168 168 168 168 168 168 168 168 168 168 168
minimum tensile strength MPa - 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5 - - - - - 12,5
maximum variation T2/T1 % - - - - - - - - - - - -
minimum elongation at break % - 150 175 125 150 150 150 125 150 150 150 125
maximum variation T2/T1 % - - - - - - - - - - -
Page 1-13
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 1
Table 1 – Requirements of insulating compounds: PVC (continued)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Compound no. (spare) Unit DIV 1 DIV 2 DIV 4 DIV 5 DIV 6 DIV 7 DIV 8 DIV 9 DIV 10 DIV 11 DIV 12 DIV 13
Type PVC- PVC- PVC- PVC- PVC- PVC- PVC- PVC- PVC- PVC- PVC- PVC-
insulation insulation insulation insulation insulation insulation insulation insulation insulation insulation insulation insulation
lead free
Maximum operating temperature of ºC 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70

the conductor
Physical and chemical properties
water absorption
temperature ºC 70 70 70 - 70 70 70 60 70 70 70 -
duration h 240 240 240 - 240 240 240 240 240 240 240
a) maximum variatio mg/cm2 - 2 - - - - -
b) with d.c. voltage: no b V OK - OK - OK - - 1200 OK OK OK
loss of mass
duration h 168 168 168 168 168 168 168 168 - 168 - 168
temperature ºC 80 80 100 80 80 80 80 80 - 80 - 80
maximum loss of mass % 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 - 2 - 2
pressure test at high temperature other
test
duration h 4/6 4/6 4/6 4 6 4/6 4 4/6 4/6 4/6 6 4/6
temperature ºC 80 80 90 70 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
coefficient k 0,8 0,8 0,6 0,6 or 0,6/0,7 0,6/0,7 0,6 0,6 0,6/0,8
0,7
Maximum depth of indentation 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
heat shock test
duration h 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
temperature ºC 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150
Part 1
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Page 1-13
Page 1-14
Part 1
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 1
Page 1-14
Table 1 – Requirements of insulating compounds: PVC (concluded)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Compound no. Unit DIV 1 DIV 2 DIV 4 DIV 5 DIV 6 DIV 7 DIV 8 DIV 9 DIV 10 DIV 11 DIV 12 DIV 13
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Type PVC- PVC- PVC- PVC- PVC- PVC- PVC- PVC- PVC- PVC- PVC insu PVC-
insulation insulation insulation insulation insulation insulation insulation insulation insulation insulation lead free insulation
Maximum operating temperature of the ºC 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70

conductor
tests at low temperature
elongation test at low temperature
temperature ºC - 15 - 15 - 20 - 15 - 25 - 15 - 15 - 15 - 15 - 20 - 15 - 15
minimum elongation % 20 20 40 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
impact test at low temp. on complete
cable
temperature ºC - 15 - - - 15 - 20 - 15 - 15 - 25 - 15 - 20 - 15
bending test at low temperature
temperature ºC - 15 - 15 - 20 - 15 or - - 25 - 15 - 15 - 25 - 15 - 20 - 15 - 15
20
thermal stability
temperature ºC 200 - 200 - - -
duration min 60 - 100 - - -
insulation resistance (minimum
value)
13 14 13 13 13
volume resistivity at 20 ºC Ω.cm - 10 - 10 - 10 10 10 -
10
at 60 ºC Ω.cm - - - 5.10 - - -
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
at 70 ºC Ω.cm 10 10 10 - 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
at 90 ºC Ω.cm - - - - - -
Insulation constant Ki at 70 ºC MΩ.cm
NOTE 1 MPa = 1 N/mm²
Remark: The tolerance on temperature values is given in HD 605, Subclause 1.5.2, but may be varied if specified in the particular sections.
Page 1-15
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 1
Table 2A – Requirements of insulating compounds: XLPE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Compound no. (spare) Unit DIX 1 DIX 3 DIX 4 DIX 5 DIX 6 DIX 7 DIX 10
Type XLPE XLPE XLPE XLPE XLPE XLPE XLPE
insulation insulation insulation insulation insulation insulation insulation
Maximum operating temperature of ºC 90 90 90 90 90 90 90
the conductor
minimum tensile strength MPa 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5
minimum elongation at break % 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
temperature ºC 135 135 135 135 135 135 135
duration T1 h 168 168 168 168 168 168 168
minimum tensile strength MPa - - - 12,5 12,5 - -
maximum variation T1/T0 % ± 25 ± 25 ± 25 ± 25 ± 25 ± 25 ± 25
minimum elongation at break % - - - 200 200 - -
maximum variation T1/T0 % ± 25 ± 25 ± 25 ± 25 ± 25 ± 25 ± 25
temperature ºC - 100 100 100 100 100 90
duration T1 h - - - - - 336 -
duration T2 h - 168 168 168 168 1008 168
minimum tensile strength MPa - - - 12,5 12,5 - -
maximum variation T2/T0 % - ± 25 ± 25 ± 25 ± 25 ± 40 ± 25
maximum variation T2/T1 % - - - - - ± 25 -
minimum elongation at break % - - - 200 200 - -
maximum variation T2/T0 % - ± 25 ± 25 ± 25 ± 25 ± 40 ± 25
maximum variation T2/T1 % - - - - - ± 25
Part 1
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Page 1-15
Page 1-16
Part 1
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 1
Page 1-16
Table 2A – Requirements of insulating compounds: XLPE (continued)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007

Maximum operating temperature of ºC 90 90 90 90 90 90 90
the conductor
hot set test
temperature ºC 150 200 200 200 200 200 200
duration min 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
mechanical stress MPa 0,2 or 0,4 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2
maximum elongation under load % 200 175 175 175 175 100 175
maximum residual elongation % 25 15 15 15 15 15 15
water absorption
temperature ºC - 85 85 85 85 85 85
duration h - 336 336 336 336 336 336
a) maximum variation of mass Mg/cm² - 1/5 * 1 1 1 1 1
b) with d.c. voltage: no breakdown

Shrinkage test
duration h - 1 1 1 1 1 1
temperature ºC - 130 130 130 130 130 130
maximum shrinkage % - 4 4 4 4 4 4
* for density 1,02 g/ml: 1
for density > 1,02 g/ml: 5
NOTE 1 MPa = 1 N/mm²
Page 1-17
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 1
Table 2A – Requirements of insulating compounds: XLPE (concluded)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ºC 90 90 90 90 90 90 90
temperature ºC - 25 - 40 - 25 - 25
minimum elongation % 20 20 20 20
impact test at low temp. on complete
cable
temperature ºC - 25 - 40 - 20 - 25
temperature ºC - 25 or - 15 - 40 - 25 - 25
insulation resistance (minimum
value)
Volume resistivity at 20 ºC Ω.cm - - - - - - - -
at 60 ºC Ω.cm - - - - - - - -
12 12
at 70 ºC Ω.cm - - - 10 - - - 10
12 12 12
at 90 ºC Ω.cm - - 10 - 10 10 - -
2
NOTE 1 MPa = 1 N/mm
Part 1
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Page 1-17
Page 1-18
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 1
Table 2B – Requirements of insulating compounds: EPR
1 2 3 4 5
Compound no. Unit DIE 3 DIE 4 DIE 5
Type EPR insulation EPR insulation EPR insulation
Maximum operating temperature of the conductor ºC 90 90 90
minimum tensile strength MPa 4,2 5 4,2
minimum elongation at break % 200 200 200
minimum elastic modulus at 150 % elongation MPa - - -
temperature ºC 135 135 135
duration T1 h 168 168 168
minimum tensile strength MPa - - -
maximum variation T1/T0 % ± 30 ± 30 ± 30
minimum elongation at break % - - -
- after ageing in air bomb at 0,55 MPa
temperature ºC 127 - 127
duration T1 h 40 - 40
maximum variation T1/T0 % ± 30 - ± 30
maximum variation T1/T0 % ± 30 - ± 30
- after ageing in oxygen bomb at 2,1 MPa
temperature ºC - 80 -
duration T1 h - 168 -
maximum variation T1/T0 % - ± 25 -
temperature ºC - 100 100
duration T1 h - - -
duration T2 h - 168 168
maximum variation T2/T1 % - - -
maximum variation T2/T0 % - ± 30 ± 30
Page 1-19
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 1
Table 2B – Requirements of insulating compounds: EPR (concluded)
1 2 3 4 5
Compound no. Unit DIE 3 DIE 4 DIE 5
Type EPR insulation EPR insulation EPR insulation
hot set test
duration min 15 15 15
mechanical stress MPa 0,2 0,2 0,2
maximum elongation under load % 175 175 175
maximum residual elongation % 15 15 15
hot modulus
duration min - 15 -
temperature ºC - 130 -
minimum strength at 100 % MPa - 1,75 -
water absorption
duration h 336 336 336
2
a) maximum variation of mass mg/cm 5 0,8 5
insulation resistance Ki (minimum value)
at 20 ºC Ω.km - - -
at 60 ºC Ω.km - - -
at 70 ºC Ω.km - - -
at 90 ºC Ω.km - - 0,367
ozone resistance test

duration h 24 24 30
-8 -8 -8
concentration of ozone % (250 to 300) 10 (250 to 300) 10 (250 to 300) 10
temperature ºC
2
NOTE 1 MPa = 1 N/mm .
Remark: The tolerance on temperature values is given in HD 605, Subclause 1.5.2, but may be varied if specified in the particular
sections.
Page 1-20
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 1
Table 2C – Requirements of insulating compounds: HEPR
1 2 3 4 5
Compound no. Unit DIH 1 DIH 2 DIH 3
Type HEPR insulation HEPR insulation HEPR insulation
minimum tensile strength MPa 8,5 8,5 8,5
minimum elongation at break % 200 200 200
minimum elastic modulus at 150 % elongation MPa 4,5 - -
- after ageing in air bomb at 0,55 MPa
duration T1 h - - -
hot set test
duration min 15 15 15
mechanical stress MPa 0,2 0,2 0,2
maximum elongation under load % 100 100 100
maximum residual elongation % 10 15 25
Page 1-21
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 1
Table 2C – Requirements of insulating compounds: HEPR (concluded)
1 2 3 4 5
Compound no. Unit DIH 1 DIH 2 DIH 3
Type HEPR insulation HEPR insulation HEPR insulation
Physical and chemical properties (concluded)
water absorption
duration h 24 336 336
2
a) maximum variation of mass mg/cm 3 5 5
b) with d.c. voltage: no breakdown - - -
shore-D hardness
minimum % - 80 80
insulation resistance K (minimum value)

at 20 ºC MΩ.km 5 000 - -
at 60 ºC MΩ.km - 3,67 -
at 70 ºC MΩ.km - - -
at 90 ºC MΩ.km 5,00 - 3,67
ozone resistance test

duration h 30 30 30
-8 -8 -8
concentration of ozone % (250 to 300) 10 (250 to 300) 10 (250 to 300) 10
temperature ºC
2
sections.
Page 1-22
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 1
Table 3 – Requirements of sheathing compounds: PCP
1 2 3
Compound no. Unit DMR 1
Type PCP sheath
Maximum operating temperature of the conductor ºC 90
minimum tensile strength MPa 10
minimum elongation at break % 300
temperature ºC 100
duration T1 h 168
minimum tensile strength MPa -
maximum variation T1/T0 % ± 30
minimum elongation at break % -
maximum variation T1/T0 % -
- after ageing in oil
temperature ºC 70
duration T1 h 4
maximum variation T1/T0 % 80
hot set test
temperature ºC -
duration min -
mechanical stress MPa -
maximum elongation under load % -
maximum residual elongation % -
water absorption
temperature ºC 70
duration h 336
2
a) maximum variation of mass mg/cm 4,65
carbon black
minimum %
2
sections.
Page 1-23
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 1
Table 4A – Requirements of sheathing compounds: PVC
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Compound no. Unit DMV 1 DMV 2 DMV 5 DMV 6 DMV 7 DMV 8
Type PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC
sheath sheath sheath sheath sheath sheath
Maximum operating temperature of the ºC 70 70 80 90 70 90
conductor
minimum tensile strength MPa 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5
minimum elongation at break % 125 150 150 150 125 150
temperature ºC 80 100 100 100 80 100
duration T1 h 168 168 168 168 168 168
maximum variation T1/T0 % ±20 ±25 ±20 ±25 ±20 ±25
temperature ºC 80 100 90 100 80 100
duration T1 h - - - - - -
duration T2 h 168 168 168 168 168 168
minimum tensile strength MPa - - 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5
maximum variation T2/T1 % - - - - - -
minimum elongation at break % - - 150 150 125 150
maximum variation T2/T1 % - - - - - -
loss of mass
duration h 168 168 168 168 168 168
temperature ºC 100 100 100 100 80 100
2
maximum loss of mass mg/cm 2 1,5 1,5 1,5 2 1,5
pressure test at high temperature
duration h 4/6 4/6 4/6 4/6 4 6
temperature ºC 80 90 90 90 70 90
coefficient k 0,8 - - - - 0,8
maximum depth of indentation % 50 50 50 50 50 50
heat shock test
duration h 1 1 1 1 1 1
temperature ºC 150 150 150 150 150 150
Page 1-24
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 1
Table 4A – Requirements of sheathing compounds: PVC (continued)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
conductor
(concluded)
temperature °C - 15 - 15 - 20 - 15 - 15 - 40
minimum elongation % 20 - 20 20 20 20
impact test at low temperature
temperature °C - 15 - 15 -20 - 15 - 15 -40
temperature °C - 15 - 15 -20 - 15 -25/-15 -40
thermal stability
temperature ºC 200 - 200 200 - 200
minimum duration min 30 - 60 80 - 100
2
NOTE 1 MPa = 1 N/mm
sections.
Page 1-25
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 1
1 2 10 11 12 13 14 15
conductor
temperature ºC 100 100 100 100 100 80
duration T1 h 168 168 168 168 168 168

temperature ºC 80 100 100 90 100 80
duration T1 h - - 336 - - -
duration T2 h 168 168 1008 168 168 168
minimum tensile strength MPa 12,5 12,5 - 12,5 - -
maximum variation T2/T1 % - - ±25 - - -
minimum elongation at break % 150 150 - 150 - -
maximum variation T2/T1 % - - ±25 - - -
loss of mass
duration h 168 168 168 168 - 168
temperature ºC 80 100 100 80 - 80
2
maximum loss of mass mg/cm 2 1,5 2 2 - 2
duration h 6 6 4/6 4/6 4/6 4
temperature ºC 80 90 80 80 90 80
coefficient k 0,8 0,8 0,8 0,8 0,6/0,7 0,6 or 0,7
maximum depth of indentation % 50 50 50 50 50 50
heat shock test
duration h 1 1 1 1 1 1
temperature ºC 150 150 150 150 150 150
Page 1-26
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 1
1 2 10 11 12 13 14 15
Compound No. Unit DMV 9 DMV 10 DMV 11 DMV 12 DMV 13 DMV 14
conductor
(concluded)
temperature °C - 25 - 25 - 15 - 15 - 15 - 15
minimum elongation % 20 20 - 20 20 20
impact test at low temperature
temperature °C - 20 - 20 -15 - 15 - 15 -15
temperature °C - 25 - 25 -15 - 15 -15 -15
thermal stability
temperature ºC - 200 - - - -
minimum duration min - 100 - - - -
2
NOTE 1 MPa = 1 N/mm
sections.
Page 1-27
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 1
1 2 16 17 18 19 20
Compound no. Unit DMV 15 DMV 16 DMV 17 DMV 18 DMV 19
Type PVC sheath PVC sheath PVC sheath PVC sheath PVC sheath
lead free
Maximum operating temperature of the ºC 90 90 80 90 80
conductor
minimum tensile strength MPa 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5
minimum elongation at break % 150 150 150 150 150
temperature ºC 100 90 100 100 100
duration T1 h 168 240 168 168 168
maximum variation T1/T0 % ± 25 ± 25 ± 25 ± 25 ± 25

temperature ºC 100 90 80 100 80
duration T1 h - - - - -
duration T2 h 168 168 168 168 168
minimum tensile strength MPa - -15 - - -
maximum variation T2/T1 % - - - - -
minimum elongation at break % - 150 - - -
loss of mass
duration h 168 168 - 168 168
temperature ºC 100 100 - 100 80
2
maximum loss of mass mg/cm 1,5 1,5 - 1,5 2
duration h 6 4/6 4/6 4/6 4/6
coefficient k 0,6 or 0,7 0,8 0,6 or 0,7 0,8 0,8
maximum depth of indentation % 50 50 50 50 50
heat shock test
duration h 1 1 1 1 1
temperature ºC 150 150 150 150 150
Page 1-28
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 1
1 2 16 17 18 19 20
lead free
conductor
(concluded)
temperature °C - 15 - 25 - 15 - 15 - 20
minimum elongation % 20 20 20 20 20
impact test at low temperature on complete
cable
temperature °C - 15 - 25 - 15 - 15 - 20
temperature °C - 15 - 25 - 15 - 15 - 20
thermal stability
temperature ºC - - - - -
minimum duration min - - - - -
2
sections.
Page 1-29
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 1
1 2 21 22 23 24 25
conductor
duration T1 h 168 168 168 168 168
duration T1 h - - - - -
duration T2 h 168 168 168 168 168
minimum tensile strength MPa - - 12,5 - -
minimum elongation at break % - - 125 - -
loss of mass
duration h 168 168 168 168 168
temperature ºC 100 100 80 100 100
2
maximum loss of mass mg/cm 1,5 1,5 2 1,5 2
duration h 4/6 4/6 4/6 4/6 4
coefficient k 0,8 0,8 0,6/0,8 - 0,8
maximum depth of indentation % 50 50 50 50 50
heat shock test
duration h 1 1 1 1 1
temperature ºC 150 150 150 150 150
Page 1-30
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 1
Table 4A – Requirements of sheathing compounds: PVC (concluded)
1 2 21 22 23 24 25
conductor
(concluded)
temperature °C - 25 - 20 - 15 - 15 - 25
minimum elongation % 20 20 20 20 20
impact test at low temperature on complete
cable
temperature °C - 25 - 20 - 15 - 15 - 25
temperature °C - 15 - 20 - 15 - 15 - 25
thermal stability
temperature ºC - - - - -
minimum duration min - - - - -
2
sections.
Page 1-31
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 1
Table 4B – Requirements of sheathing compounds: PE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Compound no. Unit DMP 1 DMP 2 DMP 3 DMP 4 DMP 5 DMP 6 DMP 7 DMP 8
Type PE sheath PE sheath PE sheath PE sheath PE sheath PE sheath PE sheath PE sheath
Maximum operating temperature of the ºC 70 90 80 80 90 90 90 90
conductor
minimum tensile strength MPa 18 18 10 10 12,5 10 10 10
minimum elongation at break % 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300
temperature ºC 110 110 100 1O0 110 100 100 100
duration T1 h 336 336 240 240 336 240 240 240
minimum tensile strength MPa - - 10 10 - - - 10
maximum variation T1/T0 % - - - - - - - -
minimum elongation at break % 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300
temperature ºC 80 100 - - 100 90 100 100
duration T1 h - - - - - - - -
duration T2 h 168 168 - - 168 168 168 168
minimum tensile strength MPa - - - - - - - -
maximum variation T2/T0 % ± 25 - - - - - - -
minimum elongation at break % - 300 - - 300 300 300 300
maximum variation T2/T0 % ± 25 - - - - - - -
Part 1
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Page 1-31
Page 1-32
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007 Part 1
Part 1
Page 1-32
Table 4B – Requirements of sheathing compounds: PE (continued)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007

conductor
duration h 4/6 4/6 - 4 6 4/6 4
temperature ºC 115 115 - 115 115 90 90
coefficient k 0,8 - - - - 0,6/0,7 -
maximum depth of indentation % 30 30 - 30 50 50 50
shrinkage test
duration h - - - - 5 - - -
temperature ºC - - - - 80 - - -
maximum shrinkage % - - - - 3 - - -
temperature ºC - - - - - -20 - 25
minimum elongation % - - - - - 20 20
impact test at low temperature -
temperature ºC - - - - - -20 -
bending test at low temperature - 20
temperature ºC - - - - - -20 - 25
carbon black content % 2,5 ± 0,5 2,5 ± 0,5 - 2 2,5 ± 0,5 > 2,0 2,5 ± 0,5
shore D-hardness
minimum 55 55 - - - -
Page 1-33
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 1
Table 4B – Requirements of sheathing compounds: PE (concluded)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
conductor
(concluded)
melt index - - - - - - - -
maximum - - 0,4 0,4 - - -
stress cracking resistance
requirement no cracks no cracks - - - - - -
duration h 48 1 000 - - - - - -
2
Part 1
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Page 1-33
Page 1-34
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 1
Table 4C – Requirements of sheathing compound: PO
1 2 3
Compound no. Unit DMO 1
Type PO sheath
Maximum operating temperature of the ºC 90
conductor
minimum tensile strength MPa 12,5
temperature ºC 110 ± 2
duration T1 h 168
minimum tensile strength MPa
loss of mass
duration h 168
2
maximum loss of mass mg/cm 0,5
duration h 6
coefficient k 0,7
maximum depth of indentation % 50
tear resistance
minimum resistance % 12
shrinkage test
duration h 5x5
maximum shrinkage % 4
test at low temperature
- elongation at low temperature
temperature ºC - 15 ± 2
minimum elongation % 20
- impact test
temperature ºC - 15 ± 2
- no breakdown
Page 1-35
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 1
Table 4C – Requirements of sheathing compound: PO (concluded)
1 2 3
Compound no. Unit DMO 1
Type PO sheath
Maximum operating temperature of the ºC 90
conductor
abrasion test
mass kg 12
number of scratches - 8
speed m/s 0,3 ± 15 %
water absorption
duration h 336
2
maximum variation of mass mg/cm 1,0
heavy metal content
Lead % < 0,5
low degree of acidity of gases
evolved during combustion
pH minimum - 4,3
conductivity maximum µS/mm 10
resistance to UV rays
2
Remark: The tolerance on temperature values is given in HD 605,
Subclause 1.5.2, but may be varied if specified in the particular sections.
Page 1-36
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 1
Table 5 – Thickness of insulation
1 2 3 4
Nominal cross-sectional area Thickness of insulation
of conductor mm
2
mm PVC XLPE and HEPR EPR
1,5 and 2,5 0,8 0,7 1,0
4 and 6 1,0 0,7 1,0
10 and 16 1,0 0,7 1,0
25 and 35 1,2 0,9 1,2
50 1,4 1,0 1,4
70 1,4 1,1 1,4
95 1,6 1,1 1,6
120 1,6 1,2 1,6
150 1,8 1,4 1,8
185 2,0 1,6 2,0
240 2,2 1,7 2,2
300 2,4 1,8 2,4
400 2,6 2,0 2,6
500 2,8 2,2 2,8
630 2,8 2,4 2,8
800 2,8 2,6 2,8
1 000 3,0 2,8 3,0
Page 1-37
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 1
Annex A
(informative)
Guide to use and selection of cables
A.1 Object
The object of this annex is to provide general recommendations for the selection (taking into account the
cable system), storage, transportation and installation of the cables specified in 1.1, unless otherwise
specified.
Further guidance may be found in particular sections of this HD.
Safety regulations as well as rules of installation, are not considered in this guide to use, as they are covered
by relevant national regulations and laws.
It is assumed that the design of installations, purchase and installation of cables specified in this HD are
entrusted to suitably skilled and competent people.
In case of doubt as to the suitability of cable for a particular use, further specific information should be
obtained from the cable manufacturer.
A.2 Recommendations for selection of cables

A.2.1 General
According to the particular type of cables, the cables specified in this standard are designed to be installed in
air (indoors and/or outdoors), or may be buried directly in free draining soil or in ducts or in special backfills.
Other installation conditions may be found in particular sections of this HD.
Cables specified in this HD are not specifically designed for use
a) as self supporting cables,
b) as submarine cables,
c) where subsidence is likely, unless special precautions are taken to minimise damage,
d) where any exposure to excessive heat is involved.
A.2.2 System categories

According to IEC 60183, three categories of voltage systems are considered.
Category A: This category comprises those systems in which any phase conductor that comes in contact
with earth or an earth conductor, is disconnected from the system within 1 min.
Category B: This category comprises those systems which under fault conditions, are operated for a short
time with one phase earthed. This period according to IEC 60183 should not exceed 1 h. For cables covered
by this HD, a longer period, not exceeding 8 h on any occasion, can be tolerated. The total duration of earth
faults in any year should not exceed 125 h.
Category C: This category comprises all systems which do not fall into category A or B.
NOTE It should be realised that in a system where an earth fault is not automatically and promptly eliminated, the extra stresses on the
insulation of cables during the earth fault reduce the life of the cables to a certain degree. If the system is expected to be operated fairly
often with a permanent earth fault, it may be advisable to classify the system into category C.
Where applicable the particular sections of this HD give the intended system category for the cables.
A.2.3 Power frequency range

These cables are intended to be used in the power frequency range of 49 Hz to 61 Hz.
Page 1-38
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 1
A.2.4 Concentric conductor

In cables having a concentric conductor, that conductor may be used as a neutral, PE (protective earth) or
PEN (protective neutral/earth) conductor or as a screen, in accordance with national regulations.
A.2.5 Current rating

Reference should be made either to the particular sections of this HD or to the manufacturer's publications to
obtain the current ratings of the selected cables cross-sections.
If cables in accordance with this HD are exposed to localised heat, solar radiation or high temperature
ambient conditions, or there is a possibility of higher soil thermal resistivity, the current carrying capacity will
be reduced.
Due to the relatively high conductor temperature, there is a risk of drying out the surrounding soil causing an
increase in thermal resistivity which in turn would lead to the cable temperature rising to a higher value than
anticipated. For cable laid directly in the ground, a suitable de-rating factor should be applied or a lower
maximum sustained conductor operating temperature should be assumed to take into account the possible
effects of soil drying out.
A.2.6 Operating conditions

In addition to the current ratings, due regard should be given to
a) the capability of the cable to withstand the worst anticipated fault conditions of the system,
b) the earth loop impedance,
c) the operating characteristics of the connected equipment,
d) the voltage drop requirements during normal load or motor starting conditions.
A.3 Recommendation for storage and transport

A.3.1 General
Reasonable protection, appropriate to the choice of cable and the installation conditions, should be provided
against mechanical damage and solar radiation.
Cables stored at temperatures which are below those recommended for installation should not be subject to
any mechanical stress including shocks, impact, bending and torsion.
A.3.2 Sealing and drumming

A.3.2.1 Clearance
The distance between the outer layer of the cable in the filled drum and the ground or protection lagging
should be sufficient to avoid damage to the cable. Further recommendations may be given in the particular
sections of this HD.
A.3.2.2 Barrel diameter

The barrel diameter of delivery drums should take account of the permissible bending radii.
The particular sections of this HD give recommendations according to the design of the cables.
A.3.2.3 Cable sealing

The cable ends should be sealed to prevent ingress of moisture during transport and storage.
The possibility of damage to moisture seals during storage and transport should be borne in mind. Where
such a damage may have occurred, the seals should be inspected and remade if necessary.
A.3.2.4 Handling
When handling drums, reasonable precautions should be taken to avoid damage to the cable and injury to
people. Due regard should be paid to the mass of the drum, the method and direction of rolling and the
method of lifting.
Page 1-39
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 1
A.3.2.5 Drum condition

Cable drums should be regularly inspected during storage to assess their physical condition.
Care should be taken to avoid damage to the cables caused by nails and staples used either in drum
manufacturing or when applying battens.
Battens, where applied, should not be removed from drums until the cable is about to be installed.
Care should be taken to avoid deterioration of the drums.
Cable drums should be stored so that the drum flanges do not contact cable on another drum.
View from the top
Cable drums should be stored with the drum axis horizontal.
A.3.3 Transport
A.3.3.1 Carriers
Only suitable carriers should be used.
A.3.3.2 Drum axis position

Cable drums should be transported with the drum axis horizontal and any drum movement should be
avoided.
Keep the drum standing Only drums with protection lagging may Not recommended
upright, using wedges in the be piled flange on flange. Lower layer
heels of the flanges to be secured over full drum width
Page 1-40
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 1
A.3.3.3 Loading and unloading

For loading and unloading of cable drums, suitable lifting and hoisting equipment should be used.
A drum should not be dropped.
Drums may be lifted either by crane or fork-lift truck
A.3.3.4 Rolling of cable drums

Cable drums should be rolled only for short distances over flat solid ground in the direction indicated on the
flange.
A.3.3.5 Fastening of cable ends to the drum

Cable ends should be firmly attached to the drum during transport and storage.
A.3.3.6 Cable coils

Short cable lengths may be coiled, transported and stored horizontally.
The coil diameter should not fall below the minimum permissible bending radii for the cable. The values are
given in the particular sections of this HD.
The cable coils should be protected against mechanical stress, shocks and solar radiation.
A.4 Recommendation for cable installation

A.4.1 Design of cable system
The electrical, mechanical and chemical properties of a cable as described in this HD should be taken into
account when planning a cable system.
The cable route, laying method, safety regulations, rules of installation, climatic conditions and service
conditions (operating conditions and installation data) should be taken into account when selecting the type
of cable.
Page 1-41
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 1
A.4.2 Installation conditions

Installation of the cable should be done by authorised and skilled contractors only. All national regulations
should be taken into account.
Cables should be installed and operated in such a way not to impair their properties.
In this context the following items should be considered:
a) operating conditions:
– ambient temperature;
– number of cables and installation configuration (e.g. flat or trefoil formation);
– influence of external heat;
– thermal resistivity of earth;
– solar radiation;
– mutual influences of cables;
– mechanical stress (pressure, tension, shear, vibration);
– chemical influences (solvents);
b) leakage or stray currents and corrosion;
c) movement of soil;
d) the method of burying and backfilling. This should be selected in respect of the type of cable to avoid
mechanical damage, and in respect of cable ampacity.
A.4.3 Types of installation

Cables may be either directly buried in earth or pulled into ducts or pipes, or installed on walls and ceiling
using cable racks or trays.
A.4.4 Preparation of cable route

The cable route should be suitable for the selected installation procedure with a sufficient number of cable
rollers, special attention being paid to the required minimum bending radii (see A.4.6).
The pulling force should be continuously monitored during the pull-in procedure and should not exceed the
permissible values.
The walls of the cable trench should be compact and smooth so that stones and hard gravel do not damage
the cable surface during pulling operations.
Page 1-42
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 1
A.4.5 Unwinding and rewinding

Unwinding and rewinding should be made as shown below.
Unwind in this way Never unwind in this way
A.4.6 Bending radii during installation

According to the design of the cables, the permissible bending radii are given in the particular sections of this
HD.
a) Permissible bending radii should take account of
– type of cable (single-core or multicore),
– presence of concentric conductor, metallic screen, or armour.
b) Reduction of permissible bending radii up to 50 % may be considered provided that the following are all
applicable:
– single bending - for example at a termination;
– the cable is at a temperature of not less than 30 °C or adequately heated up to 30 °C;
– the cable is bent by means of a template or preformed rollers.
A.4.7 Prevention of moisture ingress

Care should be exercised during installation to avoid any damage to cable coverings. The protective cap
should not be removed from the ends of the cable until immediately prior to termination or jointing. When the
caps have been removed, the unprotected ends of the cable should not be exposed to moisture.
The possibility of damage to moisture seals during installation should be borne in mind. Where such damage
may have occurred, the seals should be inspected and remade if necessary.
A.4.8 Protection of cables

Cables should be protected against mechanical damage occurring after installation. The laying depth and
protection should be in accordance with the relevant installation rules.
Page 1-43
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 1
A.4.9 Installation in ducts/pipes

a) Inner diameter of ducts and pipes should be large enough to allow for free movement and replacement
of the cables. If cables are to be installed in ducts/pipes, reference should be made to the cable
manufacturer for a duct/pipe size corresponding to the current rating quoted.
b) Single-core cables of a three-phase system installed in steel pipes or through steel constructions, should
pass through the same pipe or construction.
c) To protect the pipes against mechanical shock, it is recommended to use sand bedding.
d) The minimum bending radius for the cable should be taken into account when installing pipes.
e) In the case of electric systems having more than one cable per phase, the current sharing between the
cables of the same phase have to be checked to avoid overloading a single cable.
f) It is recommended to protect the pipe against the ingress of sand.
A.4.10 Fire protection

a) The relevant installation rules for fire protection should be taken into account.
b) The cables should be installed in such a way that the spread of fire and its consequences are limited.
c) The type of fire stop should be suitable for protective use in the installation.
d) Cables containing halogen material (such as PVC) when exposed to the effect of external fire will
produce harmful smoke and fumes and where bundled together may propagate fire.
A.4.11 Lowest temperature of cable installation

The lowest temperature of the cables during installation is given in the particular sections of this HD.
This temperature is valid for the cable itself and not for the surroundings.
When cables are at a lower temperature than permitted, they may be warmed up to the minimum
temperature. This operation may take one or two days.
A.4.12 Pulling force

Cables may be pulled either into ducts or direct into earth by using appropriate pulling devices ensuring that
the pulling force is evenly distributed on the cable conductors. The maximum recommended pulling force
varies according to the device used, and the configuration of cables being pulled.
a) Pulling head
The maximum pulling force should be:
P=Sσ (in N)
where S is the cross-sectional area of the conductors, in mm², and σ is the permissible tensile stress of the
conductors, in N/mm², as given in the particular sections of this HD.
This maximum pulling force takes into account the permitted elongation of 0,2 % for the conductor.
NOTE The maximum force (P) is calculated from the total of the nominal conductor cross-sectional areas. The nominal cross-sectional
area of the screens, concentric conductors, armour and auxiliary cores should not be considered in this calculation.
b) Pulling grip via conductor
The pulling force may be transmitted via a frictional connection between the pulling grip and the conductor of
the cable (for example, for the pulling in of cables which have thermoplastic insulation and sheath and no
metallic covering).
The pulling force, recommended for the pulling head, may be applied for the pulling grip.
NOTE After pulling, unless the cable is ready for jointing or terminating, the protection caps should be remade.
Page 1-44
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 1
c) Pulling grip via outer sheath
The pulling force can also be applied by a frictional device acting on the outer sheath.
In this case, the maximum pulling force should be:
P = 3 D² (in N)
where D is the outer cable diameter in millimetres.
d) Simultaneous pulling
For three pre-assembled single-core cables, the total pulling force should not exceed 3 times the maximum
permissible value for a single-core cable and for 3 parallel-arranged cables the total pulling force should not
exceed 2 times the maximum permissible value for a single-core cable.
Special care should be taken with sharp route turns.
A.4.13 Cable fixing

Single-core cables may be installed separately or installed together in bundles.
A system of bundled cables may be treated as a multicore cable. In case of separate laying of single-core
cables, cleats made of plastic or cleats consisting of non-magnetic metals should be used. Steel cleats may
be used if the magnetic circuit is not around a single-core cable alone.
Cleats should be tightened so as to avoid damage to the cables caused by heat expansion.
The maximum horizontal distance and the maximum vertical distance between cleats may be given in the
particular sections of this HD.
A.4.14 Compound filling
Joints and terminations may require filling with compound to seal against wet or hazardous environments.
When hot pouring is used, care should be taken at the time of pouring, that the temperature of the compound
does not exceed 150 °C.
A.4.15 Test after installation

Testing after installation should be carried out according to the particular sections of this HD.
Repeated over voltage testing may lead to premature failure of the cable.
A.5 Environment
Incineration of scrap cable should only be undertaken in accordance with national legislation.
Cables may be harmed by exposure to corrosive products or solvents, especially petroleum based vapours.
The standard sheathing compounds used on these cables do not provide any protection against damage by
rodents, termites, etc.
Loaded cables may have high surface temperatures, and may require protection against accidental contact.
Page 3-A-0
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section A
SECTION 3-A CABLES WITH (TYPE 3A-1) OR WITHOUT (TYPE 3A-2) CONCENTRIC
COPPER CONDUCTOR OR SCREEN
Replace Section 3-A
by the following new Section 3-A

Page 3-A-1
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section A
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
DISTRIBUTION CABLES OF RATED VOLTAGE 0,6/1kV
PART 3: PVC INSULATED CABLES - UNARMOURED
SECTION 3-A CABLES WITH (TYPE 3A-1) OR WITHOUT (TYPE 3A-2) CONCENTRIC
Page 3-A-2
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section A
Contents
Page
1 General .................................................................................................................................... 3
2 Design requirements ....................................................................................................................... 4
2.1 Conductor.................................................................................................................... 4
2.1.1 Material
2.1.2 Dimensions of solid conductors
2.1.3 Dimensions of stranded conductors
2.1.4 Conductor resistance
2.1.5 Permissible conductor types
2.1.6 Conductors with reduced cross-sectional area
2.1.7 Additional core with 1,5 mm²
2.1.8 Additional core with 1,0 mm² (pilot core)
2.2 Insulation..................................................................................................................... 5
2.2.1 Material
2.2.2 Insulation thickness
2.2.3 Core identification
2.3 Assembly of cores ....................................................................................................... 5
2.3.1 Assembly
2.3.2 Interstice fillers
2.4 Inner covering.............................................................................................................. 5
2.4.1 Material
2.4.2 Thickness
2.5 Concentric conductor................................................................................................... 6
2.5.1 Design
2.5.2 DC resistance
2.5.3 Copper binder tapes
2.5.4 Clearance between adjacent wires
2.6 Screen......................................................................................................................... 7
2.6.1 Design
2.6.2 DC resistance
2.6.3 Copper binder tapes (for copper wire screen only)
2.6.4 Clearance between adjacent wires (for copper wire screen only)
2.7 Outer sheath ............................................................................................................... 8
2.7.1 Material
2.7.2 Colour
2.7.3 Wall-thickness
2.8 Marking ....................................................................................................................... 8
3 Test requirements ........................................................................................................................... 9
3.1 Routine tests ............................................................................................................... 9
3.2 Sample tests ............................................................................................................. 10
3.3 Type tests, electrical characteristics .......................................................................... 10
3.4 Type tests, non-electrical electrical characteristics ................................................... 11
3.5 Electrical tests after installation ................................................................................. 13
4 Guide to use.................................................................................................................................. 14
5 Current-carrying capacity .............................................................................................................. 15
6 Appendix (tables) .......................................................................................................................... 17
Page 3-A-3
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section A
References
References are made in this clause of HD 603, to other parts of this HD and to other Harmonization
Documents and International Standards as follows:

EN 60332-1-2 Tests on electric and optical fibre cables under fire conditions –
IEC 60183 Guide to the selection of high-voltage cables
1 General
This clause specifies the construction, dimensions and test requirements of power cables with
PVC-insulation and with (type 3A-1) or without (type 3A-2) concentric conductor or screen for rated voltage
U0/U of 0,6/1 kV for fixed installation.
(a) Permissible conductor cross-sectional areas

The permissible conductor cross-sectional areas shall correspond to Appendix, Table 2.
(b) Insulation material

The insulation material covered by this standard shall consist of PVC and correspond to
HD 603-1, Table 1, type DIV1.
(c) Rated voltage

(i) Definitions: see HD 603-1, Subclause 2.3
(ii) Cables covered by this standard are suitable to Category B according to IEC 60183.
The duration of an earth fault in any year should not exceed 125 h.
(d) Highest rated temperature for the insulation compound

(i) Normal operation 70 °C
(ii) Short-circuit (duration max. 5 s)
– for cross-sections area ≤ 300 mm
2
160 °C
2
– for cross-sections area > 300 mm 140 °C
(e) Sheathing material

The sheathing material shall be suitable for the maximum rated conductor temperature in
normal operation. It shall consist of PVC or PE and correspond to HD 603-1, Table 4A, type
DMV1 (for PVC) and Table 4B, type DMP1 (for PE).
Page 3-A-4
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section A
2 Design requirements
No. Cable component Requirements
HD Additional
2.1 Conductor HD 603-1
Subclause 5.1
2.1.1 Material HD 603-1
General Subclause 5.1.1
2.1.2 Dimensions of solid EN 60228, Table 1

conductors
2.1.3 Dimensions of stranded Diameter of stranded aluminium wires

conductors shall not be smaller than 1,3 mm
a) compacted EN 60228, Table 2 Number of wires is not defined, if the

b) non compacted EN 60228, Table 2 conductor has one or two pilot cores
c) sector-shaped
2.1.4 Conductor resistance EN 60228
2.1.5 Permissible conductor types Appendix, Tables 1 and 2
and cross-sectional areas
2.1.6 Conductor with reduced cross-

sectional area
a) number 1
b) cross-sectional area Appendix, Table 3
c) arrangement Insulated conductor or concentric
without insulation over inner covering

a) allowed number 1
b) arrangement In an interstice within projection from
the diameter of the laid-up cores and no
distortion of the core-insulation
c) colour Black
2.1.8 1,0 mm² pilot core

a) allowed number 2
b) arrangement Situated in the outer layer of the
stranded conductor of single-core
cables with a nominal cross-section
2
95 mm or above, electrical resistance
of conductor at 20 °C: max. 21,2 Ω/km,
minimum number of wires for pilot
conductors: 3
Page 3-A-5
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section A
2 Design requirements (continued)

HD Additional
2.2 Insulation HD 603-1
Subclause 5.2
2.2.1 Material HD 603-1, Table 1,
DIV 1
a) nominal value HD 603-1, Table 5
b) mean value Not specified
c) minimum value Nominal value – (0,1 mm + 10 % of
nominal value)
a) colour of cores of multi- Appendix, Table 4
core cables columns 2 and 3
b) colour of multicore cables Appendix, Table 4

with concentric conductor column 4
c) colour of add. core

with 1,5 mm2 conductor Black
d) colour of cores of single- Black or green-yellow

core cables
e) combination green-yellow HD 603-1

Clause 4
2.3.1 Assembly HD 603-1 Cores of multi-core cables shall be laid-
Subclause 5.3 up
2.3.2 Interstice fillers HD 603-1 Permitted

Subclause 5.4
2.4 Inner covering HD 603-1

Subclause 5.5
2.4.1 Material Tape (paper or plastic) and/or extruded
compound
2.4.2 Thickness Appendix, Table 5
Page 3-A-6
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section A

HD Additional
2.5 Concentric conductor HD 603-1 Cross sectional area of the concentric

(if required, only for cables Subclause 5.7 conductor according to Appendix,
without screen according to Table 6
2.6)
2.5.1 Design Copper wires with one or two copper

binder tapes over the inner covering
2.5.2 D.C. resistance EN 60228 The cross-sectional area of the
concentric conductor is related to the
material of the phase conductors. For
cables with aluminium conductor
(phase) the d.c. resistance of the
concentric copper conductor shall not
exceed that of an Al-conductor of the
nominal cross-sectional area given
2.5.3 Copper binder tapes,
a) number, maximum Number of tapes: one or two
electrical resistance and Electrical resistance of stretched copper
maximum clearance tape at 20 °C:
between two adjacent D 15 mm max. 36,0 Ω/km
copper binder tapes D > 15 mm max. 18,1 Ω/km
Maximum distance between windings:
4D
D = Diameter under concentric conductor
b) thickness 0,1 mm to 0,3 mm

2.5.4 Clearance between adjacent
wires
a) mean clearance between
individual (adjacent) wires 4,0 mm (calculated value)
b) maximum clearance
between two adjacent wires 8,0 mm
Page 3-A-7
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section A

HD Additional
2.6 Screen HD 603-1
(if required, only for cables Subclause 5.7
without concentric conductor
according to 2.5)

binder tapes over the inner covering or
copper tapes. If the screen consists of
one copper tape, it shall be applied with
overlap. If the screen consists of more
copper tapes, these shall be applied
with overlap or gap-covering.
2.6.2 D.C. resistance EN 60228 The cross-sectional area of the screen
is related to the material of the phase
conductors. For cables with aluminium
conductor (phase) the d.c. resistance of
the screen shall not exceed that of an
Al-conductor of the nominal cross-
sectional area given
2.6.3 For copper wire screen only:
Copper binder tapes,

Maximum distance between windings:
4D
D = Diameter under screen
Clearance between adjacent

wires
a) mean clearance between
b) maximum clearance
between two adjacent wires 8,0 mm
Page 3-A-8
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section A

HD Additional
2.7 Outer sheath HD 603-1,
Subclause 5.8
2.7.1 Material HD 603-1, Tables 4A

and 4B
DMV1
DMP1
2.7.2 Colour Black
2.7.3 Wall thickness
a) nominal thickness Appendix, Table 7
c) minimum wall-thickness for

cables:
- with concentric conductor Nominal value – (0,3 mm + 15 % of
or screen nominal value)
- without concentric Nominal value – (0,1 mm + 15 % of
conductor or screen nominal value)
2.8 Marking HD 603-1, Manufacturer’s name, trademark and

Clause 3 manufacturer’s identification thread
shall be legally protected
Type designation Appendix, Table 8

Page 3-A-9
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section A
3 Test requirements
3.1 Routine tests
No. Tests Requirements Test methods

3.1.1 Conductor resistance EN 60228 HD 605
- Sample: Subclause 3.1.1
a) manufacturing length
b) short cable samples from the manufacturing length
- Conditioning
for a) at room temperature
for b) in tempered water bath
3.1.2 High voltage test HD 605
Subclause 3.2.1
- Sample: manufacturing length
- Test voltage 4 kV a.c. or 12 kV d.c.
- Test voltage for pilot core Between pilot

1,5 kV a.c. or 3,75 kV d.c. core and
conductor
- Duration of test: 5 min per core No breakdown
Page 3-A-10
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section A
3 Test requirements (continued)

3.2 Sample tests
1)
3.2.1 Construction of conductor Clause 1 EN 60811-1-1
Subclause 8.3 and by
inspection
3.2.2 Insulation EN 60811-1-1
- Thickness Subclause 2.2 Subclause 8.1
3.2.3 Concentric conductor or screen HD 605
- Dimensions of copper binder tapes Subclause 5.3 Subclause 2.1.4.2
- Clearance between wires Subclause 5.4

3.2.4 Sheath EN 60811-1-1
3.2.5 Marking Clause 8 Test by inspection

1)
According to Section 2 “Design requirements” unless stated otherwise.
3.3 Type tests (electrical characteristics)

3.3.1 Volume resistance of insulation at 70 °C HD 603-1 HD 605
Table 1, DIV1 Subclause 3.3.1
Subclause 3.2.1
- test voltage (a.c.) 1,8 kV
- duration of test 4h No breakdown
Page 3-A-11
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section A

3.4 Type tests (non-electrical characteristics)

3.4.1 Tests on insulation
3.4.1.1 Mechanical characteristics HD 603-1

Table 1, DIV 1
a) without ageing EN 60811-1-1
Subclause 9.1
b) after ageing in air oven EN 60811-1-2
Subclause 8.1
3.4.1.2 Loss of mass test in air oven HD 603-1 EN 60811-3-2
Table 1, DIV 1 Subclause 8.1
3.4.1.3 Thermal stability test HD 603-1 EN 60811-3-2
Table 1, DIV 1 Clause 9
3.4.1.4 Elongation at break test at low temperature (cores with a HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-4
diameter of more than 12,5 mm) Table 1, DIV 1 Subclause 8.3
3.4.2 Test on cores
3.4.2.1 Pressure test at high temperature HD 603-1 EN 60811-3-1

3.4.2.2 Heat shock test HD 603-1 EN 60811-3-1

No cracks
3.4.2.3 Bending test at low temperature HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-4

on cores with a diameter up to and including 12,5 mm Table 1, DIV 1 Subclause 8.1
(-15 ± 2) °C No cracks
3.4.2.4 Water absorption HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-3

Electrical test procedure Table 1, DIV 1 Subclause 9.1
- Temperature of water bath (70 ± 3) °C
a) Pre-test at a.c. voltage
Duration of immersion 24 h
Duration of test 5 min
Test voltage 6 kV No breakdown
b) Main test with d.c. voltage
Duration of test 10 x 24 h
for insulation thicknesses with a nominal value of
0,8 mm 1 kV
1,0 mm 1,2 kV
1,2 mm and 1,4 mm 1,5 kV
1,6 mm and 1,8 mm 2,0 kV
2,0 mm to 3,0 mm 2,5 kV No breakdown
Page 3-A-12
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section A

3.4 Type tests (non-electrical characteristics) (continued)

3.4.3 Tests on PVC-sheath
3.4.3.1 Mechanical properties HD 603-1

Table 4A, DMV 1
Subclause 9.2
Subclause 8.1
(ageing type a)
Table 4A, DMV 1 Subclause 8.2

Table 4A, DMV 1 Clause 9
3.4.3.4 Elongation test at low temperature for cables with a HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-4
diameter over 12,5 mm Table 4A, DMV 1 Subclause 8.4
3.4.3.5 Loss of mass test in air oven HD 603-1 Table 4A, EN 60811-3-2
DMV 1 Subclause 8.2
3.4.4 Tests on PE-sheath

Table 4B, DMP 1
Subclause 9.2

Subclause 8.1
(ageing type a)

Table 4B, DMP 1 Subclause 8.2
3.4.4.3 Stress cracking resistance HD 603-1 EN 60811-4-1

Table 4B, DMP 1 Clause 8
3.4.4.4 Carbon content HD 603-1 EN 60811-4-1

3.4.4.5 Shore D-Hardness HD 603-1 HD 605

Table 4B, DMP1 Subclause 2.2.1
Page 3-A-13
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section A


3.4.5 Test on complete PVC-cable
3.4.5.1 Impact test at low temperature HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-4
No cracks
3.4.5.2 After ageing of complete cable HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-2
Table 4A, DMV 1 Subclause 8.1.4
3.4.5.3 Test under fire conditions EN 60332-1-2 EN 60332-1-2

Flame propagation
3.4.6 Test on complete PE-cable
3.4.6.1 After ageing of complete cable HD 603-1, EN 60811-1-2
3.5 Electrical tests after installation, if required

3.5.1 D.C. voltage test HD 605
Subclause 3.2
- test voltage 2,4 kV – 8 kV
- duration of test 15 min No breakdown
Page 3-A-14
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section A
4 Guide to use
The object of this clause is to provide specific recommendations for the selection (taking into account the
cable system), storage, transportation and installation of cables specified in this Section 3-A of HD 603.
The general recommendation given in HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007 Annex A apply except where amended in
the table below.
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007 Annex A

Requirements for Section 3-A of HD 603
Subclause number
A.2.1 General The cables specified in this section may be laid also in
water and concrete.
Highest permissible voltage:
DC systems 1,8 kV
AC systems
one-phase 1,4 kV
one conductor earthed 0,7 kV
three-phase 1,2 kV
Precautions against electric shock:
Cables without metallic covering are suitable for class II
equipment.
A.2.2 System categories Category B
A.2.3 Power frequency range The cables specified in this section are also suitable for
DC-operation
A.2.5 Current rating See Clause 5 of this section
A.3.2.1 Clearance 2 x cable diameter, minimum 5 cm
A.3.2.2 Barrel diameter See Table 23 of this section
A.3.3.6 Cable coils See Table 23 of this section
A.4.3 Types of installation The cables specified in this section are also suitable for
installation with cleats and for direct laying in concrete
A.4.6 Bending radii during installation Normal installations:
single-core cables: 15 times cable diameter
multi-core cables: 12 times cable diameter
A.4.11 Lowest temperature for installation -5°C
A.4.12 Pulling force Pulling head:
σ permissible tensile stress:
50 N/mm² for cables with copper conductors
30 N/mm² for cables with aluminium conductors
Pulling grip via conductor:
The same calculation as for the pulling head is admissible,
when the use of a pulling grip makes sure, that the pulling
forces will be carried in the cable by friction sufficiently.
Pulling grip via outer sheath:
The same calculation as for the pulling head is admissible,
when the use of a pulling grip makes sure, that the pulling
forces will be carried in the cable by friction sufficiently.
A.4.13 Cable fixing The cable fixing itself after laying has to be done so, that
longitudinal movement and expansion by warming will not
damage the surface of the cable sheath.
Page 3-A-15
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section A
5 Current-carrying capacity
No. Terms Requirements Value Tables
5.1 General This section applies to the current-carrying capacity

under both standard and deviating conditions provided
that the cables are in three-phase operation with three
conductors loaded or one single-core cables in d.c.
operation
5.2 Basic conditions

5.2.1 Temperatures Maximum permissible operating temperature on the 70 °C
conductor
Maximum short-circuit temperature for Sn 300 mm² 160 °C
Maximum short-circuit temperature for Sn > 300 mm² 140 °C
5.2.2 Thermal PVC-insulation material 5 K⋅m/W
resistance PVC-sheathing material 5 K⋅m/W
PE-sheathing material 3,5 K⋅m/W
5.2.3 Bonding Concentric conductors (shield) bonded at both ends
5.2.4 Frequency Power frequency 50 Hz
5.2.5 Operating Power frequency
conditions The tabulated rated current-carrying capacities are 9 and 10
based on standard conditions such as:
- operating mode
- laying conditions
- environmental conditions
For deviating operating conditions the current-carrying 11 to 15,
capacities in the tables are to multiplied by appropriate 17 to 20
conversion factors.
5.3 Cables in earth
5.3.1 Standard Rated current-carrying capacity under standard 9 and 10
provisions provisions
5.3.1.1 Operating mode Cyclic load load factor 0,7 m
5.3.1.2 Laying Laying depth 0,7 m
conditions Three single-core cables in close trefoil formation laid
throughout the cable length with one system only
5.3.1.3 Environmental Ambient temperature, soil 20 °C
conditions Soil thermal resistance, dried-out soil 2,5 K⋅m/W
Soil thermal resistance, moist soil 1,5 K⋅m/W
5.3.2 Deviating Current-carrying capacity under deviating provisions
provisions The factor f1 must be multiplied by the relevant factor f2
5.3.2.1 Operation mode Load factor factors f1 ⋅ f2 0,5…1 11 to 15
5.3.2.2 Laying Laying depth 0,7…1,2 m
conditions Number of cables factors f1 ⋅ f2 1 to 10 11 to 15
5.3.2.3 Environmental Ambient temperature factors f1 ⋅ f2 5 °C…40 °C 11 to 15
conditions Soil thermal resistance, moist soil factors f1 ⋅ f2 0,7 to 2,5 11 to 15
K⋅m/W
Page 3-A-16
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section A
5 Current-carrying capacity (continued)
5.4 Cables in air

5.4.1 Standard Rated current-carrying capacity under standard provisions 9 and 10
provisions
5.4.1.1 Operating mode Continuous operation load factor 1,0
5.4.1.2 Laying Free in air
The single-core cables laid side by side throughout the
cable length with one system only
Protection against direct thermal radiation due to sun, etc.
5.4.1.3 Environmental Ambient temperature, air 30 °C
conditions
provisions The conversion factors of the tables must be considered
by multiplying
5.4.2.1 Operating –
conditions
5.4.2.2 Laying Grouping of cables on trays and troughs 18 to 20
conditions
5.4.2.3 Environmental Ambient temperature, air 10 °C to 17
conditions 50 °C
5.5 Short-circuit During a short-circuit cables are loaded thermally and

mechanically as well. Therefore the nominal cross-
sectional area Sn, the cable and if necessary the fixing of
cables are to be selected carefully such that the cables are
not overloaded.
The following provisions are valid for a short-circuit
duration up to 5 s.
5.5.1 Rated short- The rated short-circuit current for a short-circuit duration of 21 and 22
circuit current 1 s is calculated by multiplying the rated short-time current
density with the nominal cross-sectional area of the
conductor.
5.5.2 Permissible For short-circuit durations deviating from 1 s the

short-circuit permissible short-circuit current is to be calculated by
current dividing the rated short-circuit current with the square root
of the short-circuit duration (in s).
Page 3-A-17
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section A
6 Appendix
Table 1 – Permissible conductor types
Range of cross-sectional area

Type of conductor Copper Aluminium
mm2 mm2
Circular, solid 1,5 to 16 25 and 35

Circular, stranded 10 to 630 25 to 630
Circular, stranded compacted 10 to 630 25 to 630
Sector-shaped, solid -- 50 to 185
Sector-shaped, stranded 35 to 400 35 to 400
Table 2 – Permissible conductor cross-sectional area
Type of cable Circular conductor Sector shaped conductor

Copper Aluminium Copper Aluminium
mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2
With pilot core 95 to 630 95 to 630 - -
Single core
cables Without
16 to 630 25 to 630 - -
pilot core
2 cores 1,5 to 16 - - -
Multicore 3 cores 1,5 to 400 25 to 400 35 to 400 35 to 400
cables 4 cores 1,5 to 400 25 to 400 35 to 400 35 to 400
5 cores 1,5 to 16 - - -
Page 3-A-18
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section A
6 Appendix (continued)
Table 3 – Allocation of conductors with a reduced cross-sectional area
Nominal cross-sectional area Nominal cross-sectional area of the conductor

of the phase conductors with a reduced cross-sectional area
mm2 mm2
25 16
35 16
50 25
70 35
95 50
120 70
150 70
185 95
240 120
300 150
400 185
Table 4 – Identification of cores in multi core cables by colours
1 2 3 4
Cable with green/yellow Cable without green/yellow Cable with

1)
core core concentric conductor
Number of cores
with or without screen with or without screen
(Symbol „-J“) (Symbol „-O“) (Symbol „-O“)
2 --- bn/bu bn/bu

3 gnye/bu/bn bn/bk/gy bn/bk/gy
2) 2)
4 gnye /bn/bk/gy bu /bn/bk/gy bu/bn/bk/gy
5 gnye/bu/bn/bk/gy bu/bn/bk/gy/bk ---
Abbreviation for colours: gnye green-yellow, bk black, bu blue, bn brown, gy grey.

Colour blue (bu) should be light blue.
1)
For cables with concentric conductors a core having a reduced conductor cross-section area is not permissible.
2)
The identification of a core having a reduced conductor cross-section area shall be:
green-yellow for cables according to column 2 and blue for cables according to column 3.
Page 3-A-19
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section A
Table 5 – Thickness of inner covering
over over over over over over
Diameter1) over ----- 15 25 35 45 55 65
assembly of cores, mm up to up to up to up to up to up to
15 25 35 45 55 65 -----
Thickness of
taped 0,3 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,7
inner covering,
(informative)
extruded 0,8 1,2 1,5 1,8 2,0 2,2 2,4
mm
1)
Calculated diameter.
Table 6 – Allocation of concentric conductor
Nominal cross-sectional area Minimum cross-sectional area of the

of the phase conductors concentric conductor
mm2 mm2
1,5 1,5
2,5 2,5
4 4
6 6
10 10
16 16
25 16
35 16
50 25
70 35
95 50
120 70
150 70
185 95
240 120
300 150
400 185
Table 7 – Nominal wall thickness of sheath

1)
Diameter over over over over over over over
under ----- 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
sheath,
up to up to up to up to up to up to up to
mm
20 30 40 50 60 70 80 ----
Nominal wall-thickness
of sheath, 1,8 2,0 2,2 2,6 3,0 3,4 3,8 4,0
mm
1)
Calculated diameter.
Page 3-A-20
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section A
Table 8 – Code designation
Symbol Designation
E- Power cable
A Conductor Aluminium
- Conductor Copper (no symbol)
Y Insulation Polyvinylchloride
Concentric conductor or
C Copper over assembled cores and inner covering
screen
Y Outer sheath Polyvinylchloride
2Y Outer sheath Polyethylene
-J Core identification Cable with green/yellow core
-O Core identification Cable without green/yellow core
Number of cores X Nominal Number of cores and after the hyphen „X“ the nominal cross
.. X ..
cross section section
R Conductor construction Round
S Conductor construction Sector-shaped
E Conductor construction Solid
M Conductor construction Stranded
Nominal cross-section of
/ .. concentric conductor or After the hyphen „/“ the nominal cross section
screen
0,6/1 kV Rated voltage U0/U in kV
Page 3-A-21
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section A
Table 9 – Rated current-carrying capacity, cable with rated voltage U0/U = 0,6/1 kV
Laying In earth In air
Arrangement 5 5
) )
4
)
Copper conductor
cross-sectional area Rated current in A
2
in mm
1,5 32 41 27 30 27 19,5 21 20
2,5 42 55 36 39 35 25 28 27
4 54 71 46 50 47 34 37 37
6 68 90 58 62 59 43 47 48
10 90 124 78 83 81 59 64 66
16 116 160 101 107 107 78 84 89
25 208 132 138 144 105 114
35 250 159 164 176 129 139
50 296 188 195 214 157 169
70 365 232 238 270 199 213
95 438 280 286 334 246 264
120 501 318 325 389 285 307
150 563 359 365 446 326 352
185 639 406 413 516 374 406
240 746 473 479 618 445 483
300 845 535 539 711 510 552
400 975 613 614 843 597 646
500 1145 687 693 994 669 747
Aluminium conductor
2
in mm
25 160 102 106 110 81 87
35 193 122 127 135 99 107
50 230 144 151 166 119 131
70 283 179 185 210 152 166
95 340 215 222 259 186 205
120 389 245 253 302 216 239
150 436 275 284 345 246 273
185 496 313 322 401 285 317
240 578 364 375 479 338 378
300 654 419 423 550 400 434
400 756 484 487 653 472 513
500 873 553 558 772 539 600
2)
Conversion factor 1) 3)
10 15
f1: Table
Conversion factor 13 13 13 11, 12 17, 18 17, 18 16 13
f2: Table
For normal operating 9 14

conditions and for deviating
operating conditions refer to
tables
1)
for various specific thermal resistances and temperatures
2)
for grouping
3)
for deviating air temperatures
4)
only for single, three and four core cables, five core cables according to Table 10
5)
rated current for cables in DC systems with return conductor far away
Page 3-A-22
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section A
Table 10 – Rated current-carrying capacity, cable with rated voltage U0/U = 0,6/1 kV (five-core cable)
Number of cores 5
Copper conductor
2
in mm
1,5 19,0 14,5
2,5 25,0 19,5
4 32,0 25,5
6 41,0 32,0
10 55,0 44,0
16 71,0 59,0
Page 3-A-23
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section A
Table 11 – Cables in earth
Normal operating conditions Deviating operating conditions
Load factor 0,7 and current-carrying capacity according to tables for

laying in earth Tables 12 and 13
Laying depth 0,7 m
Arrangement
1 five core cable
1 three core cable
1 four core cable
Tables 12 and 13
1 single core cable in DC system
3 single core cables

in DC system
laying side by side 70 mm
distance = 70 mm
3 single core cables in 3 phase-system

bundled in triangle
Cable bedded in sand or soil and covered with bricks, concrete plates or Conversion factor
flat or lightly bended thin plastic plates for cable covers
with trapped air 0,9
for tube installation 0,85
Ground temperature in laying depth 20 °C Tables 12 and 13

Specific thermal resistance of soil,
moist 1 K⋅m/W
dried-out 2,5 K⋅m/W
Page 3-A-24
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section A
Table 12 – Conversion factors f1, cables in earth
Specific thermal resistance of moist soil in K⋅m/W
Ground-
temperature 0,7 1,0 1,5 2,5
in °C Load factor Load factor Load factor Load factor
0,50 0,60 0,70 0,85 1,00 0,50 0,60 0,70 0,85 1,00 0,50 0,60 0,70 0,85 1,00 0,5 to 1,00
5 1,29 1,26 1,22 1,15 1,09 1,13 1,11 1,08 1,04 1,00 0,99 0,98 0,97 0,95 0,93 0,86
10 1,27 1,23 1,19 1,13 1,06 1,11 1,08 1,06 1,01 0,97 0,96 0,95 0,94 0,92 0,89 0,83
15 1,25 1,21 1,17 1,10 1,03 1,08 1,06 1,03 0,99 0,94 0,93 0,92 0,91 0,88 0,86 0,79
20 1,23 1,18 1,14 1,08 1,01 1,06 1,03 1,00 0,96 0,91 0,90 0,89 0,87 0,85 0,83 0,76
25 1,03 1,00 0,97 0,93 0,88 0,87 0,85 0,84 0,82 0,79 0,72
30 0,94 0,89 0,85 0,84 0,82 0,80 0,78 0,76 0,68
35 0,77 0,74 0,72 0,63
40 0,59
Conversion factor f1 should only be used in combination with conversion factor f2 according to Tables 13, 14, 15
Table 13 – Conversion factors f2, cables in earth single core cables in 3 phase-systems,
laying side by side, bundled in triangle
Number
0,7 1,0 1,5 2,5
of
systems Load factor Load factor Load factor Load factor
0,50 0,60 0,70 0,85 1,00 0,50 0,60 0,70 0,85 1,00 0,50 0,60 0,70 0,85 1,00 0,50 0,60 0,70 0,85 1,00
1 1,01 1,02 0,99 0,93 0,87 1,04 1,05 1,00 0,93 0,87 1,07 1,06 1,01 0,94 0,87 1,11 1,08 1,01 0,94 0,87
2 0,94 0,89 0,84 0,77 0,71 0,97 0,91 0,85 0,77 0,71 0,99 0,92 0,86 0,77 0,71 1,01 0,93 0,87 0,78 0,71
3 0,86 0,79 0,74 0,67 0,61 0,89 0,81 0,75 0,67 0,61 0,90 0,83 0,76 0,68 0,61 0,91 0,83 0,77 0,68 0,61
4 0,82 0,75 0,69 0,62 0,56 0,84 0,76 0,70 0,62 0,56 0,85 0,77 0,71 0,62 0,56 0,86 0,78 0,71 0,63 0,56
5 0,78 0,71 0,65 0,58 0,52 0,80 0,72 0,66 0,58 0,52 0,80 0,73 0,66 0,58 0,52 0,81 0,73 0,67 0,59 0,52
6 0,75 0,68 0,62 0,55 0,50 0,77 0,69 0,63 0,55 0,50 0,77 0,70 0,64 0,56 0,50 0,78 0,70 0,64 0,56 0,50
8 0,71 0,64 0,58 0,51 0,46 0,72 0,65 0,59 0,52 0,46 0,73 0,65 0,59 0,52 0,46 0,73 0,66 0,60 0,52 0,46
10 0,68 0,61 0,55 0,49 0,44 0,69 0,62 0,56 0,49 0,44 0,69 0,62 0,56 0,49 0,44 0,70 0,63 0,57 0,49 0,44
70 mm
Page 3-A-25
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section A
Table 14 – Conversion factors f2, cables in earthsingle core cables in 3 phase-systems,
Number 0,7 1,0 1,5 2,5
of Load factor Load factor Load factor Load factor
systems
0,50 0,60 0,70 0,85 1,00 0,50 0,60 0,70 0,85 1,00 0,50 0,60 0,70 0,85 1,00 0,50 0,60 0,70 0,85 1,00
1 1,01 1,02 0,99 0,93 0,87 1,04 1,05 1,00 0,93 0,87 1,07 1,06 1,01 0,94 0,87 1,11 1,08 1,01 0,94 0,87
2 0,97 0,95 0,89 0,82 0,75 1,00 0,96 0,90 0,82 0,75 1,03 0,97 0,91 0,82 0,75 1,06 0,98 0,92 0,83 0,75
3 0,94 0,88 0,82 0,74 0,67 0,97 0,88 0,82 0,74 0,67 0,97 0,89 0,83 0,74 0,67 0,98 0,90 0,84 0,74 0,67
4 0,91 0,84 0,78 0,70 0,64 0,92 0,85 0,79 0,70 0,64 0,93 0,86 0,79 0,70 0,64 0,95 0,87 0,80 0,71 0,64
5 0,88 0,81 0,75 0,67 0,60 0,89 0,82 0,76 0,67 0,60 0,90 0,82 0,76 0,67 0,60 0,91 0,83 0,77 0,67 0,60
6 0,86 0,79 0,73 0,65 0,59 0,87 0,80 0,74 0,65 0,59 0,88 0,81 0,74 0,65 0,59 0,89 0,81 0,75 0,65 0,59
8 0,83 0,76 0,70 0,62 0,56 0,84 0,77 0,71 0,62 0,56 0,85 0,78 0,71 0,62 0,56 0,86 0,78 0,72 0,62 0,56
10 0,82 0,75 0,69 0,60 0,54 0,82 0,75 0,69 0,60 0,54 0,83 0,76 0,69 0,61 0,54 0,84 0,76 0,70 0,61 0,54
250 mm
Table 15 – Conversion factors f2, cables in earthsingle core cables laying side by side in DC system
and three-, four- and five core cables, laying side by side in 3 phase-systems
Number Specific thermal resistance of moist soil in K⋅m/W
of 0,7 1,0 1,5 2,5
systems
Load factor Load factor Load factor Load factor
0,50 0,60 0,70 0,85 1,00 0,50 0,60 0,70 0,85 1,00 0,50 0,60 0,70 0,85 1,00 0,50 0,60 0,70 0,85 1,00
1 0,91 0,92 0,94 0,94 0,89 0,97 0,97 1,00 0,94 0,89 1,04 1,03 1,01 0,94 0,89 1,13 1,07 1,02 0,95 0,89
2 0,86 0,87 0,85 0,77 0,72 0,91 0,90 0,86 0,78 0,72 0,97 0,93 0,87 0,78 0,72 1,01 0,94 0,88 0,79 0,72
3 0,82 0,80 0,75 0,68 0,62 0,86 0,82 0,76 0,68 0,62 0,91 0,84 0,77 0,69 0,62 0,92 0,84 0,78 0,69 0,62
4 0,80 0,76 0,70 0,63 0,57 0,84 0,77 0,71 0,63 0,57 0,86 0,78 0,72 0,63 0,57 0,87 0,79 0,73 0,64 0,57
5 0,78 0,72 0,66 0,59 0,53 0,81 0,73 0,67 0,59 0,53 0,81 0,74 0,68 0,59 0,53 0,82 0,75 0,68 0,60 0,53
6 0,76 0,69 0,64 0,56 0,51 0,77 0,70 0,64 0,56 0,51 0,78 0,71 0,65 0,57 0,51 0,79 0,72 0,65 0,57 0,51
8 0,72 0,65 0,59 0,52 0,47 0,73 0,66 0,60 0,52 0,47 0,74 0,67 0,61 0,52 0,47 0,75 0,67 0,61 0,53 0,47
10 0,69 0,62 0,57 0,49 0,44 0,70 0,63 0,57 0,50 0,44 0,71 0,64 0,58 0,50 0,44 0,71 0,64 0,58 0,50 0,44
70 mm 70 mm 70 mm 70 mm
Page 3-A-26
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section A
Table 16 – Cables in air
Continuous operation according to tables for cables in air Tables 18 to 20
Arrangement
1 five core cable
1 three core cable
1 four core cable
Tables 18 and 20

in DC system
distance = 70 mm

bundled in triangle
Heat dissipation is maintained if:
Cables free in air:

• distance between cable and ground, wall or ceiling minimum 20 mm
Cables laid side by side or on top of each other:

• distance between the cables minimum double cable diameter or
• distance between the cables minimum 200 mm
Conversion factors for deviating air temperatures Table 17
Protection against direct thermal radiation due to sun IEC 60287
Air temperature 30 °C Table 17
Page 3-A-27
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section A
Table 17 – Conversion factors for deviating air temperatures
Temperature (°C) 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
Factor 1,22 1,17 1,12 1,06 1,0 0,94 0,87 0,79 0,71
Table 18 – Conversion factors, cables in air

single core cables in 3 phase-systems, bundled in triangle
Arrangement Horizontal laying
Number of cables
1 2 3
laying side by side
Laying on ground 0,98 0,96 0,94
2d 2d
≥ 20
mm
Number of trays 2d 2d
≥ 20
1 0,98 0,96 0,94 mm
2 0,95 0,91 0,87 2d 2d

Laying on trays ≥ 300 mm
limited air circulation 3 0,93 0,88 0,82 ≥ 20
mm
6 0,82 0,80 0,79
2d 2d
Number of ladders
≥ 20
mm
1 1,00 1,00 1,00
2 0,97 0,95 0,93 2d 2d
Laying on ladders ≥ 300 mm
≥ 20
unlimited air circulation 3 0,96 0,94 0,90 mm
6 0,95 0,93 0,87
Number of cable
1 2 3 2d
one over the other
2d
Fixed on framework or on wall 1,00 0,91 0,89
4d 2d
≥ 20
mm
Arrangement for which a reduction 4d 2d

≥ 300 mm
1
is not necessary ) ≥ 20
mm
1
) If the air temperature is raised by the heat generated by the cable due to limited air circulation or excessive bundling
of cables, the conversion factors for deviating air temperatures according to table 17 shall be used.
Page 3-A-28
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section A
Table 19 – Conversion factors, cables in air three core and multi core cables single core cables
in DC operation
Number of cables
1 2 3 4 6
laying side by side
d d
Laying on ground 0,97 0,96 0,94 0,93 0,90 ≥ 20

mm
d d
Number of trays
≥ 20
mm
1 0,97 0,96 0,94 0,93 0,90
2 0,97 0,95 0,92 0,90 0,86 d d
Laying on trays ≥ 300 mm
≥ 20
limited air circulation 3 0,97 0,94 0,91 0,89 0,84 mm
6 0,97 0,93 0,90 0,88 0,83

d d
Number of ladders
≥ 20
mm
1 1,00 1,00 1,00 1,00 1,00
2 1,00 0,99 0,98 0,97 0,96 d d
≥ 300 mm
Laying on ladders
≥ 20
unlimited air circulation 3 1,00 0,98 0,97 0,96 0,93 mm
6 1,00 0,97 0,96 0,94 0,91

d
Number of cable
1 2 3 4 6
one over the other
≥ 20 d
Fixed on framework or on wall 1,00 0,93 0,90 0,87 0,86 mm
d
≥ 20
mm
2d
Arrangement for which a reduction Any number of cables
is not necessary 1)
1
Page 3-A-29
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section A
Table 20 – Conversion factors, cables in air three core and multi core cables single core cables
in DC operation
Number of cables
1 2 3 4 6 9
laying side by side
d d
Laying on ground 0,97 0,85 0,78 0,75 0,70 0,68
Number of d d
trays
1 0,97 0,85 0,78 0,75 0,71 0,68
2 0,97 0,84 0,76 0,73 0,68 0,63 ≥ 300 mm
Laying on trays
limited air circulation 3 0,97 0,83 0,75 0,72 0,66 0,61
6 0,97 0,81 0,73 0,69 0,63 0,58
Number of
d d
ladders
1 1,00 0,87 0,82 0,80 0,79 0,78
2 1,00 0,86 0,80 0,78 0,76 0,73 ≥ 300 mm
Laying on ladders
unlimited air circulation 3 1,00 0,85 0,79 0,76 0,73 0,70
6 1,00 0,83 0,76 0,73 0,69 0,66
Number of cable
1 2 3 4 6 9 d
one over the other
d
Fixed on framework or on wall 0,95 0,78 0,73 0,72 0,68 0,66
≥ 2d d
≥ 20
mm
Arrangement for which a reduction Any number of cables ≥ 2d d

≥ 300 mm
is not necessary 1) laying side by side ≥ 20
mm
1
Page 3-A-30
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section A
Table 21 – Permissible short-circuit temperatures and related short-time current densities
cables with copper conductor
Conductor temperature at the beginning
of short circuit in
Cross-sectional Permissible Permissible short- °C
area conductor circuit temperature
temperature
2 70 65 60 150 140 130 120
mm °C °C
Rated short-time current density (1 s) in

A/mm²
300 70 160 115 119 122 129 136 143 150
> 300 70 140 103 107 111 118 126 133 146

cables with aluminium conductors
of short circuit in
Cross-sectional Permissible Permissible short- °C
area conductor circuit temperature
temperature
2 70 65 60 50 40 30 20
mm °C °C
Rated short-time current density (1 s) in

A/mm²
300 70 160 76 78 81 85 90 95 99
> 300 70 140 68 71 73 78 83 88 93
Table 23 – Minimum barrel diameter of delivery drums

1)
Cable type Barrel diameter of drum
Cables without concentric conductor or screen

- single core 18 d
2
- multicore A 95 mm 15 d
- multicore A > 95 mm2 18 d
Cables with concentric conductor or screen 20 d
d Outer diameter of cable
A Nominal cross-sectional area of insulated conductor in mm2
1)
There is no direct connection between the above mentioned barrel diameter and the bending radius as mentioned in
Subclause 4.4, because the demands are fundamentally different.
Page 3-B-0
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section B
SECTION 3-B - CABLES WITHOUT CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR (TYPE 3B)
Replace Section 3-B
by the following new Section 3-B

Page 3-B-1
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section B
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
PART 3: PVC INSULATED CABLES – UNARMOURED
SECTION 3-B - CABLES WITHOUT CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR (TYPE 3B)

Page 3-B-2
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section B
CONTENTS
1 General ........................................................................................................................................ 3
2 Design requirements .................................................................................................................. 4
1 Conductor ................................................................................................................................ 4
1.1 Material
1.2 Conductor resistance
1.3 Permissible conductor types
1.4 Dimensions of sector shaped solid conductors
1.5 Tensile strength for sector shaped solid aluminium conductors
1.6 Elongation at break for sector shaped solid aluminium conductors
1.7 Winding test for aluminium circular solid conductor (16 mm²)
1.8 Dimensions of circular conductors
2 Insulation ................................................................................................................................. 4
2.1 Material
2.2 Insulation thickness
2.3 Core identification
3 Assembly of cores ................................................................................................................... 5
4 Inner covering .......................................................................................................................... 5
4.1 Design
4.2 Thickness
5 Outer sheath............................................................................................................................ 6
5.1 Material
5.2 Color
5.3 Thickness
6 Marking.................................................................................................................................... 6
6.1 Cable identification
6.2 Indication of origin on the outer sheath
6.3 Continuity of marks
6.4 Durability
6.5 Legibility
7 Resistance against flame propagation ..................................................................................... 6
3 Test requirements....................................................................................................................... 7
1 Routine tests ............................................................................................................... 7
2 Sample tests ............................................................................................................... 7
3 Type tests, electrical ................................................................................................... 8
4 Type tests, non-electrical ............................................................................................ 9
5 Electrical tests after installation ................................................................................. 11
4 Appendix (Tables)..................................................................................................................... 12
5 Current-carrying capacity ........................................................................................................ 15
6 Guide to use.............................................................................................................................. 19
Page 3-B-3
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section B
REFERENCES
References are made in Section 3-B of HD 603, to other Parts of this HD and to other Harmonization

HD 308 Identification of cores in cables and flexible cords
IEC 60502-1 Power cables with extruded insulation and their accessories for rated voltages from
1 kV (Um = 1,2 kV) up to 30 kV (Um = 36 kV) –
Part 1: Cables for rated voltages of 1 kV (Um = 1,2 kV) and 3 kV (Um = 3,6 kV)
1 General
This standard specifies the construction, dimensions and test requirements of unarmoured power
cables with PVC-insulation for rated voltage (U0/U) of 0,6/1 kV type 3B
(a) Insulating material
The insulation covered by this standard shall consist of polyvinyl chloride and correspond to Table 1 of
HD 603-1 - type DIV 2
(b) Rated voltage
U0/U: 0,6/1 kV
Definitions: see HD 603-1 Subclause 2.3
Cables covered by this standard are suitable to categories A, B and C according to IEC 60183.
(c) Highest rated temperature for the different types of insulating compound
Normal operation 70°C
(d) Sheathing material
Suitable to the highest rated conductor temperature. It shall consist of PVC and correspond to
Table 4A, type DMV 2 in HD 603-1.
Page 3-B-4
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section B
Cable component Requirements
No. EN/HD Additional

1 Conductor HD 603-1
Subclause 5.1
1.1 Material HD 603-1
Subclause 5.1.1
a) General
b) Purity of aluminium 99,5%

1.2 Conductor resistance and EN 60228
minimum number of wires
1.3 Permissible conductor types Appendix, Table 2
1.4 Dimensions of sector-shaped Appendix, Table 1
solid conductors aluminium
1.5 Tensile strength for sector 60 to 90 N/mm²
shaped solid aluminium
conductors
1.6 Elongation at break for sector > 20 %
conductors.
1.7 Winding test for Aluminium cir- No crack
cular solid conductors (16 mm²)
1.8 Dimensions of circular EN 60228
conductors
2 Insulation HD 603-1 The insulation shall be an extruded solid
Subclause 5.2 dielectric insulating compound based on
plasticised polyvinyl chloride or copolymers
of PVC.
2.1 Material HD 603-1, Table 1
Type DIV 2
Volume resistivity
20°C: 10 Ω.cm
13
70°C: 10 Ω.cm
10
Page 3-B-5
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section B

2.2 Insulation thickness Appendix, Table 3
a) nominal value
b) mean value nominal value

nominal value - (0,1 mm + 10% of nominal
c) minimum value
value)
Note: The thickness of any separator on the
conductor or over the insulation shall not be
included in the thickness of the insulation
2.3 Core identification HD 308 Each core shall be identified by the use of
colors either through the insulation or through
a colored skin. The green/yellow color
combination is achieved by the extrusion of
the base color in the bulk of the insulation,
covered by lines in the other color.
To distinguish between the different cores of
multi-core cables, the used color code and
the order of succession of the colors are
given in HD 308.
Blue is exclusively reserved for the neutral
conductor if it exists.
When there is no neutral conductor, the blue
marked core can be assigned for another use
except for the conductor of protection.
Color combination green/yellow HD 603-1, Add: “For the green/yellow marked core (PE
Clause 4 or PEN of equipotential connectors),…” at the
first line of the Clause 4 paragraph 6 of
HD 603-1.(*)
3 Assembly of cores HD 603-1,
Subclause 5.3
4 Inner covering Extruded bedding
4.1 Design The extruded inner covering shall surround
the cores and penetrate the spaces between
them, no interstice and no gap can occur
It shall be possible to strip the bedding easily.
4.2 Thickness
a) nominal value Appendix, Table 3
b) minimum value nominal value - (0,2 mm + 20% of nominal

value)
(*) PE: conductor provided for the purpose of safety
PEN: conductor combining the functions of both a PE conductor and a neutral conductor
Page 3-B-6
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section B
2 Design requirements (concluded)

5 Outer sheath
5.1 Material HD 603-1, Table
4A type DMV 2
5.2 Colour Black
5.3 Thickness

b) minimum value nominal value - (0,1 mm + 15% nominal
value)
6 Marking
- code designation (type of Set of marks with the designations of the

cable on the outer sheath cables. See Appendix, Table 4 (indented or
- rated voltage – areas) embossed on the sheath).
- lengths of the cables May be indicated by an inner metric tape
graduated in m and decim or by particular
marks on the sheath.
6.2 Indication of origin on the outer Manufacturer’s name or abbreviation from
sheath which the manufacturer can be identified
(indented or embossed on the sheath).
6.3 Continuity of marks Distance between the end of one mark and
the beginning of the next identical mark
550 mm.
6.4 Durability HD 603-1 Marks are indelible on the outer sheath.
Subclause 3.3
6.5 Legibility HD 603-1
Subclause 3.4
7 Resistance against flame EN 60332-1-2
propagation
Page 3-B-7
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section B
3 Test requirements
Rounding of numbers according to IEC 60502-1.
1. Routine tests
1 2 3 4
No. Tests Requirements* Test methods
1 Conductor resistance EN 60228 HD 605 Subclause 3.1.1
- Sample
b) short cable samples from the
manufacturing length ( 1 m)
- Conditioning
For a) at room temperature
For b) in tempered water bath
2 High voltage test HD 605 Subclause 3.2.1
- Sample manufacturing length

- Test voltage: 4 kV ac 50 Hz
* According to Section 2 ‘Design requirements’ unless stated otherwise.
2. Sample tests
1 2 3 4
1 General
Samples: The tests must be carried out

before the delivery of the cable. At least one
sample on every 25km batch (or smaller) of
the same cables shall be taken.
2 Insulation thickness Subclause 2.2 EN 60811-1-1 Subclause 8.1

3 Core identification Subclause 2.3 Visual
4 Inner covering Subclause 4.2 EN 60811-1-1 Subclause 8.2
5 Outer sheath Subclause 5.3 EN 60811-1-1 Subclause 8.2
6 Outer diameter Appendix Tables 3 EN 60811-1-1 Subclause 8.3
7 Marks Clause 6 Visual
Page 3-B-8
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section B
2. Sample tests
1 2 3 4
8 Insulation resistance - volume resistivity Subclause 2.1 HD 605 Subclause 3.3.1
measurement at room temperature
- After high voltage test

- Source voltage: (500 ± 50) V
- It is permitted to increase the length of
the sample to be measured
- In case of dispute about the results of the
measurements of insulation resistance
which are made at a temperature
different from (20 ± 1)°C, new
measurements are made on a sample of
10,5 m of length at a temperature of
(20 ± 1)°C
- Immersion duration: 2h
3. Type tests (electrical characteristics)
1 2 3 4
- Sample: length 15 m from the

manufactured length
- Conditioning: tempered water bath

between 15 and 25°C - 24 h
- Test voltage: 1,8 kV, 50 Hz
- Duration of test: 4h No breakdown
2 Insulation resistance - Volume resistivity HD 605 Subclause 3.3.1

measurement at 70°C
- Sample: length 10,5 m of manufactured Subclause 2.1

cable
- Conditioning: the sample is submerged in
water of which the temperature is
between 68 to 72°C. The ends of the
sample emerge at least 0,25 m above
the water level
- Immersion duration: 2 h
- Source voltage: (500 ± 50)V
measurements, new measurements at
(70 ± 1)°C
Page 3-B-9
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section B
4. Type tests (non-electrical characteristics)
1 2 3 4
1 Tests on insulation
1.1 Measurement of thickness Subclause 2.2 HD 605 Subclause 2.1.1
Rounding of numbers according
- Samples to IEC 60502-1
1.2 Mechanical characteristics EN 60811-1-1 Subclause 9.1
and HD 605 Subclause 1.4
- Samples Subclause 2.1
- Mechanical characteristics without Subclause 2.1
ageing
- Mechanical characteristics after ageing Subclause 2.1 EN 60811-1-2 Subclause 8.1;
in air oven the test pieces shall not occupy
more than 0,5% of the volume of
the oven
1.3 Test for resistance of insulation to Subclause 2.1 EN 60811-3-1 Subclause 9.1
cracking
1.4 Pressure test at high temperature Subclause 2.1 EN 60811-3-1 Subclause 8.1
and HD 605 Subclause 2.2.4.
2 Tests on inner covering
2.1 Measurement of thickness of inner Subclause 4.2 HD 605 Subclause 2.1.2
covering Rounding of numbers according
to IEC 60502-1
3 Tests on outer sheath
3.1 Measurement of thickness of outer sheath Subclause 5.3 HD 605 Subclause 2.1.2
to IEC 60502-1
3.2 Measurement of cable external diameter Appendix Tables 3 EN 60811-1-1 Subclause 8.3
and graduated measuring tape
to IEC 60502-1
3.3 Mechanical characteristics
Mechanical characteristics without ageing HD 603-1 Table 4A EN 60811-1-1 Subclause 9.2
type DMV2
Mechanical characteristics after ageing in HD 603-1 Table 4A EN 60811-1-2 Subclause 8.1
an oven type DMV2 (The volume of the test pieces in
relation to the volume of the
oven shall be less than 0,5%)
3.4 Test for resistance of sheath to cracking HD 603-1 Table 4A EN 60811-3-1 Subclause 9.2
type DMV2
3.5 Pressure test at high temperature HD 603-1 Table 4A EN 60811-3-1 Subclause 8.2
type DMV2
Page 3-B-10
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section B
4. Type tests (non-electrical characteristics, concluded)
1 2 3 4
3.6 Impact test at low temperature for the At least 8 test HD 605 Subclause 2.4.8
sheath samples out of 10 2 samples of complete cable are
Temperature (-15 ± 2)°C will not show any taken on 5 different places at a
crack when distance of 1m from each other
examined with
normal vision
4.1 Resistance against flame propagating EN 60332-1-2 EN 60332-1-2
4.2 Bending test HD 605 Subclause 2.4.1
Cable length: 5m followed by the high voltage test
Test Cylinder diameter: 12 times given in HD 605, Subclause 3.2,
external diameter of cable after immersion in water for 5 min
Test voltage: 4 kV, 50 Hz
Duration of application to
each core: 1 min
(with all other cores connected together
and to the water) No breakdown
5 Mechanical testing of aluminium core
5.1 Tensile strength HD 605 Subclause 2.3.1.2
- Cross- sectional area (mm²)

Mass(kg) of 1 m conductor
= 3
x10 6
2700kg/m
- Sample: 300 mm long
- Rate of separation of the grip:
-1
Max. 1 cm.s
- Distance between the marks on the
sample: 200 mm Subclause 1.5
- Tensile strength
5.2 Elongation at break Subclause 1.6
5.3 Winding test for aluminium circular solid Subclause 1.7
conductors No crack
- Test cylinder diameter: 10 x outer
diameter of the core.
* According to Section 2 “Design requirements” unless stated otherwise.
Page 3-B-11
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section B
3 Test requirements (concluded)
5. Electrical tests after installation
1 2 3 4
1 High voltage test (if required) No breakdown
Test voltage: 2 kV ac or 4 kV dc
Duration of test: 10 min for each core,

with all other cores connected to each
other and to the earth
NOTE The tests can be omitted if the cables are
installed under the supervision of the manufacturer.
* According to Section 2 ‘Design requirements” unless stated otherwise.

Page 3-B-12
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section B
4 Appendix (tables)
Table 1 - Solid shaped conductors
Nominal Center Indica- D value b value Indica- Indica- Indica-

cross- angle tive tive tive tive
sectional value of nominal tolerance nominal tolerance value of value of value of
α
area h r1 r2 a
mm² ° mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
50 90 7,6 6,9 ± 0,5 9,1 ± 0,5 9,6 1,8 2,3

95 90 10,9 9,7 ± 0,5 12,7 ± 0,6 13,3 2,8 3,4
150 90 13,4 12,2 ± 0,6 16,2 ± 0,6 15,9 3,0 4,1
240 90 17,0 15,8 ± 0,6 21,9 ± 0,6 20,1 3,0 4,9
a
r1 r2
d h
α
r2
Page 3-B-13
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section B
4 Appendix (tables, continued)
Table 2 - Permissible conductor types
Type of conductor Range of cross-sectional area
Cu Al
mm² mm²
Circular, solid 2,5 *

(class 1 - EN 60228) 4*
6*
10 * 16 *
Circular, stranded 16 *
(class 2 - EN 60228) 25 *
Sector shaped solid for aluminium 50 *

conductors. 95
(class 1 - EN 60228) 150
240
* not recommended cross-sections
Table 3A - Cables type EVVB 3 Copper cores
Nominal Nominal
Nominal Nominal
cross- Form of the inner
insulation outer sheath Outer diameter
sectional conductors covering
thickness thickness
area thickness
mm² mm mm mm min. mm max. mm
2,5 0,8 1,0 2,0 11,5 16,5

4 0,9 1,0 2,0 12,5 17,5
6 0,9 1,0 2,0 13,5 18,5
Circular
10 1,1 1,0 2,1 16,0 22,0
16 1,1 1,0 2,1 18,0 24,0
25 1,3 1,0 2,2 23,0 29,0
Table 3B - Cables type EVVB 4 Copper cores
Nominal Nominal
Nominal Nominal
thickness thickness
area thickness
2,5 0,8 1,0 2,0 12,5 17,5

4 0,9 1,0 2,0 13,5 18,5
6 0,9 1,0 2,0 14,5 19,5
10 Circular 1,1 1,0 2,1 17,0 23,0
16 1,1 1,0 2,2 19,5 25,5
25 1,3 1,0 2,3 24,5 30,5
Page 3-B-14
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section B
4 Appendix (tables, concluded)
Table 3C - Cables type EAVVB 4 cores
Nominal Nominal
Nominal Nominal
thickness thickness
area thickness
16 Circular 1,0 1,0 2,2 20,0 26,0

50 1,4 1,2 2,5 27,5 33,5
95 Sector 1,6 1,2 2,8 35,0 43,0
150 shaped 1,8 1,4 3,1 42,0 50,0
240 2,2 1,6 3,5 53,0 61,0
Table 4 - Code designation
1 2
E Energy cable
A Aluminium conductor
- Copper conductor (no abbreviation)
V PVC-insulation
V PVC sheath
B Cable conform to this section
Page 3-B-15
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section B
Table 1 - Max. current ratings for cables laid and operating underground
Nominal cross- EVVB EAVVB

sectional area
4 cores 4 cores
mm²
A A
2,5 34
4 43
6 55
10 73
16 95 74
25 130
50 145
95 210
150 270
240 355
Table 2 - Max. current ratings for cables laid and operating in air
Nominal cross- EVVB EAVVB

sectional area
4 cores 4 cores
mm²
A A
2,5 26
4 34
6 43
10 58
16 78 60
25 110
50 125
95 190
150 245
240 335
Page 3-B-16
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section B
Table 3 - Derating factors relating to the laying depth
Depth U = 1000 V
cm S 50 mm² 70 to 240 mm²
50 1,02 1,04
60 1,01 1,02
70 1,00 1,00
80 0,99 0,98
100 0,97 0,96
120 0,95 0,94
150 0,93 0,92
Table 4 - Derating factors relating to the proximity of other cables (laying underground)
Number of cables 2 3 4 5 6 8 10
7 cm
0,82 0,76 0,69 0,66 0,61 0,57 0,53
Table 5 - Derating factors relating to ground temperature
Ambient temperature 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
(°C)
1 kV 1,14 1,09 1,05 1 0,95 0,90 0,84 0,77 0,71
Table 6 - Derating factors relating to air temperature
Ambient 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
temperature (°C)
1 kV 1,22 1,17 1,12 1,06 1,00 0,93 0,87 0,79 0,71

Page 3-B-17
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section B
Table 7 - Derating factors relating to the thermal resistivity of the ground for multicore cables
Nominal cross- Thermal resistivity

sectional area K x cm/W
mm² 50 70 80 100 120 150 200 250 300
2,5 1,15 1,08 1,05 1 0,96 0,90 0,82 0,76 0,71

4 1,16 1,08 1,05 1 0,95 0,89 0,82 0,76 0,71
6 1,16 1,09 1,06 1 0,95 0,89 0,81 0,75 0,70
10 1,17 1,09 1,06 1 0,95 0,89 0,80 0,75 0,70

16 1,18 1,10 1,07 1 0,95 0,89 0,80 0,74 0,69
25 1,20 1,10 1,08 1 0,94 0,88 0,79 0,72 0,67
50 1,24 1,13 1,08 1 0,94 0,86 0,77 0,70 0,65

95 1,24 1,13 1,08 1 0,94 0,86 0,77 0,70 0,64
150 1,25 1,13 1,08 1 0,93 0,86 0,76 0,69 0,64
240 1,25 1,13 1,08 1 0,93 0,86 0,76 0,69 0,64
Table 8 - Derating factors relating to the proximity of the other cables (laying in air)
Number of cables 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10
>d d d 1 0,98 0,96 0,95 0,94 0,93 0,92 0,91
On perforated support
0,95 0,84 0,80 0,78 0,76 0,75 0,74 0,72
>d d d 0,95 0,90 0,88 0,87 0,86 0,85 0,84 0,83
On plain support
0,95 0,84 0,80 0,78 0,76 0,75 0,74 0,72

Page 3-B-18
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section B
5 Current-carrying capacity (concluded)
Table 9 - Derating factors * relating to the proximity of the other cables laid in cable trenches,
cable trunkings and bushes
Number of cables 2 3 4 5 6
2d
0,94 0,90 0,88 0,86 0,85
Workshop trench
(closed)
2d 0,95 0,91 0,89 0,87 0,86

Workshop trench
(semi open)
2d
0,94 0,90 0,88 0,86 0,85
Closed cable trunking
2d 0,97 0,93 0,91 0,89 0,88

Open cable trunking
25 cm
0,91 0,85 0,81 0,78 0,76
Bushes (120 cm
depth)
* These derating factors have to be multiplied by the derating factors of Table 10.
Table 10 - Derating factors relating to trench, cable trunking and bushes effects
Nominal cross-sectional Derating factor

area in mm²
0,90
Workshop trench
(closed)
0,95
Workshop trench
(semi open)
0,90
0,98
Open cable trunking
50 0,81
Bushes (120 cm 70 - 150 0,80
depth) 185 - 400 0,79
1 bush
Page 3-B-19
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section B
6 Guide to use
1 Recommendations for use
1 2 3
No. TERMS BASIC REQUIREMENTS
1 Permissible applications Cables specified according to this HD may be laid:
- indoors and outdoors
- in soil
- in concrete
Cables covered by this standard are suitable to
categories A, B or C according to IEC 60183.
2 Highest permissible voltage - DC systems 1,2 kV
- AC systems:
- phase to phase 1,2 kV
- phase to earth 0,7 kV
3 Precautions against electric shock Cables without metallic covering are suitable for Class 2
equipment as defined in the Belgian installation rules.
4 Power frequency range These cables are intended to be used in the power
frequency range of 49 Hz to 61 Hz.
2 Recommendations for storage and transport
1 2 3
1 Delivery
1.1 Distance between the outer cable layer − Minimum 5 cm for cables with an outer diameter
and the head of the flange D 5 cm
− Minimum D for cables with an outer diameter
D > 5cm
1.2. Core diameter of delivery drums 20 times the outer diameter of the cable
1.3. Cable sealing caps The cable caps have to be sealed during transport,
storage and laying.
2 Transport
2.1. Carriers Only suitable carriers shall be used
2.2. Drum axis position Cable drums with flange diameter exceeding 1 m have
to be transported with drum axis horizontal.
2.3. Loading and unloading Only suitable lifting shall be used.
2.4. Rolling of cable drums Filled-up cable drums may be rolled only on short
distances over plain solid ground.
2.5. Cable coils Short cable lengths may be conditioned and transported
and stored horizontally.
The bending radii shall not fall short of the values given
in 1.2 of this guide to use.
Page 3-B-20
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section B
6 Guide to use (continued)

3 Recommendations for cable laying
1 2 3
1 General remarks
1.1. Selection of cables The cable route, the laying method and the operating
conditions shall be taken into account.
1.2. Laying and operating Cables shall be laid and operated in such way that their
properties are not endangered.
a) Operating conditions:
- concentration of cable
- ambient temperature
- cables protected against radiation of sunlight
- soil thermal resistance, and so on ..
b) Leakage or stray currents and corrosion
c) Movements of soil, vibrations and shakes
d) The method of laying and the back filling material

have to be selected in respect of the outer cable
sheath
e) Protection against outer influences e.g. chemical

solvents.
1.3. Protection of cables Cables shall be protected by agreed means against
mechanical damages after installation.
1.4. Dimensions of ducts Inner diameter of ducts and pipes 1,5 times cable
diameter.
Several cables within one pipe are not recommended. If
used the pipe has to be so wide that the cables do not
block themselves.
To protect the pipes against shock it is recommended to

use sand bedding.
1.5. Fire protection The cables shall be installed in such a way that the
spread of fire and its consequences are limited.
The relevant specifications especially those for
preventive fire protection shall be taken into account.
2 Lowest temperature for cable laying The lowest allowed temperature of the cables during
installation and mounting of accessories is + 5°C for
PVC sheathed cables.
This temperature is valid for the cable itself and not for
the surroundings.
In the case that the cable temperature is lower than the
allowed temperature, the cable must be warmed for at
least 24 h.
Care has to be taken that the temperature remains
within the permitted range.
Page 3-B-21
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section B
6 Guide to use (concluded)

3 Recommendations for cable laying (concluded)
1 2 3
3 Pulling force
3.1 a) Pulling head attached to the Maximum pulling force P = S δ , where S in mm² is the
conductors cross-section area of conductor, δ is the permissible
tensile stress (δ = 50 N/mm² for cables with copper
conductors; δ = 30 N/mm² for cables with aluminium
conductors).
The maximum pulling force (P) is calculated from the total
of the nominal cross-sectional area.
b) Pulling grip For the pulling in of unarmoured cables the pulling force is
transmitted by a pulling grip via a frictional connection
between the pulling grip and the conductors of the cable.
Therefore the same pulling loads can be applied as for
pulling head.
3.2 Preparation of cable route It is assumed that the cable trench is well prepared for the
laying procedure with well-established curves and a
sufficient number of cable rollers. Special attention shall
be paid to the required minimum bending radii (see
Clause 4).The pulling force shall be permanently
supervised during the pulling procedure.
4 Bending radii
a) Permissible bending radius During installation: 12 times the cable diameter
b) Reduction of bending radius By 50 % provided that:
- single-time bending
- the work is made by skilled workers
- the cable is heated up to 30°C
- the cable is bent by means of a template.
5 Cable fixing Cables and bundles of cables are to be tightened in such
a way that damages in form of indentation marks by
pressure caused by heat expansion are avoided.
5.1 Longitudinal distance between cleats 20 times the cable diameter.
This distance is also valid between points of support in
case of laying on cable racks or inside cable trays.
In any case a distance of 80 cm should not be exceeded.
5.2 Vertical distance between cleats For vertical cable laying on walls a bigger distance
between the cleats is permitted. However, a distance of
1,5 m should not be exceeded.
Page 3-B-22
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section B
BLANK PAGE
Page 3-F-0
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section F
SECTION 3-F - CABLES WITH AND WITHOUT CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR (TYPE 3F)
Replace Section 3-F
by the following new Section 3-F

Page 3-F-1
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section F
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
SECTION 3-F - CABLES WITH AND WITHOUT CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR (TYPE 3F)
Page 3-F-2
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section F
CONTENTS
1 General......................................................................................................................................... 3
2 Design requirements..................................................................................................................... 4
1 Conductor ................................................................................................................................ 4
1.1 Material
1.2 Design
2 Insulation ................................................................................................................................. 4
2.1 Material
3.1 Interstice fillers
4 Inner covering .......................................................................................................................... 4
4.1 Design
4.2 Thickness
5 Concentric conductor ............................................................................................................... 5
5.1 Design
5.2 DC resistance
5.3 Cross-section of concentric conductor
5.4 Distance between wires
5.5 Size of contact tape
6 Oversheath .............................................................................................................................. 5
6.1 Material
6.2 Colour
6.3 Thickness
7 Marking.................................................................................................................................... 6
7.3 Durability
7.4 Legibility
8 Code designation..................................................................................................................... 6
3 Test requirements......................................................................................................................... 6
1 Routine tests............................................................................................................................ 6
2 Sample tests............................................................................................................................ 7
3 Type tests, electrical ................................................................................................................ 7
4 Type tests, non-electrical ......................................................................................................... 7
5 Electrical tests after installation .............................................................................................. 10
4 Appendix (tables)........................................................................................................................ 10
5 Current-carrying capacity............................................................................................................ 14
6 Guide to use ............................................................................................................................... 18

Page 3-F-3
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section F
REFERENCES
References are made in Section 3-F of HD 603, to other Parts of this HD and to other Harmonization

IEC 60364-5-52 Electrical installations of buildings – Part 5-52: Selection and erection of electrical
equipment – Wiring systems
1 General
This standard specifies the construction, dimensions and test requirements of power cables with
PVC-insulation and with or without concentric conductor for rated voltage (U) of 1 kV for fixed
installations.
(a) Insulating materials
HD 603-1, type DIV 6.
(b) Rated voltage
0,6/1 kV
(c) Highest rated temperatures for the insulating compound
(ii) Short-circuit (5 s maximum duration) 160 °C 300 mm²

140 °C > 300 mm²
Shall be suitable for the maximum rated conductor temperature. It shall consist of PVC and correspond
to Table 4A of HD 603-1, type DMV 9.
Page 3-F-4
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section F
No. HD Additional
Subclause 5.1

Subclause 5.1.1
1.2 Design EN 60228 Appendix, Tables 1 and 2

a) multi-core cables ≤16 mm²: round class 1 solid or class 2 stranded
25 mm²: round or sector-shaped, class 2 stranded
and compacted
Other cross-sections: sector-shaped, class 2
stranded and compacted
b) single-core cables Round class 2 stranded and compacted
1.3 Conductor resistance EN 60228
2 Insulation HD 603-1
Subclause 5.2
2.1 Material HD 603-1 Table 1 Weather resistant PVC

type DIV 6

a) nominal value HD 603-1 Table 5
b) mean value Not less than the nominal value
c) minimum value The thickness shall at no point be less than 90 % of
the nominal value by more than 0,1 mm, i.e.:
tmin ≥ 0,9 tn – 0,1

a) colours used for coding HD 308 S2
b) colour combination HD 603-1 Clause 4
green/yellow EN 50334
c) number identification Phase cores greater than 6 mm² with black colour
of insulation may alternatively be identified by
numerals, in the following order 1-2-3.
3 Assembly of cores Cores of multicore cables shall be laid-up.
3.1 Interstice fillers HD 603-1 Use of yarn of appropriate material or other means
Subclause 5.4 to ensure that construction is sufficiently compact is
optionally allowed.
4 Inner covering HD 603-1 Material shall be compatible with others and with
Subclause 5.5 service temperatures allowed for the cable.
4.1 Design Lapped or extruded
4.2 Thickness Appendix, Tables 3 and 4.

Page 3-F-5
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section F
No. HD Additional
5 Concentric conductor (if required) Annealed copper
5.1 Design One layer of copper wires with a copper contact

tape touching the wires. A separation layer of
suitable material may be put on the concentric
conductor.
The lay length of the wires shall not be more than
50 times the diameter measured under the wires.
If the copper wires have been laid in wave form,
the angle of lay has to be such that the length of
the wire is the same as calculated from the
condition above.
Contact tape may be solid copper or a flat bundle
of copper wires. The lay length of the contact
tape shall not be more than 20 times the
diameter under contact tape.
Optional use of an additional metallic layer, which
shall be lapped and in contact with copper wires is
allowed.
5.2 DC-resistance, maximum Appendix, Tables 1 and 2
5.3 Cross-section of concentric Appendix, Tables 1 and 2

conductor

a) measured mean clearance 4 mm
between individual (adjacent)
wires
b) number of clearances comprised less than 5 % of the clearances
between 4 mm and 8 mm
maximum
5.5 Size of contact tape Thickness: 0,1 mm

Width: 3 mm
6 Oversheath HD 603-1
Subclause 5.8
6.1 Material HD 603-1 Table 4A Weather resistant PVC

type DMV 9
6.2 Colour Black, throughout the entire thickness
6.3 Thickness
a) nominal value Appendix, Tables 3 and 4
the nominal value by more than 0,1 mm, i.e.:
tmin ≥ 0,85 tn – 0,1
Page 3-F-6
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section F
No. HD Additional
7 Marking HD 603-1 All code designation markings have to be

Subclause 3 embossed, engraved or printed on the oversheath.
Sequential cable length marking in meter on the
outer sheath is required as mandatory. Additional
markings are accepted.
7.1 Indication of origin on the outer Manufacturer’s name or trademark which shall be
sheath legally protected and from which the manufacturer
can be identified
7.2 Continuity of marks Distance between the end of one mark and the
beginning of the next: ≤1 m
7.3 Durability HD 603-1 Marking on the outer sheath shall be resistant to

Subclause 3.3 operating conditions in the ground

Subclause 3.4
8 Code designation Type designation according to Table 3 or 4, number

and nominal cross-section of conductors and rated
voltage U0/U.
3 Test requirements
1 Routine tests
1 2 3 4
1 Conductor examination EN 60228 Measurement
- Sample: all production lengths Conductors and inspection
shall have no
breaks
2 High-voltage test d.c. a.c. No breakdown HD 605
- test voltage 10 kV 3 kV Subclause 3.2
- duration of test 15 min 5 min
3 Spark test HD 605
- for insulations Subclause 3.6
- for sheaths in cables with concentric conductor
- for insulation and sheaths in single core cables
Page 3-F-7
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section F

1)
2 Sample tests
1 2 3 4
Conductors and inspection
shall have no
breaks
2 Insulation Subclause 2.2 EN 60811-1-1
- thickness Subclause 8.1
3 sheath Subclause 6.3 EN 60811-1-1

4 Outer diameter (if required) EN 60811-1-1

Subclause 8.3
1)
Not for more than 10 % of the quantity of production lengths, but at least one length.
3 Type tests (electrical characteristics)
1 2 3 4
1 Conductor resistance EN 60228
1.1 Inner conductors Appendix Tables 1
and 2
1.2 Concentric conductor Appendix Tables 1
and 2
3 Volume resistivity [Ω.cm] of insulation at +70 ºC Subclause 2.1 HD 605
Subclause 3.3.1
4 High-voltage test a.c. No breakdown HD 605
- test voltage 4 kV Subclause 3.2
- duration of test 4h
4 Type tests (non-electrical characteristics)
1 2 3 4
1 Inspection of cable
1.1 Conductor construction Subclauses 1 and 5
1.2 Insulation thickness Subclause 2.2
1.3 Oversheath thickness Subclause 6.3
Page 3-F-8
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section F
4 Type tests (non-electrical characteristics, continued)
1 2 3 4
1.4 Marking Subclause 2.3,
Clauses 7 and 8
2 Mechanical properties of insulation without ageing HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-1
2.1 Tensile strength, min. Table 1 – DIV 6
2.2 Elongation at break, min. Table 1 – DIV 6
3 Mechanical properties of insulation after ageing HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-2
Ageing in air oven
- temperature (tolerance ±2 ºC) Table 1 – DIV 6
- time Table 1 – DIV 6
3.1 Tensile strength Table 1 – DIV 6
- after ageing, min.
- difference between the aged and unaged median
values, max.
3.2 Elongation at break Table 1 – DIV 6
values, max.
4 Mechanical properties of sheath without ageing HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-1
4.1 Tensile strength, min. Table 4A – DMV 9
4.2 Elongation at break, min. Table 4A – DMV 9
5 Mechanical properties of sheath after ageing HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-2
Ageing in air oven
- temperature (tolerance ±2 ºC) Table 4A – DMV 9
- time
5.1 Tensile strength Table 4A – DMV 9
values, max.
5.2 Elongation at break Table 4A – DMV 9
values, max.
6 Compatibility test for complete cable HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-2
Ageing of a sample of the complete cable Subclause 8.1.4
- temperature (tolerance ±2 ºC)
- time
Page 3-F-9
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section F
4 Type tests (non-electrical characteristics, concluded)
1 2 3 4
6.1 Insulation Table 1 - DIV 6
- tensile strength
- elongation at break
6.2 Sheath Table 4A - DMV 9
- tensile strength
7 Water absorption test for insulation HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-3
- temperature (tolerance ±2 ºC) Table 1 – DIV 6 Subclause 9.1
8 Loss of mass test for insulation and sheath HD 603-1 Table 1 – EN 60811-3-2
DIV 6 and Table 4A – Subclauses 8.1
DMV 9 and 8.2
9 Pressure test at high temperature for insulation HD 603-1 Table 1 – EN 60811-3-1
and sheath DIV 6 and Table 4A – Subclauses 8.1
DMV 9 and 8.2
10 Properties of insulation and sheath at low HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-4
temperature
Tests are carried out on unaged test samples
(temperature tolerance ±2 ºC)
10.1 Cold bending test Table 1 – DIV 6 and Subclauses 8.1
Table 4A – DMV 9 and 8.2
10.2 Cold elongation test on dumb-bells, min. Table 1 – DIV 6 and Subclauses 8.3
Table 4A – DMV 9 and 8.4
10.3 Impact test Table 1 – DIV 6 and Subclause 8.5
Table 4A – DMV 9
11 Heat shock test on insulation and sheath HD 603-1 EN 60811-3-1
Tables 1 and 4A Subclauses 9.1
No cracks and 9.2
12 Flame spread test for cable EN 60332-1-2
13 Cable bending test at low temperature No cracks HD 605
- temperature (-25±2) ºC Subclause 2.4.1.3

Page 3-F-10
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section F
5 Electrical tests after installation
1 2 3 4
1 Voltage test d.c. a.c. Test carried out HD 605
only if required Subclause 3.2
- test voltage 10 k V 3 kV
- duration of test 15 min 5 min No breakdown
4 Appendix (tables)
Table 1 - Construction of conductors of aluminium cables
Inner conductors of aluminium Concentric conductor of copper

Nominal cross- Number of Resistance of Nominal cross-section Resistance of the
section of wires in conductor at of the concentric concentric conductor at
conductor conductor +20 °C conductor +20 °C
min. max. max.
2 2
mm Ω/km mm Ω/km
16 1 1,91 10 1,91
25 6 1,20 16 1,15
35 6 0,868 16 1,15
50 6 0,641 16 1,15
70 12 0,443 21 0,868
95 15 0,320 29 0,641
120 15 0,253 41 0,443
150 15 0,206 41 0,443
185 30 0,164 57 0,320
240 30 0,125 72 0,253
300 30 0,100 88 0,206
400 53 0,0778 - -
500 53 0,0605 - -
630 53 0,0469 - -
800 53 0,0367 - -
1 000 53 0,0291 - -
Page 3-F-11
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section F
Table 2 - Construction of conductors of copper cables
Inner conductors of copper Concentric conductor of copper

Nominal cross- Number of Resistance of Nominal cross-section Resistance of the
section of wires in conductor at of the concentric concentric conductor at
conductor conductor +20 °C conductor +20 °C
min. max. max.
2 2
mm Ω/km mm Ω/km
1,5 1 12,1 1,5 12,1
2,5 1 7,41 2,5 7,41
6 1 3,08 6 3,08
10 1 1,83 10 1,83
16 1 1,15 16 1,15
25 6 0,727 16 1,15
35 6 0,524 16 1,15
50 6 0,387 25 0,727
70 12 0,268 35 0,524
95 15 0,193 50 0,387
120 18 0,153 70 0,268
150 18 0,124 70 0,268
185 30 0,0991 95 0,193
240 34 0,0754 120 0,153
300 34 0,0601 150 0,124
Page 3-F-12
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section F
Table 3 - Thickness of inner covering and oversheath of aluminium cables
Cable type Number and Approximate value Nominal thickness

cross section of the thickness of the oversheath
of the conductors of the inner covering
mm2 lapped, mm extruded, mm mm
AMMK 1 x 35 - - 1,4
1 x 50 - - 1,4
1 x 70 - - 1,4
1 x 95 - - 1,5
1 x 120 - - 1,5
1 x 150 - - 1,6
1 x 185 - - 1,7
1 x 240 - - 1,8
1 x 300 - - 1,9
1 x 400 - - 2,0
1 x 500 - - 2,1
1 x 630 - - 2,2
1 x 800 - - 2,3
1 x 1000 - - 2,5
AMCMK 3 x 16 / 10 0,4 1,0 1,8

3 x 25 / 16 0,4 1,0 1,8
3 x 35 / 16 0,4 1,0 1,8
3 x 50 / 16 0,4 1,0 1,9
3 x 70 / 21 0,4 1,2 2,0
3 x 95 / 29 0,4 1,2 2,2
3 x 120 / 41 0,4 1,2 2,3
3 x 150 / 41 0,4 1,4 2,4
3 x 185 / 57 0,6 1,4 2,6
3 x 240 / 72 0,6 1,6 2,8
3 x 300 / 88 0,6 1,6 3,0
AMCMK 4 x 16 / 10 0,4 1,0 1,8

4 x 25 / 16 0,4 1,0 1,8
4 x 35 / 16 0,4 1,0 1,8
4 x 50 / 16 0,4 1,0 2,0
4 x 70 / 21 0,4 1,2 2,1
4 x 95 / 29 0,4 1,2 2,3
4 x 120 / 41 0,4 1,2 2,4
4 x 150 / 41 0,4 1,4 2,6
4 x 185 / 57 0,6 1,4 2,7
4 x 240 / 72 0,6 1,6 3,0
4 x 300 / 88 0,6 1,6 3,2
Page 3-F-13
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section F
4 Appendix (concluded)
Table 4 - Thickness of inner covering and oversheath of copper cables

2
mm lapped, mm Extruded, mm mm
MCMK 2 x 1,5 / 1,5 - 1,0 1,8

2 x 2,5 / 2,5 - 1,0 1,8
2x 6/6 - 1,0 1,8
2 x 10 / 10 - 1,0 1,8
MCMK 3 x 1,5 / 1,5 - 1,0 1,8

3 x 2,5 / 2,5 - 1,0 1,8
3x 6/6 - 1,0 1,8
3 x 10 / 10 - 1,0 1,8
3 x 16 / 16 0,4 1,0 1,8
3 x 25 / 16 0,4 1,0 1,8
3 x 35 / 16 0,4 1,0 1,8
3 x 50 / 25 0,4 1,0 1,9
3 x 70 / 35 0,4 1,2 2,0
3 x 95 / 50 0,4 1,2 2,2
3 x 120 / 70 0,4 1,2 2,3
3 x 150 / 70 0,4 1,4 2,4
3 x 185 / 95 0,6 1,4 2,6
3 x 240 / 120 0,6 1,6 2,8
3 x 300 / 150 0,6 1,6 3,0
MCMK 4 x 1,5 / 1,5 - 1,0 1,8

4 x 2,5 / 2,5 - 1,0 1,8
4x 6/6 - 1,0 1,8
4 x 10 / 10 - 1,0 1,8
4 x 16 / 16 0,4 1,0 1,8
4 x 25 / 16 0,4 1,0 1,8
4 x 35 / 16 0,4 1,0 1,8
4 x 50 / 25 0,4 1,2 2,0
4 x 70 / 35 0,4 1,2 2,1
4 x 95 / 50 0,4 1,2 2,3
4 x 120 / 70 0,6 1,4 2,4
4 x 150 / 70 0,6 1,4 2,6
4 x 185 / 95 0,6 1,6 2,8
4 x 240 / 120 0,6 1,6 3,0
4 x 300 / 150 0,6 1,6 3,2
Page 3-F-14
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section F
5 Current carrying capacity
1 Basic assumptions
The maximum permissible conductor temperature in continuous operation is:

- PVC-insulated power cables: +70ºC.
In ground installations the basic assumptions are:

- temperature of ground: +15ºC
- depth of laying: 0,7 m
- thermal resistivity of soil 1,0 K.m/W
In air installations the ambient temperature is +25ºC.
2 Current ratings
Table 5 – Current carrying capacity of two or more core 0,6/1 kV aluminium power cables
Basic permissible current ratings of two or more core 0,6/1 kV aluminium power cables with
PVC-insulation. Maximum conductor temperature +70ºC. See basic assumptions above. Basic current
values expressed in amperes.
Cross-section of Permissible current rating [A]

aluminium conductor
In air In ground
[mm²] Method of installation
A C
16 43 62 78
25 56 77 100
35 69 95 125
50 83 117 150
70 104 148 185
95 125 180 220
120 143 209 255
150 164 240 280
185 185 274 330
240 219 323 375
300 257 372 430
The methods of installation have been classified for cables and insulated conductors of rated voltage
not exceeding 1 kV as follows:
Method A of installation: a cable in a conduit in a thermally insulated wall (see reference method A2 of
IEC 60364-5-523).
Method C of installation: a cable on a wooden wall (see reference method C of IEC 60364-5-52).
In ground: A single cable laid directly into ground, see basic assumptions above.
Page 3-F-15
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section F
5 Current carrying capacity (continued)
Table 6 – Current carrying capacity of two or more core 0,6/1 kV copper power cables
Basic permissible current ratings of two or more core 0,6/1 kV copper power cables with PVC-insulation.
Maximum conductor temperature +70ºC. See basic assumptions above. Basic current values expressed
in amperes.
Cross-section of copper Permissible current rating [A]

conductor
In air In ground
A C
1,5 14 18,5 26
2,5 19 25 35
6 31 43 57
10 41 60 77
16 55 80 100
25 72 102 130
35 88 126 160
50 105 153 190
70 133 195 240
95 159 236 285
120 185 274 325
150 208 317 370
185 236 361 420
240 278 427 480
300 316 492 550
IEC 60364-5-52).
Page 3-F-16
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section F
Table 7 – Current carrying capacity of three single-core 0,6/1 kV aluminium power cables in air
Basic permissible current ratings for three single-core 0,6/1 kV aluminium power cables with
PVC-insulation in three phase use in air installation. Maximum conductor temperature +70ºC. See basic
assumptions above. Basic current values expressed in amperes.
Cross-section of aluminium Permissible current rating [A] when installed in

conductor
Method F Method G
[mm²]
35 111 147
50 136 179
70 176 230
95 215 281
120 251 326
150 290 377

185 334 431
240 397 511
300 460 590
400 558 711
500 647 821

630 754 954
800 830 1000
1000 940 1145
Method F of installation: cables in trefoil formation touching each other (see reference method F of
IEC 60364-5-52).
Method G of installation: cables laid horizontally in flat formation, distance between cables equal to one
cable diameter (see reference method G of IEC 60364-5-52).
3 Correction factors
When the installation conditions differ from the basic conditions as given in Clause 1 (basic
assumptions), the correction factors shall be taken into account, see IEC 60364-5-52.
Page 3-F-17
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section F
5 Current carrying capacity (concluded)
4 Short-circuit capacity
Basic assumptions for calculating the thermal short-circuit capacity for PVC-insulated 0,6/1 kV power
cables are:
- initial conductor temperature for PVC-insulated power cables is +70 ºC,
- final conductor temperature for PVC-insulated power cables is
- +160 ºC for cross-sectional areas ≤300 mm²
- +140 ºC for cross-sectional areas >300 mm²
- short-circuit current values are thermal values for one second,
- short-circuit current values for time t=0,2 to five seconds are calculated by dividing the one second
thermal short-circuit current value by √t.
Table 9 – One second thermal short-circuit capacity for PVC-insulated 0,6/1 kV power cables
See basic assumptions above.
Cross-section of conductor Thermal short-circuit current [kA] for 1 s, max.
[mm²] Aluminium Copper
1,5 - 0,18
2,5 - 0,30
6 - 0,70
10 - 1,1
16 1,2 1,8
25 1,8 2,8
35 2,6 3,9
50 3,6 5,5
70 5,1 7,7
95 6,9 10,5
120 8,7 13,2
150 10,8 16,5
185 13,3 20,3
240 17,3 26,3
300 21,6 32,8
800 56,8 82,0

1000 67,3 102,5
Page 3-F-18
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section F
The object of this appendix is to provide specific recommendations for the selection (taking into account the
cable system), storage, transportation and installation of cables specific in this Section 3-F of HD 603.
The general recommendations given in HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007 Annex A apply except where amended in
the table below:
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007 Requirements for Section 3-F of HD 603

Annex A
Subclause number
A.2.1 General Cable types in this Section 3-F may also be installed
indoors in wet locations and outdoors on wall and
metal structures.
If used in d.c.-systems, rated voltage shall not be
higher than 1,5 kV between conductors and 0,9 kV
from conductors to earth.
A.2.5 Current rating For basic values for current carrying capacity, see
Clause 5.
When cable is installed into ground, conductor
temperatures exceeding +65 ºC are not
recommended due to risk of drying-out of soil.
A.3.2.1 Drumming clearance Minimum 5 cm
A.3.2.2 Drum barrel diameter Minimum barrel: 12 D
A.3.3 Transport The minimum temperature for the transport is -25 ºC
provided that the cable drum contents and cables do
not move in the van during transport.
A.3.3.6 Cable coils Minimum coil diameter:
- single-core cables: 15 D
- multicore cables: 12 D
A.4.6 Bending radii during installation Single-core cables: 15 D
Multi-core cables: 12 D
In the final bending, when made carefully and
smoothly as a single bend to the same direction and
left to the final position, the minimum values above
may be reduced by 30%.
A.4.9 Installation in ducts/pipes Minimum recommended duct/pipe diameter is
1,5 times cable overall diameter.
A.4.11 Lowest temperature of cable installation -15 ºC for installation and handling
When the cable laying is made close to the lower
temperature limits, the thermal time constant for the
full cable drum may be even 20 to 30 h.
A.4.12 Pulling force Pulling by pulling head (P = S x σ):
- for Cu-conductors σ = 50 N/mm², max. 20000 N
- for Al-conductors σ = 15 N/mm², max. 20000 N
Pulling by pulling-stocking (P = S x σ):
Page 3-G-0
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section G
SECTION 3-G - CABLES WITH (TYPE 3G-1) OR WITHOUT (TYPE 3G-2) CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR
Replace Section 3-G
by the following new Section 3-G

Page 3-G-1
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section G
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Page 3-G-2
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section G
CONTENTS
1 General ........................................................................................................................................ 4
1 Conductor ................................................................................................................................. 5
1.1 Material
1.3 Dimensions of sector-shaped conductors
1.4 Tensile strength for aluminium conductors
1.5 Crossing points for stranded conductors
1.8 Conductors with reduced cross-sectional area
1.9 Additional core of 1,5 mm2 with solid conductor
2 Insulation ................................................................................................................................. 6
2.1 Material
2.4 Separability of sheath and insulation
3.1 Assembly
4 Inner covering .......................................................................................................................... 7
4.1 Design
4.2 Thickness
4.3 Separation tape
5 Concentric conductor ............................................................................................................... 8
5.1 Design
5.2 DC resistance
5.3 Copper binder tapes
5.4 Clearance between adjacent wires
5.5 Separating layer
6 Outer sheath............................................................................................................................ 8
6.1 Material
6.2 Colour
6.3 Thickness
7 Outer diameter......................................................................................................................... 9
8 Marking on outer sheath .......................................................................................................... 9
8.1 Indication of origin and year of manufacturing
8.2 Code designation of design and rated voltage U (kV)
8.4 Durability
8.5 Legibility
8.6 Compliance with HD 603-3G
8.7 Meter marking
9 Type designation ..................................................................................................................... 9
3 Test requirements..................................................................................................................... 10
1 Routine tests.......................................................................................................................... 10
2 Sample tests.......................................................................................................................... 10
3 Type tests, electrical .............................................................................................................. 12
4 Type tests, non-electrical ....................................................................................................... 12
5 Electrical tests after installation .............................................................................................. 14
4 Guide to use.............................................................................................................................. 15
5 Current-carrying capacity (recommended values) ................................................................. 17
6 Tables ........................................................................................................................................ 19
Page 3-G-3
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section G
REFERENCES
References are made in Section 3-G of HD 603, to other parts of this HD and to other Harmonization

HD 402 Standard colours for insulation for low-frequency cables and wires (IEC 60304)
Page 3-G-4
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section G
1 General
PVC-insulation and with (type 3G-1) or without (type 3G-2) concentric conductor for rated voltage U0/U
of 0,6/1 kV.
The insulation covered by this standard shall consist of polyvinyl chloride and correspond to HD 603-1,
Table 1, DIV 4.
(b) Rated voltage
0,6/1 kV
(i) Definitions: see HD 603-1, Subclause 2.3 and HD 603-3G, Section 4, Subclause 1.2.
(ii) Cables covered by this standard are suitable to Category B according to IEC 60183. The duration of
an earth fault may not exceed 8 h. The total duration of earth faults in any year should not exceed
125 h.
(ii) Short-circuit for cross sections area 300 mm2 160 °C

(5 s maximum duration) for cross sections area > 300 mm2 140 °C
The sheathing materials shall be suitable for the maximum rated conductor temperature. It shall consist
of PVC or PE and correspond to HD 603-1, Table 4A or 4B, DMV 5 or DMP 2
(e) Test conditions
See HD 605
Page 3-G-5
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section G

HD Additional
Subclause 5.1
1.1 Material
a) General HD 603-1
b) Purity of Aluminium Subclause 5.1.1 99,5 %
1.2 Dimensions of circular EN 60228 The dimensional limits of the conductors
conductors (diameter) according to Annex C of EN 60228 are
a) solid compulsory
- copper conductor Table 1, column 2
- aluminium conductor Table 2, columns 2, 3
All cross sections 50 mm2 shall be
b) stranded, compacted Table 2, columns 4, 5 compacted
c) stranded, non compacted Table 1, column 3

copper conductor
1.3 Dimensions of sector-shaped
conductors
a) solid aluminium
90/120° Clause 6, Table 1
b) stranded
1.4 Tensile strength for aluminium
conductors
a) wires for stranded between 130 and 200 N/mm2
conductors before stranding
b) solid conductors after
cabling
- up to 25 mm2 100 to 130 N/mm2
- 35 and 50 mm2 80 to 110 N/mm2
- 70 mm2 and above 60 to 90 N/mm2
1.5 Crossing points for stranded

conductors
Length of area of contact of two 12 times wire diameter
crossing wires of the two outer NOTE The area of contact is the projection of
layers (only for layers laid-up in one wire onto the underneath (theoretical value).
the same direction)
1.7 Permissible conductor types Clause 6, Table 4
Page 3-G-6
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section G

HD Additional
1.8 Conductor with reduced cross-
sectional area
a) number 1
b) cross-sectional area Clause 6, Table 5
c) arrangement Insulated, laid-up
or
concentric without insulation applied
over inner covering
2
1.9 Additional core of 1,5 mm with
solid conductor
a) allowed number 1
b) arrangement In an outer interstice within projection
from the diameter of the laid-up cores
and no distortion of the core-insulation
Subclause 5.2
compound DIV 4
2.2 Insulation thickness NOTE The thickness of any separating tape over
a) nominal value HD 603-1 the insulation shall not be included in the
Table 5 thickness of the insulation.
b) mean, minimum value HD 603-1
Subclause 5.2.3
1) 2)
2.3 Core identification HD 603-1
3)
a) colour of cores of multi- Clause 4 According to HD 308 .
core cables without
concentric conductor Two core cables with green-yellow
4)
marked core: green-yellow and black
1)
If the core is marked on the surface only, the insulation under the surface shall have no colour additives,
except in the case of a two-coloured identification.
The specified colours shall correspond to HD 402. Precise compliance of the colours can be impeded by
various influences (for example the type of material, running colour of material, texture of the surface,
manufacturing methods, interference by adjacent colours, etc.). Therefore deviations from the specified
colour are permissible, as long as the colours cannot be confused with another colour in daylight or artificial
lighting.
2)
The sequence of colours as given in the table shall be observed.
3)
Where cables have a core with a reduced conductor cross section, this core shall be marked green-yellow
or blue in designs without green-yellow marked cores.
4) 2
This two-core design is only permissible for conductor cross-sectional area equal or greater than 10 mm
2
copper or 16 mm aluminium.
Page 3-G-7
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section G

HD Additional
b) colour of cores of multi- According to HD 308
core cables with concentric
conductor (only cores)
c) colour of add. core Black
with 1,5 mm2 conductor
d) colour of cores of single- Black or green/yellow
core cable
2.4 Separability of sheath and For single-core cables the sheath must
insulation be separable from the insulation.
3 Assembly of cores
3.1 Assembly HD 603-1 Cores of multi-core cables shall be laid-
Subclause 5.3 up; binder tapes are permitted
3.2 Interstice fillers HD 603-1
Subclause 5.4
a) inner interstices Non-hygroscopic filler to be applied in
three-core cables with the inner interstice
concentric conductor and
four-core cables both with The central filler shall well fill the inner
cross sections 35 mm2 interstice
and extruded inner
covering
b) outer interstices Fillers are permitted
4 Inner covering HD 603-1
Subclause 5.5
4.1 Design for cables with
a) copper conductor Taped paper or synthetic or extruded
bedding
b) aluminium conductor Extruded bedding
4.2 Thickness Clause 6, Table 7
a) for cables with extruded column 2 (minimum value)
inner covering
- without concentric
conductor Strong penetration of wires into the
- with concentric extruded inner covering is not
conductor considered as faulty but the inner
covering shall cover the laid-up cores
without gaps
b) cables with lapped inner
covering for fictitious
1)
diameter over laid-up
cores 0,4 mm (approx. value)
- up to and including 40 mm 0,6 mm (approx. value)
- above 40 mm The thickness shall at no point fall be-
low this value by more than 50 %.
1)
According to IEC 60502-1, Annex A.
Page 3-G-8
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section G

HD Additional
4.3 Separation tape A tape may be applied underneath or
over the inner covering
5 Concentric conductor HD 603-1
(if required) Subclause 5.7
5.1 Design Copper wires with one or two copper
5.2 D.C. resistance EN 60228 For cables with aluminium conductor
nominal cross-sectional area given.
5.3 Copper binder tapes,
a) number, minimum cross- Clause 6, Table 8
sectional area and maximum
clearance between two
adjacent copper binder tapes
5.4 Clearance between adjacent
wires
a) mean clearance between 4 mm (calculated value)
individual (adjacent) wires
b) maximum clearance between 8 mm
two adjacent wires
5.5 Separating layer To be applied over the concentric
(optional for PVC sheathed conductor
cables, mandatory for
PE sheathed cables)
6 Outer sheath HD 603-1
Subclause 5.8
- PVC Table 4A
compound DMV 5,
- PE Table 4B
compound DMP 2
6.3 Thickness
a) nominal thickness ts = 0,035 DA + 1,0 mm
1)
DA = fictitious diameter under the
sheath
The nominal thickness shall not be less
than 1,8 mm
b) minimum thickness The thickness shall at no point be less
than the nominal thickness
Page 3-G-9
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section G

HD Additional
7 Outer diameter (minimum and For preferred cable types
maximum values) Clause 6, Tables 9 -11
For cables with additional components,
for example to improve short-circuit
protection, the indicated values may be
exceeded.
Cables with PE sheath are expected to
have comparable diam
8 Marking on the outer sheath HD 603-1
Clause 3
8.1 Indication of origin and Year of HD 603-1 Manufacturer’s name or trademark which
manufacturing Subclause 3.1 shall be legally protected and from which
the manufacturer can be identified
8.2 Code designation of design and Clause 6, Table 12
rated voltage U (kV)
8.3 Continuity of marks HD 603-1 Distance between the beginning of one
Subclause 3.2 mark and the beginning of the next
50 cm
8.4 Durability HD 603-1
Subclause 3.3
Subclause 3.4
8.6 Compliance with HD 603-3G Approval marking according to agreed
system
8.7 Meter marking for cables having To be indicated on the sheath consisting
outer diameter 10 mm and of 4 digits. The markings shall follow the
substantially circular shape natural numerical sequence and may
start on any individual cable length with
any number.
The length obtained by means of the
length marking shall not differ from the
length obtained by calibrated measuring
instrument by more than 1 %.
NOTE The meter marking the calibration of which is

not possible is a simple means to assess the cable
length, e.g. after installation of the cable or to
determine the cable length left on a delivery drum.
Digits printed incompletely or missing

meter markings over a short part of the
cable length are not considered as faulty,
provided that the cable length can be
determined by the meter markings given.
For the determination of the delivery
length calibrated measuring instruments
shall be used.
9 Type designation Clause 6, Table 12
1)
Page 3-G-10
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section G
3 Test requirements
1 Routine tests
1 2 3 4
No. Tests Requirements * Test methods
1 Conductor resistance Subclauses 1.6 EN 60228
- Sample: and 5.2 HD 605
a) manufacturing length Subclause 3.1.1
or
- Conditioning
- Duration of conditioning
for a) minimum 12 h; if necessary 24 h
for b) minimum 1 h
2 High voltage test HD 605
Subclause 3.2.1

- Test voltage 4 kV a.c. or
12 kV d.c.
1)
2 Sample tests
1 2 3 4
1 Construction of conductor Subclauses 1.2 EN 60811-1-1
to 1.5 Subclause 8.3 and by
inspection
2 Insulation EN 60811-1-1
2) 3)
3 Inner covering Clause 4 EN 60811-1-1
- Thickness Subclause 8.2
4 Concentric conductor
- Dimensions of copper binder tapes Subclause 5.3 HD 605
Subclause 2.1.4.2
- Clearance between wires Subclause 5.4 HD 603-3G, Section 2
(Design), item 5.4
Page 3-G-11
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section G

1)
2 Sample tests (continued)
1 2 3 4
5 Sheath Subclause 6.3 EN 60811-1-1
3)
- Shrinkage test of PE outer sheath Shrinkage HD 605
- Sample: specimen (500 ± 5) mm in 7 mm Subclause 2.4.4.1
length method 1
- Conditioning: 24 h at (23 ± 10) °C
- Temperature cycles
laying in an oven at: (60 ± 1) °C for a min.
of 5 h
- Cooling to ambient temperature of
(23 ± 10) °C
- Number of cycles 5
6 Outer diameter Subclause 7 EN 60811-1-1
Subclause 8.3
7 Marking Subclause 8 Test by inspection
1)
Sample tests shall be carried out on 10 % of a manufacturing lot of the same cable type, i.e. at least on
one cable length.
If any ample should fail in any of the sample tests requested it is permitted to choose one or two additional
sample(s) from the same cable length and to submit the additional sample(s) to the test or tests in which
the original sample failed.
The samples shall be taken at least 0,5 m from the cable end(s).
For the resampling procedure, the following rules apply:
- number of samples to be taken as for the first test,
- if for the first test one sample from both cable ends has to be taken, is it deemed sufficient to resample
one additional sample from the cable end the first sample of which failed.
2)
Measurement at 10 % of the cores, at least at 4 cores.
3)
One sample of each end of the cable in a distance of approximate 50 cm from the ends.
Page 3-G-12
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section G

1)
1 2 3 4
1 Volume resistivity of insulation at 70 °C HD 603-1 HD 605
2)
- time of immersion in water Table 1 - DIV4 Subclause 3.3.1
- time of measurement: after 1 min
- length of sample 10 - 15 m Single-core cables
without concentric
conductor
Subclause 3.2.1.1
Multi-core cables
Subclause 3.2.1.2
- test voltage (a.c.) 1,8 kV No breakdown
9
3 Surface resistance of sheath Ω 10 HD 605
Subclause 3.4
1)
Type tests include tests classified as sample (S) and routine (R) tests.
2) 2
60 min for cables with cross-areas up to and including 10 mm
or (60 + S) min for cables with cross-areas greater than 10 mm² (where S is the figure of the nominal cross-section
area).
1)
1 2 3 4
1.1 Mechanical characteristics HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-1

a) without ageing Table 1 - DIV 4 Subclause 9.1
Subclause 8.1
1.2 Loss of mass test in air oven HD 603-1 EN 60811-3-2
Table 1 - DIV 4 Subclause 8.1
1.3 Thermal stability test HD 603-1 EN 60811-3-2
Temperature (200 ± 0,5) °C Table 1 - DIV 4 Subclause 9
1.4 Elongation at break HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-4
test at low temperature (cores with a diameter of more than Table 1 - DIV 4 Subclause 8.3
12,5 mm)
temperature (-20 ± 2) °C
2 Test on cores
2.1 Pressure test at high temperature HD 603-1 EN 60811-3-1

2)
1)
Type tests include tests classified as sample(S) and routine (R) tests.
2) 2 2
Duration: 4 h for c.s.a. up to and including 35 mm ; 6 h for c.s.a. > 35 mm .

Page 3-G-13
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section G
4 Type tests (non-electrical characteristics) (continued)
1 2 3 4
2.2 Heat shock test HD 603-1 EN 60811-3-1
No cracks
2.3 Bending test at low temperature HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-4
on cores with a diameter up to and including 12,5 mm Table 1 - DIV 4 Subclause 8.1
Temperature (-20 ± 2) °C No cracks
2.4 Water absorption HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-3
Electrical test procedure Table 1 - DIV 4 Subclause 9.1
Temperature of water bath (70 ± 3) °C (but test
a) Pre-test at a.c. voltage No breakdown requirements
Duration of immersion 24 h according to
Duration of test 5 min column 2)
Test voltage 6 kV
b) Main test with d.c. voltage No breakdown
for insulation thicknesses with a
nominal value of
0,8 mm 1 kV
1,0 mm 1,2 kV
1,2 and 1,4 mm 1,5 kV
1,6 and 1,8 mm 2,0 kV
2,0 to 3,0 mm 2,5 kV
3 Tests on sheath
3.1 Mechanical properties HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-1

a) without ageing Table 4A - DMV 5 Subclause 9.2
b) after ageing in air oven or Table 4B – DMP 2 EN 60811-1-2
respectively Subclause 8.1
(ageing)
1)
Table 4A - DMV 5 Subclause 8.2
or Table 4B –
1)
DMP 2 respectively
3.3 Elongation test at low temperature for cables with PVC HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-4
sheath and a diameter of more than 12,5 mm Table 4A - DMV 5 Subclause 8.4
Temperature: (-20 ± 2) °C Elongation at break
20 %
3.4 Loss of mass test in air oven for PVC sheath HD 603-1 EN 60811-3-2
3.5 Heat shock test for PVC sheath HD 603-1 EN 60811-3-1
1)
Duration: 4 h for outer diameter of the cable 12,5 mm,
6 h for outer diameter of the cable > 12,5 mm.
Page 3-G-14
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section G
4 Type tests (non-electrical characteristics) (concluded)
1 2 3 4
3.6 Thermal stability test for PVC sheath HD 603-1 EN 60811-3-2
Temperature (200 ± 0,5) °C Table 4A - DMV 5 Subclause 9
3.7 Stress-cracking resistance for PE-sheath HD 603-1 EN 60811-4-1
Table 4B - DMP 2 Clause 8
Procedure B but
with a duration of
1 000 h
3.8 Content of carbon black of PE sheath HD 603-1 EN 60811-4-1
4 Tests on complete cable
4.1 Impact test at low temperature for cables with PVC HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-4
sheath Table 4A - DMV 5 Subclause 8.5.
4.2 Ageing of complete cable HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-2
Table 1 - DIV 4 Subclause 8.1.4
Table 4A - DMV 5 or
ageing temperature 90°C (also for PE sheathed cables) Table 4B – DMP 2
respectively
4.3 Shore-D hardness of PE sheath HD 605
- test on the cable 55 Subclause 2.2.1
- test on test-plates 55
4.4 Test under fire conditions for cables with PVC sheath EN 60332-1-2 EN 60332-1-2
Flame propagation
4.5 Bending test at low temperature for cables with PVC HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-4
sheath and with a diameter up to and including 12,5 mm Table 4A, DMV 5 Subclause 8.2
Temperature: (- 20 ± 2) °C No cracks
4.6 Performance at high temperature for cables with PVC HD 605
sheath Subclause 2.4.13
Duration 7 x 24 h, Temperature (120 ± 2) °C
5 Electrical tests after installation, if required

1 2 3 4
1 DC voltage test No breakdown
- test voltage 5,6 - 8 kV

- duration of test 15 - 30 min
Page 3-G-15
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section G
4 Guide to use (informative)

the table below:
1 2 3
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
No. Annex A Requirement for Section 3-G of HD 603
Subclause number
1 A.2.1 Water Permitted; additionally laying in concrete permitted.
NOTE During laying in concrete care should be taken that the temperature
will be below the stated maximum service temperature of the cable.
2 A.2.2 System categories Category B; cables without metallic covering are suitable for
Class II equipment
3 A.2.3 Power frequency Additionally AC systems
- single-phase both conductors
insulated 1,4 kV
- one conductor earthed 0,7 kV
- three-phase cables system 1,2 kV
- however three-phase cables with concentric
conductor and cross-sectional area
from 240 mm² upwards 3,6 kV
4 A.2.4 Concentric conductor Not permitted as neutral conductor
5 A.2.5 Current rating Refer to Clause 5 of this Part 3G
6 A.3.2.1 Drumming clearance 2x cable diameter, minimum 5 cm
7 A.3.2.2 Drum barrel diameter Minimum barrel: according to HD 603, 3G Clause 6Table 13
Cable drums with flange diameter below 1 m may be
transported with vertical drum axis
8 A.3.3.6 Cable coils Minimum coil diameter:
for single core cables: 15 D, for multicore cables: 12 D
9 A.4.2 Installation conditions The method of laying and the bedding material have to be
selected in respect of the outer cable sheath
10 A.4.3 Types of installation Also by plough or by a flushing-in method
11 A.4.6 Bending radii during For single core cables: 15 D, for multicore cables: 12 D
installation
12 A.4.8 Protection of cables Cables laid in ground are sufficiently protected against
mechanical damages.
A laying depth of at least 0,6 m respectively 0,8 m below
road-surface is recommended. In case of lower laying
depths the cables shall be protected by other means
13 A.4.9 Installation in ducts/pipes Inner diameter of ducts and pipes at least 1,5 D
14 A.4.11 Lowest temperature of cable Minimum temperature -5 ºC
installation
15 A.4.12 Pulling force For Cu conductors σ = 50 N/mm²
For Al conductors σ = 30 N/mm²
Page 3-G-16
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section G
1 2 3
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
No. Annex A Requirement for Section 3-G of HD 603
Subclause number
16 A.4.13 Cable fixing Maximum horizontal distance between cleats: 20 D
(maximum 80 cm)
Maximum vertical distance between cleats: 150 cm
17 A.4.15 Test after installation
Check of integrity of plastic Max 3 kV for PVC sheaths, max 5 kV for PE sheaths.
sheath on laid cables Indications of damages of the sheath will appear usually
within one minute.
Fault detection on a cable - By DC voltage max according to HD 603 -3G, Section 3,
Clause 5
- By impulse voltage up to DC test voltage (as above)
Fault detection on the Recommended max 3 kV for PVC sheaths or 5 kV for PE
sheath sheaths. Indications of damages of the sheath will appear
usually within one minute.
D = outer cable diameter.
Page 3-G-17
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section G
5 Current-carrying capacity (recommended values)
1 2 3 4
No. Terms Requirements Table, quantity
1 General
This section applies to the current-carrying capacity under both
standard and deviating provisions provided that the cables are in
three-phase operation with three conductors loaded or one single-
core cable in d.c.-operation
2 Basic provisions
2.1 Temperatures Maximum permissible operating temperature 70 °C
Maximum short-circuit temperature for Sn 300 mm2 160 °C
Maximum short-circuit temperature for Sn > 300 mm2 140 °C
2.2 Bonding Concentric conductors bonded at both ends
2.3 Frequency Power frequency 50 Hz
2.4 Operating The tabulated rated current-carrying capacities are based on See Clause 6
conditions standard provisions such as: Tables 14, 15
- operating mode
- laying conditions
For deviating operating conditions the current-carrying capacities
in the tables are to be multiplied by appropriate conversion factors
1)
which shall be based on the same calculation method and
operating conditions as used for the current-carrying capacity
given in this clause.
3 Cables in earth See Clause 6,

3.1 Rated current-carrying capacity Ir under standard provisions Table 14
3.1.1 Operating mode Cyclic load load factor 0,7

(Definition of load factor, see Clause 6, Table 16) 0,7 m
3.1.2 Laying conditions Laying depth
One multicore cable laid single.
Three single-core cables in close trefoil formation laid throughout
the cable length with one system only.
Ambient temperature, soil 20 °C
3.1.3 Environmental Soil thermal resistivity, dried-out soil 2,5 K.m/W
conditions Soil thermal resistivity, moist soil 1,0 K.m/W
1)
3.2 Current-carrying capacity under deviating provisions
3.2.1 Operating mode Load factor ⇒ factors f1 x f2 0,5.. 1
3.2.2 Laying conditions Laying depth 0,7.. 1.2 m
Grouping of cables ⇒ factors f1 x f2
3.2.3 Environmental Ambient temperature ⇒ factors f1 x f2 5 °C.. 40 °C
conditions Soil thermal resistivity, moist soil ⇒ factors f1 x f2 0,7. 2,5 K.m/W
1)
To be agreed between purchaser and producer.
Page 3-G-18
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section G
1 2 3 4
No. Terms Requirements Table, quantity
4 Cables in air See Clause 6,

4.1.1 Operating mode Continuous operation, load factor 1,0
4.1.2 Laying conditions Free in air
One multicore cable laid single.
Three single-core cables laid throughout the cable length in close
trefoil formation with one system only.
protection against direct thermal radiation due to sun etc.
4.1.3 Environmental Ambient temperature, air 30 °C
conditions
4.2 Current-carrying capacity under deviating provisions 1)

4.2.1 Operating mode -- --
4.2.2 Laying conditions Grouping of cables on trays and ladders
4.2.3 Environmental Ambient temperature, air 10 °C.. 50 °C
conditions
5 Short-circuit See Clause 6,

During a short-circuit cables are loaded thermally and mechanically Table 17
as well. Therefore the nominal cross-sectional area Sn, the cable
type and if necessary the fixing of cables are to be selected
carefully such that the cables are not overloaded. The following
provisions are valid for a short-circuit duration up to 5 s.
5.1 Rated short-circuit The rated short-circuit current for a short-circuit duration of 1 s is
current calculated by multiplying the rated short-time current density with
(thermal) the nominal cross-sectional area of the conductor.
5.2 Permissible short- For short-circuit durations deviating from 1 s the permissible short-
circuit current circuit current is to be calculated by dividing the rated short-circuit
(thermal) current with the square root of the short-circuit duration (in s).
For multicore cables special measures are not required up to 40 kA
(peak value).
5.3 Permissible short- Single-core cables shall be safety fixed to withstand the effects of
circuit current peak short-circuit currents.
(dynamic)
1)
.
Page 3-G-19
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section G
6 Tables
Table 1 - Solid sector-shaped aluminium conductors (class 1); α = 90°, α = 120°
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Nominal h d b r1 r2 a
cross- Approx. Nominal Tolerance Nominal Tolerance Approx. Approx. Approx.

sectional value value value value value value
area
mm2 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
α = 120°
50 6,5 6,2 ± 0,5 9,8 ± 0,6 8,1 1,8 2,6

70 8,1 7,7 ± 0,5 10,9 ± 0,6 9,8 2,8 3,3
95 9,3 8,9 ± 0,5 13,5 ± 0,6 11,2 2,8 3,8
120 10,5 10,0 ± 0,6 15,5 ± 0,6 12,3 3,0 4,3
150 11,5 11,0 ± 0,6 17,5 ± 0,6 13,6 3,0 4,7
185 12,8 12,3 ± 0,6 20,1 ± 0,7 15,1 3,0 5,3
240 14,5 14,0 ± 0,6 23,4 ± 0,7 17,0 3,0 6,0
α = 90°
50 7,6 6,9 ± 0,5 9,1 ± 0,5 9,6 1,8 2,3

70 9,5 8,3 ± 0,5 10,4 ± 0,6 11,5 2,8 3,1
95 10,9 9,7 ± 0,5 12,7 ± 0,6 13,3 2,8 3,4
120 12,3 11,1 ± 0,6 14,5 ± 0,6 14,5 3,0 3,8
150 13,4 12,2 ± 0,6 16,2 ± 0,6 15,9 3,0 4,1
185 15,0 13,8 ± 0,6 18,7 ± 0,6 17,8 3,0 4,4
240 17,0 15,8 ± 0,6 21,9 ± 0,6 20,1 3,0 4,9
a
r1 r2
d h
α
r2
Page 3-G-20
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section G
6 Tables (continued)
Table 2 – Stranded sector-shaped aluminium or copper conductors (class 2); α = 90°, α = 120°
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
cross-sectional Approx. Nominal Tolerance Nominal Approx. Approx. Approx.

area value value value value value value
mm2 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
Α = 120°
1)
35 6,1 5,9 ± 0,7 9,5 7,5 1,5 2,5
50 7,1 6,8 ± 0,7 10,9 8,7 1,8 2,9
70 8,6 8,2 ± 0,7 13,1 10,3 2,3 3,5
95 10,0 9,6 ± 0,7 15,6 12,0 2,4 4,1
120 11,2 10,8 ± 0,8 17,7 13,0 2,4 4,7
150 12,6 12,2 ± 0,8 20,3 14,6 2,5 5,3
185 14,0 13,6 ± 0,8 23,1 16,0 2,5 5,9
240 16,0 15,6 ± 0,8 26,7 18,2 2,6 6,8
1)
300 17,8 17,4 ± 0,8 29,5 20,5 2,9 7,6
α = 90°
1)
35 7,2 6,5 ± 0,7 8,9 9,0 1,6 2,1
50 8,3 7,6 ± 0,7 10,4 10,3 1,7 2,4
70 10,0 9,0 ± 0,7 12,1 12,3 2,3 3,0
95 11,7 10,7 ± 0,8 14,7 14,1 2,3 3,4
120 13,2 12,1 ± 0,8 16,4 15,5 2,7 3,9
150 14,6 13,5 ± 0,8 18,4 17,2 2,7 4,3
185 16,2 15,1 ± 0,8 20,8 19,0 2,7 4,7
240 18,6 17,4 ± 0,8 24,3 21,6 2,8 5,3
1)
300 20,6 19,4 ± 0,8 27,3 24,0 2,8 5,8
1)
Copper conductors only.
r1
a
r2
d h
α
r2
Page 3-G-21
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section G
Table 3 - Stranded sector-shaped aluminium or copper conductors (class 2); α = 60°, α = 100°
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
cross-sectional Approx. Nominal Tolerance Nominal Approx. Approx. Approx.

mm2 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
α = 100°
50 8,1 7,6 ± 0,7 11,0 9,9 1,7 2,7

70 9,5 8,8 ± 0,7 12,5 11,3 2,3 3,2
95 11,2 10,5 ± 0,8 15,3 13,3 2,3 3,7
120 12,5 11,6 ± 0,8 17,0 14,6 2,7 4,1
150 14,0 13,2 ± 0,8 19,4 16,3 2,7 4,6
185 15,5 14,6 ± 0,8 22,0 18,1 2,7 5,0
240 17,8 16,9 ± 0,8 25,5 20,7 2,8 5,8
1)
300 20,0 19,2 ± 0,8 29,1 23,1 2,8 6,5
α = 60°
1)
35 9,2 7,6 ± 0,7 7,9 11,3 1,6 1,9
50 10,9 9,2 ± 0,7 9,6 13,3 1,7 2,1
70 13,2 10,9 ± 0,8 11,4 16,3 2,3 2,7
95 15,2 12,9 ± 0,8 13,5 18,1 2,3 2,9
120 17,0 14,3 ± 0,8 14,9 20,7 2,7 3,4
150 19,0 16,3 ± 0,8 16,9 23,1 2,7 3,6
185 20,5 17,8 ± 0,8 18,7 26,5 2,7 3,6
1)
r1
a
r2
d h
α
r2
Page 3-G-22
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section G
1 2
Copper Aluminium
mm2 mm2
Circular, solid 1,5 to 16 25 to 50

1) 1)
Circular, stranded 1,5 to 500 50 to 630
Shaped, solid -- 50 to 240
Shaped, stranded 35 to 300 50 to 240
1)
For single-core cables up to and including 1 000 mm².
Table 5 - Allocation of conductors with a reduced cross-sectional area

mm² mm²
25 16
35 16
50 25
70 35
95 50
120 70
150 70
185 95
240 120
300 150
400 185
500 240
Table 6 – (void)
Page 3-G-23
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section G
Table 7 - Thickness of the extruded inner covering
1 2
Fictitious diameter Thickness of the extruded inner

over the laid-up cores covering (minimum value)
mm mm
up to 25 0,5
over 25 to 35 0,6
over 35 to 45 0,7
over 45 to 60 0,8
over 60 to 80 0,9
over 80 1,0
Table 8 - Number, minimum cross-sectional areas and maximum distances

between windings of copper binder tapes
1 2 3 4
1) 2)
Diameter D under Number of copper binder Minimum cross-sectional Maximum distance
screen or concentric tapes area of each copper between windings of
conductor binder tape copper binder tapes
up to 15 mm 1 0,5 mm2 4D
2 0,5 mm2 4D
over 15 mm 1 1,0 mm2 4D

2 0,5 mm2 2D
1)
D is the fictitious diameter under the screen or concentric conductor according to IEC 60502-1, Annex A.
2)
Clearance between two adjacent windings in the longitudinal direction of the cable.
Page 3-G-24
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section G
Table 9 - Cables with copper conductor without concentric conductor (type 3G-2)
1 2 3 4
Number of cores Thickness of insulation Thickness of Outer diameter

Nominal cross-sectional sheath
area /mm2
Nominal value Minimum Nominal value Minimum Maximum
Conductor shape
value value value
and type
mm mm mm mm mm
Cable design NYY: Single-core cables
1 x 10 RE 1,0 0,80 1,8 9 11

1 x 16 RE 1,0 0,80 1,8 10 12
1 x 25 RM 1,2 0,98 1,8 12 15
1 x 35 RM 1,2 0,98 1,8 13 16
1 x 50 RM 1,4 1,16 1,8 14 17
1 x 70 RM 1,4 1,16 1,8 16 19
1 x 95 RM 1,6 1,34 1,8 18 21
1 x 120 RM 1,6 1,34 1,8 19 22
1 x 150 RM 1,8 1,52 1,8 21 25
1 x 185 RM 2,0 1,70 1,8 23 27
1 x 240 RM 2,2 1,88 1,8 26 30
1 x 300 RM 2,4 2,06 1,9 28 32
1 x 400 RM 2,6 2,24 2,0 32 37
1 x 500 RM 2,8 2,42 2,1 35 40
Cable design NYY-O and NYY-J: Three-core cables
3 x 16 RE 1,0 0,80 1,80 18 21
Cable design NYY-J and NYY-O: Four-core cables
4 x 4 RE 1,0 0,80 1,8 14 18

4 x 6 RE 1,0 0,80 1,8 15 19
4 x 10 RE 1,0 0,80 1,8 17 21
4 x 16 RE 1,0 0,80 1,8 19 23
3 x 25 RM / 16 RE 1,2/1,0 0,98/0,80 1,8 25 31
3 x 35 SM / 16 RE 1,2/1,0 0,98/0,80 1,8 25 32
3 x 50 SM / 25 RM 1,4/1,2 1,16/0,98 1,9 28 35
3 x 70 SM / 35 SM 1,4/1,2 1,16/0,98 2,0 31 38
3 x 95 SM / 50 SM 1,6/1,4 1,34/1,16 2,2 36 43
3 x 120 SM / 70 SM 1,6/1,4 1,34/1,16 2,3 37 45
3 x 150 SM / 70 SM 1,8/1,4 1,52/1,16 2,4 42 50
3 x 185 SM / 95 SM 2,0/1,6 1,70/1,34 2,6 46 54
3 x 240 SM / 120 SM 2,2/1,6 1,88/1,34 2,8 52 60
Cable design NYY-J and NYY-O: Five-core cables
5 x 4 RE 1,0 0,80 1,8 15 18

5 x 6 RE 1,0 0,80 1,8 18 21
5 x 10 RE 1,0 0,80 1,8 19 22
5 x 16 RE 1,0 0,80 1,8 22 25
Page 3-G-25
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section G
Table 10 - Cables with copper conductor with concentric conductor (type 3G-1)
1 2 3 4

area /mm2
Conductor shape
value value value
and type
mm mm mm mm mm
Cable design NYCY and NYCWY: Three-core cables
3 x 4 RE / 4 1,0 0,80 1,8 14 18

3 x 6 RE / 6 1,0 0,80 1,8 16 20
3 x 10 RE / 10 1,0 0,80 1,8 18 22
3 x 16 RE / 16 1,0 0,80 1,8 20 24
3 x 25 RM / 25 1,2 0,98 1,8 25 31
3 x 25 RM / 16 1,2 0,98 1,8 25 31
3 x 35 RM / 35 1,2 0,98 1,8 25 31
3 x 35 RM / 16 1,2 0,98 1,8 25 31
3 x 35 SM / 35 1,2 0,98 1,8 25 32
3 x 35 SM / 16 1,2 0,98 1,8 25 32
3 x 50 SM / 50 1,4 1,16 1,9 26 33
3 x 50 SM / 25 1,4 1,16 1,9 26 33
3 x 70 SM / 70 1,4 1,16 2,0 31 38
3 x 70 SM / 35 1,4 1,16 2,0 30 37
3 x 95 SM / 95 1,6 1,34 2,2 35 42
3 x 95 SM / 50 1,6 1,34 2,2 35 42
3 x 120 SM / 120 1,6 1,34 2,3 39 46
3 x 120 SM / 70 1,6 1,34 2,3 38 45
3 x 150 SM / 150 1,8 1,52 2,4 43 50
3 x 150 SM / 70 1,8 1,52 2,4 42 49
3 x 185 SM / 95 2,0 1,70 2,6 47 54
3 x 240 SM / 120 2,2 1,88 2,8 52 59
Cable design NYCY and NYCWY: Four-core cables
4 x 4 RE / 4 1,0 0,80 1,8 16 20

4 x 4 RE / 6 1,0 0,80 1,8 17 21
4 x 10 RE / 10 1,0 0,80 ,8 19 23
4 x 16 RE / 16 1,0 0,80 1,8 21 25
4 x 25 RM / 16 1,2 0,98 1,8 25 32
4 x 35 SM / 16 1,2 0,98 1,8 26 33
4 x 50 SM / 25 1,4 1,16 2,0 29 36
4 x 70 SM / 35 1,4 1,16 2,1 34 41
4 x 95 SM / 50 1,6 1,34 2,3 40 47
4 x 120 SM / 70 1,6 1,34 2,4 43 50
4 x 150 SM / 70 1,8 1,52 2,6 47 54
Page 3-G-26
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section G
Table 11 - Cables with aluminium conductors without concentric conductor (type 3G-2)
with concentric conductor (type 3G-1)
1 2 3 4

area / mm2
Conductor shape
value value value
and type
mm mm mm mm mm
Cables design NAYY-O and NAYY-J: Four-core cables
4 x 25 RE 1,2 0,98 1,8 25 29

4 x 35 RE 1,2 0,98 1,8 27 31
4 x 50 RE 1,4 1,16 1,9 31 35
4 x 50 SE 1,4 1,16 1,9 28 33
4 x 70 SE 1,4 1,16 2,1 32 37
4 x 95 SE 1,6 1,34 2,2 36 41
4 x 120 SE 1,6 1,34 2,4 40 45
4 x 150 SE 1,8 1,52 2,5 43 48
4 x 185 SE 2,0 1,70 2,7 48 53
Cable design NAYCWY: Three-core cables with concentric conductor
3 x 25 RE / 25 1,2 0,98 1,8 25 29

3 x 35 RE / 35 1,2 0,98 1,8 26 31
3 x 50 SE / 50 1,4 1,16 1,9 26 32
3 x 70 SE / 70 1,4 1,16 2,0 30 36
3 x 95 SE / 95 1,6 1,34 2,2 34 41
3 x 120 SE / 120 1,6 1,34 2,3 36 43
3 x 150 SE / 150 1,8 1,52 2,4 40 47
3 x 185 SE / 185 2,0 1,70 2,6 45 52
Page 3-G-27
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section G
Table 12 - Type designations (provisional)

Cables are designated with:
- abbreviated code description of the cable design,
N Cable according to this specification

Copper conductor (no abbreviation)
Y PVC-insulation
C Concentric conductor (helically)
CW Concentric conductor (wave form)
Y PVC sheath
2Y PE sheath
-J With green-yellow core

-O Without green-yellow core
- number of cores by nominal cross-sectional area of conductor in mm2,

- indications of shape type of conductor,
R Circular conductor
S Sector-shaped conductor
E Solid conductor
M Stranded conductor
- where applicable nominal cross-sectional area of screen or concentric conductor in mm2,

- rated voltage in kV.
Table 13 - Barrel diameter of delivery drums
Cable type Barrel diameter of cable drum 1)
Cables without concentric conductor

- single-core 18 D
- multi-core S 95 mm2 15 D
- multi-core S > 95 mm2 18 D
Cables with concentric conductor 20 D
D Outer diameter of the cable: maximum value according to Tables 9 to 11 or manufacturer's values.
S Nominal cross sectional area of insulated conductor.
1)
There is no direct relationship between the barrel diameter of the cable drum, according to this table
and the permissible radius, given in Section 4, Clause 3, item 4, for cable laying because the stresses
(loads) are completely different.
Page 3-G-28
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section G
Table 14 - Rated current-carrying capacity, cables in earth (recommended values)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Insulating
material PVC
Permissible
operating 70 °C
temperature
*)
Designation NYY NYCWY; NYCY NAYY NAYCWY;
NAYCY
Arrangement
1) 1)
Number of
loaded 1 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 3
conductors
Cross-sectional Copper conductor Aluminium conductor
area Rated current in A Rated current in A
in mm2
1,5 41 27 30 27 31 - - - - -
2,5 55 36 39 36 40 - - - - -
4 71 47 50 47 51 - - - - -
6 90 59 62 59 63 - - - - -
10 124 79 83 79 84 - - - - -
16 160 102 107 102 108 - - - - -
25 208 133 138 133 139 160 102 106 103 108
35 250 159 164 160 166 193 123 127 123 129
50 296 188 195 190 196 230 144 151 145 153
70 365 232 238 234 238 283 179 185 180 187
95 438 280 286 280 281 340 215 222 216 223
120 501 318 286 319 315 389 245 253 246 252
150 563 359 365 357 347 436 275 284 276 280
185 639 406 413 402 385 496 313 322 313 314
240 746 473 479 463 432 578 364 375 362 358
300 848 535 541 518 473 656 419 425 415 397
400 975 613 614 579 521 756 484 487 474 441
500 1125 687 693 624 574 873 553 558 528 489
630 1304 - 777 - 636 1011 - 635 - 539
800 1507 - 859 - - 1166 - 716 - -
1000 1715 - 936 - - 1332 - 796 - -
1)
Rated current for cables in d.c. systems with return conductor far away.
*)
The given rated current values also apply for the corresponding cable types with PE sheath.
Page 3-G-29
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section G
Table 15 - Rated current-carrying capacity, cables in air (recommended values)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Insulating
material PVC
Permissible
operating 70 °C
temperature
*)
Designation NYY NYCWY; NYCY NAYY NAYCWY;
NAYCY
Arrangement
1) 1)
Number of
loaded 1 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 3
conductors
2
area in mm Rated current in A Rated current in A
1,5 27 19,5 21 19,5 22 - - - - -

2,5 35 25 28 26 29 - - - - -
4 47 34 37 34 39 - - - - -
6 59 43 47 44 49 - - - - -
10 81 59 64 60 67 - - - - -
16 107 79 84 80 89 - - - - -
25 144 106 114 108 119 110 82 87 83 91
35 176 129 139 132 146 135 100 107 101 112
50 214 157 169 160 177 166 119 131 121 137
70 270 199 213 202 221 210 152 166 155 173
95 334 246 264 249 270 259 186 205 189 212
120 389 285 307 289 310 302 216 239 220 247
150 446 326 352 329 350 345 246 273 249 280
185 516 374 406 377 399 401 285 317 287 321
240 618 445 483 443 462 479 338 378 339 374
300 717 511 557 504 519 555 400 437 401 426
400 843 597 646 577 583 653 472 513 468 488
500 994 669 747 626 657 772 539 600 524 556
630 1180 - 858 - 744 915 - 701 - 628
800 1396 - 971 - - 1080 - 809 - -
1000 1620 1078 - 1258 - 916 - -
1) Rated current for cables in d.c. systems with return conductor far away.
*)
The given rated current values also apply for the corresponding cable types with PE sheath.
Page 3-G-30
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section G
Table 16 - Definition of load factor
The rated currents Ir are based on the type of operation commonly experienced in electric supply networks
(supply utility load). This load is defined by a 24 h load diagram which illustrates maximum load and load
factor (see figure).
Maximum load and load factor of the given load are determined from the daily load plot or reference load
plot. The daily load plot (24 h load) is the space of the load over 24 h under normal operation. The average
load is the mean value of the daily load plot; the load factor being the quotient from the average load divided
by the maximum load.
Load/ maximum load Load factor

% 100 1
80 0,8
0,73
60 0,6
40 0,4
20 0,2
0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 h
Time
-------- Ratio of load to maximum load in %

- -- - Ratio of average load to maximum load
Daily plot and determination of load factor (example)
Page 3-G-31
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section G
6 Tables (concluded)
Table 17 - Permissible short-circuit temperatures and rated short-time current densities
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Cables with Permissible short- Conductor temperature at the beginning of short-circuit in

circuit temperature °C
in °C
70 60 50 40 30 20
Rated short-time current density in A/mm² for a rated

short-circuit duration of 1 s
Copper conductors
300 mm² 160 115 122 129 136 143 150

> 300 mm² 140 103 111 118 126 133 140
Aluminium conductors
300 mm² 160 76 81 85 90 95 99

> 300 mm² 140 68 73 78 83 88 93
Page 3-G-32
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section G
BLANK PAGE
Page 3-I-0
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section I
SECTION 3-I - CABLES WITH (TYPE 3I-1) AND

WITHOUT (TYPES 3I-2 AND 3I-3) CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR
Replace pages
3-I-9, 3-I-10, 3-I-15, 3-I-19, 3-I-20, 3-I-21 and 3-I-22
by the following A3 referred new pages
3-I-9, 3-I-10, 3-I-15, 3-I-19 and 3-I-20.

Page 3-I-9
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section I

HD Additional
Examples (*):
9.2 Cables with concentric a) cable without auxiliary cores
cld conductor (type 3I-1) V-VMvKsas 0,6/1 kV – 4x50Alsvm +
sas 25 NEN 3616
b) cable with auxiliary cores
V-VMvKsas 0,6/1 kV – 4x50Alsvm +
4x6 + sas 25 NEN 3616
(*): Alsvm = shaped solid aluminium
Alrm = circular solid aluminium
3 Test requirements
1 Routine tests
1 2 3 4
1 Conductor resistance Ref. no. 1.5 HD 605, Subclause 3.1.1
2 Resistance of concentric Ref. no. 6.3 HD 605, Subclause 3.1.1
conductor
3 High voltage test (on complete HD 605, Subclause 3.2.1
cable) ** Four core cable without auxiliary cores:
- Test voltage 4 kV a.c. a) red and blue ! yellow, yellow/blue
- Duration of test 5 min per core and earth
- Test result No breakdown b) yellow and yellow/blue ! red, blue
and earth
c) two adjacent cores ! remaining
cores and earth
Four core cable with auxiliary cores:
a) red and blue ! yellow, yellow/blue,
all auxiliary cores and earth
b) yellow and yellow/blue ! red, blue,
c) two adjacent cores and all auxiliary
cores ! remaining cores and earth
4 Construction characteristics See Section 2 and
HD 603-1, Clause 5
4.1 General construction of cable Visual inspection
4.2 Core identification Ref. no. 2.3
4.3 Marking Ref. no. 8 and
HD 603-1, Clause 3
** Concentric conductor or armour, if present, shall be connected to earth.
Page 3-I-10
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section I

2 Sample tests
Frequency and sampling category: " see ref. no. 5.1.1 of the sample tests
"" see ref. no. 5.1.2 of the sample tests
Repetition of sample tests in case of non-compliance: see ref. no. 5.2
1 2 3 4
1 Aluminium conductors
1.1 - Condition of surface " Ref. no. 1.2.1 Visual inspection
1.2 - Dimensions " Ref. no. 1.7
1.3 - Tensile properties "" Ref. no. 1.3 HD 605, Subclause 2.3.1.2
2 Insulation
2.1 Insulation of main cores
2.1.1 - Thickness " Ref. no. 2.2.1 EN 60811-1-1
Subclause 8.1
HD 605
Subclause 2.1.1
2.1.2 - Application to conductor " HD 603-1 Inspection and manual test
Subclause 5.2.2
2.1.3 - Tensile properties before HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-1
ageing "" Table 1 - DIV8 Subclause 9.1
2.1.4 - Pressure test at 80 °C "" HD 603-1 EN 60811-3-1
Table 1 - DIV8 Subclause 8.1
2.1.5 - Cold bending test at -15 °C HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-4
(for diameter 12,5 mm) Table 1 - DIV8 Subclause 8.1
""
2.1.6 - Cold elongation test at HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-4
-15 °C Table 1 - DIV8 Subclause 8.3
(for diameter > 12,5 mm)
""
2.1.7 - Heat shock test at 150 °C HD 603-1 EN 60811-3-1
"" Table 1 - DIV8 Subclause 9.1
2.2 Insulation of auxiliary cores
2.2.1 - Thickness " Ref. no. 2.2.2 EN 60811-1-1
Subclause 8.1
HD 605
Subclause 2.1.1
2.2.2 - Tensile properties before HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-1
ageing "" Table 1 - DIV8 Subclause 9.1
3 Inner covering
3.1 - Thickness " Ref. no. 4.2 EN 60811-1-1
Subclause 8.2
HD 605
Subclause 2.1.2
Page 3-I-15
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section I

4 Type tests (non-electrical, continued)
1 2 3 4
3.2 Insulation of auxiliary cores
3.2.1 Thickness Ref. no. 2.2.2 EN 60811-1-1, Subclause 8.1
HD 605, Subclause 2.1.1
3.2.2 Tensile properties before HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-1, Subclause 9.1
ageing Table 1 - DIV8
4 Inner covering
4.1 Thickness Ref. no. 4.1 EN 60811-1-1, Subclause 8.2
5 Inner and outer sheath
Ref. no. 5.5 to 5.9 not
applicable to innersheath
Ref. no. 7.2 HD 605, Subclause 2.1.2
5.2 Tensile properties before HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-1, Subclause 9.2-
ageing Table 4A - DMV14
5.3 Tensile properties after HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-1, Subclause 9.2 and
ageing Table 4A - DMV14 EN 60811-1-2, Subclause 8.1
5.4 Mechanical properties after HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-2, Subclause 8.1.4 and
ageing of complete cable Table 4A - DMV14 EN 60811-1-1, Subclause 9.2
5.5 Loss of mass HD 603-1 EN 60811-3-2, Subclause 8.2
Table 4A - DMV14
5.6 Pressure test at 80 °C HD 603-1 EN 60811-3-1, Subclause 8.2
Table 4A - DMV14
5.7 Cold elongation test at –15 °C HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-4, Subclause 8.4
Table 4A - DMV14
5.8 Spare
5.9 Heat shock test at 150 °C HD 603-1 EN 60811-3-1, Subclause 9.2
Table 4A DMV14
6.1 Bending at 0 °C followed by No breakdown and HD 605, Subclause 2.4.1.1 but at
voltage test of 7,5 kV a.c. for no visible damage 0 ± 2 °C, 3 complete turns and
10 min cylinder diameter 12 x cable
diameter
6.2 Cold impact test at –15 °C HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-4, Subclause 8.5
(for cable type 3I-3 only) Table 4A - DMV14
7 Flame retardance test on EN 50265-1 and EN 50265-1 and EN 50265-2-1
complete cable EN 50265-2-1
Page 3-I-19
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section I
4 Appendix (tables) (concluded)
Table 4 – Insulation resistance of PVC insulated cores in water
Nominal cross-sectional area Minimum insulation resistances

mm² MΩ.km
20 °C 70 °C
1,5 auxiliary cores 5,1 5,1 x 10-³
2,5 auxiliary cores 4,1 4,1 x 10-³
6 auxiliary cores 2,7 2,7 x 10-³
6 main cores 8,0 8,0 x 10-³
10 main cores 7,1 7,1 x 10-³
16 main cores 5,8 5,8 x 10-³
25 main cores 5,6 5,6 x 10-³
50 main cores 4,8 4,8 x 10-³
95 main cores 4,1 4,1 x 10-³
150 main cores 3,7 3,7 x 10-³
240 main cores 3,6 3,6 x 10-³
The minimum insulation resistances are based on a volume resistivity of:

10 Ω.cm at 20 °C
13
10 Ω.cm at 70 °C
10
Page 3-I-20
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section I
4 Appendix - Guide to use
Subject Subclause of Annex A Recommendations

of Part 1
1 General A.2.1 –
2 System categories A.2.2 –
3 Power frequency A.2.3 In accordance
4 Concentric conductor A.2.4 Only as PE (Protective Earth)
5 Current rating A.2.5 HD 384.5.523 S2 *)
6 Drumming clearance A.3.2.1 –
7 Drum barrel diameter A.3.2.2 Minimum 15 D **)
8 Diameter of cable coils A.3.3.6 Equal as stated in A.3.3.2
9 Bending radii A.4.6. During installation minimum 12 D
One single bending minimum10 D **)
10 Lowest temperature A.4.11 0 ˚C
11 Pulling force or pulling loads A.4.12 a) σ = 50 N/mm2 for copper and
σ = 20 N/mm2 for solid aluminium
conductors
same as a), but 3 D ≤ S σ **)
c) 2
12 Cable fixing (horizontal and A.4.13 Maximum horizontal distance

vertical distance) between cleats: 20 D **)
(maximum 80 cm)
Maximum vertical distance

between cleats: 150 cm
13 Test after installation A.4.15 –
– Clause of Annex A of Part 1 is applicable. No specification or recommendation is given in this particular
section.
*) HD 384.5.523 S2: Electrical installations of buildings – Part 5: Selection and erection of electrical
equipment – Section 523: Current-carrying capacities in wiring systems.
**) D is the overall diameter of the cable.
Page 3-J-0
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section J
SECTION 3-J - CABLES WITH CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR (TYPE 3 J)
Replace Section 3-J
by the following new Section 3-J

Page 3-J-1
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section J
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
SECTION 3-J - CABLES WITH AND WITHOUT CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR (TYPE 3 J)

Page 3-J-2
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section J
CONTENTS
1 General ........................................................................................................................................ 3

1 Conductor ................................................................................................................................ 4
1.1 Material
1.2 Resistance
2 Insulation ................................................................................................................................. 4
2.1 Material
4 Inner covering .......................................................................................................................... 4
5 Concentric conductor (if any) ................................................................................................... 4
5.1 Material
5.2 DC resistance
6 Outer sheath............................................................................................................................ 4
6.1 Material
6.2 Colour
6.3 Thickness
6.4 Markings
7 Type designation ..................................................................................................................... 5
1 Type tests ................................................................................................................................ 5
2 Type tests, non-electrical ......................................................................................................... 5
4 Appendix (Tables)....................................................................................................................... 7
5 Guide to use................................................................................................................................ 9
Page 3-J-3
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section J
REFERENCES
References are made in Section 3-J of HD 603, to other Parts of this HD and to other Harmonization
1 General
PVC-insulation and with or without a copper concentric conductor, for rated voltage (U) of 1 kV for fixed
installations.
(b) Rated voltage
0,6/1 kV
Definitions: see HD 603-1, Subclause 2.3
(c) Highest rated temperatures for the different types of insulating compound
(i) Normal operation 70°C
to Table 4A of HD 603-1, type DMV 24.
Page 3-J-4
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section J

HD Additional
1 Conductor
1.1 Material Aluminium or copper
EN 60228
Class 1 or 2
1.2 Resistance EN 60228
1.3 Permissible types See Appendix, Table 1
1.4 Reduced cross-sectional area All cores to have same cross-sectional
area
2 Insulation
2.1 Material HD 603 -1
Table 1 DIV 9
2.2 Thickness HD 603, Table 5 HD 605 Subclause 2.1.1
2.3 Core identification Colour according to HD 308
3 Assembly of cores The cores are laid up helically, or for
the cross-sectional areas 1,5 - 6 mm2.
they may be laid in parallel
4 Inner covering The inner covering may be extruded or
lapped with suitable material
Thickness See Appendix, Table 3
5 Concentric conductor Optional
5.1 Material The concentric conductor shall be
made from copper
5.2 DC resistance Resistance shall not exceed the values
given in Appendix, Table 1
a) calculated mean clearance 4 mm
between individual
(adjacent) wires
b) maximum clearance 8 mm
between two adjacent If an uninsulated earth conductor under
wires an aluminium tape is used the
thickness of the tape shall not be less
than 0,15 mm
6 Outer sheath
Compound DMV 24
6.2 Colour Grey
Page 3-J-5
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section J

HD Additional
6.3 Thickness The average value shall not be less
than the value given in Appendix,
Table 2. It shall not at any place be
less by more than (0,2 mm + 15%)
HD 605 Subclause 2.1.2
6.4 Markings Type designation, number of
conductors, conductor area and
producer
7 Type designation (provisional) PFSP (with screen)
PFXP (without screen)
3 Test requirements
1. Type tests (electrical)

1 2 3 4
No. Test Requirements* Test method
1 Resistance Appendix Table 1 and EN 60228 HD 605 Subclause 3.1.1
2 Insulation resistance Appendix, Table 2 HD 605 Subclause 3.3
3 Voltage test 3,5 kV for 4 h:Breakdown shall not HD 605
occur Subclause 3.2.2.2
4 Insulation water absorption HD 603 -1 Table 1 DIV 9 EN 60811-1-3
* According to Section 2 ‘Design requirements" unless stated otherwise.
2. Type tests (non-electrical)

1 2 3 4
1 Insulation thickness Appendix Table 2 EN60811.1.1
2 Sheath thickness Appendix Table 2 EN60811.1.1
3 Tests on insulation HD 603-1 - Table 1 - DIV 9
3.1 Mechanical characteristics EN60811.1.1. Subclause 9.1
before and after ageing EN60811.1.2. Subclause 8.1
3.2 Loss of mass test EN60811.3.2 Subclause. 8.1
3.3 Elongation test at low EN60811.1.4 Subclause 8.1
temperature (cores with a
diameter up to 12,5 mm)
4 Test on cores HD 603-1 - Table 1 - DIV 9
Page 3-J-6
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section J
2. Type tests (non-electrical) (concluded)
1 2 3 4
No Test Requirements* Test method
4.1 Pressure test at high temperature HD 603-1 Table 1 - DIV9 EN 60811.3.1 Clause 8
- Temperature 100°C
4.2 Heat shock test HD 603-1 - Table 1 - DIV 9 EN 60811.3.1 Subclause 9.1
4.3 Bending test at low temperatures EN 60811-1-4 Subclause 8.1
5 Tests on sheath HD 603-1 Table 4A - DMV 24

5.1 Mechanical characteristics EN 60811.1.1 Subclause 9.2
before and after ageing EN 60811.1.2 Subclause 8.1
5.2 Loss of mass test in air oven EN 60811.3.2 Subclause 8.2
5.3 Pressure test at high temperature EN 60811.3.1 Subclause 8.2
5.4 Heat shock test EN 60811.3.1 Subclause 9.2
5.5 Elongation test at low temperature EN 60811.1.4 Subclause 8.2
6.1 Ageing of complete cable As for insulation and sheathing EN 60811.1.2
- Temperature: (80 ± 2) °C compounds after ageing Subclause 8.1.4
- Duration 168 h
6.2 Impact test at low temperature HD 603-1, Table 4A, DMV 24 HD 605 Subclause 2.4.8
No cracks visible to naked eye in
either the outside or the inside of
the insulation or sheath in at least
8 of the 10 samples
6.3 Bending test No cracks
One sample is bent 180° on a
mandrel with 8 x diameter of the
cable. The sample shall be in this
position for 24 h in a temperature
of (70 ± 2)°C.
After the test the cable is returned
to room temperature
6.4 Test under fire conditions EN 60332-1-2 EN 60332-1-2
Page 3-J-7
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section J
4 Appendix (Tables)
Table 1
Metal screen
Size of Cu- Max. resistance at 20° Nominal equivalent
conductor (Ω/km) copper area (mm²)
(mm²)
1,5 12,1 1,5
2,5 7,41 2,5
4 4,61 4
6 3,08 6
10 1,83 10
16 1,15 16
25 1,15 16
35 1,15 16
50 0,727 25
70 0,524 35
95 0,387 50
120 0,268 70
150 0,268 70
185 0,193 95
240 0,153 120
300 0,124 150
400 0,0754 240
500 0,0754 240
630 0,0601 300
Size of Al-
conductor
(mm²)
16 1,83 10
25 1,83 10
50 1,15 16
95 0,524 35
150 0,387 50
240 0,268 70
Page 3-J-8
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section J
4 Appendix (Tables, concluded)
Table 2
Thickness
Size of Cu- Insulation Sheath Insulation
conductor (mm) (mm) resistance at
(mm²) 70°C
(M.Ω.km)
1,5 0,8 1,5 0,024
2,5 0,8 1,5 0,020
4 1,0 1,5 0,020
6 1,0 1,5 0,018
10 1,0 1,8 0,016
16 1,0 1,8 0,012
25 1,2 1,8 0,012
35 1,2 1,8 0,010
50 1,4 1,8 0,010
70 1,4 1,8 0,010
95 1,6 2,2 0,009
120 1,6 2,2 0,009
150 1,8 2,2 0,008
185 2,0 2,6 0,008
240 2,2 2,6 0,007
300 2,4 2,8 0,006
400 2,6 2,8 0,006
500 2,8 3,0 0,005
630 2,8 3,0 0,005
Size of Al-
conductor (mm²)
16 1,0 1,8 0,012
25 1,2 1,8 0,012
50 1,4 1,8 0,010
95 1,6 2,2 0,009
150 1,8 2,2 0,008
240 2,2 2,6 0,007
Table 3
Diameter over laid up cores Thickness of extruded Thickness of lapped inner

inner covering covering
Above Up to and including Approximate values Approximate values
mm mm mm mm
- 10 0,6 0,30
10 25 0,8 0,30
25 35 1,0 0,45
35 45 1,2 0,45
45 - 1,4 0,45
Page 3-J-9
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section J
5 Guide to use and selection of cables (informative)
cable system), storage, transportation and installation of cables specified in this section.
The general recommendations given in Annex A of Part 1 apply except where amended in the table below:
Annex A of Part 1 Requirement for this section

Subclause number
A.2.2 System categories Category C
A.3.3.2 Drum barrel diameter Cables with longitudinal Al-tape: 20 D
Other cables: 12 D
A.4.6 Bending radii during installation Cables with longitudinal Al-tape and single core
cables 20 D
Other cables: 12 D
A.4.11 Lowest temperature of cable installation Minimum temperature: - 10 °C
For Cu conductors σ = 50 N/mm

2
A.4.12 Pulling force
For Al conductors σ = 30 N/mm

2
Page 3-J-10
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section J
BLANK PAGE
Page 3-L-0
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section L
SECTION 3-L - CABLES WITH CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR (TYPE 3 L)
Replace Section 3-L
by the following new Section 3-L

Page 3-L-1
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section L
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
SECTION 3-L - CABLES WITH CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR (TYPE 3L)

Page 3-L-2
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section L
CONTENTS
1 General........................................................................................................................................... 4
1 Conductor ................................................................................................................................. 5
1.1 Material
1.6 Preferred number of conductors and conductor cross-sections
2 Insulation .................................................................................................................................. 5
2.1 Material
2.3 Form of insulation on sector shaped conductors
3 Assembly of cores.................................................................................................................... 5
3.1 Assembly
4 Inner covering........................................................................................................................... 5
4.1 Design
4.2 Thickness
5 Concentric conductor .............................................................................................................. 6
5.1 Design
5.2 Inner layer
5.3 Binder wire and binder tape
5.4 Nominal cross-section
5.5 Resistance
6 Outer sheath ............................................................................................................................. 7
6.1 Material
6.2 Colour
6.3 Thickness
7 Outer diameter .......................................................................................................................... 7
8 Marking ..................................................................................................................................... 7
8.4 Durability
8.5 Legibility
8.6 Meter marking
9 Code designation ..................................................................................................................... 7
3 Test requirements ......................................................................................................................... 8

1 Routine tests .............................................................................................................................. 8
2 Sample tests............................................................................................................................... 8
3 Type tests, electrical................................................................................................................... 8
4 Type tests, non-electrical............................................................................................................ 9
4 Appendix 1 (Tables) .................................................................................................................... 11

Appendix 2 (Lead content determination test for PVC materials) ........................................... 16
5 Guide to use ................................................................................................................................ 18

Page 3-L-3
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section L
REFERENCES
References are made in Section 3-L of HD 603, to other Parts of this HD and to other Harmonization
EN 50266-2-3 Common test methods for cables under fire conditions - Test for vertical flame spread
of vertically-mounted bunched wires or cables -
Part 2-3: Procedures - Category B
EN 50356 Method for spark testing of cables
Page 3-L-4
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section L
1 General
PVC-insulation and with concentric conductor for rated voltage (U) of 1 kV for fixed installations. All
components shall be lead free.
(b) Rated voltage
0,6/1kV
Normal operation 70 °C
to Table 4A of HD 603-1, type DMV 19 (see Subclause 6.1)
Page 3-L-5
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section L

HD Additional
Subclause 5.1
1.1 Material HD 603-1 Aluminium conductors shall be
Subclause 5.1.1 annealed
conductors
conductors

1.5 Permissible conductor types Appendix 1, Table 1
1.6 Preferred number of conductors Appendix 1, Tables 2 and 3
and conductor cross-section
Subclause 5.2
Compound DIV 11,
lead free
a) nominal value HD 603-1
b) mean value Table 5 ≥ nominal value
c) minimum value ≥ nominal value -(0,1 + 10 % of
nominal value)
NOTE The thickness of any separator on the
included in the thickness of the insulation
2.3 Form of insulation on sector- To prevent moisture penetration in

shaped conductors joints, the insulation on the plain faces
of a sector-shaped conductor may not
curve in
2.4 Core identification Appendix 1, Table 7
3 Assembly of cores
3.1 Assembly Cores of multi-core cables shall be
cabled, helically or oscillating with an
average length of lay not more than
50 times the diameter over the cabled
cores
4 Inner covering HD 603-1 The material used for inner coverings
Subclause 5.5 and fillers shall be suitable for the
operating temperature of the cable and
compatible with and not sticking to
adjacent materials
Page 3-L-6
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section L

HD Additional
4.1 Design for
a) single-core cables No inner covering required
b) multi-core cables with An extruded covering shall be applied

round conductors over the cabled cores and substantially
fill the interstices between the cores
As an alternative a lapped inner
covering is permitted when the
interstices are substantially filled by
seperate filler strings
A lapped inner covering shall be

c) multi-core cables applied over the cabled cores. As an
with sector shaped alternative an extruded inner covering
conductors is permitted . In the latter case a
helically applied tape, lapped or in
open helix, may be applied over the
cable cores.
4.2 Thickness HD 603-1 Appendix 1, Table 4
Subclause 5.5.3
5.1 Design In single-core cables the concentric conductor may be applied
directly over the insulation. In multi-core cables, the concentric
conductor shall be applied over the inner covering.
The concentric conductor shall consist of an inner layer of
annealed, round or flat copper wires applied concentrically on the
cable cores, and an outer layer with one or more spiral binder
wires or tapes of copper in contact with the wires in the inner
layer.
5.2 Inner layer The inner layer shall have an average length of lay not more than
50 times the diameter over the cabled cores. The average gap
between individual wires in the inner layer may not exceed 4 mm
5.3 Binder wire and binder tape A binder wire in the outer layer shall have at least the same cross-
section as a wire in the inner layer. A binder tape shall have a
thickness of at least 0,1 mm and a width of at least 10 mm.
The lay of length shall be:
- for binder tape not more than 20 times
- for binder wire not more than 50 times
the diameter over the cabled cores.
5.4 Nominal cross-section Appendix 1, Table 5
5.5 Resistance The electrical resistance shall be as
specified in EN 60228 for a Class 2
copper conductor of the same cross-
section.
For cross-sections not specified in
EN 60228 the resistance values are
given in Appendix 1, Table 6
Page 3-L-7
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section L

HD Additional
Subclause 5.8
Table 4A
Compound DMV 19,
lead free
6.2 Colour Black
6.3 Thickness Appendix 1, Tables 2 and 3
a) nominal thickness For cables not specified in Tables 2 or
3, the thickness shall be calculated in
accordance with the formula in
IEC 60502-1
b) minimum thickness ≥ nominal value - (0,1 mm + 15 % of

nominal value)
7 Outer diameter Appendix 1, Tables 2 and 3
8 Marking HD 603-1
Subclause 3
8.1 Indication of origin on the Manufacturer’s name or trademark
outersheath which shall be legally protected and
from which the manufacturer can be
identified. A registered identification
thread in the cable is permitted.
8.2 Additional marking Type designation, number and size of
conductors, size of concentric
conductor, rated voltage and year of
manufacture (2 last digits)
8.3 Continuity of marks Distance between the end of one mark
and the beginning of the next ≤ 1 m
8.4 Durability HD 603-1 Marking on the oversheath must be
Subclause 3.3 resistant to conditions in the ground
Subclause 3.4
8.6 Meter marking A meter marking with reasonable
accuracy shall be applied on the over-
sheath and in such way that it does not
interfere with the markings above
9 Code designation Cables with:
(provisional) - solid copper conductor (EKKJ)
- stranded copper conductor (FKKJ)
- stranded aluminium conductor
(AKKJ)
Page 3-L-8
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section L
3 Test requirements
1 Routine tests
1 2 3 4
1 Voltage test on completed cable at 3,5 kV AC in 5 min No breakdown HD 605
(alternatively 15 kV DC in 1 min) Subclause 3.2.1
2 Voltage test (spark test) on the outer sheath EN 50356 EN 50356
2 Sample tests
1 2 3 4
1 Resistance of conductors, including concentric conductor EN 60228 HD 605
Subclause 3.1.1
2 Checking of compliance with constructional provisions Section 2 Manual
inspection
3 Measurement of thickness of insulation and sheath Subclauses 2.2 EN 60811-1-1
and 6.3 Clause 8
3 Type tests (electrical)

1 2 3 4
The ‘Sample tests’ in Section 3 - 2 shall also be carried
out as part of the type test
1 Insulation resistance at 70 °C Not less than HD 605
1010 Ω cm Subclause 3.3.1
2 Voltage test on cores at 4 kV AC during 4 h No breakdown HD 605
(10 m sample) Subclause 3.2.2.2
3 Voltage test on outer sheath at 4 kV AC during 4 h No breakdown HD 605
(10 m sample immersed in the water 1 h before the test Subclause 3.2.3.1
starts)
Page 3-L-9
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section L

4 Type tests (non-electrical)
1 2 3 4
The special tests in Section 3 - 2 shall also be carried
1 Tests on insulation HD 603-1
Table 1
Type DIV 11
1.1 Mechanical properties before and after ageing EN 60811-1-1
Subclause 9.1
EN 60811-1-2
Subclause 8.1
1.2 Loss of mass test EN 60811-3-2
Subclause 8.1
1.3 Elongation test at low temperature (cores with a HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-4
diameter over 12,5 mm) Table 1 - DIV 11 Subclause 8.3
2 Test on cores

2.3 Bending test at low temperature HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-4
on cores with a diameter up to 12,5 mm Table 1 - DIV 11 Subclause 8.1
3 Test on fillers and tapes
3.1 Lead content determination test HD 603-3 sec. L HD 603-3 sec. L
Appendix 2 Appendix 2
4 Tests on sheath
4.1 Mechanical properties before and after ageing HD 603-1 Table 4A - EN 60811-1-1
DMV 19 Subclause 9.2
EN 60811-1-2
Subclause 8.1
4.2 Loss of mass test HD 603-1 Table 4A - EN 60811-3-2
4.3 Pressure test at high temperature HD 603-1 Table 4A - EN 60811-3-1
4.4 Heat shock test HD 603-1 Table 4A - EN 60811-3-1
4.5 Elongation test at low temperature HD 603-1 Table 4A - EN 60811-1-4
Page 3-L-10
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section L

1 2 3 4
5.1 Ageing test on pieces of complete cable at (80 ± 2) °C As for the EN 60811-1-2
during 7 x 24 h insulation and Subclause 8.1.4
sheathing
compounds after
ageing
5.2 Impact test at low temperature HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-4
No cracks
5.3 Fire propagation test:
- for all single-core cables and for multi-core cables See test method. EN 60332-1-2
with conductor cross-sections up to and including
16 mm2
- for all multi-core cables with conductor cross-section See test method EN 50266-2-3
exceeding 16 mm2
Page 3-L-11
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section L
4 Appendix 1
Table 1 – Range of conductor types, sizes and shapes and
number of conductors covered by the specification
Conductor material Number of conductors Cross section Shape
mm2
1 2,5 - 1000 Round
2 2,5 - 16 Round
3 2,5 - 16 Round
1)
Copper 25 - 400 Sector
4 2,5 - 16 Round
1)
25 - 400 Sector
1 16 - 1000 Round
2 16 Round
3 16 Round
1)
Aluminium 25 - 400 Sector
4 16 Round
1)
25 - 400 Sector
1)
25 and 35 mm2 conductors may be round as alternative.
Page 3-L-12
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section L
4 Appendix 1 (continued)
Table 2 – General constructional requirements
for preferred designs of cables with copper conductors
3)
Number of conductors X cross- Conductor Outer sheath Outer diameter
section / Concentric conductor Nominal thickness approximative
1) 2)
mm2 Class Shape mm mm
1X 2,5 /2,5 1 R 1,4 8
4/4 1 R 1,4 10
6/6 1 R 1,4 11
10/10 1 R 1,4 12
16/16 2 R 1,4 13
2X 2,5 /2,5 1 R 1,8 13

4/4 1 R 1,8 15
6/6 1 R 1,8 16
10/10 1 R 1,8 18
16/16 2 R 1,8 21
3X 2,5 /2,5 1 R 1,8 13

4/4 1 R 1,8 15
6/6 1 R 1,8 17
10/10 1 R 1,8 19
16/16 2 R 1,8 22
4)
25/16 2 S 1,8 23
4)
35/16 2 S 1,8 25
50/25 2 S 1,9 28
70/35 2 S 2,0 31
95/50 2 S 2,2 36
120/70 2 S 2,3 39
150/70 2 S 2,4 43
185/95 2 S 2,6 47
240/120 2 S 2,8 52
4X 2,5 /2,5 1 R 1,8 14

4/4 1 R 1,8 16
6/6 1 R 1,8 18
10/10 1 R 1,8 21
16/16 2 R 1,8 24
4)
25/16 2 S 1,8 25
4)
35/16 2 S 1,8 27
50/25 2 S 2,0 32
70/35 2 S 2,1 35
95/50 2 S 2,3 40
120/70 2 S 2,4 43
150/70 2 S 2,6 48
185/95 2 S 2,7 52
240/120 2 S 2,9 58
1) 3)
Class according to HD 383 For information only
2) 4)
Shape: R = Round S = Sector May be round as alternative
Page 3-L-13
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section L
Table 3 – General constructional requirements

for preferred designs of cables with sector shaped alumunium conductors
2)
Number of conductors X cross-section / Outer sheath Outer diameter
1)
Concentric conductor Nominal thickness approximative
mm2 mm mm
3X 50/15 1,9 28
(*)
70/21 2,0 31
95/29 2,1 35
120/41(*) 2,3 38
150/41 2,4 42
(*)
185/57 2,6 47
240/72 2,8 52
(*)
300/88 3,0 57
4X 50/15 2,0 31
(*)
70/21 2,1 34
95/29 2,3 40
(*)
120/41 2,4 43
150/41 2,6 48
(*)
185/57 2,7 52
240/72 2,9 58
(*)
300/88 3,2 65
1) (*)
Cable with should only be chosen as a second alternative
2)
For information only
Table 4 – Thickness of extruded or lapped inner covering

Thickness of extruded inner
Fictitious diameter over laid up cores covering
(approximate values)
Above Up to and including

mm mm mm
- 25 1,0
25 35 1,2
35 45 1,4
45 60 1,6
60 80 1,8
80 - 2,0
The approximate thickness of lapped covering shall be 0,4 mm for fictitious diameter over laid-up cores up to
and including 40 mm and 0,6 mm for larger diameters.
Page 3-L-14
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section L
Table 5 – Cross-section of concentric conductor

Cross-section of Cross-section of concentric conductor
insulated
conductor(s) mm2
insulated conductor(s) of copper insulated conductor(s) of aluminium
mm2 1 conductor 2-4 conductors 1 conductor 2-4 conductors

2,5 2,5 2,5
4 4 4
6 6 6
10 10 10
16 16 16 10 10
25 16 16 10 10
35 16 16 10 10
50 25 25 15 15
70 35 35 21 21
95 50 50 29 29
120 50 70 41 41
150 50 70 41 41
185 50 95 50 57
240 50 120 50 72
300 50 150 50 88
400 50 185 50 111
500 50 50
630 50 50
800 50 50
1000 50 50
Table 6 – Electrical resistance at 20 °C of concentric conductors

of cross sections not specified in EN 60228
Cross-section of concentric Maximum resistance
conductors
mm 2 Ω/km
15 1,20
21 0,868
29 0,641
41 0,443
57 0,320
72 0,253
88 0,206
111 0,164
Page 3-L-15
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section L
4 Appendix 1 (concluded)
Table 7 – Core identification

The cores shall be identified according to HD 308 by the following colours on the insulation.
Colours
L1: Brown
L2: Black
L3: Grey
N: Blue
Single core cables may have black insulation.

Page 3-L-16
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section L
4 Appendix 2 - Lead content determination test in PVC-materials
1 Measuring the lead content
Insulation, bedding and sheath shall be lead free. Below two test methods can be used to measure the
lead content: simplified and extended test method. The extended test method must be chosen when the
simplified test method indicates a lead content. When the extended test method is chosen the allowed
maximum lead content is 400 ppm (0,04 %).
2 Simplified test method for detecting lead
General
The method is a non-quantitative test for determining the occurrence of lead in PVC, i.e. the amount can
not be determined. The method shows, after appx. 10 min, if there is any lead stabiliser in the product.
The specimen will then be discoloured darker.
The result is due to a reaction where sulphur hydrogen, H2S, reacts with lead and forms lead sulphide,
which is black. Other metal sulphides, for example copper sulphide, are black as well and accordingly
does the method not exclusively indicate the occurrence of lead.
As the occurrence of lead is disclosed by a dark discoloration of the specimen, the method can be difficult
to verify when testing black coloured specimens.
If there are any doubts, the extended test method should be used.
(Sulphur hydrogen is a poisonous gas with an unpleasant scent. The used chemicals, hydrochloric acid
and sodium sulphide, are corrosive. Use protective goggles and avoid skin contact with the chemicals).
Equipment
fume cupboard
exsicator of glass
glass bowl, 200 ml, to place in the exsicator
10 %-solution of hydrochloric acid
35 %-solution of sodium sulphide (35 g Na2S hydrate in 100 ml water)
graduated glass for measuring 10 ml of liquid
Procedure
The examination is made in a fume cupboard with evacuation. The specimen is cut out and put in glass
bowls. To facilitate the visual judgement a gauge with known lead content can be made, preferably in the
same colour as the specimen. 10 ml solution of sodium sulphide is poured in an empty glass bowl, then is
10 ml solution of hydrochloric acid poured in the same bowl. Sulphur hydrogen is evolved at once, so put
on the lid on the exsicator immediately.
Page 3-L-17
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section L
4 Appendix 2 (concluded)
Demands
The specimens shall not show any dark discoloration after 30 min.
NOTE A dark discoloration occurs after 10 min on products with normal content of lead stabiliser. After twenty-four h will even
products with lower lead content (< 400 ppm) be discoloured dark. However, at these low levels the discoloration will be difficult to
detect without help form a gauge.
3 Extended test method for detecting the lead content
General
2 x 5 g of the specimen is carefully weighed. The specimen is incinerated in an oven at 450 °C for 16 h.
After that approx. 1 g of the ash is dissolved in HNO3. The solution is placed in an autoclave for 5 h in
185 °C.
The samples are cooled down, filtered and transferred to 100 ml graduated flasks. The lead content is
determined by atomic absorption spectrophotometry, where the measurement is made at 217,0 nm wave
length.
Demands
The lead content shall not exceed 100 ppm.

Page 3-L-18
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section L
cable system), storage, transportation and installation of cables specified in this Section 3-L of HD 603.
the table below:
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Annex A Requirement for Section 3-L of HD 603
Subclause number

A.3.2.2 Drum barrel diameter Minimum barrel:
single core cables: 20 D
multicore cables: 16 D
A.4.6 Bending radii during installation single core cables: 10 D
A.4.11 Lowest temperature Minimum temperature:
0 °C under normal conditions of care and -10 °C with special care
in handling to avoid any strokes against the cable and with only
moderate bending radius.
2
A.4.12 Pulling force For Cu conductors σ = 50 N/mm
2
A.4.15 Test after installation After finalized installation a voltage test of up to 5 kV DC during
5 min may be performed.
D = outer diameter of cable
Page 3-M-0
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section M
SECTION 3-M – UNARMOURED CABLES (TYPE 3 M)
Replace Section 3-M
by the following new Section 3-M

Page 3-M-1
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section M
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
SECTION 3-M - UNARMOURED CABLES (TYPE 3M)

Page 3-M-2
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section M
CONTENTS
1 General........................................................................................................................................... 3
1 Conductor ................................................................................................................................. 4
1.1 Material and characteristics
2 Insulation .................................................................................................................................. 4
2.1 Material
2.2 Thickness
3 Assembly of cores, fillers ........................................................................................................ 4
3.1 Assembly
4 Inner covering........................................................................................................................... 4
4.1 Thickness
5 Oversheath................................................................................................................................ 4
5.1 Material
5.2 Colour
5.3 Thickness
6 Outer diameter .......................................................................................................................... 4
7 Marking ..................................................................................................................................... 5
8 Code designation ..................................................................................................................... 5
3 Test requirements ......................................................................................................................... 5

1 Routine tests............................................................................................................................. 5
2 Sample tests ............................................................................................................................. 6
3 Type tests, electrical ................................................................................................................ 6
4 Type tests, non-electrical......................................................................................................... 6
4.1 Tests on insulation
4.2 Tests on cores
4.3 Tests on sheath
4.4 Tests on complete cable
5 Tests after installation.............................................................................................................. 7
4 Appendices
Appendix 1 Tables.................................................................................................................... 8
Appendix 2 Guide to use........................................................................................................ 11
Page 3-M-3
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section M
REFERENCES
References are made in Section 3-M of HD 603, to other Parts of this HD and to other Harmonization

1 General
cables with PVC-insulation and PVC sheath for rated voltage (U) of 1 kV for fixed installations.
The insulation covered by this standard shall consist of polyvinyl chloride and correspond to PVC in
accordance with HD 603-1, Table 1, type DIV 10.
(b) Rated voltage
0,6/1(1,2) kV
(c) Highest rated temperature for the insulating compound
Short-circuit (maximum duration 5s) 160 °C
to HD 603-1, Table 4A, type DMV 17.
Page 3-M-4
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section M
HD Additional
1 Conductor
1.1 Material and characteristics HD 603-1 Table 1
Subclause 5.1
2 2
280 mm and 380 mm – sections
composed by four equal sectors in
aluminium, not included in EN 60228.
Subclause 5.2
Table 1 – DIV 10
2.2 Thickness
2 2
a) nominal value HD 603-1,Table 5 280 mm : 2,4 mm / 380 mm : 2,6 mm
c) minimum value nominal value – (0,1 +10% of
nominal value)
2.3 Core identification HD 603-1 Clause 4 HD 308
3 Assembly of cores and fillers
3.1 Assembly HD 603-1
Subclause 5.3
3.2 Interstice fillers HD 603-1 Should be applicable when necessary
Central and outer Subclause 5.4 to give the cables an approximately
circular cross-section.
4 Inner covering HD 603-1 IEC 60502-1
Subclause 5.5 Subclauses 7.1.1 and 7.2.2.
4.1 Thickness Not specified.
Subclause 5.8
5.1 Material HD 603-1;
Table 4A –DMV 17
5.2 Colour Black (except otherwise specified)
5.3 Thickness
a) nominal value Table 2 (values based on IEC 60502-1
Subclause 13.3)
b) minimum value nominal value – (0,1 +15% of
nominal value)
6 Outer diameter Under consideration
(maximum values)
Page 3-M-5
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section M

HD Additional
7 Marking on the oversheath HD 603-1 Clause 3 Marking shall be applied, by
embossing or printing, on one line
7.1 Indication of origin Manufacturer’s name or trademark
7.2 Code designation Table 3
7.3 Cable composition Number ans conductor’s cross-section.
Exemple on Appendix 1.
7.4 Rated voltage 0,6 / 1kV
7.5 Year of manufacture
7.6 Continuity of marks Distance between the end of one set of
marks and the beginning of the next
0,5 m
7.7 Durability HD 603-1 Subclause 3.3
7.8 Legibility HD 603-1 Subclause 3.4
8 Code designation Table 3
3 Test requirements
1. Routine tests
1 2 3 4
1 Conductor resistance EN 60228 HD 605 - Subclause 3.1.1
-Sample: manufacturing length Maximum electrical resistance at 20 °C
280 mm²: 0,111 Ω/km
380 mm²: 0,080 Ω/km
2 High voltage test
- Sample: manufacturing length 3,5 kV AC HD 605 - Subclause 3.2.1
- Test voltage- or 8,4 kV DC
Duration of test, 5 min per core No breakdown
Page 3-M-6
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section M

2. Sample tests
1 2 3 4
1 Construction of conductor HD 603-1 HD 383 Visual inspection
2 Insulation thickness HD 603-1 Table 5
- mean and minimum thickness EN 60811-1-1 – Subclause 8.1
3 Sheath thickness
- minimum thickness HD 603-3M EN 60811-1-1 – Subclause 8.2
Subclause 5.3 b
5 Marking HD 603-1 Clause 3 Visual inspection
Checking of durability HD 605 - Subclause 2.5.4

1 2 3 4
1 Volume resistivity of insulation at 70°C M Ω.cm HD 603-1 HD 605
Table 1 - DIV 10 Subclause 3.3.1
-Test voltage (AC) 2,4 kV No breakdown Subclause 3.2
- Duration of test 4h
4. Type tests (non electrical characteristics)

1 2 3 4
1.1 Mechanical characteristics before and after ageing HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-1
1.2 Elongation test at low temperature (cores with a diameter of HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-4
more than 12,5 mm) Table 1 - DIV 10 Subclause 8.3
- Temperature (- 15 ± 2)°C
2 Tests on cores
2.2 Heat shock test at (150 ± 3)°C HD 603-1 EN 60811-3-1
- Duration of test 1h Table 1 - DIV 10 Subclause 9.1
Page 3-M-7
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section M

4. Type tests (non electrical characteristics) (concluded)
1 2 3 4
2.3 Bending test at low temperature on cores with a diameter No cracks EN 60811-1-4
up to 12,5 mm Subclause 8.1
- Temperature (- 15 ± 2)°C
2.4 Water absorption - electrical test procedure No breakdown EN 60811-1-3
Temperature of water bath (70 ± 2)°C Subclause 9.1
Duration of test with DC voltage 10 x 24 h
3 Tests on sheath
3.1 Mechanical properties before and after ageing HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-1
Table 4A Subclause 9.2
DMV 17
DMV 17
3.3 Elongation test at low temperature HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-4
(for cables with a diameter of more than 12,5 mm) Table 4A Subclause 8.4
- Temperature (- 15 ± 2)°C DMV 17
3.4 Heat shock test at (150 ± 3) °C HD 603-1 EN 60811-3-1
- Duration of test 1h Table 4A Subclause 9.2
DMV 17
4.1 Impact test at low temperature No cracks EN 60811-1-4
Subclause 8.5
4.2 Ageing on complete cable Variation in EN 60811-1-2
- Duration 7 x 24 h tensile strength Subclause 8.1.4
- Ageing temperature (80 ± 2)°C 25 %
Flame retardance

1 2 3 4
1 DC voltage test No breakdown HD 605
- Test voltage 5,9 kV Subclause 3.2.1
- Duration 15 min
Page 3-M-8
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section M
4 Appendices
Appendix 1 Tables
Table 1 – Conductor characteristics
Cross-section Class 1 (Solid) Class 2 (Stranded)
2
(mm ) Aluminium Copper Aluminium Copper
1,5 n.a. C n.a. (C)
2,5 n.a. C n.a. (C)
4 n.a. C n.a. (C)
6 n.a. C n.a. (C)
10 n.a. n.a. n.a. C
16 C n.a. C C
25 S or (C) n.a C C
35 S or (C) n.a. S or C S or C
50 S or C n.a. S or C S or C
70 S n.a. S or C S or C
280 S n.a. n.a. n.a.
300 S n.a. C or (S) C or (S)
380 S n.a. n.a. n.a.
400 S n.a. C (S) C (S)
500 S n.a. C (S) C (S)
630 S n.a. C (S) C (S)
800 S n.a. C (S) C (S)
S – Sector shape
C – Circular shape
Under brackets – can be used, but not standard
n.a. – Not applicable
Page 3-M-9
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section M
4 Appendices (continued)
Appendix 1 Tables (continued)
Table 2 – Nominal thickness of oversheath (mm)

Conductor Number of conductors
cross-section
2
(mm ) 1 2 3 3+1* 4 5**
1,5 1,4 1,8 1,8 - 1,8 1,8

2,5 1,4 1,8 1,8 - 1,8 1,8
4 1,4 1,8 1,8 - 1,8 1,8
6 1,4 1,8 1,8 - 1,8 1,8
10 1,4 1,8 1,8 - 1,8 1,8
16 1,4 1,8 1,8 1,8 1,8 1,8
25 1,4 1,8 1,8 1,8 1,8 1,8
35 1,4 - 1,8 1,8 1,8 1,8
50 1,4 - 1,8 1,9 1,9 1,9
70 1,4 - 2,0 2,0 2,1 2,1
95 1,5 - 2,1 2,2 2,2 2,2
120 1,5 - 2,2 2,3 2,3 2,3
150 1,6 - - 2,4 2,5 2,5
185 1,7 - - 2,6 2,7 2,7
240 1,8 - - 2,8 2,9 2,9
280 1,9 - - - - -
300 1,9 - - 2,9 - 3,1
380 2,0 - - - - -
400 2,0 - - 3,2 -
500 2,1 - - - - -
630 2,2 - - - - -
800 2,3 - - - - -
This table can be used indistinctly for cables with or without earthing conductor.
3+1* - One conductor of reduced cross-section.
2
5** - For cross-sections higher than 10 mm 2 of the 5 conductors are of reduced cross-
section.
Page 3-M-10
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section M
Appendix 1 Tables (concluded)
Material Symbol
Conductors
Copper No symbol
Stranded aluminium L
Solid aluminium LS
PVC-insulation V
PVC sheath V
EXAMPLES
VV 4 x 6
VV 4 G 10 (with earthing conductor)
LSVV 4 x 95
LVV 3 x 150 + 1G70 (with earthing conductor)
Page 3-M-11
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section M
4 Appendices (concluded)
Appendix 2 - Guide to use (informative)

cable system), storage, transportation and installation of cables specified in this Section 3-M of HD 603.
the table below:
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007 Requirement for Section 3-M of HD 603

Annex A
Subclause number
A.2. Recommendations for selection of Highest permissible voltage
cables These cables, rated at Uo / U = 0,6 / 1 (1,2) kV, may be used in
DC-Systems having a maximum operating voltage between
conductors or between conductor and earth of 1,5 kV.
A.3.2.2 Drum barrel diameter Minimum barrel diameter

25 D for single core cables with solid aluminium conductors
20 D for single core cables with stranded conductors
20 D for multicore cables with solid aluminium conductors
15 D for multicore cables with stranded conductors
A.3.3.6 Cable coils Minimum bending radii

15 D for single core cables
12 D for multicore cables
A.4.6 Bending radii during installation Minimum bending radii

A.4.8 Protection of cables Cables may be laid in ground if additional mechanical protection
is provided.
A.4.9 Installation in ducts/pipes Minimum inner diameter of ducts and pipes: 1,5 D
A.4.11 Lowest temperature of cable -5 °C

installation
A.4.12 Pulling force a) By pulling head
For copper conductors σ = 50 N / mm2
For aluminium conductors σ = 30 N / mm2
A.4.13 Cable fixing Maximum horizontal distance between cleats: 20 D with a

maximum of 80 cm
This distance is also valid between points of support in case of
laying on cable racks or inside cables trays.
Maximum vertical distance between cleats, for cable laying on
walls: 150 cm
D = outer cable diameter

Page 3-M-12
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section M
BLANK PAGE
Page 3-N-0
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section N
SECTION 3-N – UNARMOURED CABLES (TYPE 3N)
Replace pages 3-N-2, 3-N-5 and 3-N-9
by the following new pages 3-N-2, 3-N-5 and 3-N-9, and add new pages 3-N-15 and 3-N-16.
Page 3-N-2
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section N
CONTENTS
1 General ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3
2 Design requirements ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4
1 Phase conductors ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4

2 Insulation ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
3 Assembly of cores ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
4 Bedding --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
5 Neutral/earth concentric conductor --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
6 Oversheath ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7
7 Marking --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7
8 Sealing ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7
3 Test requirements ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8
1 Routine tests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8

2 Sample tests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9
3 Type tests -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------10
4 Appendices ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------10
1 Table 1 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------10
2 Marking --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------13
3 Guide to use--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------15
Page 3-N-5
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section N

HD Additional
2.3 Core identification HD 603-1 The cores shall be identified by colour.
Clause 4
3 Assembly of cores:
Types 3N-5 and 3N-6 HD 603-1 Cores of 3-core cables shall be laid-up with
Subclauses 5.3 and a right hand lay and a minimum lay length of
5.4 550 mm.
Fillers of suitable synthetic material may be

used where necessary.
4 Bedding:
Types 3N-5 and 3N-6 HD 603-1 PVC or synthetic tape bedding having an
Subclause 5.5 approximate total thickness of 0,5 mm shall
be applied over the laid-up cores of 3-core
cables.
5 Neutral/earth concentric HD 603-1

Conductor Subclause 5.7
5.1 Combined:
Types 3N-1, 3N-2, 3N-5 and

3N-6.
a) material Plain annealed copper wires.
b) application The wires shall be applied either with either

a right or left hand direction of lay or an
alternating right and left hand lay.
The gap between adjacent wires shall not
exceed 4 mm.
The d.c. resistance shall conform to the
values given in Appendix 1,
Table 1
c) construction Examples of the number and diameter of

wires and the minimum lay length are given
in Appendix 1, Table 1.
d) binders One or more overlapped synthetic binder

tapes may be applied immediately over the
concentric layer.
Page 3-N-9
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section N
2 Sample tests
1 Phase conductor material and Clause 1 HD 605

construction. Subclause 2.3.1.2
and by visual examination.
2 Concentric neutral/earth conductor Clause 5 Visual examination

material and construction.
3 Insulation:
- application Clause 2 Visual examination
- thickness Appendix 1, Table 1 HD 605

Subclause 2.1.1
- colour Subclause 2.3 HD605

Subclause 2.5.4
4 Oversheath:
- application Clause 6 Visual examination
- thickness Appendix 1, Table 1 HD 605

Subclause 2.1.2
5 Flame propagation on single cable EN 50265-2-1 EN 50265-2-1

Annex A
Page 3-N-15
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section N
4 Appendices
cable system), storage, transportation and installation of cables specified in this section of HD 603.
the table below:
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007 Requirement for this section of HD 603

Annex A
Subclause number
A.2.2 System categories Category A or B
A.3.2.1 Drum barrel diameter Minimum barrel diameter 25D

(where ‘D’ is the approximate overall tabulated diameter of the cable
A.3.3.6 Cable coils Minimum coil diameter 25D

(where ‘D’ is the approximate overall tabulated
diameter of the cable)
A.4.6 Bending radii during Minimum radius 8D

installation (Where ‘D’ is the approximate overall tabulated diameter of the
cable)
A.4.11 Lowest temperature of cable Minimum temperature 0 °C for 24 h prior to installation.

installation
2
2
Maximum 2 000 kgf.
A.4.13 Cable fixing No requirements specified but care should be taken regarding the
maximum horizontal and vertical distances between cleats to avoid
damage or danger under normal or fault conditions.
A.4.15 Test after installation A voltage test after installation is not a requirement of this standard,
but if a test is made then a d.c voltage shall be applied and gradually
increased to 3 500 V and maintained at this value for 15 min. No
breakdown should occur.
Page 3-N-16
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section N
BLANK PAGE
Page 3-O-0
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section O
SECTION O - CABLES WITHOUT (Type 3O-1) CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR
Replace Section 3-O
by the following new Section 3-O

Page 3-O-1
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section O
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
SECTION 3-O - CABLES WITHOUT (TYPE 3O-1) CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR

Page 3-O-2
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section O
CONTENTS
1 General ........................................................................................................................................ 3

1 Conductor ........................................................................................................................ 4
1.1 Material
1.2 Dimensions of solid conductors
1.3 Dimensions of stranded conductors
1.6 Conductor with reduced cross-sectional area
2 Insulation ......................................................................................................................... 4
2.1 Material
3 Assembly of cores............................................................................................................ 4
3.1 Assembly
3.2 Fillers
4 Inner covering .................................................................................................................. 5
4.1 Design
4.2 Thickness
5 Outer sheath .................................................................................................................... 5
5.1 Material
5.2 Colour
5.3 Thickness
6 Marking ............................................................................................................................ 5
7 Code designation ............................................................................................................. 5
1 Routine tests .................................................................................................................... 5
2 Sample tests .................................................................................................................... 6
3 Type tests, electrical ........................................................................................................ 6
4 Type tests, non-electrical ................................................................................................. 6
4 Appendix (Tables)....................................................................................................................... 8
5 Guide to use and selection of cables (informative)................................................................ 11

Page 3-O-3
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section O
REFERENCES
References are made in Section 3-O of HD 603, to other Parts of this HD and to other Harmonization
EN 50266 series Common test methods for cables under fire conditions - Test for vertical flame spread
of vertically-mounted bunched wires or cables
1 General
PVC-insulation and without concentric conductor for rated voltage (U) of 1 kV for fixed installations.
The insulation covered by this standard shall consist of polyvinyl chloride and corresponds to Table 1
of HD 603-1, type DIV13
(b) Rated voltage
0,6/1 kV
(ii) Cables covered by this standard are suitable to Category B according to IEC 60183. The duration
of an earth fault may not exceed 8 h. The total duration of earth faults in any year should not
exceed 125 h.
(ii) Short-circuit 160 °C 300 mm²

(5 s maximum duration) 140 °C > 300 mm²
Shall be suitable for the maximum rated conductor temperature. It shall consist of PVC and
correspond to Table 4A type DMV 14 of HD 603-1.
Page 3-O-4
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section O
CABLE COMPONENT REQUIREMENTS

No. HD ADDITIONAL
Subclause 5.1
Subclause 5.1.1
1.2 Dimensions of solid EN 60228 Table C1
conductors Class 1
Dimensions of shaped Appendix Table 1
conductors
1.3 Dimensions of stranded
conductors
a) compacted EN 60228, Table C2
b) non-compacted EN 60228, Table C1

Class 2
1.5 Permissible conductor Appendix Table 2
types
1.6 Conductor with reduced If any
cross-sectional area
a) number 1
b) cross-sectional area Appendix Table 3
c) arrangement insulated conductor
Subclause 5.2
2.1 Material HD 603-1 Table 1
DIV13
b) mean value not required
c) minimum value nominal value - (0,1 + 10% of nominal value)
2.3 Core identification Appendix Table 4
a) colour of cores of multi-
core cables
b) single core cables black or green/yellow
c) colour combination
green/yellow HD 603-1
Clause 4
3 Assembly of cores
Subclause 5.3
3.2 Fillers HD 603-1 Optional
Subclause 5.4
Page 3-O-5
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section O

No. HD ADDITIONAL
4 Inner covering HD 603-1 Optional
Subclause 5.5
4.1 Material Extruded bedding
4.2 Thickness Not specified
Subclause 5.8
Table 4A DMV 14
5.2 Colour Black or grey
5.3 Thickness
b) mean value Not required
b) minimum value Nominal value

6 Marking HD 603-1
Clause 3
7 Code designation Appendix, Table 6
3 Test requirements (See HD 605)

1. Routine tests
1 2 3 4
1 Conductor resistance
Sample:
a) Manufacturing length HD 605
b) Short cable samples from the Subclause 1.4 Subclause 3.1.1
manufacturing length and EN 60228
2 High voltage test
- Sample: Manufacturing length HD 605

Subclause 3.2.1
- Test voltage 3,5 kV AC
- Duration of test, 5 min for each core No breakdown

Page 3-O-6
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section O

2. Sample tests
1 2 3 4
1 Construction of conductor Clause 1 Test by inspection and
measurement
2 Insulation HD 605
Subclause 2.1.1
3 Outer sheath HD 605
Subclause 8.3 Subclause 2.1.2
- Thickness
4 Marking Clause 9 Test by inspection

1 2 3 4
Ω.cm Table 1 DIV13 Subclause 3.3.1
Subclause 3.2.1
- test voltage (AC) 1,8 kV no
- duration of test 4h breakdown

1 2 3 4
1.1 Mechanical characteristics HD 603-1
Table 1 DIV13
a) Without ageing IEC 60811-1-1
Subclause 9.1
b) After ageing in air oven IEC 60811-1-2
Subclause 8.1
1.2 Loss of mass test in air oven HD 603-1 IEC 60811-3-2
Temperature (80 ± 2) °C Table 1 DIV13 Subclause 8.1
1.3 Elongation test at low temperature (cores with a HD 603-1 IEC 60811-1-4
diameter of more than 12,5 mm) Table 1 DIV13 Subclause 8.3
Temperature (-15 ± 2) °C
2 Tests on cores
2.1 Pressure test at high temperature HD 603-1 IEC 60811-3-1
Table 1 DIV13 Subclause 8.1
Page 3-O-7
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section O

1 2 3 4
2.2 Heat shock test HD 603-1 IEC 60811-3-1
Table I DIV13 Subclause 9.1
2.3 Bending test at low temperature on cores with a No cracks IEC 60811-1-4
diameter up to 12,5 mm Subclause 8.1
Temperature -(15 ± 2) °C
3 Test on PVC-sheath
3.1 Mechanical properties HD 603-1, Table 4A
DMV 14
a) Without ageing IEC 60811-1-1
Subclause 9.2
b) After ageing in air oven IEC 60811-1-2
Subclause 8.1.
3.2 Pressure test at high temperature HD 603-1, Table 4A IEC 60811-3-1
3.3 Elongation test at low temperature for cables HD 603-1, Table 4A IEC 60811-1-4
with a diameter over 12,5 mm DMV 14 Subclause 8.4
3.4 Loss of mass test in air oven HD 603-1, Table 4A IEC 60811-3-2
Temperature (80 ± 2) °C DMV 14 Subclause 8.2
4.1 Ageing on complete cable HD 603-1, Table I IEC 60811-1-2
-Temperature (80 ± 2) °C DIV13 and Table 4A Subclause 8.1.4
DMV 14
4.2 Heat shock test HD 603-1, Table 4A IEC 60811-3-1
4.3 Bending test at low temperature on cables with a No cracks IEC 60811-1-4
4.4 Impact test at low temperature HD 603-1, Table 4A
Temperature (-15 ± 2) °C DMV 14 IEC 60811-1-4
Subclause 8.5
4.5 Test under fire conditions EN 50266 EN 50266
Page 3-O-8
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section O
4 Appendix (Tables)
Table 1 - Solid sector-shaped aluminium conductors (class 1); α = 89°, α = 119,5°
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Nominal d b r1 r2
cross-
sectional nominal tolerance nominal tolerance approx. approx.
area value value value value
mm² mm mm mm mm mm mm
α = 89°
95 10,2 ± 0,5 14,4 ± 0,6 13,2 1,3

120 11,4 ± 0,6 16,2 ± 0,6 14,8 1,5
150 12,7 ± 0,6 17,9 ± 0,6 16,1 1,6
185 14,2 ± 0,6 20,0 ± 0,7 17,9 1,8
240 16,3 ± 0,6 23,0 ± 0,7 20,5 2,1
α = 119,5°
95 9,0 ± 0,5 16,0 ± 0,6 11,1 1,1

120 10,1 ± 0,6 17,9 ± 0,6 12,5 1,2
150 11,2 ± 0,6 19,8 ± 0,6 13,6 1,4
185 12,5 ± 0,6 22,2 ± 0,6 15,1 1,5
240 14,4 ± 0,6 25,4 ± 0,6 17,3 1,7
r1 r2
d
α
r2
Page 3-O-9
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section O
Table 2 - Permissible conductor types (type 3-O-1)
1 2 3
Type of conductor Range of cross-sectional areas
Cu mm² Al mm²
Circular solid 2,5 to 10 -
Circular stranded 10 to 500 25 to 500
Circular stranded compacted 25 to 500 25 to 500
Shaped solid - 95 to 240
Table 3 - Allocation of conductor with a reduced cross-sectional area
1 2
of the phase conductors with a reduced cross-section area
mm² mm²
25 16
35 25
50 25
70 35
95 50
120 70
150 95
185 95
240 120 or 150
Table 4 - Core identification in multi-core cables by colours
1 2 3
Number with green/yellow without green/yellow
of cores marked core marked core
2 --- black, red
3 - black, red, white
4 green/yellow * blue *
black, red, white black, red, white
5 green/yellow, blue ---
black, red, white
* Where cables have a core with a reduced conductor cross-section, the core shall be marked
green/yellow in designs according to column 2 and blue in designs according to column 3.
Page 3-O-10
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section O
Table 5 - Thickness of sheath
Diameter under the sheath Nominal Diameter under the sheath Nominal
thickness of thickness of
sheath sheath
mm mm mm mm
From and Up to From and Up to
including including
3 3,75 0,7 24 27 2,1
3,75 4,5 0,75 27 30 2,3
4,5 5,25 0,8 30 33 2,5
5,25 6 0,85 33 36 2,7
6 6,75 0,9 36 39 2,9
6,75 7,5 0,95 39 42 3,1
7,5 9 1,0 42 45 3,3
9 10,5 1,1 45 48 3,5
10,5 12 1,2 48 51 3,7
12 13,5 1,3 51 54 3,9
13,5 15 1,4 54 57 4,1
15 16,5 1,5 57 60 4,3
16,5 18 1,6 60 63 4,5
18 19,5 1,7 63 66 4,7
19,5 21 1,8 66 69 4,9
21 22,5 1,9 69 72 5,1
22,5 24 2,0 72 75 5,3
etc. etc.
Table 6 - Code designation (provisional)
1 2
T PVC-insulation
T PVC-sheath
1st number x Number of conductors

2nd number Cross section
Al Aluminium conductor (optional)

Cu Copper conductor (optional)
re Circular solid conductor (optional)
rm Circular stranded conductor (optional)
se Shaped solid conductor (optional)
+ 3rd number Reduced cross section

Page 3-O-11
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section O
5 Guide to use and selection of cables (Informative)
cable system), storage, transportation and installation of cables specified in this Section 3-O of HD 603.
the table below:
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007 Requirement for Section 3-O of HD 603

Annex A
Subclause number
A.3.3.6 Cable coils Minimum coil diameter: 20 D
A.4.6 Bending radii during Single core cables: 12 D
installation Multicore cables: 10 D
A.4.11 Lowest temperature of cable Minimum temperature: -5 ºC
installation
A.4.12 Pulling force Single core cables:
for Cu conductors σ = 60 N/mm²
for Al conductors σ = 30 N/mm²
Multicore cables:
A.4.13 Cable fixing Maximum horizontal distance between cleats: 100 cm
Page 3-O-12
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 3 Section O
BLANK PAGE
Page 4-A-0
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section A
SECTION 4-A - CABLES WITHOUT CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR (SCREEN) (Type 4A)
Replace Section 4-A
by the following new Section 4-A.

Page 4-A-1
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section A
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
SECTION 4-A - CABLES WITHOUT CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR (SCREEN) (Type 4A)

Page 4-A-2
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section A
CONTENTS
1 General --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3
2 Design requirements---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
1 Conductor ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4
1.1 Material and design
1.2 Dimensions of circular conductor
1.3 Conductor resistance and minimum number of wires in the conductor
2 Insulation -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4
2.1 Material
3 Assembly of cores -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------5
3.1 Assembly
4 Inner covering-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------5
4.1 Design
4.2 Thickness
5 Armour --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------5
5.1 Design
5.2 Thickness/diameter
5.3 Electrical resistance of screen
6 Outer sheath ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------5
6.1 Material
6.2 Color
6.3 Thickness
6.4 Outer diameter
7 Marking -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------6
7.4 Durability
7.5 Legibility
8 Code designation ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------6
9 Resistance against flame propagation--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
3 Test requirements ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7
1 Routine tests ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------7
2 Sample tests ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------7
3 Type tests, electrical --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------8
4 Type tests, non-electrical --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------8
5 Tests after installation ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10
4 Appendix (Tables) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11
5 Current-carrying capacity------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13
6 Guide to use ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 19
Page 4-A-3
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section A
REFERENCES
References are made in Section 4-A of HD 603, to other Parts of this HD and to other Harmonization
HD 308 Marking for the identification of electrical cables cores

EN 60332-3-24 Test on electrical cables under fire conditions (IEC 60332-3-24)
EN 60811 series Common test methods for insulating and sheathing materials of electric
cables (IEC 60811 series)
HD 605 Electric cables: Additional test methods
IEC 60287 Calculation of the continuous current rating of cables (100 % load factor)
IEC 60502- Power cables with extruded insulation and their accessories for rated
voltages from 1 kV (Um = 1,2 kV) up to 30 kV (Um = 36 kV) – Part 1: Cables
for rated voltages of 1 kV (Um = 1,2 kV) and 3 kV (Um = 3,6 kV)
In all cases reference to another HD, EN or International Standard implies the latest edition of that
document.
1 General
This standard specifies the construction, dimensions and test requirement of armoured power cables
with PVC-insulation for rated voltage (U0/U) of 0,6/1 kV for fixed installations.
HD 603-1 compound DIV 2.
(b) Rated voltage
Uo/U: 0,6/1 kV
i) Definitions: see HD 603-1 Subclause 2.3
ii) Cables covered by this standard are suitable to CategorIES A, B and C according to IEC 60183.
i) Normal operation 70°C

ii) Short-circuit 160°C 300 mm²
140°C > 300 mm²
Shall be suitable to the highest rated conductor temperature. It shall consist of PVC and correspond to
Table 4A of HD 603-1, compound DMV 2.
(e) Armour
The armour consists of steel round wires for small areas and two steel tapes for larger areas. To
obtain the required electrical resistance of the armour, copper wires may be added underneath tapes.
Page 4-A-4
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section A
EN/HD Additional
1 Conductor EN 60228
Subclause 5.1
1.1 Material and design (maximum EN 60228

diameter) Subclause 5.1.1
- General
Plain copper

(maximum diameter)
a) circular solid copper EN 60228 Table C.1
1,5 up to 10 mm²
b) circular stranded copper EN 60228 Table C.2
compacted > 10mm²
1.3 Conductor resistance and minimum EN 60228

number of wires in the conductor
Subclause 5.2

Table 1 - DIV 2
2.2 Thickness HD 603
a) nominal value HD 603-1 Table 5: only for 1,5 – 2,5 and 50 to 400 mm²
HD 603-4A For 4 mm² to 35 mm² See Appendix, Table 1
c) minimum value nominal value - (0,1 + 10% of
nominal value)
colors either through the insulation or through
a colored skin. The green/yellow color
combination is achieved by the extrusion of
the base color in the bulk of the insulation,
covered by lines in the other color.
To distinguish the different cores of multi-
core cables, the used color code and the
order of succession of the colors are given in
HD 308. Blue is exclusively reserved for the
neutral conductor if it exists. When there is
no neutral conductor, the blue marked core
can be assigned for another use except for
the conductor of protection.
Clause 4 or PEN of equipotential connectors),” at the
HD 603-1.(*)
(*) PE: conductor provided for the purpose of safety.
PEN: Conductor combining the functions of both a PE conductor and a neutral conductor.
Page 4-A-5
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section A

EN/HD Additional
3 Assembly of cores
3.1 Assembly HD 603-1 Only 4 cores
Subclause 5.3
a) Central interstices Subclause 5.4
b) Outer interstices
Subclause 5.5
4.1 Design Consisting:
- either of an extruded sheath of plastic compound or
unvulcanised rubber or similar material.
Interstices between sheath and cores are completely filled with
easy separation of the sheath from conductors
- or of a lapped bedding
- the extruded inner covering may be protected by an optional tape
(textile or other material).
4.2 Thickness Appendix, Table 3
a) for cables with extruded
inner covering
b) for cables with lapped
bedding
5 Armour
5.1 Design The armour is composed either by means of round steel wires helically
applied, either by two steel tapes helically applied in the same
direction. When round steel wires are used an open counterhelix may
be added. If a counter helix is used the thickness will be 0.2 mm. In
order to use the armour as a screen (protective circuit), additional
copper wire(s) can be used.
The copper wire(s) are round (solid). The copper wire(s) are laid in
direct contact with the steel components. When tape armour is used,
the two tapes must have the same width and they are wrapped in the
same direction.
The tape armour shall be applied helically in 2 layers so that the outer
tape is approximately central over the gap of the inner tape. The gap
between adjacent turns of each tape shall not exceed 66 % of the width
of the tape.
5.2 Thickness - diameter
- minimum tape thickness 90 % of the value given in Appendix, Table 4
95 % of the value given in Appendix, Table 4
- minimum round steel wire
diameter
5.3 Electrical resistance of the screen Appendix, Table 4
Subclause 5.8
6.1 Material HD 603-1 Table 4A -
DMV 2
6.2 Color Black
Page 4-A-6
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section A

EN/HD Additional
6.3 Thickness HD 603-1
Subclause 5.8.5
b) minimum thickness specified value - (0,2 mm + 20 % of
the nominal value)
6.4 Outer diameter Appendix, Table 5
7 Marking HD 603-1
Clause 3
7.1 Cable identification Set of marks with the designations of
- code designation (type of the cables. See Appendix, Table 6
cable on the outer sheath - (indented or embossed on the sheath).
rated voltage – areas)
- lengths of the cables May be indicated by an inner metric

tape graduated in m and decim or by
particular marks on the sheath.
7.2 Indication of origin on the Manufacturer’s name or abbreviation
oversheath from which the manufacturer can be
identified (indented or embossed on
the sheath).
and the beginning of the next identical
mark 550 mm.
Subclause 3.3
Subclause 3.4
propagation
Page 4-A-7
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section A
3 Test requirements
Rounding of numbers according to IEC 60502-1.

1 Routine tests
1 2 3 4
1 Conductor resistance Subclause 1.3 EN 60228
- Sample:
b) short cable samples from
manufacturing length
- Conditioning:
for a : at room temperature
for b : in tempered water bath
2 High voltage test HD 605 - Subclause 3.2.1
- Test voltage 4 kV ac
- Duration of test: 5 min per No breakdown
core
- Temperature 20 ± 5°C
2 Sample tests
1 2 3 4
1 General
Samples: The tests must be
carried out before the delivery of
the cable. At least one sample
on every 25km batch (or
smaller) of the same cables
shall be taken.
2 Construction of conductor Subclauses 1.2 - 1.3 EN 60228
3 Insulation thickness Subclause 2.2 EN 60811-1-1 - Clause 8
4 Inner covering Clause 4 EN 60811-1-1 - Subclause 8.2
5 Sheath thickness Subclause 6.3 EN 60811-1-1 - Subclause 8.3
6 Outer diameter Subclause 6.4 EN 60811-1-1 - Subclause 8.3
Page 4-A-8
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section A

1 2 3 4
1 High voltage test No breakdown HD 605
Subclause 3.2.1
- Sample: length 15 m from the manufactured length
- Conditioning: tempered water bath between 15 and 25°C
24 h
- Duration of test: 4 h
2 Insulation resistance measurement at 70°C Minimum: HD 605
1x 10 Ω.cm
10
Subclause 3.3.1
- Sample: length 10,5 m of manufactured cable
- Conditioning: the sample is submerged in water of which
the temperature is between 68 to 72°C. The ends of the
sample emerge at least 0,25 m above the water level
- In case of dispute about the results of the measurements,
new measurements at (70 ± 1)°C
3 Special bending test HD 605
Test cylinder diameter D: Subclause 2.4.1
Cable nominal cross-section 1,5 to 70 mm² D = 15d followed by the
Cable nominal cross-section 95 to 400 mm² D = 20d high voltage test
given in HD 605
where d = external diameter of the cable Subclause 3.2
sample length: 5 m without
test voltage after bending: 4 kV, 50 Hz No breakdown immersion in
water
Duration of application to each core: 1 min
(with all other cores connected together and to the armour)

1 2 3 4
1.1 Measurement of thickness Subclause 2.2 HD 605
- Samples Subclause 2.1.1
Page 4-A-9
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section A

1 2 3 4
1.2 Mechanical characteristics EN 60811-1-1
Subclause 9.1 and
- Samples HD 605
- Mechanical characteristics without ageing Subclause 2.1 Subclause 1.4
- Mechanical characteristics after ageing in air Subclause 2.1 EN 60811-1-2
oven Subclause 8.1; the
test pieces shall not
occupy more than
0,5% of the volume
of the oven
1.3 Test for resistance of insulation to cracking Subclause 2.1 EN 60811-3-1
Subclause 9.1
1.4 Pressure test at high temperature Subclause 2.1 EN 60811-3-1
Subclause 8.1 and
HD 605
Subclause 2.2.4.
2.1 Measurement of thickness of inner covering Subclause 4.2 EN 60811-1-1
Subclause 8.2
3.1 Measurement of thickness of outer sheath Subclause 5.3 EN 60811-1-1
Subclause 8.2
3.2 Measurement of cable external diameter HD 603-4A- EN 60811-1-1
Table 5 Subclause 8.3
and graduated
measuring tape.
3.3 Mechanical characteristics HD 603-1 - Table 4A EN 60811-1-1

type DMV2 Subclause 9.2
Mechanical characteristics without ageing HD 603-1 - Table 4A + difference with
type DMV2 EN 60811-1-2
Mechanical characteristics after ageing in an oven HD 603-1 - Table 4A Subclause 8.1
type DMV2 2% for 0,5%
(volume of the test
pieces in relation
with the volume of
the oven)
3.4 Test for resistance of sheath to cracking HD 603-1 Table 4A EN 60811-3-1
3.5 Pressure test at high temperature HD 603-1 Table 4A EN 60811-3-1
type DMV2
Page 4-A-10
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section A

1 2 3 4
3.6 Impact test at low temperature for the sheath At least 8-test EN 60811-1-4
samples out of Subclause 8.5
Temperature (-15 ± 2)°C 10 will not show 2 samples of
any cracks when complete cable
examined with are taken on
normal vision 5 different places
at a distance of
1m from each
other.
Table 4A Subclause 8.5.
Temperature: (-15 ± 2)°C No cracks
4.3 After aging on complete cable EN 60811-1-2

Temperature 100 ° C Subclause 8.1.4
Duration T1 -
Duration T2 168 h
Minimum tensile strength
Maximum variation T2/T0 ± 25 %
Maximum variation T2/T1 -
Minimum elongation at break

1 2 3 4
1 DC voltage test no breakdown HD 605
Subclause 3.2
- test voltage 6 U0
- duration of test 15 min
between one core and the screen (armour) with the other
cores bonded to the screen
Page 4-A-11
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section A
4 Appendix (Tables)
Table 1 - Cable type 4A - Insulation thickness
Nominal cross-sectional Nominal Thickness of
area of conductor insulation
mm² mm
4 0,9
6 0,9
10 1,1
16 1,1
25 1,3
35 1,3
Table 2 - Permissible conductor types: for 4-core cable

1 2
Cu
mm²
Circular, solid 1,5 up to 10
Circular, stranded 16 to 50
Shaped, stranded 70 to 400
Table 3 - Thickness of extruded inner covering (4 core cable type 4A)

(1) (2)
Nominal cross-sectional Thickness Thickness
area of conductor of extruded of lapped
inner covering Belt (Bedding)
mm² mm mm
1,5 0,9 0,3
2,5 0,9 0,3
4 0,9 0,3
6 0,9 0,3
10 0,9 0,3
16 1,0 0,3
25 1,0 0,3
35 1,2 0,4
50 1,3 0,5
70 1,3 0,5
95 1,3 0,5
120 1,3 0,5
150 1,4 0,6
185 1,4 0,6
240 1,4 0,6
300 1,4 0,6
400 1,4 0,6
(1)
Thickness of extruded covering is indicative only.
(2)
The thickness of the lapped belt is a minimum thickness.
Page 4-A-12
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section A
Table 4 - Armouring - 4 core-cable EVAVB (type 4A)

1 2 3 4 5
ARMOUR
Nominal cross- Round wires Steel tapes Maximum
sectional area of resistance of the
the conductor armour
Steel round wires Max. diameter of Thickness of each at 20°C

diameter copper wires (*) steel tape
mm² mm mm mm Ω/km
1,5 1,2 - - 12,10
2,5 1,2 - - 7,41
4 1,2 - - 4,61
6 1,2 - - 3,08
10 1,2 - - 2,40
16 - 1,2 0,5 2,00
25 - 1,2 0,5 1,60
35 - 1,2 0,5 1,35
50 - 1,3 0,5 1,15
70 - 1,3 0,5 1,00
95 - 1,4 0,5 0,90
120 - 1,4 0,7 0,80
150 - 1,5 0,7 0,75
185 - 1,5 0,7 0,70
240 - 1,5 0,7 0,65
300 - 1,5 0,7 0,60
400 - 1,5 0,7 0,55
(*) Additional copper wires used to obtain the conductance of the armour (see column 5).
Table 5 - 4 core cable type 4A Nominal thickness of the outer sheath and outer diameter
Nominal cross- Nominal Outer diameter
sectional area thickness
of conductor of outer sheath min. max.
mm² mm mm mm
1,5 1,8 12,8 16,5
2,5 1,8 13,5 17,6
4 1,8 15,1 19,1
6 1,8 16,2 20,5
10 2,0 19,4 24,1
16 2,0 22,3 27,7
25 2,0 25,6 32,5
35 2,0 27,9 35,2
50 2,2 30,6 37,7
70 2,2 34,7 41,4
95 2,4 40,5 47,5
120 2,4 44,2 52,0
150 2,6 48,5 57,5
185 2,8 53,1 62,7
240 3,0 59,0 71,2
300 3,4 65,2 79,9
400 3,6 76,7 88,8
Page 4-A-13
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section A

2
1
E Energy
V PVC-insulation
A Armouring (Heavy duty)
V PVC sheath
B Cable conform to national
regulations
- F2 Fire retardant
General notes
The permissible maximum current ratings under continuous operation given hereafter relate to multicore
cables. They are calculated in accordance with IEC 60287.
Continuous operation is to be understood as indefinitely maintained constant current loading operation of the
cables. The resulting permanent heating is in fact the asymptotic heating corresponding to this operation.
The maximum permissible temperature in the cable conductors is 70°C.
Local changes in laying and operation conditions may be disregarded for lengths less than 6 m. In other
cases, the values given in the following tables are to be corrected with adequate factors.
Cables laid underground or in sand-filled trenches

Ground temperature: 20°C
Thermal resistivity of ground: 100 K x cm/W
Laying depth: 70 cm
Concrete or baked clay mechanical protection by means of slabs or tiles.
Special conditions
- derating factor relating to the ground temperature
- derating factor relating to the thermal resistivity of the ground
- derating facto relating to the proximity of the other cables
- derating factor relating to the laying depth
Cables laid in air

Ambient temperature: 30°C
Note: the cables should be protected against direct sunray action
Special conditions
- derating factor relating to the ambient air temperature
- derating factor relating to the proximity of other cables laid on perforated or plain supports
Page 4-A-14
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section A
Cables laid in trenches or on cable trunkings

Closed trenches without sand (40 x 40 cm) - metal covering plate or reinforced concrete covers at ground
level.
Semi open trenches (40 x 40 cm) - metal covering plate perforated on at least 1/3 of the total surface.
Open or covered cable trunking
Ambient air temperature: 30°C
Special conditions
- derating factor relating to the trough or tray effect
- derating factor relating to the proximity of other cables
Cables laid in bushes

Cylindrical bushes laid in the ground. The diameter of which should be at least 2,5 x the overall diameter of
the cables if not larger than 65 mm or 2 x the overall diameter of cables over 65 mm.
Laying depth: 120 cm
Thermal resistivity of the bush: 100 K x cm/W
Special conditions
- derating factor relating to the bush effect
Table 1 - Max. current ratings for a multicore cable laid and operating underground
Nominal cross- 1000 V 4 core Nominal area 1000 V 4 core

sectional area
of conductor
mm² A mm² (ctd) A
1,5 25 50 190
2,5 34 70 235
4 43 95 280
6 55 120 320
10 73 150 355
16 95 185 395
25 130 240 460
35 160 300 515
400 575
Page 4-A-15
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section A
Table 2 - Max. current ratings for a multicore cable laid and operating in the air
Nominal cross- 1000 V Nominal area 1000 V

sectional area 4 core 4 core
of conductor
mm² A mm² (ctd) A
1,5 20 50 160
2,5 26 70 200
4 34 95 240
6 43 120 280
10 58 150 315
16 78 185 365
25 110 240 425
35 130 300 500
400 575
Nominal cross-sectional area of conductor

Depth mm²
cm 50 mm² 70 to 300 mm² > 300 mm²
50 1,02 1,04 1,05

60 1,01 1,02 1,03
70 1,00 1,00 1,00
80 0,99 0,98 0,97
100 0,97 0,96 0,94
120 0,95 0,94 0,92
150 0,93 0,92 0,87
Number of multicore cables 2 3 4 5 6 8 10

7 cm
0,82 0,76 0,69 0,66 0,61 0,57 0,53

Page 4-A-16
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section A
Ambient 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
temperature (°C)
1,14 1,09 1,05 1,00 0,95 0,90 0,84 0,77 0,71
Ambient 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
temperature (°C)
1,22 1,17 1,12 1,06 1,00 0,93 0,87 0,79 0,71
Table 7- Derating factors relating to the thermal resistivity of the ground for multicore cables

of conductor
mm²
50 70 80 100 120 150 200 250 300
1,5 1,14 1,08 1,05 1 0,96 0,90 0,83 0,77 0,72

2,5 1,15 1,08 1,05 1 0,96 0,90 0,82 0,76 0,71
4 1,16 1,08 1,05 1 0,95 0,89 0,82 0,76 0,71
6 1,16 1,09 1,06 1 0,95 0,89 0,81 0,75 0,70
10 1,17 1,09 1,06 1 0,95 0,89 0,80 0,75 0,70

16 1,18 1,10 1,07 1 0,95 0,89 0,80 0,74 0,69
25 1,20 1,10 1,08 1 0,94 0,88 0,79 0,72 0,67
35 1,23 1,12 1,08 1 0,94 0,87 0,77 0,70 0,65
50 1,24 1,13 1,08 1 0,94 0,86 0,77 0,70 0,65

70 1,24 1,13 1,08 1 0,94 0,86 0,77 0,70 0,65
95 1,24 1,13 1,08 1 0,94 0,86 0,77 0,70 0,64
120 1,25 1,13 1,08 1 0,94 0,86 0,76 0,69 0,64
150 1,25 1,13 1,08 1 0,93 0,86 0,76 0,69 0,64

185 1,25 1,13 1,08 1 0,93 0,86 0,76 0,69 0,64
240 1,25 1,13 1,08 1 0,93 0,86 0,76 0,69 0,64
300 1,25 1,13 1,08 1 0,93 0,86 0,76 0,69 0,64
400 1,25 1,13 1,08 1 0,93 0,86 0,76 0,69 0,64

Page 4-A-17
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section A
Number of multicore 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10
cables
>d d d 1 0,98 0,96 0,95 0,94 0,93 0,92 0,91
0,95 0,84 0,80 0,78 0,76 0,75 0,74 0,72
>d d d 0,95 0,90 0,88 0,87 0,86 0,85 0,84 0,83
On plain support
0,95 0,84 0,80 0,78 0,76 0,75 0,74 0,72
Nominal area Derating factor

mm²
0,90
Workshop trench
(closed)
0,95
Workshop trench
(semi open)
0,90
0,98
Open cable trunking
50 0,81
Bushes (120 cm depth) 70 - 150 0,80
1 bush 185 - 400 0,79
Page 4-A-18
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section A
Table 10 - Derating factors relating to the proximity of other cables laid in cable trenches,
Number of cables Cables
2 3 4 5 6
2d
0,94 0,90 0,88 0,86 0,85
Workshop trench
(closed)
2d 0,95 0,91 0,89 0,87 0,86

Workshop trench
(semi open)
2d
0,94 0,90 0,88 0,86 0,85
Closed cable
trunking
2d 0,97 0,93 0,91 0,89 0,88

Open cable trunking
25 cm
0,91 0,85 0,81 0,78 0,76
Bushes (120 cm
depth)
This derating factor has to be multiplied by the derating factor of Table 9.

Page 4-A-19
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section A
6 Guide to use
1 2 3
1 Permissible applications Cables specified according to this HD may be laid
- in soil
- in concrete
2 Highest permissible voltage - dc systems 1,2 kV
- ac systems
3 Precautions against electric shock Cables without metallic covering are suitable for
Class 2 equipment.
4 Power frequency range These cables are intended to be used in the
power frequency range of 49 Hz to 61 Hz.
1 2 3
1 Delivery
D > 5 cm
1.2. Core diameter of delivery drums 20 D
1.3. Cable sealing caps The cable caps have to be sealed during
transport, storage and laying.
Page 4-A-20
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section A
2 Recommendations for storage and transport (concluded)
1 2 3
2 Transport
2.2. Drum axis position Cable drums with flange diameter exceeding 1 m
have to be transported with drum axis horizontal.
2.5. Cable coils Short cable lengths may be conditioned and
transported and stored horizontally.
The bending radii shall not fall short of the values
given in 1.2 of this guide to use.
1 2 3
1 General remarks
1.1. Selection of cables The cable route, the laying method and the
operating conditions shall be taken into account.
1.2. Laying and operating Cables shall be laid and operated in such way that
their properties are not endangered.
- cables protected against radiation of
sunlight
d) The method of laying and the back filling

material have to be selected in respect of the
outer cable sheath
e) Protection against outer influences e.g.

chemical solvents.
1.3. Protection of cables Armoured cables laid in ground are sufficiently
protected if a laying depth of at least 0,7 m is
applied. In case of lower laying depths the cables
shall be protected by other agreed means.
Page 4-A-21
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section A
3 Recommendations for cable laying (continued)
1 2 3
1.4. Dimensions of ducts Inner diameter of ducts and pipes 1,5 times
cable diameter.
Several cables within one pipe are not
recommended. If used the pipe has to be so wide
that the cables do not block themselves.
When using steel pipes single-core cables
belonging to a three-phase system have to pass
through the same pipe.
To protect the pipes against shock it is
recommended to use sand bedding.
1.5. Fire protection The cables shall be installed in such a way that
the spread of fire and its consequences are
limited.
preventive fire protection shall be taken into
account.
2 Lowest temperature for cable laying The lowest allowed temperature of the cables
during installation and mounting of accessories is
+ 5°C for PVC sheathed cables.
This temperature is valid for the cable itself and
not for the surroundings.
In the case cables have a lower temperature than
permitted, they must be warmed up for at least
24 h. Care must been taken that the temperature
remains within the permitted range.
3 Pulling force
3.1. Pulling head attached to the conductors Maximum pulling force P = S δ , where S in mm²
is the cross-section area of conductor, δ is the
permissible tensile stress (δ = 50 N/mm² for
cables with copper conductors).
The maximum pulling force (P) is calculated from
the total of the nominal cross-sectional area.
The armouring shall not be considered in this
calculation.
3.2. Types of laying Cables may also be buried by means of a special
plow or they may be pulled into earth tubings laid
by a flushing-out method.
3.3. Preparation of cable route It is assumed that the cable trench is well
prepared for the laying procedure with well-
established curves and a sufficient number of
cable rollers.
Special attention shall be paid to the required
minimum bending radii (see Clause 4).
The pulling force shall be permanently supervised
during the pulling procedure.
Page 4-A-22
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section A
1 2 3
4 Bending radii
5 Cable fixing Single-core cables may be laid alone or
systemwise (grouping of three-phases R/S/T
together) in bundles. A system of bundled cables
may be treated as a multi-core cable.
In the case of separate laying of single-core
cables, cleats made of plastics or cleats
consisting of non-magnetic metals have to be
used. Steel cleats may be used if the magnetic
circuit is not closed around a single-core cable
alone.
Cables and bundles of cables are to be tightened
in such a way that damages in form of indentation
marks by pressure caused by heat expansion are
avoided.
5.1. Longitudinal distance between cleats 20 times the cable diameter or cable system
diameter in case of three single-core cables.
This distance is also valid between points of
support in case of laying on cable racks or inside
cable trays.
In any case a distance of 80 cm should not be
exceeded.
5.2 Vertical distance between cleats For vertical cable laying on walls a higher distance
between the cleats is permitted. However, a
distance of 1,5 m should not be exceeded.
Page 4-B-0
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section B
SECTION 4-B - CABLES WITH BRAIDED (TYPE 4B-1) OR HELICALLY APPLIED (TYPE 4B-2) ARMOUR
Replace pages
4-B-7, 4-B-8, 4-B-9, 4-B-10, 4-B-14, 4-B-17, 4-B-18, 4-B-19 and 4-B-20
4-B-7, 4-B-8, 4-B-9, 4-B-10, 4-B-14, 4-B-17 and 4-B-18.

Page 4-B-7
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section B

HD Additional
7.2 Thickness
a) specified value Appendix, Tables 1 and 2
b) mean value specified value
c) minimum value specified value - (0,3 mm + 15 % of
specified value)
7.3 Colour Grey
8 Marking HD 603-1 Marking shall be applied by embossing or
Clause 3 printing.
oversheath
8.2 Year of manufacture To be indicated on the oversheath
8.3 Code designation To be indicated on the oversheath
marks and the beginning of the next 0,5 m
Subclause 3.3
Subclause 3.4
8.7 Meter marking - Either by a tape in the cable
- Or by embossing or printing on the
oversheath
9 Code designation Examples *
9.1 For cable with steel wire braid a) cables without auxiliary cores
armour/PE-conductor VO-VMvKas 0,6/1 kV 4x6rm NEN 3616
(type 4B-1) b) cables with auxiliary cores
VO-VMvKhas 0,6/1 kV 4x6rm +
4x1,5 NEN 3616
9.2 For cable with helically applied c) cables without auxiliary cores
armour and PE-conductor VG-VMvKas 0,6/1 kV 4x10rm
(type 4B-2) NEN 3616
d) for cables with auxiliary cores
VG-VMvKhas 0,6/1 kV 4x50Alrm +
4x2,5 NEN 3616
* rm = circular solid
Alrm = circular solid aluminium
Page 4-B-8
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section B
3 Test requirements
1 Routine tests
1 2 3 4
1 Electrical resistance
1.1 Conductor resistance Ref. no. 1.5 HD 605, Subclause 3.1.1
1.2 Resistance of steel wire braid Ref. no. 6.1 and HD 605, Subclause 3.1.3.1
armour and protective earth Table I
conductor (type 4B-1)
1.3 Resistance of helically applied Ref. no. 6.2 and HD 605, Subclause 3.1.3.2
armour and protective earth Table 2
- Test voltage 4 kV a.c.
a) red and blue → yellow, yellow/blue
- Duration of test, 5 min per core and earth
- Test result No breakdown
b) yellow and yellow/blue → red, blue
and earth
c) two adjacent cores → remaining
cores and earth
a) red and blue → yellow, yellow/blue,
b) yellow and yellow/blue → red, blue,
cores → remaining cores and earth
3 Constructional characteristics Section 2 and
HD 603-1, Clause 5
3.3 Marking HD 603-1, Clause 3
and ref. no. 8
Page 4-B-9
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section B

2 Sample tests
Repetition of sample tests in case of noncompliance: see ref. no. 7.2
1 2 3 4
1.1 - Condition of surface " Ref. no. 1.2.1 a and c Visual inspection
2 Insulation
Tests applicable to main and
auxiliary cores
2.1 - Thickness " Ref. no. 2.2 EN 60811-1-1, Subclause 8.1 and
2.2 - Tensile properties before HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-1
ageing "" Table 1 - DIV 8 Subclause 9.1
Tests 2.3 – 2.7 applicable to
main cores only
2.3 - Application to conductor " HD 603-1 Inspection and manual test
Subclause 5.2.2
2.4 - Pressure test at 80 °C "" HD 603-1 EN 60811-3-1
2.5 - Cold bending test at -15 °C HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-4
(for diameter 12,5 mm) "" Table 1 - DIV 8 Subclause 8.1
2.6 - Cold elongation test at -15 °C HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-4
(for diameter > 12,5 mm) "" Table 1 - DIV 8 Subclause 8.3
2.7 - Heat shock test "" HD 603-1 EN 60811-3-1
3 Innersheath
3.2 - Tensile properties before HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-1
ageing "" Table 3 - DMV 14 Subclause 9.2
4 Steel wire braid armour/PE-
4.1 Constructional characteristics " Ref. no. 6.1 Visual inspection and measurement
4.2 Coverage density of braid " Ref. no. 6.1 HD 605, Subclause 2.1.7
Page 4-B-10
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section B

1 2 3 4
5 Helically applied armour and
PE-conductor (type 4B-2)
5.1 Constructional characteristics " Ref. no. 6.2 Visual inspection and measurement
6 Oversheath
6.1 - Thickness " Ref. no. 7.2 EN 60811-1-1, Subclause 8.2
6.2 - Tensile properties before HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-1, Subclause 9.2
ageing "" Table 4A - DMV 14
6.3 - Pressure test at 80 °C "" " EN 60811-3-1, Subclause 8.2
6.4 - Cold elongation test at -15 °C “ EN 60811-1-4, Subclause 8.4
""
6.5 - Cold impact test at -15 °C "" “ EN 60811-1-4, Subclause 8.5
6.6 Heat shock test at 150 °C "" “ EN 60811-3-1, Subclause 9.2
Page 4-B-14
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section B

4 Type tests (non-electrical, concluded)
1 2 3 4
5 Tests on innersheath
5.1 Thickness Ref. no. 5.2 EN 60811-1-1, Subclause 8.2 and
5.2 Mechanical properties
- before ageing HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-1, Subclause 9.2
Table 4A - DMV 14
- after ageing “ EN 60811-1-2, Subclause 8.1 and
EN 60811-1-1, Subclause 9.2
5.3 Mechanical properties after " EN 60811-1-2, Subclause 8.1.4 and
ageing of complete cable EN 60811-1-2 2, Subclause 9.2
6 Steel wire braid armour /
6.1 Constructional characteristics Ref. no. 6.1 Visual inspection and measurement
6.2 Coverage density of braid Ref. no. 6.1 HD 605, Subclause 2.1.7
7 Helically applied armour and
8 Tests on oversheath
8.1 Thickness Ref. no. 7.2 EN 60811-1-1 Subclause 8.2 and
- before ageing HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-1, Subclause 9.2
Table 4A - DMV 14
- after ageing EN 60811-1-2, Subclause 8.1 and
8.3 Mechanical properties after HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-2- Subclause 8.1.4 and
ageing of complete cable Table 4A - DMV 14 EN 60811-1-1, Subclause 9.2
8.4 Loss of mass " EN 60811-3-2, Subclause 8.2
8.5 Pressure test at 80 °C “ EN 60811-3-1 Subclause 8.2
8.6 Cold elongation test at -15 °C “ EN 60811-1-4 Subclause 8.4
8.7 Spare
Table 4A - DMV 14
9.1 Bending at 0 °C, followed by No breakdown and no HD 605, Subclause 2.4.1 1, but at
voltage test of 7,5 kV for 10 min visible damage (0 ± 2) °C, 3 complete turns and
cylinder diameter 12 x cable diameter
9.2 Cold impact test at -15 °C HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-4, Subclause 8.5
Table 4A - DMV 14
* According to Section 2 ‘Design requirements" unless stated otherwise.
Page 4-B-17
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section B
4 Appendix (tables) (concluded)
Table 3 - Insulation resistances of PVC insulated cores in water

Nominal cross sectional area Minimum insulation resistance
mm² M Ω.km
20 °C 70 °C
1,5 auxiliary core 5,1 0,005 1
2,5 auxiliary core 4,1 0,004 1
6 auxiliary core 2,7 0,002 7
6 main core 8,0 0,008 0
10 main core 7,1 0,007 1
16 main core 5,8 0,005 8
25 main core 5,6 0,005 6
50 main core 4,8 0,004 8
The minimum insulation resistances are based on a volume resistivity of:

13
10 Ω.cm at 20 °C,
10
10 Ω.cm at 70 °C.
Page 4-B-18
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section B
Subject Subclause of Annex A of Recommendations

Part 1
1 General A.2.1 –
7 Drum barrel diameter A.3.2.2 Minimum 14 D for braided cables
Minimum 16 D for cables with
helically applied armour/PE
conductor **)
One single bending
minimum 8 D **)
11 Pulling force or pulling loads A.4.12 a) σ = 50 N/mm² for copper and
σ = 30 N/mm² for aluminium
conductors
c) P ≤ 1 000 N
(maximum 80 cm)

– Subclauses of Annex A of Part 1 is applicable. No specification or recommendation is given in this
particular section.
Page 4-C-0
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section C
SECTION 4-C - TAPE ARMOURED CABLES (TYPE 4C)
Replace Section 4-C
by the following new Section 4-C

Page 4-C-1
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section C
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
PART 4: PVC INSULATED CABLES - ARMOURED
SECTION 4-C - TAPE ARMOURED CABLES (TYPE 4C)

Page 4-C-2
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section C
CONTENTS
1 General ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3
2 Design requirements ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4

1 Conductor ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
2 Insulation ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
2.1 Material
2.2 Thickness
3 Assembly of cores, fillers -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
3.1 Assembly
4 Inner covering ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
4.1 Thickness
5 Inner covering ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
5.1 Thickness
6 Metallic armour --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
6.1 Material
6.2 Application
6.3 Dimensions
7 Oversheath--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
7.1 Material
7.2 Colour
7.3 Thickness
8 Outer diameter ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
9 Marking-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
10 Code designation------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
3 Test requirements --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6

1 Routine tests------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
2 Sample tests------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
3 Type tests, electrical -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
4 Type tests, non-electrical -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7
4.2 Tests on cores
4.3 Tests on sheath
5 Tests after installation------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8
4 Appendices
Appendix 1 Tables------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9
Appendix 2 Guide to use --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------14
Page 4-C-3
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section C
REFERENCES
References are made in Section 4-C of HD 603, to other Parts of this HD and to other Harmonization

EN 60332-1-2 Tests on electric and optical fibre cables under fire conditions
1 General
This standard specifies the construction, dimensions and test requirements of tape armoured power
cables with PVC-insulation and PVC sheath for rated voltage (U) of 1 kV for fixed installations.
The insulation covered by this standard shall consist of polyvinyl chloride and correspond to PVC in
accordance with HD 603-1, Table 1, type DIV 10.
(b) Rated voltage
0,6/1(1,2) kV
(c) Highest rated temperature for insulating compound
Page 4-C-4
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section C

HD Additional
1 Conductor
Subclause 5.1
Subclause 5.2
Table 1 - DIV 10
2.2 Thickness
c) minimum value nominal value – (0,1 +10 % of
nominal value)
Subclause 5.3
Central or outer Subclause 5.4 to give the cables an approximately
4 Inner covering (optional) HD 603-1 IEC 60502-1
4.1 Thickness Not specified.
5 Inner sheath HD 603-1
Subclause 5.6
5.1 Thickness
a) nominal value Table 2.1 (based on IEC 60502-1
Subclause 12.3.3)
b) minimum value nominal value – (0,2 +20 % of
nominal value)
6 Metallic armour HD 603-1 2 metallic tapes
Subclause 5.7
6.1 Material IEC 60502-1 Subclause 12.2
For multicores cables: steel
For single core cables (AC systems):
aluminium
Page 4-C-5
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section C

HD Additional
6.2 Application Over the inner sheath.
2 tapes helically applied in 2 layers,
so that the outer tape is
approximately central over the gap of
the inner tape. The gap between
adjacent turns of each tape shall not
exceed 50 % of the width of the tape.
6.3 Dimensions Table 2.2 (based on IEC 60502 -1
Table 10, Subclause 12.5)
Subclause 5.8
Table 4A - DMV 17
7.3 Thickness
a) nominal value Table .3 (based on IEC 60502
Subclause 13.3)
nominal value)
(maximum values)
oversheath
9.3 Cable composition Number and conductor’s cross-
section . Exemple on Appendix 1
9.6 Continuity of marks Distance between the end of one set
of marks and the beginning of the
next 0,5 m
Page 4-C-6
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section C
3 Test requirements
1. Routine tests
1 2 3 4
or 8,4 kV DC
- Duration of test, 5 min per core No breakdown
2. Sample tests
1 2 3 4
1 Construction of conductor HD 603-1, EN 60228 Visual inspection
2 Insulation thickness HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-1, Subclause 8.1
- mean and minimum thickness
3 Inner sheath HD 603-4C Subclause 5.1.b EN 60811-1-1, Subclause 8.2
(minimum thickness)
4 Armouring HD 603-4C Table 2 HD 605, Subclause 2.1.4
Thickness and application HD 603-4C Subclause 6.2
5 Sheath HD 603-4C Subclause 7.3 b EN 60811-1-1, Subclause 8.2
- minimum thickness

Checking of durability HD 605- Subclause 2.5.4

1 2 3 4
1 Volume resistivity of insulation HD 603-1 HD 605
at 70 °C MΩ.cm Table 1 DIV 10 Subclause 3.3.1

- Test voltage (AC) 2,4 kV No breakdown Subclause 3.2.1
Page 4-C-7
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section C

1 2 3 4
1 Test on insulation
Table 1 DIV 10 Subclause 9.1
1.2 Elongation at low temperature (core with a diameter of HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-4
more than 12,5 mm) Table 1 DIV 10 Subclause 8.3
- Temperature (- 15 ± 2) ºC
2 Test on cores
Table 1 DIV 10 Subclause 8.1
2.2 Heat shock test at (150 ± 3) ºC HD 603-1 EN 60811-3-1
- Duration 1h Table 1 DIV 10 Subclause 9.1
2.3 Bending test at low temperature on cores with a diameter No cracks EN 60811-1-4
up to 12,5 mm Subclause 8.1
- Temperature (- 15± 2) ºC
2.4 Water absorption - electrical test procedure No breakdown EN 60811-1-3
Temperature of water bath (70 ± 2) ºC Subclause 9.1
Duration of test with DC voltage 10 x 24 h
3 Tests on sheath
3.1 Mechanical properties before and after ageing HD 603-1 Table 4A EN 60811-1-1
3.3 Elongation test at low temperature HD 603-1 Table 4A EN 60811-1-4
(for cables with a diameter of more than 12,5 mm) DMV 17 Subclause 8.4
- Temperature (- 15 ± 2) ºC
3.4 Heat shock test at (150 ± 3) ºC HD 603-1 Table 4A EN 60811-3-1
- Duration 1h DMV 17 Subclause 9.2

Subclause 8.5
4.2 Ageing on complete cable Variation in tensile EN 60811-1-2
- Duration 7 x 24 h strength Subclause 8.1.4
- Temperature (80 ± 2) ºC 25 %
Flame retardance
Page 4-C-8
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section C

1 2 3 4
- Duration 15 min
Page 4-C-9
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section C
4 Appendices
Appendix 1 - Tables

(mm²) Aluminium Copper Aluminium Copper
1,5 n.a. C n.a. (C)

2,5 n.a. C n.a. (C)
4 n.a. C n.a. (C)
6 n.a. C n.a. (C)
10 n.a. n.a. n.a. C
16 C n.a. C C
25 S or (C) n.a C C
300 S n.a. C or (S) C or (S)
400 S n.a. C (S) C (S)
500 S n.a. C (S) C (S)
630 S n.a. C (S) C (S)
800 S n.a. C (S) C (S)
S – Sector shape
Page 4-C-10
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section C
Appendix 1 - Tables (continued)
Table 2.1 - Cable Dimensions - nominal thickness of inner sheath
Number of conductors
Conductor
Cross-section
(mm²) 1 2 3 3+1* 4 5**
1,5 1,2 1,2 1,2 - 1,2 1,2

2,5 1,2 1,2 1,2 - 1,2 1,2
4 1,2 1,2 1,2 - 1,2 1,2
6 1,2 1,2 1,2 - 1,2 1,2
10 1,2 1,2 1,2 - 1,2 1,2
16 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2
25 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2
35 1,2 - 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2
50 1,2 - 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2
70 1,2 - 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2
95 1,2 - 1,2 1,2 1,3 1,3
120 1,2 - 1,3 1,3 1,4 1,4
150 1,2 - - 1,4 1,4 1,4
185 1,2 - - 1,5 1,5 1,5
240 1,2 - - 1,6 1,7 -
300 1,2 - - 1,7 - -
5** - For cross-sections higher than 10 mm² 2 of the 5 conductors are of reduced cross-section.
Page 4-C-11
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section C
Table 2.2 - Cable Dimensions - nominal thickness of armour tape
Conductor
Cross-section
(mm²) 1 2 3 3+1* 4 5**
1,5 0,5 0,2 0,2 - 0,2 0,2

2,5 0,5 0,2 0,2 - 0,2 0,2
4 0,5 0,2 0,2 - 0,2 0,2
6 0,5 0,2 0,2 - 0,2 0,2
10 0,5 0,2 0,2 - 0,2 0,2
16 0,5 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2
25 0,5 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2
35 0,5 - 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2
50 0,5 - 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2
70 0,5 - 0,2 0,2 0,5 0,5
95 0,5 - 0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5
120 0,5 - 0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5
150 0,5 - - 0,5 0,5 0,5
185 0,5 - - 0,5 0,5 0,5
240 0,5 - - 0,5 0,5 0,5
300 0,5 - - 0,5 - -
Page 4-C-12
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section C
Table 2.3 - Cable dimensions - Nominal thickness of oversheath
Conductor
Cross-section
(mm²) 1 2 3 3+1* 4 5**
1,5 1,8 1,8 1,8 - 1,8 1,8

2,5 1,8 1,8 1,8 - 1,8 1,8
4 1,8 1,8 1,8 - 1,8 1,8
6 1,8 1,8 1,8 - 1,8 1,8
10 1,8 1,8 1,8 - 1,8 1,8
16 1,8 1,8 1,8 1,8 1,8 1,8
25 1,8 1,8 1,8 1,8 1,8 1,8
35 1,8 - 1,8 1,8 1,9 1,9
50 1,8 - 1,9 2,0 2,0 2,0
70 1,8 - 2,0 2,1 2,2 2,2
95 1,8 - 2,2 2,3 2,4 2,4
120 1,8 - 2,3 2,4 2,5 2,5
150 1,8 - - 2,5 2,6 2,6
185 1,8 - - 2,7 2,8 2,8
240 1,9 - - 2,9 3,0 3,0
300 2,0 - - 3,1 - -
Page 4-C-13
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section C
Appendix 1 - Tables (concluded)
Table 3 - Code designations
Material Symbol
Conductors
Copper No symbol
Solid aluminium LS
PVC-insulation V
Steel tape armouring A
Aluminium tape armouring 1A
PVC sheath V
EXAMPLES
VAV 4 x 6
VAV 4 G 10 (with earthing conductor)
LSVAV 4 x 95
LVAV 3 x 150 + 1G70 (with earthing conductor)
V1AV 1x240
Page 4-C-14
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section C
Appendix - 2 -Guide to use (Informative)
cable system), storage, transportation and installation of cables specified in this Section 4-C of HD 603.
the table below:
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Annex A Requirement for Section 4-C of HD 603
Subclause number

25 D for cables with solid aluminium conductors
20 D for other cables
A.3.3.6 Cable coils Minimum bending raddi: 12 D
A.4.6 Bending radii during installation Minimum bending radii: 12 D
A.4.8 Protection of cables Cables laid in ground are considered as being sufficiently
mechanically protected.
A laying depth of at least 0,6 m, and 0,8 m below road-surface,
is recommended.

installation
For copper conductors σ = 50 N / mm²
For aluminium conductors σ = 30 N / mm²

maximum of 80 cm
walls: 150 cm

Page 4-D-0
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section D
SECTION 4-D - ARMOURED CABLES WITHOUT (TYPE 4D-1) CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR
Replace Section 4-D
by the following new Section 4-D

Page 4-D-1
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section D
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
SECTION 4-D - ARMOURED CABLES WITHOUT (TYPE 4D-1) CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR

Page 4-D-2
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section D
CONTENTS
1 General ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3
1 Conductor ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4
1.1 Material
2 Insulation ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
2.1 Material
3.1 Assembly
3.2 Fillers
4 Inner covering------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
4.1 Design
4.2 Thickness
5 Extruded inner sheath -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
5.1 Material
5.2 Colour
5.3 Thickness
6 Armour ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
6.1 Design
6.2 Thickness
7 Outer sheath -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
7.1 Material
7.2 Colour
7.3 Thickness
8 Marking --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
9 Code designation -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5

1 Routine tests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
2 Sample tests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
3 Type tests, electrical ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
4 Type tests, non-electrical ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7
4 Appendix (Tables) --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9
5 Guide to use and selection of cables (informative) ----------------------------------------------------------------12

Page 4-D-3
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section D
REFERENCES
References are made in Section 4-D of HD 603, to other Parts of this HD and to other Harmonization
EN 50266 series Common test methods for cables under fire conditions - Test for vertical flame spread
of vertically-mounted bunched wires or cables
1 General
This standard specifies the construction, dimensions and test requirements of steel tape armoured
power cables with PVC-insulation and without concentric conductor for rated voltage (U) of 1 kV for
fixed installations.
The insulation covered by this standard shall consist of polyvinyl chloride and corresponds to Table 1
of HD 603-1 type DIV13
(b) Rated voltage
0,6/1 kV
exceed 125 h.
(ii) Short-circuit on phase conductor 160 °C 300 mm²
(5 s. maximum duration) 140 °C > 300 mm²
(d) Sheathing material of extruded inner sheath
(e) Armour
The armour consist either of two steel or copper tapes or of one layer of steel or aluminium alloy flat
wires
(f) Sheathing material of outer sheath
Page 4-D-4
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section D

No. HD ADDITIONAL
Subclause 5.1
Subclause 5.1.1
1.2 Dimensions of solid EN 60228, Table C1
conductors Class 1
conductors
conductors

Class 2
types
a) number 1
c) arrangement insulated conductor
Subclause 5.2
2.1 Material HD 603-1 Table 1
DIV13
c) minimum value Nominal value - (0,1 + 10 % of nominal value)
core cables
b) single core cables Black or green/yellow

HD 603-1
c) colour combination Clause 4.
green/yellow
3 Assembly of cores
Subclause 5.3
3.2 Fillers HD 603-1 Optional
Subclause 5.4
Page 4-D-5
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section D

No. HD ADDITIONAL
4 Inner covering HD 603-1 optional
Subclause 5.5
5 Extruded inner sheath HD 603-1
Subclause 5.6
Table 4A DMV 14
5.2 Colour Black or grey
5.3 Thickness
a) nominal value Not less than the insulation thickness
c) minimum value Nominal value - (0,1 mm + 15 % of nominal
value)
6 Armour
6.1 Design The armour can be composed of either
- two lead coated steel tapes, helically and unidirectionally applied
- two galvanised steel tapes, helically and unidirectionally applied
- two copper tapes, helically and unidirectionally applied
- or of one layer of galvanised steel or aluminium alloy flat wires
6.2 Thickness
- copper tapes 0,10 mm
- steel tapes 0,15 mm
- steel or aluminium alloy 1,2 mm
flat wires
7 Outer sheath HD 603-1 Only if required
Subclause 5.8
Table 4A DMV 14
7.2 Colour Black
7.3 Thickness
a) nominal value a) Appendix, Table 5
b) mean value b) not required
c) minimum value c) Nominal value - (0,1 mm + 15 % of nominal
value)
8 Marking HD 603-1
a) without outersheath Clause 3 a) Armour shall be marked with a single blue
coloured flat wire
b) with outersheath b) Outer sheath shall be marked with two blue
stripes, parallel to the cable axis, 180° apart
from one another
Page 4-D-6
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section D
1. Routine tests
1 2 3 4
- sample:
2 High voltage test

Subclause 3.2.1
2. Sample tests
1 2 3 4
measurement
2 Insulation HD 605
Subclause 2.1.1
3 Extruded inner sheath HD 605
- Thickness
4 Outer sheath (if any) HD 605
- Thickness
5 Marking Clause 8 Test by inspection and
measurement
*
1 2 3 4
Ω.cm Subclause 6.1 2 Subclause 3.3.1
and Table I DIV13
Subclause 3.2.1.
- test voltage (AC) 1,8 kV No
Page 4-D-7
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section D

1 2 3 4
Table 1 DIV13
a) Without ageing EN 60811-1-1
Subclause 9.1
b) After ageing in air oven EN 60811-1-2
Subclause 8.1
1.2 Loss of mass test in air oven HD 603-1 EN 60811-3-2
Temperature (80 ± 2) °C Table 1 DIV13 Subclause 8.1
1.3 Elongation test at low temperature (cores with a HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-4
diameter of more than 12,5 mm) Table 1 DIV13 Subclause 8.3
2 Tests on cores
2.3 Bending test at low temperature on cores with a No cracks EN 60811-1-4
3 Tests on PVC-sheath (extruded inner sheath and
outersheath (if any))
3.1 Mechanical properties EN 60811-1-1
a) Without ageing HD 603-1, Table 4A Subclause 9.2
DMV 14
Subclause 8.1.
3.2 Pressure test at high temperature EN 60811-3-1
HD 603-1, Table 4A Subclause 8.2
DMV 14
3.3 Elongation test at low temperature for cables with EN 60811-1-4
a diameter over 12,5 mm HD 603-1, Table 4A Subclause 8.4
- Temperature -(15 ± 2) °C DMV 14
3.4 Loss of mass test in air oven EN 60811-3-2
- Temperature (80 ± 2) °C HD 603-1, Table 4A Subclause 8.2
DMV 14
4.1 Ageing on complete cable HD 603-1, Table I EN 60811-1-2
- Temperature (80 ± 2) °C DIV13 and Subclause 8.1.4
Table 4A DMV 14
Page 4-D-8
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section D
4. Type tests (non-electrical characteristics) (concluded)

1 2 3 4
4.2 Heat shock test HD 603-1, Table 4A EN 60811-3-1
4.3 Bending test at low temperature on cables with No cracks EN 60811-1-4
a diameter up to 12,5 mm Subclause 8.2
4.4 Impact test at low temperature HD 603-1, Table 4A
Temperature -(15 ± 2) °C DMV 14 EN 60811-1-4
No cracks Subclause 8.5
Page 4-D-9
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section D
4 Appendix (Tables)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Nominal d b r1 r2
cross- nominal tolerance nominal tolerance approx. approx.

sectional value value value value
area
α = 89°
95 10,2 ± 0,5 14,4 ± 0,6 13,2 1,3

120 11,4 ± 0,6 16,2 ± 0,6 14,8 1,5
150 12,7 ± 0,6 17,9 ± 0,6 16,1 1,6
185 14,2 ± 0,6 20,0 ± 0,7 17,9 1,8
240 16,3 ± 0,6 23,0 ± 0,7 20,5 2,1
α = 119,5°
95 9,0 ± 0,5 16,0 ± 0,6 11,1 1,1

120 10,1 ± 0,6 17,9 ± 0,6 12,5 1,2
150 11,2 ± 0,6 19,8 ± 0,6 13,6 1,4
185 12,5 ± 0,6 22,2 ± 0,6 15,1 1,5
240 14,4 ± 0,6 25,4 ± 0,6 17,3 1,7
r1 r2
d
α
r2
Page 4-D-10
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section D
Table 2 - Permissible conductor types (type 3-O-1)
1 2 3
Cu mm² Al mm²
1 2
of the phase conductors with a reduced cross-section area
mm² mm²
25 16
35 25
50 25
70 35
95 50
120 70
150 95
185 95
240 120 or 150
1 2 3
2 --- black, red
3 --- black, red, white
5 green/yellow, blue ----
black, red, white
Page 4-D-11
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section D
Table 5 - Thickness of sheath
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Fictitious diameter > 40 > 50 > 60 > 70 > 80 > 90 > 100 > 110
under the sheath 40 to to to to to to to to
mm 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
Nominal thickness of sheath mm 1,8 2,1 2,5 2,9 3,3 3,7 4,1 4,5 4,9
Table 6 - Code designation (provisional)
1 2
T PVC-insulation
T PVC-inner sheath
Cl Steel tape armour

ClCu Copper tape armour
F Flat steel wire armour
FAl Flat aluminium alloy wire armour
T PVC outer sheath
1st number X Number of conductors


+ 3rd number Reduced cross section

Page 4-D-12
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section D
cable system), storage, transportation and installation of cables specified in this Section 4-D of HD 603.
the table below:
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007 Requirement for Section 4-D of HD 603

Annex A
Subclause number
A.4.6 Bending radii during Single core cables: 12 D
installation Multicore cables: 10 D
installation
Multicore cables:

Page 4-E-0
HD 603 S12:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section E
SECTION 4-E: ARMOURED CABLES WITH (TYPE 4E-1) OR WITHOUT (TYPE 4E-2) CONCENTRIC
Introduce the following new Section 4-E

Page 4-E-1
HD 603 S12:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section E
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
SECTION 4-E - ARMOURED CABLES WITH (TYPE 4E-1) OR WITHOUT (TYPE 4E-2) CONCENTRIC
Page 4-E-2
HD 603 S12:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section E
Contents
1 General ....................................................................................................................................... 3
2 Design requirements ................................................................................................................. 4
2.1 Conductor ....................................................................................................................... 4
2.1.1 Material
2.1.2 Dimensions of solid conductors
2.1.3 Dimensions of stranded conductors
2.1.4 Conductor resistance
2.1.5 Permissible conductor types
2.1.6 Conductors with reduced cross-sectional area
2.1.8 Additional core with 1,0 mm² (pilot core)
2.2 Insulation.............................................................................................................................. 5
2.2.1 Material
2.3 Assembly of cores ................................................................................................................ 5
2.3.1 Assembly
2.3.2 Interstice fillers
2.4 Inner covering....................................................................................................................... 5
2.4.1 Material
2.4.2 Thickness
2.5 Concentric conductor............................................................................................................ 5
2.5.1 Design
2.5.2 DC resistance
2.5.3 Copper binder tapes
2.5.4 Clearance between adjacent wires
2.6 Screen.................................................................................................................................. 6
2.6.1 Design
2.6.2 DC resistance
2.6.3 Copper binder tapes (for copper wire screen only)
2.6.4 Clearance between adjacent wires (for copper wire screen only)
2.7 Inner sheath ......................................................................................................................... 7
2.8 Armouring............................................................................................................................. 7
2.9 Outer sheath ........................................................................................................................ 8
2.9.1 Material
2.9.2 Colour
2.10 Oversheath........................................................................................................................... 8
2.10.1 Material
2.10.2 Colour
2.11 Marking ................................................................................................................................ 8
2.12 Type designation .................................................................................................................. 8
3 Test requirements...................................................................................................................... 9
3.1 Routine tests ........................................................................................................................ 9
3.2 Sample tests ........................................................................................................................ 9
3.3 Type tests, electrical characteristics ..................................................................................... 9
3.4 Type tests, non-electrical characteristics ........................................................................... 10
3.5 Electrical tests after installation .......................................................................................... 12
4 Guide to use............................................................................................................................. 13
5 Current-carrying capacity ....................................................................................................... 14
6 Appendix (tables)..................................................................................................................... 16
Page 4-E-3
HD 603 S12:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section E
References
References are made in this clause of HD 603, to other parts of this HD and to other Harmonization

1 General
This clause specifies the construction, dimensions and test requirements of armoured power cables with
PVC-insulation and with (type 4E-1) or without (type 4E-2) concentric conductor or screen for rated voltage
U0/U of 0,6/1 kV for fixed installation.
(f) Permissible conductor cross-sectional areas

The permissible conductor cross-sectional areas shall correspond to Appendix, Table 2.
(g) Insulation material

The insulation material covered by this standard shall consist of PVC and correspond to
HD 603-1, Table 1, type DIV1.
(h) Rated voltage

(ii) Cables covered by this standard are suitable to Category B according to IEC 60183.
The duration of an earth fault in any year should not exceed 125 h.
(i) Highest rated temperature for the insulation compound

(ii) Short-circuit (duration max. 5 s)
– for cross-sections area ≤ 300 mm² 160 °C
– for cross-sections area > 300 mm² 140 °C
(j) Sheathing material

The sheathing material shall be suitable for the maximum rated conductor temperature in
normal operation. It shall consist of PVC or PE and correspond to HD 603-1, Table 4A, type
DMV1 (for PVC) and Table 4B, type DMP1 (for PE).
Page 4-E-4
HD 603 S12:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section E

HD Additional
2.1 Conductor HD 603-1
Subclause 5.1
General Subclause 5.1.1
2.1.2 Dimensions of solid conductors EN 60228, Table 1
2.1.3 Dimensions of stranded Diameter of stranded aluminium wires

conductors shall not be smaller than 1,3 mm
EN 60228, Table 2 Number of wires is not defined, if the

a) compacted EN 60228, Table 2
b) non compacted conductor has one or two pilot cores
c) sector-shaped
2.1.4 Conductor resistance EN 60228
2.1.5 Permissible conductor types Appendix, Tables 1 and 2
and cross-sectional areas
2.1.6 Conductor with reduced cross-

sectional area
a) number 1
c) arrangement Insulated conductor or concentric

a) allowed number 1
b) arrangement In an interstice within projection from
the diameter of the laid-up cores and
no distortion of the core-insulation
c) colour Black
2.1.8 1,0 mm² pilot core

a) allowed number 2
b) arrangement Situated in the outer layer of the
stranded conductor of single-core
cables with a nominal cross-section
95 mm² or above, electrical resistance
of conductor at 20 °C: max. 21,2 Ω/km
minimum number of wires of pilot
conductors: 3
Page 4-E-5
HD 603 S12:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section E

HD Additional
2.2 Insulation HD 603-1
Subclause 5.2
2.2.1 Material HD 603-1, Table 1,
DIV 1
c) minimum value Nominal value – (0,1 mm + 10 % of
nominal value)
a) colour of cores of multi- Appendix, Table 4
core cables columns 2 and 3
b) colour of multicore cables Appendix, Table 4

with concentric conductor column 4

with 1,5 mm² conductor
d) colour of cores of single- Black or green-yellow

core cables
e) combination green-yellow
HD 603-1
Clause 4
2.3.1 Assembly HD 603-1 Cores of multi-core cables shall be laid-
Subclause 5.3 up
2.3.2 Interstice fillers HD 603-1 permitted
Subclause 5.4
2.4 Inner covering HD 603-1

Subclause 5.5
2.4.1 Material Tape (paper or plastic) and/or extruded

compound
2.4.2 Thickness Appendix, Table 5
2.5 Concentric conductor HD 603-1 Cross sectional area of the concentric

(if required, only for cables Subclause 5.7 conductor according to Appendix, Table 6
without screen according to
Subclause 2.6)

Page 4-E-6
HD 603 S12:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section E

HD Additional
2.5.2 DC resistance EN 60228 The cross-sectional area of the
concentric conductor is related to the
material of the phase conductors. For
cables with aluminium conductor (phase)
the d.c. resistance of the concentric
copper conductor shall not exceed that
of an Al-conductor of the nominal cross-
2.5.3 Copper binder tapes,
Maximum distance between windings: 4D
D = Diameter under concentric conductor

2.5.4 Clearance between adjacent
wires
c) mean clearance between
d) maximum clearance 8,0 mm

between two adjacent
wires
2.6 Screen HD 603-1
(if required, only for cables Subclause 5.7
without concentric conductor
according to Subclause 2.5)

binder tapes over the inner covering or
copper tapes. If the screen consists of
one copper tape, it shall be applied with
overlap. If the screen consists of more
copper tapes, these shall be applied with
overlap or gap-covering.
2.6.2 DC resistance EN 60228 The cross-sectional area of the screen is
related to the material of the phase
conductors. For cables with aluminium
conductor (phase) the d.c. resistance of
the screen shall not exceed that of an
Al-conductor of the nominal cross-
Page 4-E-7
HD 603 S12:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section E

HD Additional
Copper binder tapes,

Maximum distance between windings: 4D
D = Diameter under screen

Clearance between adjacent

wires
c) mean clearance between
d) maximum clearance
between two adjacent 8,0 mm
wires
2.7 Inner sheath between Cables with concentric conductor or
concentric conductor or screen and additional armouring shall
screen and armouring have an inner sheath between these
construction elements
Table 4A, DMV1
b) minimum value Nominal value – (0,3 mm + 15 % of
nominal value)
2.8 Armouring Appendix, Table 8
2.8.1 Design Steel tapes, galvanized steel tapes,
round or flat steel wires, round or flat
galvanized steel wires.
The armouring shall be applied over the
inner covering and under the sheath.
In special case, if the armouring is not
used as a screen, it may be applied over
the sheath.
If the armouring is applied over a
concentric conductor or screen, the
armouring is separated by an inner
sheath
Page 4-E-8
HD 603 S12:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section E

HD Additional
Connections of the armouring shall be
made by brazing or welding. For steel
tapes rivetting is permissible.
Connections shall have a sufficient
tensile strength and reliable galvanic
properties.
The dimensions of the armouring
elements shall not be less than 10 %
under the values given in Table 5.
2.9 Outer sheath HD 603-1,
Subclause 5.8
2.9.1 Material HD 603-1,
Tables 4A and 4B
DMV1; DMP1
2.9.2 Colour Black

c) minimum wall-thickness Nominal value – (0,3 mm + 15 % of
nominal value)
2.10 Over sheath HD 603-1, Separation layer permissible

Subclause 5.8
2.10.1 Material HD 603-1,
Tables 4A and 4B
DMV1; DMP1
2.10.2 Colour Black

c) minimum wall-thickness Nominal value – (0,3 mm + 15 % of
nominal value)
2.11 Marking HD 603-1 Manufacture’s name, trade mark and
Clause 3 identification thread shall be legally
protected
2.12 Type designation Appendix, Table 11
Page 4-E-9
HD 603 S12:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section E
3 Test requirements
3.1 Routine tests

3.1.1 Conductor resistance EN 60228 HD 605
- Sample: Subclause 3.1.1
- Conditioning
Subclause 3.2.1
- Test voltage 4 kV a.c. or 12 kV d.c.
- Test voltage for pilot core Between pilot

1,5 kV a.c. or 3,75 kV d.c. core and
conductor
3.2 Sample tests

1
No. Tests Requirements ) Test methods
3.2.1 Construction of conductor Subclause 1 EN 60811-1-1
Subclause 8.3 and by
inspection
3.2.2 Insulation EN 60811-1-1
3.2.3 Concentric conductor or screen HD 605
- Dimensions of copper binder tapes Subclause 5.3 Subclause 2.1.4.2

3.2.4 Sheath EN 60811-1-1
3.2.5 Marking Subclause 8 Test by inspection

1
) According to Section 2 “Design requirements” unless stated otherwise.
3.3 Type tests (electrical characteristics)

Subclause 3.2.1
Page 4-E-10
HD 603 S12:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section E

3.3 Type tests (electrical characteristics) (continued)

Subclause 3.2.1
3.4 Type tests (non-electrical characteristics)

3.4.1 Tests on insulation
3.4.1.1 Mechanical characteristics HD 603-1

Table 1, DIV 1
Subclause 9.1
Subclause 8.1
3.4.1.2 Loss of mass test in air oven HD 603-1 EN 60811-3-2
Table 1, DIV 1 Subclause 9
3.4.1.4 Elongation at break test at low temperature (cores with a HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-4
diameter of more than 12,5 mm) Table 1, DIV 1 Subclause 8.3
3.4.2 Test on cores
3.4.2.2 Heat shock test HD 603-1 EN 60811-3-1
No cracks
3.4.2.3 Bending test at low temperature HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-4

on cores with a diameter up to and including 12,5 mm Table 1, DIV 1 Subclause 8.1
(-15 ± 2) °C No cracks
Water absorption on cores EN 60811-1-3

3.4.2.4 HD 603-1
Electrical test procedure Subclause 9.1
Table 1, DIV 1
a) Pre-test at a.c. voltage
Duration of immersion 24 h
Duration of test 5 min
Test voltage 6 kV
No breakdown
Page 4-E-11
HD 603 S12:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section E


b) Main test with d.c. voltage
for insulation thicknesses with a nominal value of
0,8 mm 1 kV
1,0 mm 1,2 kV
1,2 mm and 1,4 mm 1,5 kV
1,6 mm and 1,8 mm 2,0 kV
2,0 mm to 3,0 mm 2,5 kV No breakdown
3.4.3 Tests on PVC-sheath

Table 4A, DMV 1
EN 60811-1-1
a) without ageing
Subclause 9.2
EN 60811-1-2
b) after ageing in air oven
Subclause 8.1
(ageing type a)
3.4.3.3 Thermal stability test

HD 603-1 EN 60811-3-2
Table 4A, DMV 1 Clause 9
3.4.3.4 Elongation test at low temperature for cables with a
diameter over 12,5 mm HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-4
3.4.3.5 Loss of mass test in air oven HD 603-1 Table 4A, EN 60811-3-2
DMV 1 Subclause 8.2
3.4.4 Tests on PE-sheath

Table 4B, DMP 1
Subclause 9.2
Subclause 8.1
(ageing type a)

Table 4B, DMP 1 Subclause 8.2
3.4.4.3 Stress cracking resistance HD 603-1 EN 60811-4-1

Page 4-E-12
HD 603 S12:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section E


3.4.4.4 Carbon content HD 603-1 EN 60811-4-1
3.4.4.5 Shore D-Hardness HD 603-1 HD 605
3.4.5 Test on complete PVC-cable
3.4.5.1 Impact test at low temperature HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-4
No cracks
3.4.5.2 After ageing of complete cable HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-2
Table 4A, DMV 1 Subclause 8.1.4
3.4.5.3 Test under fire conditions EN 60332-1-2 EN 60332-1-2

Flame propagation
3.4.6 Test on complete PE-cable
3.4.6.1 After ageing of complete cable HD 603-1, EN 60811-1-2
3.5 Electrical tests after installation, if required

3.5.1 DC voltage test HD 605
Subclause 3.2
- test voltage 2,4 kV – 8 kV
- duration of test 15 min No breakdown
Page 4-E-13
HD 603 S12:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section E
4 Guide to use
The object of this clause is to provide specific recommendations for the selection (taking into account the
cable system), storage, transportation and installation of cables specified in this Section 4-E of HD 603.
The general recommendation given in HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007 Annex A apply except where amended in
the table below.
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Annex A Requirements for Section 4-E of HD 603
Subclause number
A.2.1 General The cables specified in this section may be laid also in
water and concrete.
Highest permissible voltage:
DC systems 1,8 kV
AC systems
one-phase 1,4 kV
one conductor earthed 0,7 kV
three-phase 1,2 kV
A.2.3 Power frequency range The cables specified in this section are also suitable for
DC-operation
A.2.5 Current rating See Clause 5 of this section
A.3.2.1 Clearance 2 x cable diameter, minimum 5 cm
A.3.2.2 Barrel diameter See Table 26 of this section
A.3.3.6 Cable coils See Table 26 of this section
A.4.3 Types of installation The cables specified in this section are also suitable for
installation with cleats and for direct laying in concrete
A.4.6 Bending radii during installation Normal installations: 15 times cable diameter
A.4.11 Lowest temperature for installation -5 °C
A.4.12 Pulling force Pulling head:
σ permissible tensile stress:
50 N/mm² for cables with copper conductors
30 N/mm² for cables with aluminium conductors
Pulling grip via outer sheath:
For steel tape armoured cables:

The same calculation as for the pulling head is
admissible, when the use of a pulling grip makes sure,
that the pulling forces will be carried in the cable by
friction sufficiently.
For flat or round steel wire armoured cables:

P = S ⋅ 120
It is recommended to build a pulling eye out of the
armour wires.
A.4.13 Cable fixing The cable fixing itself after laying has to be done so, that
longitudinal movement and expansion by warming will
not damage the surface of the cable sheath.
Page 4-E-14
HD 603 S12:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section E
5.1 General This section applies to the current-carrying capacity

under both standard and deviating conditions provided
that the cables are in three-phase operation with three
conductors loaded or one single-core cables in d.c.
operation
5.2 Basic conditions

5.2.1 Temperatures Maximum permissible operating temperature on the 70 °C
conductor
Maximum short-circuit temperature for Sn 300 mm² 160 °C
Maximum short-circuit temperature for Sn > 300 mm² 140 °C
5.2.2 Thermal PVC-insulation material 5 K⋅m/W
resistance PVC-sheathing material 5 K⋅m/W
PE-sheathing material 3,5 K⋅m/W
5.2.3 Bonding Concentric conductors (shield) bonded at both ends
5.2.4 Frequency Power frequency 50 Hz
5.2.5 Operating Power frequency
conditions The tabulated rated current-carrying capacities are 12 and
based on standard conditions such as: 13
- operating mode
- laying conditions
For deviating operating conditions the current-carrying 14 to 18,
capacities in the tables are to multiplied by appropriate 20 to 23
conversion factors.
5.3 Cables in earth
5.3.1 Standard Rated current-carrying capacity under standard 12 and
provisions provisions 13
5.3.1.1 Operating mode Cyclic load load factor 0,7 m
5.3.1.2 Laying Laying depth 0,7 m
5.3.1.3 Environmental Ambient temperature, soil 20 °C
conditions Soil thermal resistance, dried-out soil 2,5 K⋅m/W
Soil thermal resistance, moist soil 1,5 K⋅m/W
provisions The factor f1 must be multiplied by the relevant factor f2
5.3.2.1 Operation mode Load factor factors f1 ⋅ f2 0,5…1 14 to 18
5.3.2.2 Laying Laying depth 0,7…1,2 m
conditions Number of cables factors f1 ⋅ f2 1 to 10 14 to 18
5.3.2.3 Environmental Ambient temperature factors f1 ⋅ f2 5 °C…40 °C 14 to 18
conditions Soil thermal resistance, moist soil factors f1 ⋅ f2 0,7 to 2,5 14 to 18
K⋅m/W
Page 4-E-15
HD 603 S12:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section E
5.4 Cables in air

5.4.1 Standard Rated current-carrying capacity under standard provisions 12 and 13
provisions
5.4.1.1 Operating mode Continuous operation load factor 1,0
5.4.1.2 Laying Free in air
The single-core cables laid side by side throughout the
cable length with one system only
Protection against direct thermal radiation due to sun, etc.
5.4.1.3 Environmental Ambient temperature, air 30 °C
conditions
provisions The conversion factors of the tables must be considered
by multiplying
5.4.2.1 Operating –
conditions
5.4.2.2 Laying Grouping of cables on trays and troughs 21 to 23
conditions
5.4.2.3 Environmental Ambient temperature, air 10 °C to 20
conditions 50 °C
5.5 Short-circuit
During a short-circuit cables are loaded thermally and
mechanically as well. Therefore the nominal cross-
sectional area Sn, the cable and if necessary the fixing of
cables are to be selected carefully such that the cables are
not overloaded.
The following provisions are valid for a short-circuit 24 and 25
duration up to 5 s.
5.5.1 Rated short- The rated short-circuit current for a short-circuit duration of
density with the nominal cross-sectional area of the
conductor.
5.5.2 Permissible For short-circuit durations deviating from 1 s the

short-circuit permissible short-circuit current is to be calculated by
current dividing the rated short-circuit current with the square root
of the short-circuit duration (in s).
Page 4-E-16
HD 603 S12:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section E
6 Appendix
Table 1 – Permissible conductor types

Type of conductor Copper Aluminium
mm² mm²
Circular, solid 1,5 to 16 25 and 35

Circular, stranded 10 to 630 25 to 630
Circular, stranded compacted 10 to 630 25 to 630
Sector-shaped, solid -- 50 to 185
Sector-shaped, stranded 35 to 400 35 to 400
Table 2 – Permissible conductor cross-sectional area
Type of cable Circular conductor Sector shaped conductor

Copper Aluminium Copper Aluminium
mm² mm² mm² mm²
With pilot core 95 to 630 95 to 630 - -
Single core
cables Without
16 to 630 25 to 630 - -
pilot core
2 cores 1,5 to 16 - - -
Multicore 3 cores 1,5 to 400 25 to 400 35 to 400 35 to 400
cables 4 cores 1,5 to 400 25 to 400 35 to 400 35 to 400
5 cores 1,5 to 16 - - -
Page 4-E-17
HD 603 S12:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section E
Table 3 – Allocation of conductors with a reduced cross-sectional area

mm² mm²
25 16
35 16
50 25
70 35
95 50
120 70
150 70
185 95
240 120
300 150
400 185
Table 4 – Identification of cores in multi core cables by colours
1 2 3 4
Cable with green/yellow Cable without green/yellow Cable with
1)
Number of cores core core concentric conductor
with or without screen with or without screen
(Symbol „-J“) (Symbol „-O“) (Symbol „-O“)
2 --- bn/bu bn/bu
3 gnye/bu/bn bn/bk/gy bn/bk/gy
2) 2)
4 gnye /bn/bk/gy bu /bn/bk/gy bu/bn/bk/gy
5 gnye/bu/bn/bk/gy bu/bn/bk/gy/bk ---
Abbreviation for colours: gnye green-yellow, bk black, bu blue, bn brown, gy grey.
Colour blue (bu) should be light blue.
1)
For cables with concentric conductors a core having a reduced conductor cross-section area is not permissible.
2)
The identification of a core having a reduced conductor cross-section area shall be:
Green-yellow for cables according to column 2 and blue for cables according to column 3.
Page 4-E-18
HD 603 S12:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section E
Table 5 – Thickness of inner covering
over over over over over over

1)
Diameter over ----- 15 25 35 45 55 65
assembly of cores, mm up to up to up to up to up to up to
15 25 35 45 55 65 -----
Thickness of
taped 0,3 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,7
inner covering,
(informative)
mm extruded 0,8 1,2 1,5 1,8 2,0 2,2 2,4
1)
calculated diameter
Table 6 – Allocation of concentric conductor
Nominal cross-sectional area Minimum cross-sectional area of the

of the phase conductors concentric conductor
mm² mm²
1,5 1,5
2,5 2,5
4 4
6 6
10 10
16 16
25 16
35 16
50 25
70 35
95 50
120 70
150 70
185 95
240 120
300 150
400 185
Table 7 – Nominal wall thickness of inner sheath
over over over over over

1)
Diameter under ----- 40 50 60 70 80
inner sheath, up to up to up to up to up to
mm
40 50 60 70 80 ----
Nominal wall-thickness of
inner sheath, 1,4 1,6 1,8 2,0 2,2 2,4
mm
1)
calculated diameter
Page 4-E-19
HD 603 S12:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section E
Table 8 – Armouring (nominal values)
Thickness of steel tape or flat wire or diameter of round wire in mm

1) 3)
Construction and material Diameter over inner covering or over inner sheath
2) 3)
Diameter under sheath
over 10 over 30 over 55

up to 10 up to 30 up to 55 ---
Armouring 2 layers of steel tapes 0,3 0,5 0,8 1,0
under sheath
or (depending on
Armouring over mechanical stress)
sheath with
oversheath
over armouring 1 layer of round wires min. 1,2 min. 1,4
4)
1 layer of flat wires ----- min. 0,8
Armouring over 2 layers of galvanized 0,3 0,5 0,8 1,0

sheath without steel tapes
oversheath Or (depending on
over mechanical stress)
4)
armouring
1 layer of galvanized
round wires or
min. 1,2 min. 1,4
1 layer of galvanized flat
wires ------- min.1,2
1)
Armouring over inner covering or inner sheath
2)
Armouring over sheath
3)
Calculated diameter
4)
Cables with round wire or flat wire armouring may have a counter helix.
If an oversheath is applied over the armouring according to Subclause 2.10, the armouring shall have a
counter helix.
Cables for underground mining shall have a counter helix of galvanized steel tapes with a minimum
nominal thickness 0,5 mm and an coverage of min. 50 %
Table 9 – Nominal wall thickness of sheath
1)
under ----- 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
sheath,
mm
20 30 40 50 60 70 80 ----
Nominal wall-thickness of
sheath, 1,8 2,0 2,2 2,6 3,0 3,4 3,8 4,0
mm
1)
calculated diameter
Page 4-E-20
HD 603 S12:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section E
Table 10 – Nominal wall thickness of oversheath over armouring
1)
over ----- 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
armouring,
mm
20 30 40 50 60 70 80 ----
Nominal wall thickness

of oversheath, 1,4 1,8 2,2 2,6 3,0 3,4 3,8 4,0
mm
1)
calculated diameter
Table 11 – Code designation

Symbol Designation
E- Power cable
A Conductor Aluminium
- Conductor Copper (no symbol)
Y Insulation Polyvinylchloride
Concentric conductor or
C Copper over assembled cores and inner covering
screen
B Armouring Steel tape
5B Steel tape, galvanized
F Flat wire
R Round wire
G Counter helix
Inner sheath, sheath or
Y Polyvinylchloride
oversheath
2Y Sheath Polyethylene
-J General Cable with green/yellow core
-O Cable without green/yellow core
Number of cores X Number of cores and after the hyphen „X“ the nominal cross
.. X ..
Nominal cross section section
R Conductor construction Round
S Conductor construction Sector-shaped
E Conductor construction Solid
M Conductor construction Stranded
Nominal cross-section of
/ .. concentric conductor or After the hyphen „/“ the nominal cross section
screen
0,6/1 kV Rated voltage U0/U in kV
Page 4-E-21
HD 603 S12:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section E
Table 12 – Rated current-carrying capacity, cable with rated voltage U0/U = 0,6/1 kV

Arrangement
4 4
) )
Copper conductor
in mm²
1,5 32 41 27 30 27 19,5 21 20
2,5 42 55 36 39 35 25 28 27
4 54 71 46 50 47 34 37 37
6 68 90 58 62 59 43 47 48
10 90 124 78 83 81 59 64 66
16 116 160 101 107 107 78 84 89
25 208 132 138 144 105 114
35 250 159 164 176 129 139
50 296 188 195 214 157 169
70 365 232 238 270 199 213
95 438 280 286 334 246 264
120 501 318 325 389 285 307
150 563 359 365 446 326 352
185 639 406 413 516 374 406
240 746 473 479 618 445 483
300 845 535 539 711 510 552
400 975 613 614 843 597 646
500 1145 687 693 994 669 747
Aluminium conductor
in mm²
25 160 102 106 110 81 87
35 193 122 127 135 99 107
50 230 144 151 166 119 131
70 283 179 185 210 152 166
95 340 215 222 259 186 205
120 389 245 253 302 216 239
150 436 275 284 345 246 273
185 496 313 322 401 285 317
240 578 364 375 479 338 378
300 654 419 423 550 400 434
400 756 484 487 653 472 513
500 873 553 558 772 539 600
2
Conversion factor ) 1
10 ) 15 3)
f1: Table
Conversion factor 13 13 13 11, 12 17, 18 17, 18 16 13
f2: Table
For normal operating 9 14

conditions and for
deviating operating
conditions refer to Tables
1)
for various specific thermal resistances and temperatures
2)
for grouping
3)
for deviating air temperatures
4)
only for single, three and four core cables, five core cables according to Table 13
5)
rated current for cables in DC systems with return conductor far away
Page 4-E-22
HD 603 S12:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section E
Table 13 – Rated current-carrying capacity, cable with rated voltage U0/U = 0,6/1 kV (five-core cable)
Number of cores 5
Copper conductor
2
in mm
1,5 19,0 14,5
2,5 25,0 19,5
4 32,0 25,5
6 41,0 32,0
10 55,0 44,0
16 71,0 59,0
Page 4-E-23
HD 603 S12:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section E
Table 14 – Cables in earth

Load factor 0,7 and current-carrying capacity
Tables 15 and 16
according to tables for laying in earth
Laying depth 0,7 m
Arrangement
1 five core cable
1 three core cable
1 four core cable
Tables 15 and 16

in DC system
70 mm
laying side by side
distance = 70 mm

bundled in triangle
Cable bedded in sand or soil and covered with bricks, concrete Conversion factor
plates or flat or lightly bended thin plastic plates for cable covers
with trapped air 0,9
for tube installation 0,85
Ground temperature in laying depth 20 °C

Specific thermal resistance of soil, Tables 15 and 16
moist 1 K⋅m/W
dried-out 2,5 K⋅m/W
Page 4-E-24
HD 603 S12:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section E
Table 15 – Conversion factors f1, cables in earth

Ground-
temperature 0,7 1,0 1,5 2,5
in °C Load factor Load factor Load factor Load
factor
0,50 0,60 0,70 0,85 1,00 0,50 0,60 0,70 0,85 1,00 0,50 0,60 0,70 0,85 1,00 0,5 to 1,00
5 1,29 1,26 1,22 1,15 1,09 1,13 1,11 1,08 1,04 1,00 0,99 0,98 0,97 0,95 0,93 0,86
10 1,27 1,23 1,19 1,13 1,06 1,11 1,08 1,06 1,01 0,97 0,96 0,95 0,94 0,92 0,89 0,83
15 1,25 1,21 1,17 1,10 1,03 1,08 1,06 1,03 0,99 0,94 0,93 0,92 0,91 0,88 0,86 0,79
20 1,23 1,18 1,14 1,08 1,01 1,06 1,03 1,00 0,96 0,91 0,90 0,89 0,87 0,85 0,83 0,76
25 1,03 1,00 0,97 0,93 0,88 0,87 0,85 0,84 0,82 0,79 0,72
30 0,94 0,89 0,85 0,84 0,82 0,80 0,78 0,76 0,68
35 0,77 0,74 0,72 0,63
40 0,59
Conversion factor f1 should only be used in combination with conversion factor f2 according to Tables 16,
17, 18.

Number
0,7 1,0 1,5 2,5
of
0,50 0,60 0,70 0,85 1,00 0,50 0,60 0,70 0,85 1,00 0,50 0,60 0,70 0,85 1,00 0,50 0,60 0,70 0,85 1,00
1 1,01 1,02 0,99 0,93 0,87 1,04 1,05 1,00 0,93 0,87 1,07 1,06 1,01 0,94 0,87 1,11 1,08 1,01 0,94 0,87
2 0,94 0,89 0,84 0,77 0,71 0,97 0,91 0,85 0,77 0,71 0,99 0,92 0,86 0,77 0,71 1,01 0,93 0,87 0,78 0,71
3 0,86 0,79 0,74 0,67 0,61 0,89 0,81 0,75 0,67 0,61 0,90 0,83 0,76 0,68 0,61 0,91 0,83 0,77 0,68 0,61
4 0,82 0,75 0,69 0,62 0,56 0,84 0,76 0,70 0,62 0,56 0,85 0,77 0,71 0,62 0,56 0,86 0,78 0,71 0,63 0,56
5 0,78 0,71 0,65 0,58 0,52 0,80 0,72 0,66 0,58 0,52 0,80 0,73 0,66 0,58 0,52 0,81 0,73 0,67 0,59 0,52
6 0,75 0,68 0,62 0,55 0,50 0,77 0,69 0,63 0,55 0,50 0,77 0,70 0,64 0,56 0,50 0,78 0,70 0,64 0,56 0,50
8 0,71 0,64 0,58 0,51 0,46 0,72 0,65 0,59 0,52 0,46 0,73 0,65 0,59 0,52 0,46 0,73 0,66 0,60 0,52 0,46
10 0,68 0,61 0,55 0,49 0,44 0,69 0,62 0,56 0,49 0,44 0,69 0,62 0,56 0,49 0,44 0,70 0,63 0,57 0,49 0,44
70 mm
Page 4-E-25
HD 603 S12:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section E
Number
0,7 1,0 1,5 2,5
of
0,50 0,60 0,70 0,85 1,00 0,50 0,60 0,70 0,85 1,00 0,50 0,60 0,70 0,85 1,00 0,50 0,60 0,70 0,85 1,00
1 1,01 1,02 0,99 0,93 0,87 1,04 1,05 1,00 0,93 0,87 1,07 1,06 1,01 0,94 0,87 1,11 1,08 1,01 0,94 0,87
2 0,97 0,95 0,89 0,82 0,75 1,00 0,96 0,90 0,82 0,75 1,03 0,97 0,91 0,82 0,75 1,06 0,98 0,92 0,83 0,75
3 0,94 0,88 0,82 0,74 0,67 0,97 0,88 0,82 0,74 0,67 0,97 0,89 0,83 0,74 0,67 0,98 0,90 0,84 0,74 0,67
4 0,91 0,84 0,78 0,70 0,64 0,92 0,85 0,79 0,70 0,64 0,93 0,86 0,79 0,70 0,64 0,95 0,87 0,80 0,71 0,64
5 0,88 0,81 0,75 0,67 0,60 0,89 0,82 0,76 0,67 0,60 0,90 0,82 0,76 0,67 0,60 0,91 0,83 0,77 0,67 0,60
6 0,86 0,79 0,73 0,65 0,59 0,87 0,80 0,74 0,65 0,59 0,88 0,81 0,74 0,65 0,59 0,89 0,81 0,75 0,65 0,59
8 0,83 0,76 0,70 0,62 0,56 0,84 0,77 0,71 0,62 0,56 0,85 0,78 0,71 0,62 0,56 0,86 0,78 0,72 0,62 0,56
10 0,82 0,75 0,69 0,60 0,54 0,82 0,75 0,69 0,60 0,54 0,83 0,76 0,69 0,61 0,54 0,84 0,76 0,70 0,61 0,54
250 mm
Table 18 – Conversion factors f2, cables in earth single core cables laying side by side in DC system
and three-, four- and five core cables, laying side by side in 3 phase-systems
Number Specific thermal resistance of moist soil in K⋅m/W
of
0,7 1,0 1,5 2,5
systems
Load factor Load factor Load factor Load factor
0,50 0,60 0,70 0,85 1,00 0,50 0,60 0,70 0,85 1,00 0,50 0,60 0,70 0,85 1,00 0,50 0,60 0,70 0,85 1,00
1 0,91 0,92 0,94 0,94 0,89 0,97 0,97 1,00 0,94 0,89 1,04 1,03 1,01 0,94 0,89 1,13 1,07 1,02 0,95 0,89
2 0,86 0,87 0,85 0,77 0,72 0,91 0,90 0,86 0,78 0,72 0,97 0,93 0,87 0,78 0,72 1,01 0,94 0,88 0,79 0,72
3 0,82 0,80 0,75 0,68 0,62 0,86 0,82 0,76 0,68 0,62 0,91 0,84 0,77 0,69 0,62 0,92 0,84 0,78 0,69 0,62
4 0,80 0,76 0,70 0,63 0,57 0,84 0,77 0,71 0,63 0,57 0,86 0,78 0,72 0,63 0,57 0,87 0,79 0,73 0,64 0,57
5 0,78 0,72 0,66 0,59 0,53 0,81 0,73 0,67 0,59 0,53 0,81 0,74 0,68 0,59 0,53 0,82 0,75 0,68 0,60 0,53
6 0,76 0,69 0,64 0,56 0,51 0,77 0,70 0,64 0,56 0,51 0,78 0,71 0,65 0,57 0,51 0,79 0,72 0,65 0,57 0,51
8 0,72 0,65 0,59 0,52 0,47 0,73 0,66 0,60 0,52 0,47 0,74 0,67 0,61 0,52 0,47 0,75 0,67 0,61 0,53 0,47
10 0,69 0,62 0,57 0,49 0,44 0,70 0,63 0,57 0,50 0,44 0,71 0,64 0,58 0,50 0,44 0,71 0,64 0,58 0,50 0,44
70 mm 70 mm 70 mm 70 mm
Page 4-E-26
HD 603 S12:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section E
Table 19 – Cables in air
Continuous operation according to tables for cables in air Tables 21 to 23
Arrangement
1 five core cable
1 three core cable
1 four core cable
Tables 21 and 23

in DC system
distance = 70 mm

bundled in triangle
Heat dissipation is maintained if:

Cables free in air:
• distance between cable and ground, wall or ceiling minimum 20 mm
Cables laid side by side or on top of each other:
• distance between the cables minimum double cable diameter or
• distance between the cables minimum 200 mm
Conversion factors for deviating air temperatures Table 20
Protection against direct thermal radiation due to sun IEC 60287
Air temperature 30 °C Table 20
Page 4-E-27
HD 603 S12:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section E
Table 20 – Conversion factors for deviating air temperatures
Temperature (°C) 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
Factor 1,22 1,17 1,12 1,06 1,0 0,94 0,87 0,79 0,71
Table 21 – Conversion factors, cables in air single core cables in 3 phase-systems,

bundled in triangle
Arrangement
Horizontal laying
Side by side
Number of cables
1 2 3
laying side by side
2d 2d
≥ 20
Laying on ground 0,98 0,96 0,94 mm
Number of trays 2d 2d
≥ 20
1 0,98 0,96 0,94 mm
Laying on trays 2 0,95 0,91 0,87

limited air circulation 2d 2d
≥ 300 mm
3 0,93 0,88 0,82 ≥ 20
mm
6 0,82 0,80 0,79
Number of ladders 2d 2d
≥ 20
1 1,00 1,00 1,00 mm
Laying on ladders 2 0,97 0,95 0,93 2d 2d

unlimited air circulation ≥ 300 mm
3 0,96 0,94 0,90 ≥ 20
mm
6 0,95 0,93 0,87
Number of cable
1 2 3
one over the other 2d
2d
Fixed on framework or on wall 1,00 0,91 0,89
4d 2d
Arrangement for which a reduction
1 ≥ 20
is not necessary ) mm
4d 2d
≥ 300 mm
≥ 20
mm
1
of cables, the conversion factors for deviating air temperatures according to Table 20 shall be used.
Page 4-E-28
HD 603 S12:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section E
Table 22 – Conversion factors, cables in air three core
and multi core cables single core cables in DC operation
Arrangement
Horizontal laying
Side by side
Number of cables
1 2 3 4 6
laying side by side
d d
Laying on ground 0,97 0,96 0,94 0,93 0,90 ≥ 20

mm
d d
Number of trays
≥ 20
1 0,97 0,96 0,94 0,93 0,90 mm
Laying on trays 2 0,97 0,95 0,92 0,90 0,86 d d

limited air circulation ≥ 300 mm
3 0,97 0,94 0,91 0,89 0,84 ≥ 20
mm
6 0,97 0,93 0,90 0,88 0,83
d d
Number of ladders
≥ 20
1 1,00 1,00 1,00 1,00 1,00 mm
Laying on ladders 2 1,00 0,99 0,98 0,97 0,96 d

d
unlimited air circulation ≥ 300 mm
3 1,00 0,98 0,97 0,96 0,93 ≥ 20
mm
6 1,00 0,97 0,96 0,94 0,91
Number of cable d
1 2 3 4 6
one over the other
≥ 20 d
Fixed on framework or on wall 1,00 0,93 0,90 0,87 0,86 mm

1
is not necessary ) d
≥ 20
mm
2d
1
Page 4-E-29
HD 603 S12:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section E
Table 23 – Conversion factors, cables in air three core and multi core cables
single core cables in DC operation
Arrangement
Horizontal laying
Side by side
Number of cables
1 2 3 4 6 9
laying side by side
d d
Laying on ground 0,97 0,85 0,78 0,75 0,70 0,68
Number of d d
trays
1 0,97 0,85 0,78 0,75 0,71 0,68
Laying on trays
≥ 300 mm
limited air circulation 2 0,97 0,84 0,76 0,73 0,68 0,63
3 0,97 0,83 0,75 0,72 0,66 0,61
6 0,97 0,81 0,73 0,69 0,63 0,58
Number of d d
ladders
1 1,00 0,87 0,82 0,80 0,79 0,78
Laying on ladders
unlimited air circulation 2 1,00 0,86 0,80 0,78 0,76 0,73 ≥ 300 mm
3 1,00 0,85 0,79 0,76 0,73 0,70

6 1,00 0,83 0,76 0,73 0,69 0,66
Number of cable
1 2 3 4 6 9
one over the other d
Fixed on framework or on wall 0,95 0,78 0,73 0,72 0,68 0,66

1 ≥ 2d d
is not necessary ) laying side by side
≥ 20
mm
≥ 2d d
≥ 300 mm
≥ 20
mm
1
Page 4-E-30
HD 603 S12:1994/A3:2007
Part 4 Section E
cables with copper conductor

of short circuit in
Cross- Permissible Permissible °C
sectional area conductor short-circuit
temperature temperature 70 65 60 150 140 130 120
mm² °C
°C Rated short-time current density (1 s) in
A/mm²
300 70 160 115 119 122 129 136 143 150

> 300 70 140 103 107 111 118 126 133 146

cables with aluminium conductors

of short circuit in
Cross- Permissible Permissible °C
sectional area conductor short-circuit
temperature temperature 70 65 60 50 40 30 20
mm² °C
°C Rated short-time current density (1 s) in
A/mm²
300 70 160 76 78 81 85 90 95 99
> 300 70 140 68 71 73 78 83 88 93
Table 26 – Minimum barrel diameter of delivery drums

1
Cable type Barrel diameter of drum )
Armoured cables 20 d
d Outer diameter of cable
1
) There is no direct connection between the above mentioned barrel diameter and the
bending radius as mentioned in 4.4, because the demands are fundamentally different.
Page 5-A-0
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section A
SECTION 5-A - CABLES WITHOUT CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR (TYPE 5A)
Replace the Section 5-A
by the following new Section 5-A

Page 5-A-1
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section A
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
PART 5: XLPE INSULATED CABLES - UNARMOURED
SECTION 5-A - CABLES WITHOUT CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR (TYPE 5A)

Page 5-A-2
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section A
CONTENTS
1 General ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3
1 Conductor -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
1.1 Material
1.2 Conductor resistance and minimum number of wires
1.4 Dimensions of sector-shaped solid conductors
1.5 Tensile strength for sector shaped solid aluminium conductors
1.6 Elongation at break for sector shaped solid aluminium conductors.
1.7 Winding test for aluminium circular solid conductors (16 mm²)
2 Insulation --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
2.1 Material
3 Assembly of cores --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
4 Inner covering --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
4.1 Design
4.2 Thickness
5 Outer sheath----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
5.1 Material
5.2 Colour
5.3 Thickness
6 Marking ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
6.2 Indication of origin on the outer sheath
6.4 Durability
6.5 Legibility
7 Resistance against flame propagation------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
1 Routine tests ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
2 Sample tests----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7
3 Type tests, electrical ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7
4 Type tests, non-electrical ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8
5 Electrical tests after installation ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------10
4 Appendix (Tables) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------11
5 Current-carrying capacity -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------16
6 Guide to use ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------21
Page 5-A-3
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section A
REFERENCES
References are made in Section 5-A of HD 603, to other parts of this HD and to other Harmonization

In all cases reference to another HD, EN or International Standard implies the latest edition of that document.
1 General
cables with XLPE-insulation for rated voltage (Uo/U) of 0,6/1 kV type 5A
The insulation covered by this standard shall consist of cross-linked polyethylene and correspond to
Table 2A of HD 603-1 - type DIX 1
(b) Rated voltage
Uo/U: 0,6/1 kV
Definitions: see HD 603-1 Subclause 2.3
Cables covered by this standard are suitable to categories A, B and C according to IEC 60183.
Suitable to the highest rated conductor temperature. It shall consist of PVC and correspond to
Table 4A, type DMV 2 in HD 603-1.
Page 5-A-4
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section A

No. EN/HD ADDITIONAL
Subclause 5.1
1.1 Material
a) General HD 603-1
Subclause 5.1.1
b) Purity of aluminium 99,5 %
minimum number of wires
1.4 Dimensions of sector-shaped Appendix, Table 1

solid aluminium conductors
1.5 Tensile strength for sector 60 to 90 N/mm²
conductors
1.6 Elongation at break for sector > 20 %
conductors.
1.7 Winding test for aluminium cir- No crack
cular solid conductors (16 mm²)
conductors
chemically cross-linked polyethylene
(XLPE).
2.1 Material HD 603-1,
Table 2A
Type DIX 1
2.2 Insulation thickness Appendix, Tables 3
a) nominal value
c) minimum value nominal value - (0,1 mm + 10 % of
nominal value)

conductor or over the insulation shall not be included in
the thickness of the insulation.
Page 5-A-5
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section A

colours either through the insulation or
through a colored skin. The green/yellow
colour combination is achieved by the
extrusion of the base colour in the bulk of the
insulation, covered by lines in the other
colour.
multi-core cables, the used colour code and
the order of succession of the colours are
given in HD 308
Subclause 4 or PEN of equipotential connectors), .” at the
HD 603-1*.
3 Assembly of cores HD 603-1, The assembly may include fillers or tapes
Subclause 5.3 (HD 603-1, Subclause 5.4)
4 Inner covering Extruded bedding
4.1 Design The extruded inner covering shall surround
the cores and penetrate the spaces between
them, no interstice and no gap can occur
It shall be possible to strip the bedding easily
4.2 Thickness
a) nominal value Appendix, Tables 3
b) minimum value nominal value - (0,2 mm + 20 % of nominal
value)
5 Outer sheath
Table 4A type
DMV 2
5.2 Colour Black
5.3 Thickness
a) nominal value Appendix, Tables 3

b) minimum value nominal value - (0,1 mm + 15 % nominal
value)
* PE: conductor provided for the purpose of safety.
PEN: conductor combining the functions of both PE conductor and a neutral conductor.
Page 5-A-6
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section A

6 Marking
- code designation (type of Set of marks with the designations of the

cable on the outer sheath cables. See Appendix, Table 4
- rated voltage - areas)
- lengths of the cables May be indicated by a inner metric tape,
graduated in m and decim or by particular
marks on the sheath
6.2 Indication of origin on the outer Manufacturer’s name or abbreviation from
sheath which the manufacturer can be identified.
(indented or embossed on the sheath)
6.3 Continuity of marks Distance between the end of one mark and
the beginning of the next identical mark.
550 mm
6.4 Durability HD 603-1 Marks are indelible on the outer sheath
Subclause 3.3
Subclause 3.4
propagation
3 Test requirements
Rounding of numbers according to IEC 60502-1
1. Routine tests
1 2 3 4
1 Conductor resistance EN 60228 HD 605 Subclause 3.1.1
- Sample
b) short cable samples from the
manufacturing length ( 1 m)
- Conditioning
- Sample manufacturing length

- Test voltage: 4 kV ac 50 Hz
Remarks: For single core cable, the drum
with the cable is submerged in water; this
procedure is good practice but not
standardized.
Page 5-A-7
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section A
2 Sample tests
1 2 3 4
No Tests Requirements* Test methods
1 General
Dimensions: Rounding of the
Samples: The tests must be carried out numbers according to
before the delivery of the cable. At least one IEC 60502-1
sample on every 25km batch (or smaller) of
the same cables shall be taken.
4 Inner covering Subclause 4.2 EN 60811-1-1 Subclause 8.2
5 Outer sheath Subclause 5.3 EN 60811-1-1 Subclause 8.2
6 Outer diameter Appendix: EN 60811-1-1 Subclause 8.3
Tables 3
7 Marking Clause 6 Visual

1 2 3 4
- Sample: length 15 m from the

manufactured length
- Conditioning: tempered water bath
between 15 and 25 °C - 24 h
- Duration of test: 4 h No breakdown
2 Insulation resistance measurement at 90 °C Minimum HD 605 Subclause 3.3.1

Ω.cm
12
1 x 10
- Sample: length 10,5 m of manufactured
cable
- Conditioning: the sample is submerged in
water of which the temperature is between
88 to 92 °C. The ends of the sample
emerge at least 0,25 m above the water
level
measurements, new measurements at
(90 ± 1) °C
Page 5-A-8
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section A

1 2 3 4
Dimensions: Rounding of the
- Samples numbers according to IEC
60502-1
1.2 - Mechanical characteristics without HD 603-1 - Table 2A EN 60811-1-1 Subclause 9.1
ageing DIX1
- Mechanical characteristics after ageing HD 603-1 - Table 2A Difference with EN 60811-1-2 :
in air oven DIX1 2 % for 0,5 % (volume of the test
pieces in relation to the volume
of the oven)
1.3 Hot set test at 200° C HD 603-1 - Table 2A EN 60811-2-1 Clause 9
DIX1
Temperature 200 °C
Duration 15 min
Mechanical stress 0,2 MPa
Maximum elongation under load 100 %
Maximum residual elongation 15 %
1.4 Shrinkage test EN 60811-1-3 Clause 10
Duration 1h
Temperature 130 °C
Maximum shrinkage 4%
2.1 Measurement of thickness of inner Subclause 4.2 EN 60811-1-1 Subclause 8.2
covering Rounding of the numbers
according to IEC 60502-1
3.1 Measurement of thickness of outer Subclause 5.3 EN 60811-1-1 Subclause 8.2
sheath Rounding of the numbers
according to IEC 60502-1
3.2 Measurement of cable external diameter HD 603-5A- EN 60811-1-1 Subclause 8.3
Appendix and graduated measuring tape.
Tables 3 Rounding of numbers according
to IEC 60502-1
3.3 Mechanical characteristics HD 603-1 - Table 4A EN 60811-1-1 Subclause 9.2
type DMV2
Mechanical characteristics without HD 603-1 - Table 4A 2 % for 0,5 % (volume of the test
ageing type DMV2 pieces in relation to the volume
HD 603-1 – Table 4A of the oven)
Mechanical characteristics after ageing in type DMV2
an oven
3.4 Test for resistance of sheath to cracking HD 603-1 – Table 4A EN 60811-3-1 Subclause 9.2
type DMV2
Page 5-A-9
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section A

1 2 3 4
3.5 Pressure test at high temperature HD 603-1 Table EN 60811-3-1 Subclause 8.2 and
4A type DMV2 HD 605 Subclause 2.2.4
3.6 Impact test at low temperature for the At least 8 test EN 60811-1-4 Subclause 8.5
Temperature (-15 ± 2) °C shall will no show taken on 5 different places at a
any cracks when distance of 1m from each other
examined with
normal vision
4.1 Resistance against flame propagating EN 60332-1-2 EN 60332-1-2
4.2 Bending test HD 605 Subclause 2.4.1.1
Cable length: 5m followed by the high voltage test
Test cylinder diameter: 12 times given in HD 605, Subclause 3.2.1,
external diameter of cable after immersion in water for 5 min
Test voltage: 4 kV, 50 Hz
Duration of application to
each core: 1 min
(with all other cores connected together
and to the water) No breakdown
4.3 After aging on complete cable EN 60811-1-2 Subclause 8.1.4
Temperature 100 ° C
Duration T1 -
Duration T2 168 h
5 Mechanical testing of aluminium core
5.1 Tensile strength HD 605 Subclause 2.3.1.2
- Cross- sectional area (mm²) =
Mass(kg) of 1 m conductor
3
x 10 6
2700 kg/m
- Sample: 300 mm long
- Rate of separation of the grip:
Max. 1 cm/s
- Distance between the marks on the
sample: 200 mm Subclause 1.5
- Tensile strength
Page 5-A-10
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section A

1 2 3 4
5.2 Elongation at break Subclause 1.6
5.3 Winding test for aluminium circular solid Subclause 1.7
conductors No crack
-Test cylinder diameter: 10 x diameter of
the core

1 2 3 4
Subclause 3.2.1
Test voltage: 2 kV ac or 4 kV dc
Duration of test: 10 min for each core, with

all other cores connected to each other
and to the earth
NOTE The tests can be omitted if the cables are

installed under the supervision of the manufacturer.
* According to Section 2 ‘Design requirements” unless stated otherwise.

Page 5-A-11
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section A
4 Appendix (tables)
Table 1 - Solid shaped conductors
Nominal Center Indicative d value b value Indicative Indicative Indicative

cross- angle value of nominal tolerances nominal tolerances value of value of value of
sectional α h r1 r2 a
area
mm² ° mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
95 90 10,9 9,7 ± 0,5 12,7 ± 0,6 13,3 2,8 3,4

150 90 13,4 12,2 ± 0,6 16,2 ± 0,6 15,9 3,0 4,1
240 90 17,0 15,8 ± 0,6 21,9 ± 0,6 20,1 3,0 4,9
a
r1 r2
d h
α
r2
Page 5-A-12
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section A

Cu (mm²) Al (mm²)
Circular, solid 1,5 -
(class 1 - EN 60228) 2,5 -
4 -
6 -
10 -
- 16
- 50
Circular, stranded 16 -
(class 2 - EN 60228) 25 -
35 35
50 -
Stranded for copper conductors 70 -
(class 2 – EN 60228). 95 95
Sector shaped solid for aluminium 120 -
conductors. 150 150
(class 1 – EN 60228) 185 -
240 240
300 -
400 -
500 -
The following Tables, 3A - 3B - 3C - 3D - 3E - 3F and 3G, give the requirements for standard preferred
cables. On request, other cable constructions can be supplied.
Table 3A - Cables type 5A - 1 Copper core
Nominal Nominal outer

Nominal cross- Form of the
sectional area conductors insulation sheath Outer diameter
thickness thickness
mm² mm mm min. mm max. mm
2,5 0,7 1,7 5,0 10,0
4 0,7 1,7 5,5 10,5
6 0,7 1,7 6,0 11,0
10 0,7 1,8 7,0 12,0
16 0,7 1,8 8,0 13,0
25 0,9 1,9 10,0 15,0
35 0,9 1,9 11,0 16,0
50 1,0 2,0 12,5 17,5
70 Circular 1,1 2,0 14,5 19,5
95 1,1 2,1 16,5 21,5
120 1,2 2,1 18,5 24,5
150 1,4 2,2 20,5 26,5
185 1,6 2,2 22,5 28,5
240 1,7 2,3 25,0 31,0
300 1,8 2,4 28,0 34,0
400 2,0 2,5 30,5 38,5
500 2,2 2,6 34,0 42,0
Page 5-A-13
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section A
Table 3B – Cables type 5A – 2 Copper cores
Nominal Nominal Nominal

Nominal
cross- Form of the inner outer
insulation Outer diameter
sectional conductors covering sheath
thickness
area thickness thickness
1,5 0,7 1,0 2,0 9,0 14,0

2,5 0,7 1,0 2,0 10,0 15,0
4 0,7 1,0 2,0 11,0 16,0
6 0,7 1,0 2,0 12,0 17,0
Circular
10 0,7 1,0 2,0 13,0 18,0
16 0,7 1,0 2,0 15,0 21,0
25 0,9 1,0 2,1 19,0 25,0
35 0,9 1,0 2,2 22,0 28,0
Table 3C - Cables type 5A - 3 Copper cores
Nominal Nominal
Nominal Nominal
thickness thickness
area thickness
1,5 0,7 1,0 2,0 10,0 15,0

2,5 0,7 1,0 2,0 11,0 16,0
4 0,7 1,0 2,0 12,0 17,0
6 0,7 1,0 2,0 13,0 18,0
10 Circular 0,7 1,0 2,0 15,0 21,0
16 0,7 1,0 2,1 17,0 23,0
25 0,9 1,0 2,2 22,0 28,0
35 0,9 1,0 2,3 24,0 30,0
50 1,0 1,0 2,4 26,0 32,0
70 1,1 1,2 2,5 29,0 37,0

95 1,1 1,2 2,6 31,5 39,5
120 1,2 1,2 2,7 34,0 42,0
150 Sector 1,4 1,4 2,9 38,0 46,0
185 shaped 1,6 1,4 3,0 43,5 51,5
240 1,7 1,6 3,2 49,0 57,0
300 1,8 1,6 3,4 56,5 64,5
Page 5-A-14
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section A
Table 3D - Cables type 5A - 4 Copper cores
Nominal Nominal
Nominal Nominal
thickness thickness
area thickness
1,5 0,7 1,0 2,0 11,0 16,0

2,5 0,7 1,0 2,0 12,0 17,0
4 0,7 1,0 2,0 13,0 18,0
6 0,7 1,0 2,0 14,0 19,0
10 Circular 0,7 1,0 2,1 16,0 21,0
16 0,7 1,0 2,1 18,5 24,5
25 0,9 1,0 2,3 23,5 29,5
35 0,9 1,0 2,3 26,0 32,0
50 1,0 1,0 2,5 29,0 35,0
70 1,1 1,2 2,6 32,0 40,0

95 1,1 1,2 2,7 35,5 43,5
120 1,2 1,4 2,9 40,0 48,0
Sector
150 1,4 1,4 3,0 45,0 53,0
shaped
185 1,6 1,4 3,2 49,5 57,5
240 1,7 1,6 3,4 57,0 65,0
300 1,8 1,6 3,6 64,5 72,0
Table 3E - Cables type 5A - 5 Copper cores
Nominal Nominal
Nominal Nominal
thickness thickness
area thickness
1,5 0,7 1,0 2,0 11,5 16,5

2,5 0,7 1,0 2,0 13,0 18,0
4 0,7 1,0 2,0 14,0 19,0
6 0,7 1,0 2,0 15,5 20,5
10 Circular 0,7 1,0 2,1 18,0 24,0
16 0,7 1,0 2,2 20,5 26,5
25 0,9 1,0 2,3 25,5 31,5
35 0,9 1,0 2,4 28,5 34,5
Page 5-A-15
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section A
Table 3F - Cables type 5A - 4 Copper cores with one reduced conductor
L = phase conductor R = neutral conductor or earth conductor
Nominal Nominal
Nominal
Nominal cross- Form of the inner outer
insulation Outer diameter
sectional area conductors covering sheath
thickness
thickness thickness
L R L R L R
50 25 Circular Circular 1,0 0,9 1,0 2,4 28,5 34,5
70 35 1,1 0,9 1,2 2,5 31,5 39,5

95 50 Circular 1,1 1,0 1,2 2,7 35,5 43,5
120 70 Sector or 1,2 1,1 1,2 2,8 39,5 47,5
150 70 shaped sector 1,4 1,1 1,4 2,9 44,5 52,5
185 95 shaped 1,6 1,1 1,4 3,1 49,5 57,5
240 120 1,7 1,2 1,6 3,3 57,0 65,0
300 150 1,8 1,4 1,6 3,5 64,0 72,0
Table 3G - Cables type 5A - Aluminium 4 cores
Nominal Nominal
Nominal Nominal
thickness thickness
area thickness
16 0,7 1,0 2,1 19,0 25,0

35 Circular 0,9 1,0 2,3 26,5 32,5
50 1,0 1,0 2,5 29,0 35,0
95 1,1 1,2 2,7 32,5 40,5

Sector
150 1,4 1,4 3,0 40,0 48,0
shaped
240 1,7 1,6 3,4 50,5 58,5
Table 4 Code designation
1 2
E Energy cable
- Copper conductor
(no abbreviation)
X XLPE insulation
V PVC sheath
B Cable conform to this section
Page 5-A-16
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section A
Nominal cross- EXVB EAXVB

sectional area
single-core 3 - 4 - 5 cores 4 cores
dc current ac current unarmoured cable

cable (1)
mm²
side by side (2) trefoil (3)
A A A A A
1,5 - - - 30 -
2,5 65 50 45 40 -
4 80 65 55 50 -
6 105 80 70 65 -
10 140 110 90 90 -
16 180 140 115 120 88
25 230 180 150 150 -
35 275 215 180 175 140
50 325 250 210 205 165

70 400 305 260 250 -
95 480 365 310 305 245
120 550 415 350 345 -
390
150 615 465 395 315
440
185 700 525 450 -
510
240 820 610 520 420
580
300 930 690 585 -
-
400 1075 790 670 -
-
500 1225 890 750 -
(1) Suitable for a single cable

(2) Suitable for one horizontal laid side by side system (7 cm between cables)
(3) Suitable for trefoil formation (each cable close to the next one)
Page 5-A-17
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section A
Table 2 - Max. current ratings for a multicore cable or several single-core cables laid and operating in air
Nominal cross- EXVB EAXVB

sectional area
single-core 3 - 4 - 5 cores 4 cores
dc current ac current unarmoured cable

cable
mm²
(1) side by side (2) trefoil (3)
A A A A A
1,5 - - - 23 -
2,5 43 42 34 32 -
4 57 56 44 42 -
6 72 71 57 54 -
10 99 96 77 75 -
16 131 128 102 100 75
25 177 173 135 127 -
35 218 212 169 157 125
192
50 266 258 207 150
246
70 338 328 268 -
299
95 416 404 328 230
346
120 487 471 382 -
399
150 559 541 443 456 300
185 648 626 509 538 -
240 779 749 604 620 425
300 902 864 699 -
-
400 1270 1018 839 - -
500 1246 1173 958 -
(1) Suitable for a single cable.

(2) Suitable for one horizontal laid side by side system (7 cm between cables).
(3) Suitable for trefoil formation (each cable close to the next one).
Page 5-A-18
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section A
Depth U = 1000 V
cm S 50 mm² 70 to 240 mm²
50 1,02 1,04
60 1,01 1,02
70 1,00 1,00
80 0,99 0,98
100 0,97 0,96
120 0,95 0,94
150 0,93 0,92
Number of multicore cables or of 2 3 4 5 6 8 10

single-core cable systems
7 cm
0,82 0,76 0,69 0,66 0,61 0,57 0,53
(°C)
1 kV 1,10 1,07 1,04 1,00 0,96 0,92 0,89 0,85 0,79
(°C)
1 kV 1,15 1,12 1,08 1,04 1,00 0,96 0,91 0,87 0,82

Page 5-A-19
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section A
Table 7 - Derating factors relating to the thermal resistivity of the ground for multicore cables

mm² 50 70 80 100 120 150 200 250 300
1,5 1,14 1,08 1,05 1 0,96 0,90 0,83 0,77 0,72

2,5 1,15 1,08 1,05 1 0,96 0,90 0,82 0,76 0,71
4 1,16 1,08 1,05 1 0,95 0,89 0,82 0,76 0,71
6 1,16 1,09 1,06 1 0,95 0,89 0,81 0,75 0,70
10 1,17 1,09 1,06 1 0,95 0,89 0,80 0,75 0,70

16 1,18 1,10 1,07 1 0,95 0,89 0,80 0,74 0,69
25 1,20 1,10 1,08 1 0,94 0,88 0,79 0,72 0,67
35 1,23 1,12 1,08 1 0,94 0,87 0,77 0,70 0,65
50 1,24 1,13 1,08 1 0,94 0,86 0,77 0,70 0,65

70 1,24 1,13 1,08 1 0,94 0,86 0,77 0,70 0,65
95 1,24 1,13 1,08 1 0,94 0,86 0,77 0,70 0,64
120 1,25 1,13 1,08 1 0,94 0,86 0,76 0,69 0,64
150 1,25 1,13 1,08 1 0,93 0,86 0,76 0,69 0,64

185 1,25 1,13 1,08 1 0,93 0,86 0,76 0,69 0,64
240 1,25 1,13 1,08 1 0,93 0,86 0,76 0,69 0,64
300 1,25 1,13 1,08 1 0,93 0,86 0,76 0,69 0,64
Number of multicore cables or 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10

single-core cable systems
>d d d 1 0,98 0,96 0,95 0,94 0,93 0,92 0,91
0,95 0,84 0,80 0,78 0,76 0,75 0,74 0,72
>d d d 0,95 0,90 0,88 0,87 0,86 0,85 0,84 0,83
On plain support
0,95 0,84 0,80 0,78 0,76 0,75 0,74 0,72
Page 5-A-20
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section A
Table 9 - Derating factors * relating to the proximity of the other cables laid in cable trenches,
2d
0,94 0,90 0,88 0,86 0,85
Workshop trench
(closed)
2d 0,95 0,91 0,89 0,87 0,86

Workshop trench
(semi open)
2d
0,94 0,90 0,88 0,86 0,85
2d 0,97 0,93 0,91 0,89 0,88

Open cable trunking
25 cm
0,91 0,85 0,81 0,78 0,76
Bushes (120 cm
depth)

area
mm²
Workshop trench 0,90
(closed)
Workshop trench 0,95

(semi open)
Closed cable trunking 0,90
Open cable trunking 0,98
Bushes 50 0,81
(120 cm depth) 70 - 150 0,80
1 bush 185 - 400 0,79
Page 5-A-21
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section A
6 Guide to use
1 2 3
- in soil
- in concrete
2 Highest permissible voltage - dc systems 1,2 kV
- ac systems:
3 Precautions against electric shock Cables without metallic covering are suitable for Class 2
equipment.
1 2 3
1 Delivery
D > 5 cm
1.2. Core diameter of delivery drums 20 D
1.3. Cable sealing caps The cable caps have to be sealed during transport,
storage and laying.
2 Transport
2.2. Drum axis position Cable drums with flange diameter exceeding 1 m have
to be transported with drum axis horizontal.
2.5. Cable coils Short cable lengths may be conditioned and transported
and stored horizontally.
The bending radii shall not fall short of the values given
in 1.2 of this guide to use
Page 5-A-22
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section A

1 2 3
1 General remarks
1.1. Selection of cables The cable route, the laying method and the operating
conditions shall be taken into account.
1.2. Laying and operating Cables shall be laid and operated in such way that their
properties are not endangered.
- cables protected against radiation of sunlight
d) The method of laying and the back filling material

have to be selected in respect of the outer cable
sheath
e) Protection against outer influences e.g. chemical

solvents.
1.3. Protection of cables Cables shall be protected by agreed means against
mechanical damages after installation.
1.4. Dimensions of ducts Inner diameter of ducts and pipes 1,5 times cable
diameter.
Several cables within one pipe are not recommended. If
used the pipe has to be so wide that the cables do not
block themselves.
When using steel pipes single-core cables belonging to
a three-phase system have to pass through the same
pipe.
To protect the pipes against shock it is recommended to
use sand bedding.
1.5. Fire protection The cables shall be installed in such a way that the
preventive fire protection shall be taken into account.
2 Lowest temperature for cable laying The lowest allowed temperature of the cables during
installation and mounting of accessories is + 5 °C for
PVC sheathed cables.
This temperature is valid for the cable itself and not for
the surroundings.
In the case that the cable temperature is lower than the
allowed temperature, the cable must be warmed for at
least 24 h.
Page 5-A-23
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section A

1 2 3
3 Pulling force
3.1. a) Pulling head attached to the Maximum pulling force P = S δ , where S in mm² is the
conductors cross-section area of conductor, δ is the permissible
tensile stress (δ = 50 N/mm² for cables with copper
conductors; δ = 30 N/mm² for cables with aluminium
conductors).
The maximum pulling force (P) is calculated from the total
of the nominal cross-sectional area.
b) Pulling grip For the pulling in of unarmoured cables the pulling force is
transmitted by a pulling grip via a frictional connection
between the pulling grip and the conductors of the cable.
Therefore the same pulling loads can be applied as for
pulling head.
3.2. Preparation of cable route It is assumed that the cable trench is well prepared for the
laying procedure with well-established curves and a
sufficient number of cable rollers.
Special attention shall be paid to the required minimum
bending radii (see Clause 4).
The pulling force shall be permanently supervised during
the pulling procedure.
4 Bending radii
- the cable is heated up to 30 °C
5 Cable fixing Single-core cables may be laid alone or system wise
(grouping of three-phases R/S/T together) in bundles. A
system of bundled cables may be treated as a multi-core
cable.
In case of separate laying of single-core cables, cleats
made of plastics or cleats consisting of non-magnetic
metals have to be used. Steel cleats may be used if the
magnetic circuit is not closed around a single-core cable
alone.
Cables and bundles of cables are to be tightened in such
a way that damages in form of indentation marks by
pressure caused by heat expansion are avoided.
5.1 Longitudinal distance between cleats 20 times the cable diameter or cable system diameter in
case of three single-core cables.
This distance is also valid between points of support in
case of laying on cable racks or inside cable trays.
In any case a distance of 80 cm should not be exceeded.
5.2 Vertical distance between cleats For vertical cable laying on walls a higher distance
between the cleats is permitted. However a distance of
1,5 m should not be exceeded.
Page 5-A-24
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section A
BLANK PAGE
Page 5-D-0
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section D
SECTION 5-D - CABLES WITH (TYPE 5D-1) AND WITHOUT (TYPE 5D-2) CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR
Replace Section 5-D
by the following new Section 5-D.

Page 5-D-1
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section D
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
SECTION 5-D - CABLES WITH (TYPE 5D-1) AND WITHOUT (TYPE 5D-2) CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR
Page 5-D-2
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section D
CONTENTS
1 General ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3
1 Conductor ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4
1.1 Material
1.2 Design
2 Insulation ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
2.1 Material
3.1 Assembly
4 Inner covering------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
4.1 Design
4.2 Thickness
5 Concentric conductor --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
5.1 Design
5.2 DC resistance
5.3 Cross-section of concentric conductor
5.5 Size of contact tape
6 Oversheath ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
6.1 Material
6.2 Colour
6.3 Thickness
7 Marking --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
7.3 Durability
7.4 Legibility
1 Routine tests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
2 Sample tests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7
5 Electrical tests after installation -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------10
4 Appendix (Tables) --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------11
5 Current-carrying capacity ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------14
6 Guide to use ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------18
Page 5-D-3
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section D
REFERENCES

1 General
This standard specifies the construction, dimensions and test requirements of power cables with XLPE
insulation and with (Type 5D-1) or without (Type 5D-2) concentric conductor for rated voltage (U) of
1 kV for fixed installations.
Table 2A of HD 603-1, type DIX 6.
(b) Rated voltage
0,6/1 kV
(ii) Short-circuit (5 s maximum duration) 250 °C
Shall be suitable for the maximum rated conductor temperature. It shall consist of either PVC and
correspond to Table 4A, type DMV 10, or PE and correspond to Table 4B, type DMP 8 of HD 603-1.
Page 5-D-4
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section D

No. HD Additional
Subclause 5.1
Subclause 5.1.1
1.2 Design EN 60228 Appendix, Table 1
a) multi-core cables with cross- 16 mm²: round class 1 solid or class 2 stranded
sections of 16 mm² and 25 mm² 25 mm²: round or sector-shaped, class 2 stranded
and compacted
b) multi-core cables with other Other cross-sections: sector-shaped, class 2
cross-sections stranded and compacted
c) single-core cables Round class 2 stranded and compacted
Subclause 5.2
2.1 Material HD 603-1 Table 2A
type DIX 6
the nominal value by more than 0,1 mm, i.e:
tmin ≥ 0,9 tn – 0,1
NOTE The thickness of any separator on the conductor
or over the insulation shall not be included in the thickness
of the insulation.
c) number identification Phase cores greater than 6 mm² with black colour
of insulation may alternatively be identified by
numerals, in the following order 1-2-3.
3 Assembly of cores
3.1 Assembly Cores of multicore cables shall be laid-up and have
a lapped or extruded inner covering.
3.2 Interstice fillers HD 603-1 Use of yarn of appropriate material or other means
Subclause 5.4 to ensure that construction is sufficiently compact is
optionally allowed.
4.2 Thickness Appendix, Tables 3 and 4.
Page 5-D-5
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section D
No. HD Additional
5 Concentric conductor (Type 5D-1) Annealed copper

5.1 Design One layer of copper wires with a copper contact
tape touching the wires. A separation layer of
suitable material may be put on the concentric
conductor.
The lay length of the wires shall not be more
than 50 times the diameter measured under the
wires. If the copper wires have been laid in
wave form, the angle of lay has to be such that
the length of the wire is the same as calculated
from the condition above.
Contact tape may be solid copper or a flat
bundle of copper wires. The lay length of the
contact tape shall not be more than 20 times the
diameter under contact tape.
5.2 DC-resistance, maximum Appendix, Table 1
5.3 Cross-section of concentric Appendix, Table 1

conductor

a) measured mean clearance 4 mm
wires
b) number of clearances comprised Less than 5 % of the clearances
between 4 mm and 8 mm
maximum
5.5 Size of contact tape Thickness: 0,1 mm

Width: 3 mm
6 Oversheath HD 603-1 Single core cables shall have a separation layer

Subclause 5.8 between insulation and sheath and Type 5D-1
cables between concentric conductor and sheath.
6.1 Material HD 603-1 Table 4A PVC-sheath or

type DMV 10 or
HD 603-1 Table 4B PE-sheath
type DMP 8
6.3 Thickness
a) nominal value Appendix, Tables 2 and 3
c) minimum value The thickness shall at no point be less than 85 %
of the nominal value by more than 0,1 mm, i.e:
tmin ≥ 0,85 tn – 0,1
Page 5-D-6
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section D
No. HD Additional
7 Marking HD 603-1 All code designation markings have to be

Clause 3 embossed, engraved or printed on the oversheath.
Sequential cable length marking in meter on the
outer sheath is required as mandatory. Additional
markings are accepted.
7.1 Indication of origin on the outer Manufacturer’s name or trademark which shall be
can be identified
7.3 Durability HD 603-1 Marking on the oversheath shall be resistant to

Subclause 3.3 operating conditions in the ground

Subclause 3.4
8 Code designation Type designation according to Table 3 or 4, number

and nominal cross-section of conductors, rated
voltage U0/U.
3 Test requirements
1 Routine tests
1 2 3 4
shall have no
breaks
3 Spark test test HD 605
- for insulations Subclause 3.6
- for sheaths in cables with concentric conductor (5D-1)
- for insulation and sheaths in single core cables (5D-2)
Voltage: 4 kV a.c or 15 kV d.c.
Page 5-D-7
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section D

1)
2 Sample tests
1 2 3 4
1 Conductor examination EN 60228 Conductors Measurement
shall have no breaks and inspection
- hot-set test HD 603-1 Table 2A EN 60811-2-1
type DIX 6 Clause 9

Subclause 8.3
1)
1 2 3 4
1.1 Inner conductors Appendix, Table 1
1.2 Concentric conductor Appendix, Table 1
3 Volume resistivity [Ω.cm] of insulation at +90 °C Subclause 2.1 HD 605
Subclause 3.3.1
1 2 3 4
1.1 Conductor construction Clauses 1 and 5
1.2 Insulation thickness Subclause 2.2 EN 60811-1-1
Subclause 8.1
1.3 Oversheath thickness Subclause 6.3 EN 60811-1-1
Subclause 8.2
Clauses 7 and 8
Page 5-D-8
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section D
1 2 3 4
2.1 Tensile strength, min. Table 2A – DIX 6
2.2 Elongation at break, min. Table 2A – DIX 6
Ageing in air oven
- temperature (tolerance ±2 °C) Table 2A – DIX 6
- time Table 2A – DIX 6
3.1 Tensile strength Table 2A – DIX 6
values, max.
3.2 Elongation at break Table 2A – DIX 6
values, max.
4 Mechanical properties of PVC-sheath without ageing HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-1
5 Mechanical properties of PVC-sheath after ageing HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-2
Ageing in air oven
- temperature (tolerance ±2 ºC) Table 4A – DMV 10
- time
values, max.
values, max.
6 Compatibility test for complete cable with PVC-sheath HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-2
- temperature (tolerance ±2 °C)
- time
6.1 Insulation Table 2A – DIX 6
- tensile strength
6.2 sheath Table 4A - DMV 10
- tensile strength
Page 5-D-9
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section D
1 2 3 4
7 Hot-set test for insulation HD 603-1 EN 60811-2-1
- temperature (tolerance ±2 °C) Table 2A – DIX 6 Clause 9

- temperature (tolerance ±2 °C) Table 2A – DIX 6 Subclause 9.2
9 Shrinkage test for insulation HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-3

Table 2A – DIX 6 Clause 10
10 Carbon black content of insulation (2,5 ± 0,5) % EN 60811-4-1
(for black insulation only) Clause 11
10 Loss of mass test for PVC-sheath HD 603-1 EN 60811-3-2
Table 4A – DMV 10 Subclause 8.2
11 Pressure test at high temperature for PVC-sheath HD 603-1 EN 60811-3-1
12 Properties of PVC-sheath at low temperature HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-4
(temperature tolerance ±2 °C)
12.1 Cold elongation test on dumb-bells, min. Table 4A – DMV 10 Subclause 8.4
12.2 Impact test Table 4A – DMV 10 Subclause 8.5
13 Heat shock test on PVC-sheath HD 603-1 EN 60811-3-1
(temperature tolerance ±2 °C) Table 4A – DMV 10
14 Thermal stability test on PVC-sheath Table 4A – DMV 10 EN 60811-3-2
(temperature tolerance ±0,5 °C) Clause 9
15 Flame spread test for cable with PVC-sheath EN 60332-1-2
16 Mechanical properties of PE-sheath without ageing HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-1
16.1 Tensile strength, min. Table 4B – DMP 8
16.2 Elongation at break, min. Table 4B – DMP 8
17 Mechanical properties of PE-sheath after ageing HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-2
Ageing in air oven
- temperature (tolerance ±2 °C) Table 4B – DMP 8
- time
17.1 Tensile strength Table 4B – DMP 8
values, max.
17.2 Elongation at break Table 4B – DMP 8
values, max.
Page 5-D-10
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section D
1 2 3 4
18 Carbon black content of PE-sheath HD 603-1 EN 60811-4-1
Table 4B – DMP 8 Clause 11
19 Pressure test at high temperature for PE-sheath HD 603-1 EN 60811-3-1
Table 4B – DMP 8 Subclause 8.2
20 Properties of PE-sheath at low temperature HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-4
(temperature tolerance ±2 ºC)
20.1 Cold elongation test on dumb-bells, min. Table 4B – DMP 8 Subclause 8.4
20.2 Impact test Table 4B – DMP 8 Subclause 8.5
21 Cable bending test (for PVC- and PE-sheathed No cracks HD 605
cables) at low temperature Subclause 2.4.1.3
- temperature (-25±2) °C
1 2 3 4
Page 5-D-11
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section D
4 Appendix (tables)
Table 1 - Construction of conductors of aluminium cables
Inner conductors of aluminium Concentric conductor of copper

Nominal Number of Resistance Nominal cross- Resistance of the
cross-section wires in of conductor section of the concentric conductor
of conductor conductor at +20 °C concentric conductor at +20 °C
min. max. max.
2 2
mm Ω/km mm Ω/km
16 1 1,91 16 1,15
25 6 1,20 16 1,15
35 6 0,868 16 1,15
50 6 0,641 16 1,15
70 12 0,443 21 0,868
95 15 0,320 29 0,641
120 15 0,253 41 0,443
150 15 0,206 41 0,443
185 30 0,164 57 0,320
240 30 0,125 72 0,253
300 30 0,100 88 0,206
400 53 0,0778 - -
500 53 0,0605 - -
630 53 0,0469 - -
800 53 0,0367 - -
1 000 53 0,0291 - -
Table 2 - Construction of conductors of copper cables
Copper conductors
Nominal cross- Number of wires in Resistance of
section of conductor conductor at +20 °C
conductor min. max.
2
mm Ω/km
35 6 0,524
50 6 0,387
70 12 0,268
95 15 0,193
120 18 0,153
150 18 0,124
185 30 0,0991
240 34 0,0754
300 34 0,0601
400 53 0,0470
500 53 0,0366
630 53 0,0283
800 53 0,0221
Page 5-D-12
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section D
Table 3 - Thickness of inner covering and outer sheath of aluminium cables

cross section of the thickness of of the outer sheath
of the conductors the inner covering
2
mm mm mm
AXMK 1 x 35 - 1,8
1 x 50 - 1,8
1 x 70 - 1,8
1 x 95 - 1,8
1 x 120 - 1,8
1 x 150 - 1,8
1 x 185 - 1,8
1 x 240 - 1,8
1 x 300 - 1,8
1 x 400 - 2,0
1 x 500 - 2,1
1 x 630 - 2,2
1 x 800 - 2,3
1 x 1000 - 2,5
AXCMK 3 x 16 / 16 0,4 1,8

3 x 25 / 16 0,4 1,8
3 x 35 / 16 0,4 1,8
3 x 50 / 16 0,4 1,8
3 x 70 / 21 0,4 1,9
3 x 95 / 29 0,4 2,1
3 x 120 / 41 0,4 2,2
3 x 150 / 41 0,4 2,3
3 x 185 / 57 0,4 2,5
3 x 240 / 72 0,6 2,7
3 x 300 / 88 0,6 2,9
AXMK 4 x 16 0,4 1,8

4 x 25 0,4 1,8
4 x 35 0,4 1,8
4 x 50 0,4 1,9
4 x 70 0,4 2,0
4 x 95 0,4 2,1
4 x 120 0,4 2,3
4 x 150 0,6 2,4
4 x 185 0,6 2,6
4 x 240 0,6 2,8
4 x 300 0,6 3,0
AXCMK 4 x 16 / 16 0,4 1,8

4 x 25 / 16 0,4 1,8
4 x 35 / 16 0,4 1,8
4 x 50 / 16 0,4 1,9
4 x 70 / 21 0,4 2,1
4 x 95 / 29 0,4 2,2
4 x 120 / 41 0,4 2,3
4 x 150 / 41 0,6 2,5
4 x 185 / 57 0,6 2,7
4 x 240 / 72 0,6 2,9
4 x 300 / 88 0,6 3,1
Page 5-D-13
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section D
Table 4 - Thickness of inner covering and outer sheath of copper cables
Cable type Number and Nominal thickness

cross section of the outer sheath
of the conductors
mm2 mm
XMK 1 x 35 1,8
1 x 50 1,8
1 x 70 1,8
1 x 95 1,8
1 x 120 1,8
1 x 150 1,8
1 x 185 1,8
1 x 240 1,8
1 x 300 1,8
1 x 400 2,0
1 x 500 2,1
1 x 630 2,2
1 x 800 2,3
Page 5-D-14
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section D
1 Basic assumptions

- XLPE-insulated power cables in ground: +65 °C,
- XLPE-insulated power cables in air: +70 °C,
- XLPE-insulated power cables in air +90 °C on the special conditions that the surface of the cables
does not exceed the temperature of +80 °C in fire risky conditions.

- temperature of ground: +15 °C
In air installations the ambient temperature is +25 °C.
2 Current ratings
Basic permissible current ratings of two or more core 0,6/1 kV aluminium power cables with XLPE-insulation.
Maximum conductor temperature +70ºC. See basic assumptions above. Basic current values expressed in
amperes.

aluminium conductor
In air In ground
A C
16 43 62 78
25 56 77 100
35 69 95 125
50 83 117 150
70 104 148 185
95 125 180 220
120 143 209 255
150 164 240 280
185 185 274 330
240 219 323 375
300 257 372 430
The methods of installation have been classified for cables and insulated conductors of rated voltage not
exceeding 1 kV as follows:
IEC 60364-5-523).
Page 5-D-15
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section D
Table 6 – Current carrying capacity of three single-core 0,6/1 kV power cables in air
Basic permissible current ratings for three single-core 0,6/1 kV power cables with XLPE-insulation in three
phase use in air installation. See basic assumptions above. Basic current values expressed in amperes.
Cross-section of conductor Permissible current rating [A] in free air
[mm²] Conductor at +70 °C Conductor at +90 °C
Method F Method G Method F Method G
Aluminium
35 111 147 134 179
50 136 179 165 218
70 176 230 214 282
95 215 281 263 345
120 251 326 308 402
150 290 377 357 466
185 334 431 411 536
240 397 511 490 635
300 460 590 569 736
400 558 711 689 890
500 647 821 800 1030
630 754 954 935 1200
800 830 1000 1050 1300
1000 940 1145 1190 1490
Copper
35 145 192 176 235
50 177 232 215 286
70 229 298 279 367
95 280 361 341 447
120 326 420 398 520
150 377 483 462 600
185 434 552 530 687
240 514 652 631 812
300 595 751 731 938
400 695 903 856 1128
500 794 1041 984 1303
630 906 1206 1132 1512
800 1045 1265 1335 1610
Method F of installation: cables in trefoil formation touching each other (see reference method F of
IEC 60364-5-52).
Method G of installation: cables laid horizontally in flat formation, distance between cables equal to one
cable diameter (see reference method G of IEC 60364-5-52).
Page 5-D-16
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section D
Table 7 – Current carrying capacity of three or more core 0,6/1 kV aluminium power cables in air
Basic permissible current ratings for three or more core 0,6/1 kV power cables with XLPE-insulation in in air
installation. Maximum conductor temperature +90ºC. See basic assumptions above. Basic current values
expressed in amperes.
Cross-section of aluminium Permissible current rating [A]

conductor
[mm²] In air
Method E of installation
16 80
25 101
35 125
50 152
70 196
95 236
120 274
150 316
185 361
240 425
300 490
Method E of installation: multicore cable in free air (see reference method E of IEC 60364-5-52).
When the installation conditions differ from the basic conditions as given in Clause 1 (basic assumptions),
the correction factors shall be taken into account, see IEC 60364-5-52.
Basic assumptions for calculating the thermal short-circuit capacity for PVC-insulated 0,6/1 kV power cables
are:
- initial conductor temperature for XLPE-insulated power cables is +90 °C,
- final conductor temperature for XLPE-insulated power cables is +250 °C
Page 5-D-17
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section D
4 Short-circuit capacity (concluded)
Table 8 – One second thermal short-circuit capacity for XLPE-insulated 0,6/1 kV power cables
Cross-section of conductor Thermal short-circuit current [ kA ] for 1 s, max.
[mm²] Aluminium Copper
16 1,5 -
25 2,4 -
35 3,4 5,0
50 4,8 7,2
70 6,7 10,0
95 9,0 13,6
120 11,4 17,2
150 14,2 21,5
185 17,5 26,5
240 22,6 34,3
300 28,2 43,1
400 37,8 57,2
500 47,2 71,5
630 59,5 90,1
800 74,4 114,0
1000 93,0 143,0
Page 5-D-18
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section D
cable system), storage, transportation and installation of cables specific in this Section 5-D of HD 603.
the table below:
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Annex A Requirements for Section 5-D of HD 603
Subclause number
A.2.1 General If used in d.c.-systems, rated voltage shall not be higher
than 1,5 kV between conductors and 0,9 kV from
conductors to earth.
Clause 5.
temperatures exceeding +65 ºC are not recommended
due to risk of drying-out of soil.
A.3.3 Transport The minimum temperature for the transport is -25 ºC for
PVC-sheathed cables and -40 ºC for PE-sheathed cables
provided that the cable drum contents and cables do not
move in the van during transport.

A.4.2 Installation conditions In open air installations, if insulation material is not

secured against UV-radiation, the cores shall be protected
against solar radiation.

In the final bending, when made carefully and smoothly as
a single bend to the same direction and left to the final
position, the minimum values above may be reduced by
30 %.
A.4.9 Installation in ducts/pipes Minimum recommended duct/pipe diameter is 1,5 times

cable overall diameter.
A.4.11 Lowest temperature of cable installation -15 ºC for installation and handling
temperature limits, the thermal time constant for the full
cable drum may be even 20 to 30 h.
A.4.12 Pulling force Pulling by pulling head (P = S x σ):

Pulling by pulling-stocking (P = S x σ):
Page 5-E-0
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section E
SECTION 5-E - CABLES FOR ENERGY BOARDS WITHOUT CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR (TYPE 5-E)
Replace Section 5-E
by the following new Section 5-E

Page 5-E-1
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section E
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
SECTION 5-E CABLES FOR ENERGY BOARD WITHOUT CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR (TYPE 5 E)
Page 5-E-2
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section E
CONTENTS
1 General ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3
2 Design requirements ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
1 Conductor ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4
1.1 Material
1.2 Design
2 Insulation ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
2.1 Material
3.1 Assembly
4 Inner covering------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
4.1 Design
4.2 Thickness
5 Oversheath ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
5.1 Material
5.2 Colour
5.3 Thickness
6 Marking --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
6.3 Durability
6.4 Legibility
3 Test requirements -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
1 Routine tests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
2 Sample tests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
5 Electrical tests after installation -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9
4 Appendix (Tables) -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9
5 Current-carrying capacity --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------10
6 Guide to use ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------12
Page 5-E-3
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section E
REFERENCES
References are made in Section 5-E of HD 603, to other Parts of this HD and to other Harmonization

1 General
This standard specifies the construction, dimensions and test requirements of power cables for energy
boards with XLPE insulation and without concentric conductor for rated voltage (U) of 1 kV for fixed
installations (type 5-E).
Table 2A of HD 603-1, type DIX 5.
(b) Rated voltage
0,6/1 kV
to Table 4A, type DMV 8 of HD 603-1.
Page 5-E-4
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section E

No. HD Additional
Subclause 5.1
1.1 Material HD 603-1 Aluminium
Subclause 5.1.1
1.2 Design EN 60228 Appendix, Table 1
a) multi-core cables with cross- Round class 1 solid
section of 16 mm²
b) multi-core cables with other Sector-shaped, class 2 stranded and compacted
cross-sections
Subclause 5.2
type DIX 5
c) minimum value The thickness shall at no point be less than 90 %
of the nominal value by more than 0,1 mm, i.e:
tmin ≥ 0,9 tn – 0,1
c) number identification Phase cores with black colour of insulation may
alternatively be identified by numerals, in the
following order 1-2-3.
3 Assembly of cores
3.1 Assembly Cores of multicore cables shall be laid-up and
have a lapped or extruded inner covering.
3.2 Interstice fillers HD 603-1 Yarn of appropriate material or other means to
Subclause 5.4 ensure that construction is sufficiently compact.
4.2 Thickness Appendix, Table 2.
5 Oversheath HD 603-1 Single core cables shall have a separation layer
Subclause 5.8 between insulation and sheath.
type DMV 8
Page 5-E-5
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section E
No. HD Additional
5.3 Thickness
the nominal value by more than 0,1 mm, i.e:
tmin ≥ 0,85 tn – 0,1
6 Marking HD 603-1 All markings of 6.1 and 7 have to be embossed or

Subclause 3 engraved on the oversheath. Sequential cable
length marking in meter on the oversheath is
required as mandatory.
6.1 Indication of origin on the over Manufacturer’s name or trademark which shall be
can be identified.

Subclause 3.3

Subclause 3.4
7 Code designation Type designation according to Table 2, number and

nominal cross-section of conductors, letter S if the
cable includes protective conductor, letter N if the
cable does not include protective conductor, or
without letter if the cable can be used as N- or
S- type, rated voltage U0/U.
3 Test requirements
1 Routine tests
1 2 3 4
shall have no
breaks
3 Spark test test HD 605
- for insulation Subclause 3.6

Page 5-E-6
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section E

1)
2 Sample tests
1 2 3 4
1 Conductor examination EN 60228 Conductors Measurement
shall have no breaks and inspection
- hot-set test HD 603-1 Table 2A EN 60811-2-1
type DIX 5 Clause 9

Subclause 8.3
1)
1 2 3 4
1.1 Inner conductors Appendix, Table 1
1.2 Concentric conductor Appendix, Table 1
3 Volume resistivity [Ω.cm] of insulation at +90 °C Subclause 2.1 HD 605
Subclause 3.3.1
1 2 3 4
1.1 Conductor construction Clause 1
1.2 Insulation thickness Subclause 2.2 EN 60811-1-1
Subclause 8.1
1.3 Oversheath thickness Subclause 5.3 EN 60811-1-1
Subclause 8.2
Clauses 6 and 7
Page 5-E-7
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section E
1 2 3 4
2.1 Tensile strength, min. Table 2A – DIX 5
2.2 Elongation at break, min. Table 2A – DIX 5
Ageing in air oven
- temperature (tolerance ±2 °C) Table 2A – DIX 5
- time Table 2A – DIX 5
3.1 Tensile strength Table 2A – DIX 5
values, max.
3.2 Elongation at break Table 2A – DIX 5
values, max.
4 Mechanical properties of sheath without ageing HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-1
5 Mechanical properties of sheath after ageing HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-2
Ageing in air oven
- temperature (tolerance ±2 °C) Table 4A – DMV 8
- time
values, max.
values, max.
6 Compatibility test for complete cable HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-2
- temperature (tolerance ±2 °C)
- time
6.1 Insulation Table 2A – DIX 5
- tensile strength
6.2 sheath Table 4A – DMV 8
- tensile strength
Page 5-E-8
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section E
1 2 3 4
7 Hot-set test for insulation HD 603-1 EN 60811-2-1
- temperature (tolerance ±2 °C) Table 2A – DIX 5 Clause 9

- temperature (tolerance ±2 °C) Table 2A – DIX 5 Subclause 9.2
9 Shrinkage test for insulation HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-3

Table 2A – DIX 5 Clause 10
10 Carbon black content of insulation (2,5 ± 0,5) % EN 60811-4-1
(for black insulation only) Clause 11
11 Loss of mass test for sheath HD 603-1 EN 60811-3-2
12 Pressure test at high temperature for sheath HD 603-1 EN 60811-3-1
13 Properties of sheath at low temperature HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-4
(temperature tolerance ±2 °C)
13.1 Cold elongation test on dumb-bells, min. Table 4A – DMV 8 Subclause 8.4
13.2 Impact test Table 4A – DMV 8 Subclause 8.5
14 Heat shock test on sheath HD 603-1 EN 60811-3-1
(temperature tolerance ±2 °C) Table 4A – DMV 8
15 Thermal stability test on sheath Table 4A – DMV 8 EN 60811-3-2
(temperature tolerance ±0,5 °C) Clause 9
16 Flame spread test for cable with PVC-sheath EN 60332-1-2
17 Cable bending test at low temperature No cracks HD 605
- temperature (-40±2) °C Subclause 2.4.1.3

Page 5-E-9
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section E
1 2 3 4
4 Appendix (tables)
Table 1 - Construction of conductors
Nominal cross- Number of wires Resistance of

section of in conductor conductor at +20 °C
conductor min. max.
2
mm Ω/km
16 1 1,91
25 6 1,20
35 6 0,868
70 12 0,443
120 15 0,253
185 30 0,164
240 30 0,125
Table 2 - Thickness of inner covering and outer sheath

2
mm lapped, mm extruded, mm mm
AXMKE 4 x 16 0,4 1,0 1,8

4 x 25 0,4 1,0 1,8
4 x 35 0,4 1,0 1,8
4 x 70 0,4 1,0 2,1
4 x 120 0,4 1,2 2,3
4 x 185 0,4 1,4 2,7
4 x 240 0,6 1,6 2,9
Page 5-E-10
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section E
1 Basic assumptions

- XLPE-insulated power cables in ground: +65 °C,
- XLPE-insulated power cables in air: +70 °C,
- XLPE-insulated power cables in air: +90 °C on the special conditions that the surface of the cable does
not exceed the temperature of +80 °C in fire risky conditions.

- temperature of ground: +15 °C
In air installations the ambient temperature is +25 °C.
2 Current ratings
Basic permissible current ratings of two or more core 0,6/1 kV aluminium power cables with XLPE-insulation.
Maximum conductor temperature +70 °C. See basic assumptions above. Basic current values expressed in
amperes.

aluminium
conductor In air In ground
Method of installation
[mm²]
A C
16 43 62 78
25 56 77 100
35 69 95 125
70 104 148 185
120 143 209 255
185 185 274 330
240 219 323 375
IEC 60364-5-523).
Page 5-E-11
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section E
Table 4 – Current carrying capacity of three or more core 0,6/1 kV power cables in air
Basic permissible current ratings for three or more core 0,6/1 kV power cables with XLPE-insulation in in air
installation. Maximum conductor temperature +90 °C. See basic assumptions above. Basic current values
expressed in amperes.
Cross-section of aluminium Permissible current rating [A]

conductor
[mm²] In air
Method E of installation
16 75
25 105
35 130
70 205
120 280
185 365
240 430
Method E of installation: multicore cable in free air (see reference method E of IEC 60364-5-52).
When the installation conditions differ from the basic conditions as given in Clause 1 (basic assumptions),
the correction factors shall be taken into account, see IEC 60364-5-52.
Basic assumptions for calculating the thermal short-circuit capacity for 0,6/1 kV power cables are:
- initial conductor temperature for XLPE-insulated power cables is +90 °C,
- final conductor temperature for XLPE-insulated power cables is +250 °C
Table 5 – One second thermal short-circuit capacity for XLPE-insulated 0,6/1 kV power cables
Cross-section of aluminium Thermal short-circuit current [kA] for

conductor 1 s, max.
[mm²]
16 1,5
25 2,4
35 3,4
70 6,7
120 11,4
185 17,5
240 22,6
Page 5-E-12
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section E

cable system), storage, transportation and installation of cables specific in this Section 5-E of HD 603.
the table below:
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007 Requirements for Section 5-E of HD 603

Annex A
Subclause number
A.2.1 General Cable type 5-E is mainly intended for us in energy boards
and industry and low-voltage distribution. Types in this
section may also be installed indoors in wet locations and
outdoors on wall and metal structures.
If used in d.c.-systems, rated voltage shall not be higher
than 1,5 kV between conductors and 0,9 kV from
conductors to earth.
Clause 5.
temperatures exceeding +65 °C are not recommended
due to risk of drying-out of soil.
A.3.3 Transport The minimum temperature for the transport is -25 °C

provided that the cable drum contents and cables do not
move in the van during transport.

A.4.2 Installation conditions In open air installations, if insulation material is not

secured against UV-radiation, the cores shall be protected
against solar radiation.

In the final bending, when made carefully and smoothly as
a single bend to the same direction and left to the final
position, the minimum values above may be reduced by
30 %.
A.4.9 Installation in ducts/pipes Minimum recommended duct/pipe diameter is 1,5 times

cable overall diameter.
A.4.11 Lowest temperature of cable installation -20 °C for installation and handling
temperature limits, the thermal time constant for the full
cable drum may be even 20 to 30 h.
A.4.12 Pulling force Pulling of Al-conductors (P = S x σ):

- by pulling head σ = 15 N/mm², max. 20000 N:
- by pulling-stocking σ = 15 N/mm², max. 8500 N
Page 5-F-0
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section F
SECTION 5-F - CABLES WITH CONCENTRIC SCREEN AND UNINSULATED NEUTRAL (TYPE 5F)
Replace Section 5-F
by the following new Section 5-F

Page 5-F-1
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section F
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
SECTION 5-F - CABLES WITH CONCENTRIC SCREEN AND UNINSULATED NEUTRAL (TYPE 5F)
Page 5-F-2
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section F
CONTENTS
1 General ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3
2 Design requirements-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
1 Conductors ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
1.1 Material
1.5 Conductor resistance of the phases
1.6 Conductor resistance of the neutral conductor
1.8 Neutral conductor
1.9 Additional core with 1,5 mm² cross section
2 Insulation ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
2.1 Material
3 Neutral conductor covering ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
3.1 Thickness of the lead
3.2 Overall diameter
4.1 Assembly
5 Screen ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
5.1 Design
5.2 Thickness
5.3 Number of tapes and disposition
5.4 Maximum breaking strength
6 Outer sheath -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
6.1 Material
6.2 Colour
6.3 Thickness
7 Outer diameter------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6
8 Marking --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
8.2 Year of manufacturing or number of manufacturing
8.4 Durability
8.5 Legibility
8.6 Compliance with HD 603-1, Section 1
8.7 Meter marking
3 Test requirements ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7
1 Routine tests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7
2 Sample tests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8
4 Type tests, non-electrical ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------10
4 Appendix (Tables) ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------12
5 Guide to use -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------15
6 Current carrying capacity-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------16
Page 5-F-3
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section F
REFERENCES
References are made in Section 5-F of HD 603, to other Parts of this HD and to other Harmonization
EN 60230 Impulse tests on cables and their accessories (IEC 60230)
EN 10002-1 Metallic materials - Tensile testing - Part 1: Method of test (at ambient temperature)
IEC 60724 Short-circuit temperature limits of electric cables with rated voltages of 1 kV
(Um = 1,2 kV) and 3 kV (Um = 3,6 kV)
1 General
insulation, with a lead covered neutral conductor, steel tape screen, PVC sheath for rated voltage (U)
of 1 kV for fixed installations.
The insulation covered by this standard shall consist of cross-linked polyethylene DIX 7 and
correspond to Table 2A of HD 603-1.
(b) Rated voltage
0,6/1 kV
(i) Definitions: see HD 603-1, Subclause 2.3.
(ii) Cables covered by this standard are suitable to Category B according to IEC 60183. The time of
an earth fault should not exceed 8 h. The total duration of earth faults in any year should not
exceed 125 h.
It shall be suitable for the maximum rated conductor temperatures as above . It shall consist of PVC
and correspond to compound DMV 11 in Table 4A of HD 603-1.
(e) Telecommunication units
Under consideration
Page 5-F-4
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section F

No. HD Additional
1 Conductors HD 603-1
Subclause 5.1
1.1 Material Aluminium only
a) General HD 603-1
Subclause 5.1.1
1.2 Dimensions of circular
conductors (minimum and
maximum diameter)
Class 1
16 mm² min. 4,2 - max. 4,6 mm
25 mm² min. 5,2 - max. 5,6 mm
35 mm² min. 6,2 - max. 6,6 mm
Class 2
50 mm² min. 7,2 - max. 7,8 mm
70 mm² min. 8,3 - max. 9,4 mm
95 mm² min. 10,3 - max. 11,0 mm
150 mm² min. 13,9 - max. 15,0 mm
1.3 Dimensions of stranded sector- Under consideration
shaped conductors
conductors (TS)
16 mm² 110 <TS 150 N/mm²
25 mm² 60 <TS 110 N/mm²
35 mm² 60 <TS 100 N/mm²
above 35 mm² 60 <TS 90 N/mm²
1.5 Conductor resistance of the EN 60228
phases
1.6 Conductor resistance of the EN 60228 The lead sheath is not included in the
neutral specified value
1.7 Permissible conductor Appendix, Table 1
1.8 Neutral conductor
Conductor with reduced cross-
sectional area:
a) number 1
c) arrangement lead covered, laid up
1.9 Additional cores with 1,5 mm² Under consideration
a) allowed number 2
b) arrangement Without protrusion from the diameter of
the laid-up cores and no distortion of
the core-insulation
c) colour Not yet specified
d) diameter Max. 1,5 mm
1.10 Telecommunication units Under consideration
Page 5-F-5
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section F

No. HD Additional
Subclause 5.2
Table 2A type DIX7
c) minimum value nominal value - (0,1 mm 10 % of
nominal value)
NOTE the thickness of any separator on the
conductor or over the insulation shall not be included
in the thickness of the insulation.

either HD 308 Table 2 The colouring is either throughout the
or insulation or throughout the surface layer
black with numerical of the insulation
identification 1, 2 or 3 EN 50334
On pilot cores
With a method which does not change the
shape of the cores or by marking (in this
case the maximum distance between two
markings shall not exceed 10 mm)
3 Neutral conductor covering
3.1 Thickness of the lead
- nominal thickness 0,9 mm
mean thickness nominal value
- minimum thickness 0,75 mm
3.2 Overall diameter Appendix, Table 4
4 Assembly of cores
4.1 Assembly Cores of multi-core cables shall be laid-up
Telecommunication units may be inserted
For the cables: Subclause 5.3 Swelling fillers shall be applied in the
3X50+50; 3X95+50; 3X150+70; interstices
3X150+150; 3X240+95;
For the other cables: Swelling fillers may be applied in the
1X35+35;3X16+16; 3X25+25; interstices
3X35+35
Page 5-F-6
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section F

No. HD Additional
5 Screen
5.1 Design Complete galvanised steel tape
5.2 Thickness
- nominal 0,2 mm
- minimum thickness 0,18 mm
- maximum thickness 0,25 mm
5.3 Number of tapes and disposition
- for cables having a • 1 or 2
cross-section up to - maximum clearance of the average of
35 mm² 10 measures: 4 mm
- maximum clearance of 1 measure: 6 mm
- for cables having a • 2 in the same direction. The free space

cross-section above between turns of the same helix is not
35 mm² more than half of the width of the tape.
The outer tape shall cover space left
between the first layer of tape.
5.4 Maximum breaking strength 435 MPa
Subclause 5.8
6.1 Material HD 603-1, Table 2A
PVC - DMV 11
6.2 Colour Black throughout the entire thickness
6.3 Thickness
c) minimum value nominal value
- (0,1 mm + 15 % of nominal value)
7 Outer diameter (minimum and Appendix, Table 5
maximum values)
8 Marking HD 603-1
Clause 3
8.1 Indication of origin on the outer Manufacturer's name or trademark which
sheath shall be legally protected and from which
the manufacturer can be identified
8.2 Year of manufacture and/or To be indicated on the sheath
manufacturing number
and the beginning of the next 0,5 m
Subclause 3.3
Subclause 3.4
Page 5-F-7
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section F

No. HD Additional
8.6 Compliance with HD 603-1 May be certified by the application of the
Section 1 agreed procedure
8.7 Meter marking If required by customer
9 Code designation Appendix, Table 6 (provisional)
3 Test requirements
1 Routine tests
1 2 3 4
No. Tests Requirements* Tests methods
1 High voltage test for cable HD 605

- Test piece: manufacturing length Subclause 3.2.1.2
- Test voltage 3,5 kV AC or
8,4 kV DC No breakdown
- Duration of test: 5 min per core For telecommunication
(including pilot cores) units the test is made
between all the
telecommunication
conductors connected with
the screen of the unit, and
the other conductors
2 Construction Section II Inspection
3 Marking Clause 8 Inspection
4 Conductor screen continuity Shall fulfil The continuity of
conductors and screen is
verified using a buzzer (or
an indicating lamp) at a
voltage not exceeding the
rated voltage of the cable
5 High voltage test on sheath HD 605
- Sample: manufacturing length Subclause 3.6.2
- Test voltage with spark test
AC (V) or 6000 e.g. (AC)
DC (V) 9000 e.g. (DC)
(e.g. = nominal thickness
of the sheath in mm)
6 Telecommunication units HD 605
- Test piece: manufacturing length Subclause 3.2.1.2
- Test voltage: 1,5 kV AC The tests is made between
- Duration of test: 1 min per core cores, and between cores
and screen.
Page 5-F-8
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section F
2 Sample tests
1 2 3 4
No. Test Requirements Test method
I Construction of conductor Clause 1. EN 60228.

Subclause 8.3 and by inspection
2 Insulation Clause 2
- Thickness Subclause 2.2 EN 60811-1-1 - Subclause 8.1
- Mechanical properties HD 603-1 Table 2A EN 60811-1-1 - Subclause 9.1
before and after ageing type DIX7 EN 60811-1-1 - Subclause 8.1
- Physical/chemical HD 603-1 Table 2A
properties type DIX7
- Hot set test HD 603-1 Table 2A EN 60811-2-1 - Clause 9
type DIX7
3 Lead sheath of neutral

- Thickness Subclause 3.1 HD 605 - Subclause 2.1.5
4 Screen
- Dimensions of tapes Subclauses 5.2 - 5.3 HD 605 - Subclause 2.1.4.3 c
- Clearance between turns Subclause 5.3 HD 605 - Subclause 2.1.6.1
- Maximum breaking strength Subclause 5.4
- Measurement of the mass 0,70 g/dm² EN 10002
of zinc coating
- Continuity of zinc coating 2 immersions during HD 605 - Subclause 2.5.1.1
60 s + 1 immersion
during 30 s HD 605 - Subclause 2.5.1.2
5 sheath
5.1 - Thickness- Subclause 6.3 EN 60811-1-1 - Subclause 8.2
5.2 Mechanical properties HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-1

a) without ageing Table 4A DMV 11 Subclause 9.2
- duration: 168 h Subclause 8.1
- temperature: (100 ± 2) °C
6 Telecommunication units under consideration

a) without ageing EN 60811-1-1 - Subclause 9.2
b) after ageing in air oven EN 60811-1-2 - Subclause 8.1
- duration: 168 h
- temperature: (100 ± 2) °C
* According to Section 2 ‘Design requirements unless stated otherwise.

Page 5-F-9
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section F

1 2 3 4
Test Requirements* Test method
HD 603-1
Subclause 6.1
1 High voltage test on cores: No breakdown HD 605 - Subclause 3.2.2.2

- length 10 - 15 m
- test voltage(AC) 3,5 kV
2 High voltage test on sheath: No breakdown

- duration of immersion 2h HD 605 - Subclause 3.2.2
- test voltage(AC) 10 kV
3 Sheath impulse strength No breakdown EN 60230

- length of sample ≈3 m ----
- duration in water 2h
- number of impulses: 5 (+) 5 (-)
- shape of impulses EN 60230
- peak value 20 kV
4 Long term test on cable fitted with No breakdown HD 605 - Subclause 5.1.6
accessories (joints and terminations)
- length of sample: ≈ 15 m
- buried in soil at depth of: ≈ 0,8 m
- voltage between phases:
2 kV -3 phase-voltage
- temperature of phase conductor
100 °C
- cycling:
- heating by current: 8 h
- cooling naturally: : 16 h
- duration of test:
5000 h at 2 kV and
210 heat cycles
5 Test on telecommunication units Under consideration

Page 5-F-10
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section F
1 2 3 4
1 Tests on insulation HD 603-1 Table 2A

type DIX7
1.1 Water absorption (gravimetric) HD 603-1 Table 2A EN 60811-1-3

Duration of test14 days type DIX7 Subclause 9.2
2 Tests on cores
2.1 Shrinkage test HD 603-1 Table 2A EN 60811-1-3

type DIX7 Clause 10
3 Tests on filling compound HD 605

- insulation test 103 MΩ Subclause 3.5
- voltage test (3 kV AC) No breakdown
4 Test on sheath HD 603-1

Table 4A DMV 11

- coefficient k 0,8 Table 4A DMV 11 Clause 8
- temperature (80 ± 2) °C
- duration of test 6 h
4.2 Elongation test at low temperature for cables with HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-4
diameter over 12,5 mm Table 4A DMV 11 Subclause 8.4
temperature (-15±2) °C
- treatment Table 4A DMV 11 Subclause 8.2
- temperature (100±2) °C
- duration 7 days
- maximum permissible
loss mass 2 mg/cm²

Page 5-F-11
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section F
4 Type tests (concluded)

1 2 3 4

- temperature (150±3) °C Table 4A Subclause 9.2
5 Test on complete cable
5.1 Impact test at low temperature for cable with HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-4
PVC sheath Table 4A DMV 11 no Subclause 8.5.
- temperature (-15±2) °C cracks
5.2 Thermal ageing of complete cable HD 603-1 HD 605

- duration 336 and 1008 h Table 2A type DIX7 Subclause 2.4.12.1
and Table 4A DMV 11
5.3 Water penetration test (after bending) HD 605

duration 24 h Subclause 2.4.9.
height of water 800 mm
mandrel diameter as below
sample length 3m
cablemandrel diameter
3X16+16 315 mm
1X35+35 400 mm
3X25+25 400 mm
3X35+35 400 mm
3X50+50 400 mm
3X95+50 500 mm
3X150+70 630 mm
3X150+150 630 mm
3X240+95 800 mm
1) test on complete cable - No apparition of water

(the screen shall not be removed for this test) at the ends of the
samples after 24h
under 800 mm of water
2) test on neutral core taken from the above - No apparition of water
tested complete cable at the ends of the
samples after 24h
under 800 mm of water
5.4 Flame retardance test Shall fulfil EN 60332-1-2

under consideration
6 Test on telecommunication units

Page 5-F-12
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section F
4 Appendix (tables)
Table 1: Permissible conductor types
1 2
(Al) (mm²)
Circular, solid (Phase and Neutral) 16 to 35
Circular, stranded (Phase and Neutral) 50
Circular, stranded (Neutral only) 70, 95 and 150
Shaped, stranded (Phase only) 95, 150 and 240
Table 2: Allocation of conductor with a smaller cross-sectional area
Nominal cross-sectional area Nominal cross-sectional area

of the phase conductors of the neutral conductor
(mm²) (mm²)
95 50
150 70, 150
240 95
Table 3: Thickness of insulation
Cross-section Nominal thickness

(mm²) (mm)
1,5
16 0,9
25 1,0
35 1,0
50 1,0
95 1,1
150 1,4
240 1,7
Table 4: Class 1 - Overall diameter on conductor (phase or neutral)
Cross-section Overall diameter

(mm²) (mm)
minimum maximum
1,5 3,7 4,2
16 6,0 6,8
25 7,0 8,0
35 8,0 9,1
Page 5-F-13
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section F
4 Appendix (tables, concluded)
Table 5: Thickness of the sheath and overall diameter
Cross-section Nominal thickness Overall diameter

(mm²) (mm) (mm)
minimum maximum
3 x 16 + 16 1,8 18,0 24,3
3 x 25 + 25 1,8 21,5 29,0
3 x 35 + 35 1,8 23,3 30,0
3 x 35 + 35 +2x1,5 1,8 23,3 30,0
1 x 35 + 35 1,8 20,0 27,0

1 x 35 + 35 +2x1,5 1,8 20,0 27,0
1 x 50 + 50 1,8 23,0 32,0
1x 50 + 50 +2x1,5 1,8 23,0 32,0
3 x 50 + 50 1,8 25,5 33,5
3 x 95 + 50 2,0 30,0 38,6
3 x 150 + 70 2,2 36,5 48,5

3 x 150 + 150 2,2 38,5 50,8
3 x 240 + 95 2,4 45,5 58,7
idem + under consideration under consideration under consideration
telecommunication units
Table 6 code designation (provisional)

Furthermore to the mandatory specified in Part I, Clause 3, a cable which complies with this standard shall
be designated by:
- its denomination H1 XDV
- immediately followed by one of the following symbols:
- R for a stranded circular conductor,
- S for stranded sector-shaped conductor,
- U for a solid circular conductor,
- the indication 3 x S1 + 1 x S2 for three-phase cables;

- the indication 1 x S1 + 1 x S2 for single-phase cables;
where:
S1 is the nominal cross sectional area, in square millimetres, of the phase conductor or conductors
S2 is the nominal cross sectional area, in square millimetres, of the neutral conductor
- the reference of this standard: HD 603 type 5F
Page 5-F-14
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section F
Examples of designation:
H1 XDV-AS 3 x 150 + 1 x 70 HD 603 type 5F
designates a three-phase cable having
- three 150 mm² phase conductors made of stranded aluminium with a sector-shaped cross section,
- one 70 mm² neutral conductor made of stranded aluminium with a circular cross section,
H1 XDV-AU 1 x 35 + 1 x 35 HD 603 type 5F

designates a single-phase cable having
- one 35 mm² phase conductor made of solid aluminium with a circular cross section,
- one 35 mm² neutral conductor made of solid aluminium with a circular cross section.
H1 XDV-AU 1 x 35 + 1 x 35 + 2x1,5 HD 603 type 5F

designates a single-phase cable having
- one 35 mm² phase conductor made of solid aluminium with a circular cross-section,
- one 35 mm² neutral conductor made of solid aluminium with a circular cross-section.
- two 1,5 mm² pilot cores made of solid copper with a circular cross-section.
- For cables with telecommunication units (under consideration)

Page 5-F-15
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section F
5 Guide to use
cable system), storage, transportation and installation of cables specified in this Section 5-F of HD 603.
the table below:
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Annex A Requirement for Section 5-F of HD 603
Subclause number

A.4.6 Bending radii during Multicore cables: 12 D

installation
A.4.11 Lowest temperature of cable Minimum temperature 0 °C

installation
A.4.8 Protection of cables laid Cables are protected against mechanical damages occurring after
underground directly installation, provided they are laid in ground with adequate caution,
esp. in backfilling A laying depth of at least 0,8 m (respectively 1,0 m
below road-surface) is recommended. In case of lower laying depths
the cables shall be protected by other means.
A.4.9 Dimensions of ducts Inner diameter of ducts and pipes 1,5 times cable diameter.
In case of several cables within one pipe the diameter of the pipe
has to be wide enough that the cables do not block themselves.
A.4.12 Pulling force For Al conductors σ = 30 N/mm²
A.4.13 Cable fixing Maximum horizontal distance between cleats: 20 D (maximum

80 cm)

Page 5-F-16
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section F
N Terms Requirements Quantity Tables
1 General
This section applies to the current carrying
capacity under both standard and deviating
provisions. It is assumed that:
- 2 conductors are loaded for 2-core cables of
35 mm² cross-section;
- 3 conductors are loaded for all other cables
- all cables are operated under AC conditions
2 Basic provisions
2.1 Temperatures Maximum rated conductor temperature

- normal operation 90 °C
- short-circuit (5 s max.) 250 °C
2.2 Thermal XLPE insulation 3,5 K.m/W

resistivity PVC sheath 5 K.m/W
2.3 Bonding Neutral conductor earthed at both ends
2.5 Operating The tabulated rated current-carrying capacities

conditions are based on standard provisions regarding:
- operating mode
- laying conditions. 6.9
For deviating conditions the current-carrying
capacities in the tables are to be multiplied by
appropriate conversion factors.
3 Cables in earth
3.1 Rated current-carrying capacity under standard 6

provisions
3.1.1 Continuous operation Load factor 1,0

Laying depth 0,8 m
3.1.2 One multi-core laid singly
3.1.3. Ambient temperature, soil 20 °C

Soil thermal resistivity 1 K.m/W
3.2 Current-carrying capacity under deviating

provisions
3.2.1 Environmental Soil temperature 10 ... 35 °C 7

conditions Soil thermal resistivity 0,7 … 2,5
K.m/W
3.2.2 Laying conditions Grouping of cables 8
Page 5-F-17
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section F
N Terms Requirements Quantity Tables
4 Cables in air
4.1 Rated current-carrying capacity under standard

provisions
4.1.1 Operating mode Continuous operation Load factor 1,0
4.1.2 Laying conditions In free air

One multi-core cable laid singly
Protected from direct solar radiation
4.1.3 Environmental Ambient temperature, air 30 °C

conditions
4.2 Current-carrying capacity under deviating
provisions
4.2.1 Environmental Ambient temperature, air 10 ... 50 °C 10

conditions
5 Short-circuit
The following provisions are valid for a short-circuit
duration up to 5 s.
5.1 Permissible The permissible short-circuit current duration of 1 s 11

short-circuit is calculated by multiplying the permissible short-
current circuit current density with the nominal cross-
sectional area of the conductor.
5.2 Short-circuit For short-circuit durations deviating from 1 s the

duration permissible short-circuit current is to be calculated
by dividing the rated short-circuit current with the
square root of the short-circuit duration (in s).
Cables are also mechanically stressed during a
short-circuit; therefore, the method of installation
should be carefully selected. For guidance, see
IEC 60724.
Page 5-F-18
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section F
Table 6: Rated current-carrying capacity, cables in earth
Permissible operating temperature: 90 °C

Designation: HD 603, type 5F
Arrangement: one multi-core cable laid singly
Number of loaded conductors 3 2
Cross-section (mm²) Aluminium
3 x 16 + 1 x 16 87 -
3 x 25 + 1 x 25 111 -
3 x 35 + 1 x 35 134 -
1 x 35 + 1 x 35 - 160
3 x 50 + 1 x 50 160 -
3 x 95 + 1 x 50 234 -
3 x 150 + 1 x 70 300 -
3 x 150 + 1 x 150 300 -
3 x 240 + 1 x 95 388 -
Table 7: Correction factors f1, cables in earth
Soil Thermal resistivity of soil (K.m/W)

temperature
°C 0,7 0,85 1,0 1,2 1,5 2,0 2,5
10 1,19 1,12 1,07 1,01 0,93 0,81 0,77
15 1,16 1,09 1,04 0,98 0,90 0,79 0,74
20 1,13 1,05 1,00 0,94 0,86 0,76 0,70
25 1,08 1,01 0,96 0,90 0,83 0,72 0,66
30 1,05 0,98 0,93 0,86 0,78 0,69 0,63
35 1,00 0,93 0,89 0,82 0,75 0,65 0,60
Correction factor f1 is to be applied to reference ratings of Table 6.
Table 8: Correction factors f2, cables in earth (Thermal resistivity of soil: 1 K.m/W)
Arrangement of cables Number of circuits f2
1 1
2 0,85
3 0,78
4 0,72
6 0,62
200 mm
9 0,55
Correction factor f2 is to be applied to reference ratings of Table 6.

Page 5-F-19
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section F
Table 9: rated current-carrying capacity, cables in air
Permissible operating temperature: 90 °C
Designation: HD 603, type 5F
Arrangement: one multi-core cable laid singly
Number of loaded conductors 3 2
Cross-section (mm²) Aluminium
3 x 16 + 1 x 16 79 -
3 x 25 + 1 x 25 98 -
3 x 35 + 1 x 35 122 -
1 x 35 + 1 x 35 - 135
3 x 50 + 1 x 50 149 -
3 x 95 + 1 x 50 241 -
3 x 150 + 1 x 70 324 -
3 x 150 + 1 x 150 324 -
3 x 240 + 1 x 95 439 -
Table 10: Correction factors for deviating air temperature
Permissible conductor temperature Air temperature (°C)

(°C)
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
90 Conversion factor
1,15 1,12 1,08 1,04 1,00 0,96 0,91 0,87 0,82
Table 11: Permissible short-circuit current densities
Permissible short-circuit Conductor temperature at the beginning of short-circuit (°C)

temperature (°C)
20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
250 Current density (A/mm²) for a duration of 1 s
120 116 113 109 105 102 98 94
NOTE For short-circuit durations t other than 1 s, divide the above values of current density by t .
Page 5-F-20
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section F
BLANK PAGE
Page 5-G-0
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section G
Replace Section 5-G
by the following new Section 5-G

Page 5-G-1
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section G
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Page 5-G-2
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section G
CONTENTS
1 General ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
1 Conductor ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5
1.1 Material
1.5 Crossing points for stranded conductors
1.9 Additional core of 1,5 mm² with solid conductor
1.10 Tape over conductor
2 Insulation ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
2.1 Material
2.4 Separability of sheath and insulation
3.1 Assembly
4 Inner covering------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7
4.1 Design
4.2 Thickness
4.3 Separation tape
5.1 Design
5.2 DC resistance
5.3 Copper binder tapes
5.5 Separating layer
6 Outer sheath -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9
6.1 Material
6.2 Colour
6.3 Thickness
7 Outer diameter------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9
8 Marking on outer sheath ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9
8.1 Indication of origin and year of manufacturing
8.2 Code designation of design and rated voltage U (kV)
8.4 Durability
8.5 Legibility
8.6 Compliance with HD 603-5G
8.7 Meter marking
9 Type designation--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------10
Page 5-G-3
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section G
3 Test requirements ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------10

1 Routine tests ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------10
2 Sample tests ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------11
3 Type tests, electrical------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------12
4 Type tests, non-electrical------------------------------------------------------------------------------------12
5 Electrical tests after installation----------------------------------------------------------------------------14
4 Guide to use -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------15
5 Current-carrying capacity (recommended values) ----------------------------------------------------------------------17
6 Tables--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------19
7 Test method: Testing of cables, wires and flexible cords – Adhesion between core insulation of
XLPE-insulated conductors and cast resin-------------------------------------------------------------------------------32
REFERENCES
References are made in Section 5-G of HD 603, to other parts of this HD and to other Harmonization

HD 402 Standard colours for insulation for low-frequency cables and wires (IEC 60304)
Page 5-G-4
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section G
1 General
XLPE-insulation and with (type 5G-1) or without (type 5G-2) concentric conductor for rated voltage
Uo/U of 0,6/1 kV.
HD 603-1, Table 2A, DIX 3.
(b) Rated voltage
0,6/1 kV
(i) Definitions: see HD 603-1, Subclause 2.3 and HD 603-5G, Section 4, Subclause 1.2.
of an earth fault may not exceed 8 h. the total duration of earth faults in any year should not exceed
125 h.
(ii) Short-circuit (5 s max. duration) 250 °C
The sheathing materials shall be suitable for the maximum rated temperature. It shall consist of PVC or
PE and correspond to HD 603-1, Tables 4A or 4B, DMV 6 or DMP 2.
(e) Test conditions
See HD 605.
Page 5-G-5
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section G

HD Additional
Subclause 5.1
1.1 Material Copper conductors may have a tin-
a) General HD 603-1 coating.
Subclause 5.1.1
1.2 Dimensions of circular conductors EN 60228 The dimensional limits of the
(diameter) conductors according to Annex C of
a) solid EN 60228 are compulsory
- copper conductor Table 1, column 2
- aluminium conductor Table 2, columns 2, 3
b) stranded, compacted Table 2, columns 4, 5 All cross sections 50 mm² shall be

compacted
c) stranded, non compacted Table 1, column 3
copper conductor
conductors
a) solid aluminium Clause 6, Table 1
90/120°
b) stranded

conductors
a) wires for stranded Between 130 and 200 N/mm²
conductors before stranding
b) solid conductors after

cabling
up to 25 mm² 100 to 130 N/mm²
35 and 50 mm² 80 to 110 N/mm²
70 mm² and above 60 to 90 N/mm²
1.5 Crossing points for stranded
conductors
Length of area of contact of two 12 times wire diameter
crossing wires of the two outer NOTE The area of contact is the projection of
layers (only for layers laid up in the one wire onto the underneath (theoretical
same direction) value).

1.7 Permissible conductor types Clause 6, Table 4
1.8 Conductor with reduced cross-
sectional area
a) number 1
b) cross-sectional area Clause 6, Table 5
c) arrangement Insulated, laid-up, or concentric
Page 5-G-6
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section G

HD Additional
1.9 Additional core of 1,5 mm² with
solid conductor
a) allowed number 1
b) arrangement In an outer interstice within projection
from the diameter of the laid-up cores
and no distortion of the core-insulation.
1.10 Tape over conductor Tape or foil may be applied over the
conductor.
2 Insulation HD 603-1 When required, the surface of the
Subclause 5.2 insulation shall have appropriate
adhesion performance characteristics to
filling compounds for accessories.
2.1 Material HD 603-1, Table 2A
compound DIX 3
2.2 Insulation thickness NOTE The thickness of any separating tape on
a) nominal value HD 603-1 the conductor or over the insulation shall not be
Table 5 included in the thickness of the insulation.
b) mean, minimum value HD 603-1
Subclause 5.2.3
1) 2)
2.3 Core identification HD 603-1
3)
a) colour of cores of multi- Clause 4 According to HD 308
core cables without
concentric conductor Two core cables with green-yellow
4)
marked core: green-yellow and black
1)
If the core is marked on the surface only, the insulation under the surface shall have no colour
additives, except in the case of a two-coloured identification.
The specified colours shall correspond to HD 402. Precise compliance of the colours can be impeded
by various influences (for example the type of material, running colour of material, texture of the
surface, manufacturing methods, interference by adjacent colours, etc.). Therefore deviations from the
specified colour are permissible, as long as the colours cannot be confused with another colour in
daylight or artificial lighting.
2)
The sequence of colours as given in the table shall be observed.
3)
Where cables have a core with a reduced conductor cross section, this core shall be marked green-
yellow or blue in designs without green-yellow marked cores
4)
This two-core design is only permissible for conductor cross-sectional area equal or greater than
10 mm² copper or 16 mm² aluminium.
Page 5-G-7
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section G

HD Additional
b) colour of cores of multi- According to HD 308
core cables with concentric
conductor (only cores)

with 1,5 mm² conductor
d) colour of cores of single- Black or green/yellow

core cable
2.4 Separability of sheath and For single-core cables the sheath must
insulation be separable from the insulation.
3 Assembly of cores
3.1 Assembly HD 603-1, Cores of multi-core cables shall be
Subclause 5.3 laid-up; binder tapes are permitted.
Subclause 5.4
a) Inner interstices Non-hygroscopic filler to be applied in
three-core cables with the inner interstice.
concentric conductor and
four-core cables both with The central filler shall well fill the inner
cross sections 35 mm² interstice and shall be rubber-elastic if
and extruded inner required.
covering
b) Outer interstices Fillers are permitted.
Subclause 5.5
4.1 Design for cables with
a) copper conductors Taped paper or synthetic or extruded
bedding
b) aluminium conductors Extruded bedding
Page 5-G-8
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section G

HD Additional
4.2 Thickness Clause 6, Table 7
a) for cables with extruded column 2 (minimum)
inner covering
- without concentric Strong penetration of wires into the
conductor extruded inner covering is not
- with concentric conductor considered as faulty but the inner
covering shall cover the laid-up cores
without gaps.
b) cables with lapped inner
1)
covering for fictitious diameter
over laid-up cores
- up to and including 40 mm 0,4 mm (approx. value)
- above 40 mm 0,6 mm (approx. value)
The thickness shall at no point fall
below this value by more than 50 %.
4.3 Separation tape A tape may be applied underneath or
over the inner covering
5 Concentric conductor HD 603-1
(if required) Subclause 5.7
5.1 Design Copper wires with one or two copper
5.2 DC resistance EN 60228 For cables with aluminium conductor
nominal cross-sectional area given.
5.3 Copper binder tapes,
a) number, minimum cross- Clause 6, Table 8
sectional area and maximum
clearance between two
adjacent copper binder tapes
a) mean clearance between 4 mm (calculated value)
two adjacent wires
5.5 Separating layer To be applied over the concentric
(optional for PVC sheathed cables, conductor
mandatory for PE sheathed
cables)
1)
Page 5-G-9
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section G

HD Additional
Subclause 5.8
Table 4A
- PVC compound DMV 6,
Table 4B
- PE compound DMP 2
6.3 Thickness
a) nominal thickness ts = 0,035 DA + 1,0 mm
1)
DA = fictitious diameter under the
sheath
The nominal thickness shall not be
less than 1,8 mm.
b) minimum thickness The thickness shall at no point be less
than the nominal thickness.
7 Outer diameter (minimum and For preferred cable types
maximum values) Clause 6, Tables 9 -11
For cables with additional
components, for example to improve
short-circuit protection, the indicated
values may be exceeded.
8 Marking on the outer sheath HD 603-1
Clause 3
8.1 Indication of origin and year of HD 603-1 Manufacturer’s name or trademark
manufacturing Subclause 3.1 which shall be legally protected and
identified.
8.2 Code designation of design and Clause 6, Table 12
rated voltage U (kV)
8.3 Continuity of marks HD 603-1 Distance between the beginning of
Subclause 3.2 one mark and the beginning of the
next 50 cm
Subclause 3.3
Subclause 3.4
8.6 Compliance with HD 603-5G Approval marking according to the
agreed system
1)
Page 5-G-10
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section G

HD Additional
8.7 Meter marking for cables having To be indicated on the sheath consisting of
outer diameter 10 mm and 4 digits. The markings shall follow the natural
substantially circular shape numerical sequence and may start on any
individual cable length with any number.
The length obtained by means of the length
marking shall not differ from the length
obtained by calibrated measuring instrument
by more than 1 %.
NOTE The meter marking for which a calibration is not
possible is a simple means to assess the cable length,
e.g. after installation of the cable or todetermine the cable
length left on a delivery drum.
Digits printed incompletely or missing meter
markings over a short part of the cable length
are not considered as faulty, provided that the
cable length can be determined by the meter
markings given.
For the determination of the delivery length
calibrated measuring instruments shall be
used.
9 Type designation Clause 6, Table 12
3 Test requirements
1 Routine tests
1 2 3 4
1 Conductor resistance Subclauses 1.6 EN 60228
- Sample: and 5.2 HD 605
a) manufacturing length Subclause 3.1.1
or
- Conditioning
for a): at room temperature
for b): in tempered water bath
- Duration of conditioning
for a) minimum 12 h; if necessary 24 h
for b) minimum 1 h
Subclause 3.2.1

- Test voltage 4 kV a.c. or
12 kV d.c.
Page 5-G-11
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section G

1)
2 Sample tests
1 2 3 4
1 Construction of conductor Subclauses 1.2 EN 60811-1-1
to 1.5 Subclause 8.3 and
by inspection
2 Insulation EN 60811-1-1
2) 3)
3 Inner covering Clause 4 EN 60811-1-1
- Dimensions of copper binder tapes Subclause 5.3 HD 605
Subclause 2.1.4.2
- Clearance between wires Subclause 5.4 HD 603-5G
Section 2 (Design)
item 5.4
3)
6 Hot set test on insulation HD 603-1 EN 60811-2-1
Table 2 Clause 9
compound DIX 3
7 Shrinkage test of PE outer sheath Shrinkage HD 605
- Sample: specimen (500 ± 5) mm in length 7 mm Subclause 2.4.4.1
- Conditioning: 24 h at (23 ± 10) °C method 1
- Temperature cycles
laying in an oven at: (80 ± 1) °C for a min. of 5 h
- Cooling to ambient temperature of (23 ± 10) °C
8 Outer diameter Clause 7 EN 60811-1-1
Subclause 8.3
1)
Sample tests shall be carried out on 10 % of a manufacturing lot of the same cable type, i.e. at least on
one cable length.
If any sample should fail in any of the sample tests requested it is permitted to choose one or two
additional sample(s) from the same cable length and to submit the additional sample(s) to the test or tests
in which the original sample failed.
The samples shall be taken at least 0,5 m from the cable end(s).
For the resampling procedure, the following rules apply:
- number of samples to be taken as for the first test,
- if for the first test one sample from both cable ends has to be taken, is it deemed sufficient to resample
one additional sample from the cable end the first sample of which failed.
2)
Measurement at 10 % of the cores, at least at 4 cores.
3)
One sample of each end of the cable in a distance of approximate 50 cm from the ends.
Page 5-G-12
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section G

1)
1 2 3 4
2)
- time of immersion in water Table 2A, DIX 3 Subclause 3.3.1
- time of measurement: after 1 min
- length of sample 10 - 15 m Single-core cables
without concentric
conductor:
Subclause 3.2.1.1
Multi-core cables:
Subclause 3.2.1.2
- Test voltage (a.c.) 1,8 kV

- Duration of test 4h No breakdown
9
3 Surface resistance of sheath Ω 10 HD 605
Subclause 3.4
1)
Type tests include tests classified as sample (S) or routine (R) tests.
2)
60 min for cables with cross-areas up to and including 10 mm²
or
(60 + S) min for cables with cross-areas greater than 10 mm² where S is the figure of the nominal cross-section
area.
1)
1 2 3 4
a) Without ageing Table 2A - DIX 3 EN 60811-1-1
Subclause 9.1
Subclause 8.1
- Duration of test 14 d Table 2A - DIX 3 Subclause 9.2
- Test temperature (85 ± 3) °C
1)
Type tests include tests classified as sample (S) or routine (R) tests.

Page 5-G-13
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section G

1 2 3 4
2 Test on cores
2.1 Mechanical characteristics EN 60811-1-2
Subclause 8.1
2.1.1 After ageing with copper conductor followed by tensile test EN 60811-1-2
a) Treatment Amendment 1
Temperature (150 ± 3) °C
Duration 7d
b) Tensile strength
Variation, maximum ± 30 %
c) Elongation at break
Variation, maximum ± 30 %
2.1.2 After ageing with copper conductor followed by bending test EN 60811-1-2
(only if 2.1.1 is not practicable) Amendment 1
a) Treatment
Temperature (150 ± 3) °C
Duration 10 d
b) Results to be obtained No cracks
2.2 Shrinkage test HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-3
Length of the test sample: 300 mm Table 2A - DIX 3 Subclause 10
2.3 Adhesion of resin compounds to XLPE insulated cores ≥ 1,0 N/mm Clause 7
1) 2)
Minimum peeling force Test methods
3 Tests on sheath
a) Without ageing Table 4A or 4B Subclause 9.2
b) After ageing in air oven DMV 6 or DMP 2 EN 60811-1-2
respectively Subclause 8.1
Table 4A or 4B Subclause 8.2
DMV 6 or DMP 2
3)
respectively
3.3 Elongation test at low temperature for cables with PVC HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-4
sheath and diameter of more than 12,5 mm Table 4A Subclause 8.4
Temperature (-15 ± 2) °C DMV 6
Elongation at
break 20 %
1)
If one of ten samples of each core fails, the test may be repeated on an other sample of the same core.
The test is passed, if all ten samples fulfil the requirement.
2)
It should be noted that this test demonstrates a performance of the surface of the cores. The proof of the
functional safety of the accessory is only done by the type test according EN 50393.
3)
For outer diameter 12,5 mm: 4 h; > 12,5 mm: 6 h.
Page 5-G-14
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section G

1 2 3 4
3.6 Thermal stability test for PVC sheath HD 603-1 EN 60811-3-2
Temperature (200 ± 0,5) °C Table 4A - DMV 6 Clause 9
3.7 Stress-cracking resistance for PE-sheath HD 603-1 EN 60811-4-1
Procedure B but
with a duration
of 1 000 h
3.8 Content of carbon black of PE sheath HD 603-1 EN 60811-4-1
4.1 Impact test at low temperature for cables with PVC sheath HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-4
- Temperature (- 15 ± 2) °C Table 4A - DMV 6 Subclause 8.5
4.2 Ageing of complete cable HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-2
Table 2A, DIX 3 Subclause 8.1.4
Table 4A or 4B
DMV 6 or DMP 2
respectively
4.3 Shore-D hardness of PE sheath HD 605
- test on the cable 55 Subclause 2.2.1
- test on test-plates 55
4.4 Test under fire conditions for cables with PVC sheath EN 60332-1-2 EN 60332-1-2
Flame propagation
4.5 (void)
4.6 Bending test at low temperature for cable with PVC sheath HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-4
and with a diameter up to and including 12,5 mm Table 4A, DMV 6 Subclause 8.2
5 Electrical tests after installation, if required

1 2 3 4
1 DC voltage test No breakdown
- test voltage 5,6 kV d.c. - 8 kV d.c.

- duration of test 15 min - 30 min
Page 5-G-15
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section G
4 Guide to use (informative)

the table below:
1 2 3
No. HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Annex A Requirement for Section 5-G of HD 603
Subclause number
1 A.2.1 Water Permitted; additionally laying in concrete permitted.
NOTE During laying in concrete care should be taken that the temperature
will be below the stated maximum service temperature of the cable.
2 A.2.2 System categories Category B; cables without metallic covering are suitable for
Class II equipment
3 A.2.3 Power frequency Additionally AC systems
- single-phase both conductors
insulated 1,4 kV
- one conductor earthed 0,7 kV
- three-phase cables system 1,2 kV
- however three-phase cables with concentric
conductor and cross-sectional area
from 240 mm² upwards 3,6 kV
4 A.2.4 Concentric conductor Not permitted as neutral conductor
5 A.2.5 Current rating Refer to Clause 5 of this Part 5-G
6 A.3.2.1 Drumming clearance 2x cable diameter, minimum 5 cm
7 A.3.2.2 Drum barrel diameter Minimum barrel: according to HD 603, 5-G Clause 6,
Table 13 .
Cable drums with flange diameter below 1 m may be
transported with vertical drum axis
8 A.3.3.6 Cable coils Minimum coil diameter:
for single core cables: 15 D, for multicore cables: 12 D
9 A.4.2 Installation conditions The method of laying and the bedding material have to be
selected in respect of the outer cable sheath
10 A.4.3 Types of installation Also by plough or by a flushing-in method
11 A.4.6 Bending radii during For single core cables: 15 D, for multicore cables: 12 D
installation
12 A.4.8 Protection of cables Cables laid in ground are sufficiently protected against
mechanical damages.
A laying depth of at least 0,6 m respectively 0,8 m below
road-surface is recommended. In case of lower laying
depths the cables shall be protected by other means
13 A.4.9 Installation in ducts/pipes Inner diameter of ducts and pipes at least 1,5 D
14 A.4.11 Lowest temperature of cable Minimum temperature -5 ºC for PVC sheathed cables
installation -20 °C for PE sheathed cables
Page 5-G-16
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section G
1 2 3
No. HD 603 S1:1994/A3:200X
Annex A Requirement for Section 5-G of HD 603
Subclause number
15 A.4.12 Pulling force For Cu conductors σ = 50 N/mm²
16 A.4.13 Cable fixing Maximum horizontal distance between cleats: 20 D
(maximum 80 cm)
17 A.4.15 Test after installation
Check of integrity of plastic Max 3 kV for PVC sheaths, max 5 kV for PE sheaths.
sheath on laid cables Indications of damages of the sheath will appear usually
within one minute.
Fault detection on a cable - By DC voltage max according to HD 603 -5G, Section 3,
Clause 5
- By impulse voltage up to DC test voltage (as above)
Fault detection on the Recommended max 3 kV for PVC sheaths or 5 kV for PE
sheath sheaths. Indications of damages of the sheath will appear
usually within one minute.

Page 5-G-17
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section G
5 Current-carrying capacity (recommended values)

1 2 3 4
No. Terms Requirements Quantity
1 General
This section applies to the current-carrying capacity under
both standard and deviating provisions provided that the
cables are in three-phase operation with three conductors
loaded or one single-core cable in d.c.-operation
2 Basic provisions
2.1 Temperatures Maximum permissible operating temperature 90 °C
Maximum short-circuit temperature 250 °C
2.2 Bonding Concentric conductors bonded at both ends
2.4 Operating The tabulated rated current-carrying capacities are based on See Clause 6,
conditions standard provisions such as: Tables 14, 15
- operating mode
- laying conditions
For deviating operating conditions the current-carrying
capacities in the tables are to be multiplied by appropriate
1)
conversion factors which shall be based on the same
calculation method and operating conditions as used for the
current-carrying capacity given in this clause.
3 Cables in earth See Clause 6,

3.1.1 Operating mode Cyclic load load factor 0,7
(Definition of load factor, see Clause 6, Table 16)
3.1.2 Laying Laying depth 0,7 m
conditions One multicore cable laid single
Three single-core cables in close trefoil formation laid
throughout the cable length with one system only.
Ambient temperature, soil 20 °C
3.1.3 Environmental Soil thermal resistivity, dried-out soil 2,5 K.m/W
conditions Soil thermal resistivity, moist soil 1,0 K.m/W
1)
Page 5-G-18
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section G
1 2 3 4
No. Terms Requirements Quantity

1)
3.2.1 Operating mode Load factor ⇒ factors f1 x f2 0,5.. 1
3.2.2 Laying Laying depth 0,7.. 1,2 m
conditions Grouping of cables ⇒ factors f1 x f2
3.2.3 Environmental Ambient temperature ⇒ factors f1 x f2 5 °C ... 40 °C
conditions 0,7 … 2,5 K.m/W
Soil thermal resistivity, moist soil⇒ factors f1 x f2
4 Cables in air See Clause 6,

4.1 - Rated current-carrying capacity Ir under standard Table 15
provisions
4.1.1 Operating mode Continuous operation, load factor 1,0
4.1.2 Laying - Free in air
conditions - One multicore cable laid singly.
Three single-core cables laid throughout the cable length in
close trefoil formation with one system only.
protection against direct thermal radiation due to sun etc.
4.1.3 Environmental - Ambient temperature, air 30 °C

conditions
1)
4.2.1 Operating mode -- --
4.2.2 Laying - Grouping of cables on trays and ladders
conditions
4.2.3 Environmental - Ambient temperature, air 10 °C.. 50 °C
conditions
5 Short-circuit See Clause 6,

During a short-circuit cables are loaded thermally and Table 17
mechanically as well. Therefore the nominal cross-sectional
area Sn, the cable and if necessary the fixing of cables are
to be selected carefully such that the cables are not
overloaded. The following provisions are valid for a short-
circuit duration up to 5 s.
5.1 Rated short- The rated short-circuit current for a short-circuit duration of
(thermal) density with the nominal cross-sectional area of the
conductor.
5.2 Permissible For short-circuit durations deviating from 1 s the permissible

short-circuit short-circuit current is to be calculated by dividing the rated
current short-circuit current with the square root of the short-circuit
(thermal) duration (in s).
5.3 Permissible For multicore cables special measures are not required up
short-circuit to 40 kA (peak value).
current Single-core cables shall be safety fixed to withstand the
(dynamic) effects of peak short-circuit currents.
1)
Page 5-G-19
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section G
6 Tables
Table 1 - Solid sector-shaped aluminium conductors (class 1); α = 90°, α = 120°
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
cross-
sectional approx. nominal tolerance nominal tolerance approx. approx. approx.
mm² mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
α = 120°
50 6,5 6,2 ± 0,5 9,8 ± 0,6 8,1 1,8 2,6

70 8,1 7,7 ± 0,5 10,9 ± 0,6 9,8 2,8 3,3
95 9,3 8,9 ± 0,5 13,5 ± 0,6 11,2 2,8 3,8
120 10,5 10,0 ± 0,6 15,5 ± 0,6 12,3 3,0 4,3
150 11,5 11,0 ± 0,6 17,5 ± 0,6 13,6 3,0 4,7
185 12,8 12,3 ± 0,6 20,1 ± 0,7 15,1 3,0 5,3
240 14,5 14,0 ± 0,6 23,4 ± 0,7 17,0 3,0 6,0
α = 90°
50 7,6 6,9 ± 0,5 9,1 ± 0,5 9,6 1,8 2,3

70 9,5 8,3 ± 0,5 10,4 ± 0,6 11,5 2,8 3,1
95 10,9 9,7 ± 0,5 12,7 ± 0,6 13,3 2,8 3,4
120 12,3 11,1 ± 0,6 14,5 ± 0,6 14,5 3,0 3,8
150 13,4 12,2 ± 0,6 16,2 ± 0,6 15,9 3,0 4,1
185 15,0 13,8 ± 0,6 18,7 ± 0,6 17,8 3,0 4,4
240 17,0 15,8 ± 0,6 21,9 ± 0,6 20,1 3,0 4,9
a
r1 r2
d h
α
r2
Page 5-G-20
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section G
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
cross-sectional
area approx. nominal tolerance nominal approx. approx. approx.
value value value value value value
mm² mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
α = 120°
1)
35 6,1 5,9 ± 0,7 9,5 7,5 1,5 2,5
50 7,1 6,8 ± 0,7 10,9 8,7 1,8 2,9
70 8,6 8,2 ± 0,7 13,1 10,3 2,3 3,5
95 10,0 9,6 ± 0,7 15,6 12,0 2,4 4,1
120 11,2 10,8 ± 0,8 17,7 13,0 2,4 4,7
150 12,6 12,2 ± 0,8 20,3 14,6 2,5 5,3
185 14,0 13,6 ± 0,8 23,1 16,0 2,5 5,9
240 16,0 15,6 ± 0,8 26,7 18,2 2,6 6,8
1)
300 17,8 17,4 ± 0,8 29,5 20,5 2,9 7,6
α = 90°
1)
35 7,2 6,5 ± 0,7 8,9 9,0 1,6 2,1
50 8,3 7,6 ± 0,7 10,4 10,3 1,7 2,4
70 10,0 9,0 ± 0,7 12,1 12,3 2,3 3,0
95 11,7 10,7 ± 0,8 14,7 14,1 2,3 3,4
120 13,2 12,1 ± 0,8 16,4 15,5 2,7 3,9
150 14,6 13,5 ± 0,8 18,4 17,2 2,7 4,3
185 16,2 15,1 ± 0,8 20,8 19,0 2,7 4,7
240 18,6 17,4 ± 0,8 24,3 21,6 2,8 5,3
1)
300 20,6 19,4 ± 0,8 27,3 24,0 2,8 5,8
1)
r1
a
r2
d h
α
r2
Page 5-G-21
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section G
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
cross-sectional
area approx. nominal tolerance nominal approx. approx. approx.
value value value value value value
mm² mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
α = 100°
50 8,1 7,6 ± 0,7 11,0 9,9 1,7 2,7

70 9,5 8,8 ± 0,7 12,5 11,3 2,3 3,2
95 11,2 10,5 ± 0,8 15,3 13,3 2,3 3,7
120 12,5 11,6 ± 0,8 17,0 14,6 2,7 4,1
150 14,0 13,2 ± 0,8 19,4 16,3 2,7 4,6
185 15,5 14,6 ± 0,8 22,0 18,1 2,7 5,0
240 17,8 16,9 ± 0,8 25,5 20,7 2,8 5,8
1)
300 20,0 19,2 ± 0,8 29,1 23,1 2,8 6,5
α = 60°
1)
35 9,2 7,6 ± 0,7 7,9 11,3 1,6 1,9
50 10,9 9,2 ± 0,7 9,6 13,3 1,7 2,1
70 13,2 10,9 ± 0,8 11,4 16,3 2,3 2,7
95 15,2 12,9 ± 0,8 13,5 18,1 2,3 2,9
120 17,0 14,3 ± 0,8 14,9 20,7 2,7 3,4
150 19,0 16,3 ± 0,8 16,9 23,1 2,7 3,6
185 20,5 17,8 ± 0,8 18,7 26,5 2,7 3,6
1)
r1
a
r2
d h
α
r2
Page 5-G-22
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section G
1 2
Copper Aluminium
mm² mm²
Circular, solid 1,5 to 16 25 to 50

1) 1)
Circular, stranded 1,5 to 500 50 to 630
Shaped, solid -- 50 to 240
Shaped, stranded 35 to 300 50 to 240
1)
For single-core cables up to and including 1 000 mm².
Table 5 - Allocation of conductors with a reduced cross-sectional area

mm² mm²
25 16
35 16
50 25
70 35
95 50
120 70
150 70
185 95
240 120
300 150
400 185
500 240
Table 6 – (void)
Page 5-G-23
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section G
Table 7 - Thickness of the extruded inner covering
1 2
Fictitious diameter Thickness of the extruded inner

over the laid-up cores covering (minimum value)
mm mm
up to 25 0,5
over 25 to 35 0,6
over 35 to 45 0,7
over 45 to 60 0,8
over 60 to 80 0,9
over 80 1,0
Table 8 - Number, minimum cross-sectional areas and maximum distances

between windings of copper binder tapes
1 2 3 4
1) 2)
Diameter D under Number of copper binder Minimum cross-sectional Maximum distance
screen or concentric tapes area of each copper between windings of
conductor binder tape copper binder tapes
Up to 15 mm 1 0,5 mm² 4D
2 0,5 mm² 4D
Over 15 mm 1 1,0 mm² 4D

2 0,5 mm² 2D
1)
D is the fictitious diameter under the screen or concentric conductor according to IEC 60502-1, Annex A.
2)
Clearance between two adjacent windings in the longitudinal direction of the cable.
Page 5-G-24
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section G
Cable design N2XY/NA2XY and N2X2Y/NA2X2Y (type 5G-2)
Table 9 - Single-core cables
1 2 3 4

area mm²
Conductor shape and Nominal value Minimum Nominal value Minimum Maximum
type value value value
mm mm
mm mm mm
1 x 50 RM 1,0 0,80 1,8 14 18

1 x 70 RM 1,1 0,89 1,8 15 19
1 x 95 RM 1,1 0,89 1,8 17 21
1 x 120 RM 1,2 0,98 1,8 18 22

1 x 150 RM 1,4 1,16 1,8 20 25
1 x 185 RM 1,6 1,34 1,8 22 27
1 x 240 RM 1,7 1,43 1,8 25 30

1 x 300 RM 1,8 1,52 1,8 27 32
1 x 400 RM 2,0 1,70 1,9 30 36
1 x 500 RM 2,2 1,88 2,0 34 40
Page 5-G-25
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section G
Cable design N2XY and N2X2Y (type 5G-2)
Table 10 - Four-core cables with copper conductors
1 2 3 4

area mm²
mm mm mm mm mm
4 x 16 RE 0,7 0,53 1,8 18 24

4 x 25 RM 0,9 0,71 1,8 25 31
4 X 35 RM 0,9 0,71 1,8 25 31
4 x 35 SM 0,9 0,71 1,8 25 31

4 x 50 SM 1,0 0,80 1,9 26 33
4 x 70 SM 1,1 0,89 2,0 30 38
4 x 95 SM 1,1 0,89 2,1 33 42

4 x 120 SM 1,2 0,98 2,3 37 46
4 x 150 SM 1,4 1,16 2,4 41 50
4 x 185 SM 1,6 1,34 2,6 46 55
Page 5-G-26
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section G
Cable design NA2XY and NA2X2Y (type 5G-2)
Table 11 - Four-core cables with aluminium conductors
1 2 3 4

area mm²
mm mm mm mm mm
4 x 25 RE 0,9 0,71 1,8 25 30

4 x 35 RE 0,9 0,71 1,8 25 30
4 x 50 RE 1,0 0,80 1,9 29 34
4 x 50 SE 1,0 0,80 1,9 25 31

4 x 70 SE 1,1 0,89 2,0 30 36
4 x 95 SE 1,1 0,89 2,1 33 40
4 x 120 SE 1,2 0,98 2,3 36 43
4 x 150 SE 1,4 1,16 2,4 40 47
4 x 185 SE 1,6 1,34 2,6 44 52

4 x 185 SM 1,6 1,34 2,6 47 55
4 x 240 SE 1,7 1,43 2,8 49 57
4 x 240 SM 1,7 1,43 2,8 43 61
Page 5-G-27
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section G
Table 12 - Type designations (provisional)

Cables are designated with:
- abbreviated code description of the cable design,
N Cable according to this specification

Copper conductor (no abbreviation)
2X XLPE insulation
C Concentric conductor (helically)
CW Concentric conductor (wave form)
Y PVC sheath
2Y PE sheath
-J With green-yellow core
-O Without green-yellow core
- number of cores by nominal cross-sectional area of conductor in mm²,

- indications of shape type of conductor,
R Circular conductor
S Sector-shaped conductor
E Solid conductor
M Stranded conductor
- where applicable nominal cross-sectional area of screen or concentric conductor in mm²,

- rated voltage in kV.
Table 13 - Barrel of delivery drums

1)
Cable type Barrel diameter of cable drum
Cables without concentric conductor
- single-core 18 D
- multi-core S 95 mm² 15 D
- multi-core S > 95 mm² 18 D
Cables with concentric conductor 20 D
D Outer diameter of cable: maximum value according to Tables 9 to 11 or manufacturer’s values
S Nominal cross-sectional area of insulated conductor
1)
There is no direct relationship between the barrel diameter of the cable drum, according to this table and the
permissible radius, given in Section 4, Clause 3, item 4, for cable laying because the stresses (loads) are
completely different.
Page 5-G-28
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section G
Table 14 - Rated current-carrying capacity, cables in earth (recommended values)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Insulating
material XLPE
Permissible
operating 90 °C
temperature
Designation N2XY N2XCWY NA2XY NA2XCWY
N2X2Y N2XCW2Y NA2X2Y NA2XCW2Y
Arrangement
1) 1)
Number of
loaded 1 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 3
conductors
area in mm² Rated current in A Rated current in A
1,5 48 31 33 31 33 - - - - -
2,5 63 40 42 40 43 - - - - -
4 82 52 54 52 55 - - - - -
6 102 64 67 65 68 - - - - -
10 136 86 89 87 91 - - - - -
16 176 112 115 113 117 - - - - -
25 229 145 148 146 150 177 112 114 113 116
35 275 174 177 176 179 212 135 136 136 138
50 326 206 209 208 211 252 158 162 159 164
70 400 254 256 256 257 310 196 199 197 201
95 480 305 307 307 304 372 234 238 236 240
120 548 348 349 349 341 425 268 272 269 272
150 616 392 393 391 377 476 300 305 302 303
185 698 444 445 442 418 541 342 347 342 340
240 815 517 517 509 469 631 398 404 397 387
300 927 585 583 569 514 716 457 457 454 430
400 1 064 71 663 637 565 825 529 525 520 479
500 1 227 58 749 691 623 52 609 601 584 531
630 1 421 - 843 - 690 1 102 - 687 - 587
800 1 638 - 935 - - 1 267 - 776 - -
1 000 1 869 - 1 023 - - 1 448 - 865 - -
1)
Rated current for cables in d.c.-system with return conductor far away.
Page 5-G-29
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section G
Table 15 - Rated current-carrying capacity, cables in air (recommended values)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Insulating
material XLPE
Permissible
operating 90 °C
temperature
Designation N2XY N2XCWY NA2XY NA2XCWY

N2X2Y N2XCW2Y NA2X2Y NA2XCW2Y
Arrangement
1) 1)
Number of
loaded 1 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 3
conductors

area in mm² Rated current in A Rated current in A
1,5 33 24 26 25 27 - - - - -
2,5 43 32 34 33 36 - - - - -
4 57 42 44 43 47 - - - - -
6 72 53 56 54 59 - - - - -
10 99 74 77 75 81 - - - - -
16 131 98 102 100 109 - - - - -
25 177 133 138 136 146 136 102 106 104 112
35 217 162 170 165 179 166 126 130 128 137
50 265 197 207 201 218 205 149 161 152 169
70 336 250 263 255 275 260 191 204 194 214
95 415 308 325 314 336 321 234 252 239 263
120 485 359 380 364 388 376 273 295 278 308
150 557 412 437 416 438 431 311 339 316 349
185 646 475 507 480 501 501 360 395 365 401
240 774 564 604 565 580 600 427 472 430 469
300 901 649 697 643 654 696 507 547 506 535
400 1 060 761 811 737 733 821 600 643 575 615
500 1 252 866 940 807 825 971 695 754 682 700
630 1 486 - 1 083 - 934 1 151 - 882 - 790
800 1 751 - 1 228 - - 1 355 - 1 019 - -
1 000 2 039 - 1 368 - - 1 580 - 1 157 - -
1)
Rated current for cables in d.c.-systems with return conductor far away.
Page 5-G-30
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section G
Table 16 - Definition of load factor
The rated currents Ir are based on the type of operation commonly experienced in electric supply networks
(supply utility load). This load is defined by a 24 h load diagram which illustrates maximum load and load
factor (see figure).
Maximum load and load factor of the given load are determined from the daily load plot or reference load
plot. The daily load plot (24 h load) is the space of the load over 24 h under normal operation. The average
load is the mean value of the daily load plot; the load factor being the quotient from the average load divided
by the maximum load.
Load/ maximum load Load factor

% 100 1
80 0,8
0,73
60 0,6
40 0,4
20 0,2
0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 h
Time
-------- Ratio of load to maximum load in %

- -- - Ratio of average load to maximum load
Daily plot and determination of load factor (example)
Page 5-G-31
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section G
6 Tables (concluded)
Table 17 - Permissible short-circuit temperatures and rated short-time current densities
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Cables with Permissible short- Conductor temperature at the beginning of short-circuit in

circuit temperature in °C
°C
90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20
Rated short-time current density in A/mm² for a rated

short-circuit duration of 1 s
Copper conductors 250 143 149 154 159 165 170 176 181
Aluminium conductors 250 94 98 102 105 109 113 116 120

Page 5-G-32
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section G
7 Test method
7 Testing of cables, wires and flexible cords – Adhesion between core insulation of XLPE-
insulated conductors and cast resin
7.1 Scope and object
The test procedure serves to prove the adhesion between the core insulation of XLPE-insulated conductors
and cast resin. For testing, the cross-section of 150 mm² sector shaped solid Aluminium conductor covers all
cross sections.
7.2 Test pieces
7.2.1 Shape and material
The shape and the dimensions of test pieces are specified in Figure 1. The test pieces are produced from
the core insulation in conjunction with the cast resin according to HD 631.
7.2.2 Preparation of test pieces
The cores are taken from manufactured cables with sector shaped solid Aluminium conductor having a
cross-section of 150 mm². The test pieces are obtained by casting resin blocks with dimensions according to
Figure 1 to the flanks of the cores. The cores with a length of about 400 mm are taken from the cable length
to be tested. The insulation is stripped off over a length of 40 mm on both sides of the core lengths and the
laid up cores are straightened by means of a tool. In addition, the straightened samples may be slightly
stretched with a tensile-testing machine. Subsequently, they shall be shortened to a total length of 320 mm
(core insulation even with the conductor at one end).
In the region between 200 mm and 300 mm, seen from one side of the sample, the insulation shall be
covered with a separating foil (e. g. PE adhesive foil) in order to mark the adhesive region of the cast resin
on the insulation (see also Figure 1).
7.2.2.1 Preparation of samples
Before the casting of samples the core insulation, the cast resin and the moulds (see Figure 2) shall be
stored 24 h in a room at a temperature of (23 ± 3) °C and a relative humidity of (55 ± 5) %.
The core insulation shall be cleaned before casting, since dirt, grease and other substances on the core
insulation impair the adhesive strength of the cast resin. Lintfree, isopropanol soaked pieces of cloth shall be
used for cleaning. The samples are placed into the mould such that the part covered with the foil protrudes
from the mould. The depth of insertion is about 220 mm.
7.2.2.2 Casting of samples
The cast resin intended to be used for testing shall be mixed according to the manufacturer’s instructions
and is cast afterwards. The cast samples remain in the mould for a period of 24 h at a temperature of
(23 ± 3) °C and are then taken out of the mould. Subsequently, the core insulation with the cast resin test
pieces is separated from the conductor. Care should be taken to make sure that the edges of cut will be
smooth.
Page 5-G-33
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section G
7 Test method (continued)

7.2.2.3 Curing and conditioning
The prepared test pieces are stored 24 h in an air oven at a temperature of (80 ± 2) °C. After the heat
treatment the test pieces are conditioned before each peeling process (24 h at (23 ± 3) °C and (55 ± 5) %
relative humidity).
7.2.2.4 Number of samples
Ten test pieces shall be tested per core (5 per flank).
7.3 Testing and auxiliary equipment
7.3.1 Mould
A mould made of silicon according to Figure 2 shall be used.
7.3.2 Air oven
An air oven with natural air flow, meeting the general requirements of Subclause 8.1.2 of EN 60811-1-2,
shall be used.
7.3.3 Tensile-testing machine
A tensile-testing machine with an accuracy of 1 % shall be used. The tensile-testing machine shall have a
device to record a diagram force versus distance.
7.3.4 Peeling device
A peeling device according to Figure 3 serves to separate the core insulation from the cast resin.
7.3.5 Measuring equipment
A calliper gauge is used to determine the width of the test piece.
7.4 Test procedure
The width of the cast resin shall be measured accurately to 0,1 mm at four measuring points evenly
distributed over its length. The four measuring points serve to determine the width B as the average value of
the four individual values.
The test pieces are placed into the peeling device as shown in Figure 3 after the core insulation has been
separated from the cast resin along the separating foil over a length of about 20 mm (see 2.2). During the
peeling process, the velocity of the drawing clamp shall be (100 ± 5) mm/min. The core insulation shall be
peeled off over the entire length. The peeling forces versus distance are recorded in a diagram.
Page 5-G-34
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section G

7.5 Evaluation
7.5.1 Peeling diagram
The peeling diagram (see Figure 4) shall be evaluated as follows:
In order to ignore edge effects the separating force shall be determined as a surface integral from the middle
region of the curve form (between 15 % and 90 % of the diagram length) and the peeling resistance Ps shall
be calculated from this value according to the following equation:
b
1 Fs
0,75 ⋅ X c ∫
Fs = Fs ( x )dx (in N) Ps = (in N/mm) (1)
B
a
The peeling resistance Ps can also be calculated by averaging between Ps min and Ps max in the 15 % to 90 %
region.
( Psmin + Ps max ) ( Fsmin + Fsmax )

Ps = = (2)
2 2⋅ B
where
- Fs is the separating force in N

-B is the width of the test piece in mm
- Ps max is the maximum peeling resistance in N/mm
- Ps min is the minimum peeling resistance in N/mm
7.5.2 Calculation of average peeling resistances
The average peeling resistance P s per core is obtained from the sum of the peeling resistances Ps
according to equation (1) and (2) respectively, divided by the number of test pieces n with the same param.
1 n
Psn = ∑ Psi
n i =1
(in N/mm) (3)
where
- P sn is the average peeling resistance from n test pieces in N/mm
- Ps is the peeling resistance in N/mm (see 5.1)
-n is the number of test pieces
7.5.3 Required value
The test has been passed successfully if the obtained value is not lower than the required value specified in
HD 603 Section 5G.
Page 5-G-35
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section G

Figures
Dimensions in mm
Figure 1 – Test piece
Page 5-G-36
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section G
Dimensions in mm
Figure 2 – Mould
Page 5-G-37
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section G
Dimensions in mm
Figure 3 – Peeling device
Page 5-G-38
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section G
7 Test method (concluded)
Figure 4 – Peeling diagram

Page 5-I-0
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section I
SECTION 5-I - CABLES WITHOUT CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR (TYPE 5I)
Replace pages
5-I-6, 5-I-7, 5-I-9, 5-I-11, 5-I-13, 5-I-14, 5-I-15 and 5-I-16
5-I-6, 5-I-7, 5-I-9, 5-I-11 and 5-I-13.

Page 5-I-6
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section I

HD Additional
sheath
6.2 Year of manufacture To be indicated on the sheath
6.3 Code designation To be indicated on the sheath
6.4 Continuity of marks Distance between the end of one set of marks and
(except meter marking) the beginning of the next 0,5 m
65 Durability HD 603-1
Subclause 3.3
Subclause 3.4
6.7 Meter marking - Either by a tape in the cable
- Or by embossing or printing on the sheath
7 Code designation Examples *:
a) for cables without auxiliary cores
YMvK 0,6/1 kV 4x10rm NEN 3616
b) for cables with auxiliary cores
YMvKh 0,6/1 kV 4x25rs + 4x2,5 NEN 3616
* rm = circular solid conductor - rs = circular stranded conductor.
3 Test requirements
1 Routine tests
1 2 3 4
1 Conductor resistance Ref.No.1.5 HD 605, Subclause 3.1.1
2 High voltage test on complete HD 605, Subclause 3.2.1
cable ** Four core cable without auxiliary cores:
- Test voltage 4 kV a.c.
- Duration of test 5 min per core a) red and blue ! yellow, yellow/blue and earth
- Test result No breakdown b) yellow and yellow/blue ! red, blue and earth
c) two adjacent cores ! remaining cores and earth
a) red and blue ! yellow, yellow/blue, all auxiliary
cores and earth
b) yellow and yellow/blue ! red, blue, all auxiliary
cores and earth
c) two adjacent cores and all auxiliary cores
! remaining cores and earth
HD 603-1, Clause 5
3.3 Marking HD 603, Clause 3 &
ref. no. 6
Page 5-I-7
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section I

2 Sample tests
1 2 3 4
1.1 - Condition of surface " Ref. no. 1.2.1a Visual inspection
2 Insulation
(test applicable to main and
auxiliary cores)
ageing "" (test applicable to Table 2A, type DIX3
main cores only)
2.3 - Application to conductor " HD 603-1 Inspection and manual test
Subclause 5.2.2
2.4 - Hot set test at 150 °C "" HD 603-1 EN 60811-2-1
Table 2A, type DIX3 Subclause 9.1
3 Inner covering
4 sheath
4.1 - Thickness " Ref. no. 5.2 EN 60811-1-1, Subclause 8.2
and HD 605, Subclause 2.1.2
ageing "" Table 4A, type DMV15
4.3 - Pressure test at 90 °C "" “ EN 60811-3-1, Subclause 8.2
4.4 - Cold elongation test at -15 °C “ EN 60811-1-4, Subclause 8.4
""
4.5 - Cold impact test at -15 °C "" “ EN 60811-1-4, Subclause 8.5
4.6 Heat shock test at 150 °C "" “ EN 60811-3-1, Subclause 9.2
Page 5-I-9
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section I

1 2 3 4
1 Conductor resistance Ref. no. 1.5 HD, 605 Subclause 3.1.1
2 High voltage test on complete cable HD 605, Subclause 3.2.1
** Four core cable without auxiliary cores:
- Test voltage (a.c.) 4 kV
- Duration of test 5 min a) red and blue ! yellow, yellow/blue and
- Test results No breakdown earth
b) yellow and yellow/blue ! red, blue and
earth
c) two adjacent cores ! remaining cores and
earth
a) red and blue ! yellow, yellow/blue, all
auxiliary cores and earth
b) yellow and yellow/blue ! red, blue, all
auxiliary cores and earth
c) two adjacent cores and all auxiliary cores
! remaining cores and earth
3 High voltage test on all cores in HD 605, Subclause 3.2.2.2
water
- Length of sample 10 m
- Temperature of water (20 ± 5) °C
- Duration of water immersion 16 and 24 h
- Test voltage main cores 2,5 kV
auxiliary cores 1,5 kV
- Voltage application time 15 min
- Test result No breakdown
4 Insulation resistance test at 90 °C HD 605, Subclause 3.3.1
- Length of sample
- Temperature of water 10 m
- Duration of water immersion (90 + 2) °C
- Test result 2h
HD 603-1,Table 2A,
type DIX3.
1 2 3 4
1 Constructional characteristics Section 2 and Visual inspection
HD 603-1, Clause 5
1.1 General construction of cable
1.2 Core identification Ref. No. 2.3
and ref. no. 6
2.1 Condition of surface Ref. no. 1.2.1a Visual inspection
2.2 Tensile properties Ref. no. 1.3 HD 605, Subclause 2.3.1.2
Page 5-I-11
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section I
4 Type tests (non-electrical) (concluded)
1 2 3 4
6 Tests on sheath
- before ageing HD 603-1, Table 4A EN 60811-1-1

6.3 Mechanical properties HD 603-1, Table 4A EN 60811-1-2, Subclause 8.1 4 and
- after ageing of complete cable type DMV15 EN 60811-1-1, Subclause 9.2
6.4 Loss of mass HD 603-1, Table 4A EN 60811-3-2, Subclause 8.2
type DMV15
6.5 Pressure test at 90 °C HD 603-1, Table 4A EN 60811-3-1, Subclause 8.2
type DMV15
6.6 Cold elongation test at -15 °C HD 603-1, Table 4A EN 60811-1-4, Subclause 8.4
type DMV15
6.7 Spare
6.8 Heat shock test at 150 °C HD 603-1, Table 4A EN 60811-3-1, Subclause 9.2
type DMV15
7.1 Bending at 0 °C, followed by No breakdown and HD 605, Subclause 2.4.1.1. but at
voltage test of 7,5 kV for 10 min no visible damage (0 ± 2) °C, 3 complete turns and
7.2 Cold impact test at -15 °C HD 603-1, Table 4A EN 60811-1-4, Subclause 8.5
type DMV15
Page 5-I-13
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section I
No. Subject Subclause of Annex A Recommendations

of Part 1
1 General A.2.1 –
4 Concentric conductor A.2.4 Not applicable
7 Drum barrel diameter A.3.2.2 Minimum 14 D **)
One single bending minimum
8 D **)
11 Pulling force or pulling loads A.4.12 a) σ = 50 N/mm2 for copper and
σ = 30 N/mm2 for aluminium
conductors
c) P ≤ 1 000 N
(maximum 80 cm)

– Clause of Annex A of Part 1 is applicable. No specification or recommendation is given in this
particular section.
BLANK PAGE
Page 5-J-0
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section J
SECTION 5-J - CABLES WITH CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR (TYPE 5J)
Replace Section 5-J
by the following new Section 5-J

Page 5-J-1
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section J
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
SECTION 5-J - CABLES WITH CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR (TYPE 5J)

Page 5-J-2
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section J
CONTENTS
1 General ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3
1 Conductor ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4
1.1 Material
1.2 Resistance
2 Insulation ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
2.1 Material
4 Inner covering------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
5.1 Material
5.2 Dc resistance
6 Outer sheath -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
6.1 Material
6.2 Colour
6.3 Thickness
6.4 Markings
7 Type designation--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5

4 Appendix (Tables) ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7
5 Guide to use ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8

Page 5-J-3
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section J
REFERENCES
References are made in Section 5-J of HD 603, to other Parts of this HD and to other Harmonization

1 General
XLPE-insulation and with a concentric copper conductor for rated voltage (U) of 1 kV for fixed
installations.
compound DIX 10 in Table 2A of HD 603-1.
(b) Rated voltage
0,6/1 kV
to compound DMV 16 in Table 4A of HD 603-1.
Page 5-J-4
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section J

HD Additional
1 Conductor
1.1 Material Aluminium
EN 60228
class 1 or class 2
1.3 Permissible types Aluminium: 16-25-50-95-150-240 mm²
area
2 Insulation
2.1 Material HD 603-1 - Table 2A
DIX 10
2.2 Thickness HD 603-1 - Table 5 HD 605
and HD 603-1 Subclause 2.1.1
Subclause 5.2.3
2.3 Core identification Colour according to HD 308
3 Assembly of cores The cores are laid up helically
4 Inner covering The inner covering may be extruded or
lapped with suitable material
Thickness see Appendix, Table 3
5.1 Material The concentric conductor shall be
made from copper
5.3 Distance between wires HD 605
a) calculated mean clearance Subclause 2.1.6.2 4 mm
wires
b) maximum clearance between
two adjacent wires 8 mm
Page 5-J-5
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section J

HD Additional
6 Outer sheath
6.1 Material HD 603-1 - Table 4A
DMV 16
6.2 Colour Grey or black
6.3 Thickness HD 605 The average value shall not be less
Subclause 2.1.2 than the value given in Appendix,
6.4 Markings HD 603-1 Type designation, number of
Clause 3 conductors, conductor area and
producer
7 Type designation (provisional) TFSP
3 Test requirements
1 2 3 4
1 Resistance Appendix Table 1 and HD 605 Subclause 3.1.1

EN 60228
2 Voltage test 3,5 kV for 4 h HD 605
Breakdown shall not occur Subclause 3.2.
1 2 3 4
1 Insulation thickness Appendix Table 2 HD 605

Subclause 2.1.1
2 Sheaththickness Appendix Table 2 HD 605
Subclause 2.1.2
Page 5-J-6
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section J

2. Type tests (non-electrical, concluded)
1 2 3 4
3 Test on insulation
3.1 Mechanical characteristics before and HD 603-1 - Table 2A - DIX 10 EN 60811.1.1
after ageing Subclause 9.1
EN 60811.1.2.
Subclause 8.1
4 Tests on core HD 603-1 Table 2A - DIX 10
4.1 Shrinkage test EN 60811.1.3
Subclause 10
4.2 Water absorption test EN 60811.1.3
Subclause 9.1
4.3 Hot set test EN 60811.2.1
Clause 9
Table 4A, DMV16
5.1 Mechanical properties before and EN 60811.1.1
EN 60811.1.2
Subclause 8.1
5.2 Loss of mass test EN 60811.3.2
Subclause 8.2.
5.3 Pressure test at high temperature EN 60811.3.1
Subclause 8.2.
5.4 Heat shock test EN 60811.3.1
Subclause 9.2.
5.5 Elongation test at low temperature EN 6081105.1.4
Test temperature = (-25 ± 2)°C Subclause 8.4
6.1 Ageing test As for insulation and sheathing compounds EN 60811.1.2

Temperature = (90 ± 2)°C after ageing Subclause 8.1.4
Duration 168 h
6.2 Impact test at low temperature No cracks visible to the naked eye in either the HD 605
outside or inside of the insulation or sheath in Subclause 2.4.8
at least 8 of the 10 samples.
No cracks
6.3 Bending test

One sample of cable is bent 180° on
a mandrel with diameter 8 x the
diameter of the cable . The sample
shall be in this position for 24 h in a
temperature of (70 ± 2)°C. After the
test, the cable is returned to room
temperature

Page 5-J-7
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section J
4 Appendix (Tables)
Table 1
Metal screen
Size of Al Max. resistance at 20° Nominal equivalent

conductor (Ω/km) copper area (mm²)
mm²
16 1,83 10
25 1,83 10
50 1,15 16
95 0,524 35
150 0,387 50
240 0,268 70
Table 2
Thickness
Size of Al Insulation Sheath

conductor (mm) (mm)
mm²
16 0,7 1,8
25 0,9 1,8
50 1,0 1,8
95 1,1 2,2
150 1,4 2,2
240 1,7 2,6
Table 3
Thickness of extruded Thickness of lapped

Diameter over laid up cores inner covering covering
Above Up to and including Approximate values Approximate values

mm mm mm mm
- 10 0,6 0,30
10 25 0,8 0,30
25 35 1,0 0,45
35 45 1,2 0,45
45 - 1,4 0,45
Page 5-J-8
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section J
Annex A of Part 1
Subclause number Requirement for this section
A.3.3.2 Drum barrel diameter Other cables: 12 D
A.4.6 Bending radii during installation Other cables: 12 D

°
A.4.11 Lowest temperature of cable installation Minimum temperature: - 10 C
A.4.12 Pulling force For Cu conductors σ = 50 N/mm²
For Al conductors σ = 30 /mm²

Page 5-K-0
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section K
SECTION 5-K - CABLES WITH CONCENTRIC SCREEN (TYPE 5K)
Replace Section 5-K
by the following new Section 5-K

Page 5-K-1
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section K
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
SECTION 5-K- CABLES WITH CONCENTRIC SCREEN (TYPE 5K)

Page 5-K-2
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section K
CONTENTS
1 General ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3
1 Conductor ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4
1.1 Material
1.2 Resistance
2 Insulation ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
2.1 Material
4 Inner covering------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
5 Concentric screen ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
5.1 Material
5.2 DC resistance
6 Outer sheath -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
6.1 Material
6.2 Colour
6.3 Thickness
6.4 Markings
1 Routine tests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
4 Appendix (Tables) ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7
5 Guide to use ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8
Page 5-K-3
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section K
REFERENCES
References are made in Section 5-K of HD 603, to other Parts of this HD and to other Harmonization

1 General
XLPE-insulation and with a concentric copper screen, for rated voltage (U) of 1 kV for fixed
installations.
Table 2A of HD 603-1 - DIX 10.
(b) Rated voltage
0,6/1kV
It shall be suitable for the maximum rated conductor temperature. It shall consist of PVC and
correspond to Table 4A of HD 603-1 - DMV 16.
Page 5-K-4
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section K

No. HD Additional
1 Conductor
EN 60228
class 1 or class 2
1.3 Permissible types Aluminium: 50-95-150-240 mm² and
only 3-core cable
area
2 Insulation
2.1 Material HD 603-1 - DIX 10
Table 2A
Compound XLPE
2.2 Thickness HD 603-1 -Table 5
HD 603, HD 605, Subclause 2.1.1
Subclause 5.2.3
2.3 Core identification 3 cores: black-brown-white
3 Assembly of cores The cores are laid up helically with a
pitch of max 50 times diameter over the
laid up cores
4 Inner covering A suitable material with recommended
thickness 0,45 mm
5 Concentric screen
5.1 Material The concentric screen shall be made
from copper
5.3 Distance between wires HD 605, Subclause 2.1.6.2
a) calculated mean clearance 4 mm
between individual
(adjacent) wires

two adjacent wires
6 Outer sheath
6.1 Material HD 603-1 - DMV 16
Table 4A
6.2 Colour Green (RAL 6016)
Page 5-K-5
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section K

No. HD Additional
6.3 Thickness HD 605, Subclause The average value shall not be less
2.1.2 than the value given in Appendix,

Subclause 3 conductors, conductor area and
producer

and the beginning of the next 1 m
7 Type designation (provisional) TFSP
3 Test requirements
1. Routine tests
1 2 3 4
1 Voltage test AC - 50 Hz, 6000 V, 1 min HD 605
Breakdown shall not occur Subclause 3.2
1 2 3 4
1 Resistance Appendix, Table 2 and EN 60228 HD 605
Subclause 3.1.1
2 Insulation resistance Volume resistivity > 1012.Ω cm HD 605
Subclause 3.3
*According to Section 2 ‘Design requirements’ unless stated otherwise.
Page 5-K-6
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section K
1 2 3 4
Subclause 2.1.1
2 Sheath thickness Appendix Table 1 HD 605

Subclause 2.1.2
3.1 Mechanical characteristics before HD 603-1 - Table 2A - DIX 10 EN 60811.1.1

and after ageing Subclause 9.1
EN 60811.1.2.
Subclause 8.1
4.1 Shrinkage test " EN 60811.3.1

Subclause 10
Subclause 9.1
Subclause 9

Table 4A, DMV16
5.1 Mechanical properties before and EN 60811.1.1
EN 60811.1.2
Subclause 8.1
5.2 Loss of mass test EN 60811.3.2
Subclause 8.2.
5.3 Pressure test at high temperature EN 60811.3.1
Subclause 8.2.
Heat shock test
5.4 EN 60811.3.1
Elongation test at low temperature Subclause 9.2.
5.5 Test temperature = (-25 ± 2)°C EN 60811.1.4
Subclause 8.4
6.1 Ageing test As for insulation and sheathing compounds EN 60811.1.2

Temperature = (90 ± 2)°C after ageing Subclause 8.1.4
Duration 168 h
6.2 Impact test at low temperature HD 603.1, Table 4A, DMV16 HD 605
Test temperature = (-25 ± 1)°C No cracks visible to the naked eye in either the Subclause 2.4.8
outside or inside of the insulation or sheath in
at least 8 of the 10 samples.

Page 5-K-7
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section K
4 Appendix (Tables)
Table 1
Thickness
Size of Insulation Sheath
conductor (mm) (mm)
mm²
50 1,0 1,8
95 1,1 2,2
150 1,4 2,2
240 1,7 2,6
Table 2
Metallic screen resistance and

nominal equivalent copper area
Conductor area Wire screen
maximum nominal area
resistance at
mm² 20 °C mm²
Ω/km .
50 2,65 7
95 1,88 10
150 1,35 14
240 1,02 18
Page 5-K-8
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section K
Annex A of Part 1
A.3.3.2 Drum barrel diameter Other cables: 12 D
A.4.6 Bending radii during installation Other cables: 12 D

For Al conductors σ = 30 /mm²
Page 5-L-0
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section L
SECTION 5-L - CABLES WITH CONCENTRIC SCREEN (TYPE 5L)
Replace the Section 5-L
by the following new Section 5-L

Page 5-L-1
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section L
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
SECTION 5-L - CABLES WITH CONCENTRIC SCREEN (TYPE 5L)

Page 5-L-2
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section L
CONTENTS
1 General ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3
1 Conductor ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4
1.1 Material
1.2 Resistance
2 Insulation ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
2.1 Material
4 Inner covering------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
5 Concentric screen ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
6 Sheath ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
6.1 Material
6.2 Colour
6.3 Thickness
6.4 Markings
1. Routine tests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
4 Appendix (Tables) ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
5 Guide to use ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7
Page 5-L-3
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section L
REFERENCES
References are made in Section 5-L of HD 603, to other Parts of this HD and to other Harmonization

1 General
XLPE-insulation and with a concentric aluminium screen, for rated voltage (U) of 1 kV for fixed
installations.
Table 2A of HD 603-1: compound DIX 10.
(b) Rated voltage
0,6/1 kV
It shall be suitable for the maximum rated conductor temperature. It shall consist of PVC and PE and
correspond to Table 4A and 4B of HD 603-1: compound DMV 16. and DMP 6.
Page 5-L-4
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section L
No. HD Additional
1 Conductor
1.1 Material Aluminium ; EN 60228

class 1 or class 2
1.3 Permissible types Aluminium: 50-95-150-240 mm² and only 3-core

cable
1.4 Reduced cross-sectional area All cores to have same cross-sectional area
2 Insulation

Table 2A - DIX 10
2.2 Thickness HD 603-1 - Table 5 HD 605, Subclause 2.1.1

HD 603-1,
Subclause 5.2.3
2.3 Core identification 3 cores: black-brown-white
3 Assembly of cores The cores are laid up helically with a pitch of

max. 50 times diameter over the laid up cores
4 Inner covering A suitable material with recommended

thickness 0,45 mm
5 Concentric screen The concentric screen shall be longitudinally

applied aluminium tape laid with at least 10 mm
overlap and of 0,2 mm thickness. Tinned
copper wires of max. resistance 3,11 Ω/km at
20 °C (6 mm²) is placed under the aluminium
sheath
5.1 DC resistance The resistance shall not exceed the values

6 Sheath
6.1 Material HD 603-1 Inner layer of PE and outer layer of PVC

Table 4A - DMV 16
Table 4B - DMP 6
6.3 Thickness HD 605, Appendix, Table 1 gives the average value. It

Subclause 2.1.2 should not be less by more than (0,2 mm +
15 %).
6.4 Markings HD 603-1, Clause 3 Type designation, number of conductors,

conductor area and producer
beginning of the next 1 m
7 Type designation (provisional) TFLP

Page 5-L-5
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section L
3 Test requirements
1. Routine tests
1 2 3 4
1 Voltage test AC - 50 Hz, 6000 V, 1 min HD 605
1 2 3 4
1 Resistance Appendix, Table 2 and EN 60228 HD 605, Subclause 3.1.1

12
2 Insulation resistance Volume resistivity > 10 Ω.cm HD 605
Subclause 3.3
1 2 3 4

Subclause 2.1.1
Subclause 2.1.2
3.1 Mechanical characteristics HD 603-1 - Table 2A - DIX 10 EN 60811.1.1

before and after ageing Subclause 9.1
EN 60811.1.2.
Subclause 8.1
4 Tests on core HD 603-1 - Table 2A - DIX 10
4.1 Shrinkage test " EN 60811.3.1

Clause 10
Subclause 9.1
Clause 9
Page 5-L-6
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section L
1 2 3 4
5 Test on sheath HD 603-1, Table 4A, DMV16 and

Table 4B, DMP 6
5.1 Mechanical properties before EN 60811.1.1
EN 60811.1.2
Subclause 8.1
5.2 Loss of mass test HD 603-1, Table 4A, DMV16 EN 60811.3.2
Subclause 8.2.
5.3 Pressure test at high EN 60811.3.1
temperature Subclause 8.2.

Subclause 9.2.
5.5 Elongation test at low EN 60811.1.4
temperature Subclause 8.4
Test temperature = (-25 ± 2) °C
6.1 Ageing test As for insulation and sheathing EN 60811.1.2

Temperature = (90 ± 2) °C compounds after ageing Subclause 8.1.4
Duration 168 h
Test temperature = (-25 ± 1) °C No cracks visible to the naked eye in Subclause 2.4.8
either the outside or inside of the
insulation or sheath in at least 8 of the
10 samples.
4 Appendix (Tables)
Table 1
Conductor area Insulation PE PVC

sheath sheath
mm² mm mm mm
50 1,0 1,4 1,4
95 1,1 1,6 1,5
150 1,4 1,6 1,6
240 1,7 1,6 1,8
Page 5-L-7
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section L
Table 2
Metallic screen resistance and

nominal area
Conductor area Al-tapes with Cu wires
resistance at nominal
20 °C equivalent
copper area
mm² Ω/km max. mm²
50 1,33 13
95 1,15 15
150 1,01 17
240 0,86 20
Annex A of Part 1
A.3.3.2 Drum barrel diameter Minimum 12 D
A.4.6 Bending radii during installation Minimum 12 D

Page 5-L-8
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section L
BLANK PAGE
Page 5-M-0
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section M
SECTION 5-M - CABLES WITHOUT CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR (TYPE 5M)
Replace the Section 5-M
by the following new Section 5-M

Page 5-M-1
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section M
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
SECTION 5-M - CABLES WITHOUT CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR (TYPE 5M)

Page 5-M-2
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section M
CONTENTS
1 General ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3
1 Conductor ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4
1.1 Material
1.2 Resistance
2 Insulation ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
2.1 Material
4 Sheath ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
4.1 Material
4.2 Colour
4.3 Thickness
4.4 Markings
1 Routine tests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
4 Appendix (Tables) ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7
5 Guide to use ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7
Page 5-M-3
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section M
REFERENCES
References are made in Section 5-M of HD 603, to other Parts of this HD and to other Harmonization

1 General
XLPE-insulation and without a concentric conductor for rated voltage (U) of 1 kV for fixed installations.
Table 2A of HD 603-1 - DIX 10.
(b) Rated voltage
0,6/1 kV
It shall be suitable for the maximum rated conductor temperature. It shall consist of PVC and PE and
correspond to Tables 4A and 4B of HD 603-1 - DMV 16 - DMP 6
Page 5-M-4
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section M

HD Additional
1 Conductor
EN 60228
class 1 or class 2
1.3 Permissible types Aluminium: 25-50-95-150-240 mm² and
only 4-core cable
area
2 Insulation
Table 2A - DIX 10
2.2 Thickness HD 603-1 Table 5 HD 605 - Subclause 2.1.1
HD 603-1,
Subclause 5.2.3
2.3 Core identification 4 cores: black-brown-grey-
yellow/green
3 Assembly of cores The cores are laid up helically with a
pitch of max. 50 times diameter over
the laid up cores. A suitable tape may
be applied over the cores
4 Sheath
4.1 Material HD 603-1 Inner layer of PE and outer layer of
Table 4A, DMV16 PVC
Table 4B, DMP6
4.3 Thickness HD 605 Appendix, Table 1 gives the average
Subclause 2.1.2 value. It should not be less by more
than (0,2 mm + 15 %).
Clause 3 conductors, conductor area and
producer
and the beginning of the next 1 m
5 Type designation (provisional) TFXP
Page 5-M-5
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section M
3 Test requirements
1. Routine tests
1 2 3 4
1 Spark test Cores to be spark tested in laying-up
process at 10 kV with insulation in the
electric field for min 0,1 s
No fault shall occur.
2 Voltage test AC - 50 Hz, 6000 V 1 min HD 605
Breakdown shall not occur. Subclause 3.2
1 2 3 4
1 Resistance EN 60228 HD 605
Subclause 3.1.1
2 Insulation resistance Volume resistivity > 1012 Ω cm HD 605
Subclause 3.3
1 2 3 4

Subclause 2.1.1
Subclause 2.1.2
3.1 Mechanical characteristics HD 603-1 - Table 2A - DIX 10 EN 60811.1.1

before and after ageing Subclause 9.1
EN 60811.1.2.
Subclause 8.1
Page 5-M-6
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section M

1 2 3 4
4.1 Shrinkage test " EN 60811.1.3 Clause 10

Subclause 9.1
4.3 Hot set test EN 60811.2.1 Clause 9
Tables 4A, DMV16 and 4B, DMP6
5.1 Mechanical properties before EN 60811.1.1
EN 60811.1.2
Subclause 8.1
5.2 Loss of mass test HD 603-1, Table 4A, DMV16 EN 60811.3.2
Subclause 8.2
5.3 Pressure test at high EN 60811.3.1
Subclause 9.2
5.5 Elongation test at low EN 60811.1.4
Test temperature = (-25 ± 2) °C
6.1 Ageing test As for insulation and sheathing EN 60811.1.2

Temperature = (90 ± 2) °C compounds after ageing Subclause 8.1.4
Duration 168 h
Test temperature = (-25 ± 2) °C No cracks visible to the naked eye in Subclause 2.4.8
either the outside or inside of the
insulation or sheath in at least 8 of the
10 samples.
Page 5-M-7
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section M
4 Appendix (Tables)
Table 1
Conductor area Insulation PE PVC

mm² mm sheath sheath
25 0,9 1,5 1,4
50 1,0 1,7 1,4
95 1,1 2,0 1,5
150 1,4 2,0 1,6
240 1,7 2,0 1,8
Annex A of Part 1
A.3.3.2 Drum barrel diameter Minimum 12 D
A.4.6 Bending radii during installation Minimum 12 D

Page 5-M-8
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section M
BLANK PAGE
Page 5-N-0
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section N
SECTION 5-N - CABLES WITHOUT CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR (TYPE 5N)
Replace Section 5-N
by the following new Section 5-N

Page 5-N-1
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section N
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
SECTION 5-N - CABLES WITHOUT CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR (TYPE 5N)

Page 5-N-2
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section N
CONTENTS
1 General ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3
1 Conductor ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4
1.1 Material
1.2 Dimensions of stranded circular conductors
2 Insulation ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
2.1 Material
3 Outer sheath -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
3.1 Material
3.2 Colour
3.3 Thickness
4 Marking --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
4.4 Durability
4.5 Legibility
4.6 Compliance with this HD
1 Routine tests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
2 Sample tests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
4 Appendix A Figures and Tables --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9
5 Appendix B Guide to use -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------10
Page 5-N-3
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section N
REFERENCES
References are made in Section 5-N of HD 603, to other Parts of this HD and to other Harmonization

EN 60332 series Tests on electric and optical fibre cables under fire conditions (IEC 60332)
IEC 60502-1 Power cables with extruded insulation and their accessories for rated voltages
from 1 kV (Um = 1,2 kV) up to 30 kV (Um = 36 kV) –
1 General
This standard specifies the construction, dimensions and test requirements of un-armoured power
cables with XLPE insulation and with aluminium conductors in single core cables for rated voltage (U)
Table 2A - type DIX 3 of HD 603-1.
(b) Rated voltage
0,6/1 kV
125 h.
(ii) Short-circuit 250 °C

(5 s maximum duration)
d) Sheathing material
correspond to Table 4A - type DMV 18 of HD 603-1.
Page 5-N-4
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section N
No. HD Additional
Subclause 5.1
Subclause 5.1.1
1.2 Dimensions of stranded circular EN 60228 Sections:
conductors (diameter)
a) compacted EN 60228 Table 2 a) Single core cables (aluminium)
25 mm², 50 mm², 95 mm²,
150 mm², 240 mm²
b) compacted or non- EN 60228 Tables 1
compacted and 2

Subclause 5.2
Table 2A - DIX 3
b) mean value = nominal value
c) minimum value = nominal value - (0,1 mm + 10 % of
nominal value)
in the thickness of the insulation

a) Single-core cables Black or green/yellow

Subclause 5.8
Table 4A - DMV 18
3.2 Colour Black
Page 5-N-5
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section N

No. HD Additional
3.3 Thickness
a) nominal value t = 0,035 DA + 1,0 mm
DA = fictitious diameter under the sheath
(IEC 502 Appendix A)
The nominal thickness shall not be less than
1,4 mm for single core cables (Appendix, Table 3).
b) minimum value The thickness of the oversheath, determined by
taking the average of 6 measurements shall be
not less than the nominal value and the smallest
of the measured values shall not fall below the
nominal value by more than 15 % + 0,1 mm
4 Marking HD 603-1 Printing, indenting or embossing on the sheath
Clause 3
4.1 Indication of origin on the Manufacturer’s name or trademark and code
outer sheath designation
4.2 Year of manufacture To be indicated on the sheath, the last two
numbers of the manufacturing year .
beginning of the next = 30 cm
Subclause 3.3
Subclause 3.4
4.6 Compliance with this HD Approval marking
5 Code designation Appendix, Tables 1 and 2
Page 5-N-6
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section N
3 Test requirements
1 Routine tests
1 2 3 4
1 Conductor resistance EN 60228 EN 60228,
HD 605
Subclause 3.1
Subclause 3.2.1
- Sample: Manufacturing length
- Test voltage: 3,5 kV AC
8,5 kV DC
- Duration of test,: 5 min No breakdown
2. Sample tests
1 2 3 4
1 Construction of conductor Subclauses 1.2 EN 60228
and 1.3 Clause 6 and by
inspection
2 Insulation EN 60811.1.1
3 Sheath Subclause 5.3 EN 60811.1.1
4 Marking Subclause 6 Test by
inspection

1 2 3 4
1 Insulation resistance test on insulatecores Ω.cm HD 603-1 HD 605
Table 2A - DIX 3 Subclause 3.3.1
Volume resistivity at 90° Ω.cm

2 Voltage test - Test on complete cable HD 605
Subclauses 3.2.1.1
- Test voltage (AC) 1,8 kV and 3.2.1.2
* According to Section 2 ‘Design requirement’ unless stated otherwise.
Page 5-N-7
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section N

1 2 3 4
a) Without ageing Table 2A - DIX 3 EN 60811.1.1
Subclause 9.1
b) After ageing in air oven EN 60811.1.2
Subclause 8.1.3
1.2 Hot set test HD 603-1 EN 60811.2.1
Table 2A - DIX 3 Clause 9
2 Test on cores
2.1 Water absorption HD 603-1 EN 60811.1.3
Table 2A - DIX 3 Subclause 9.2
2.2 Shrinkage test HD 603-1 EN 60811.1.3
- L = 200 mm Table 2A - DIX 3 Clause 10
3 Tests on sheath
3.1 Mechanical properties HD 603-1
a) In delivery properties Table 4A - EN 60811.1.1
Subclause 8.1.3
3.2 Pressure test at high temperature HD 603-1 EN 60811.3.1
Table 4A - Subclause 8.2
DMV 18
3.3 Heat shock test HD 603-1 EN 60811.3.1

DMV 18
3.4 Elongation test at low temperature for cables with a HD 603-1 EN 60811.1.4
diameter over 12,5 mm Table 4A Subclause 8.4
or bending test for cables with a diameter up to 12,5 mm DMV 18 Subclause 8.2
Temperature: (-15 ± 2 °C)
3.5 Loss of mass test in air oven HD 603-1 EN 60811.3.2
DMV 18
* According to Section 2 ‘Design requirement” unless stated otherwise.
Page 5-N-8
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section N

4. Type tests (non-electrical) (concluded)
1 2 3 4
4.1 Impact test at low temperature HD 603-1 EN 60811.1.4
DMV 18
4.2 Ageing on completed cable HD 603-1 EN 60811.1.2
Table 4A -
DMV 18
4.3 Special bending test for complete cable with heating cycle HD 605
Subclause 2.4.1.2
Page 5-N-9
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section N
4 Appendix (Figures and tables)
aluminium
stranded
XLPE
PVC
Figure 1 - Cable construction
I II III IV
I- Conductor III - Oversheath

II - Insulation IV - Marking
Figure 2 - Schematic drawing

Page 5-N-10
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section N
4 Appendix (Figures and tables, concluded)
RV0,6/1 kV 1 x 25 Al
RV0,6/1 kV 1 x 50 Al
RV0,6/1 kV 1 x 95 Al
RV0,6/1 kV 1 x 150 Al
RV0,6/1 kV 1 x 240 Al
Table 2 - Sheath thickness
Nominal cross section Sheath thickness

Nominal value
mm² mm
25 1,4
50 1,4
95 1,5
150 1,6
240 1,7
cable system), storage, transportation and installation of cables specified in this Section 5-N of HD 603.
The general recommendations given in HD 603 Part 1, Annex A apply except where amended in the table
below:
HD 603 Part 1, Annex A

Requirement for Section 5-N of HD 603
Subclause number
A.4.11 Lowest temperature of cable
Minimum temperature 0 °C
installation
80 cm)

Page 5-O-0
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section O
SECTION 5-O - CABLES WITHOUT CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR (TYPE 5O)
Replace Section 5-O
by the following new Section 5-O

Page 5-O-1
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section O
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
SECTION 5-O – CABLES WITHOUT CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR (TYPE 5O)

Page 5-O-2
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section O
CONTENTS
1 General ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
1 Conductor ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5
1.1 Material
2 Insulation ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
2.1 Material
3.1 Assembly
4 Inner covering------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
4.1 Design
4.2 Thickness
5 Outer sheath -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
5.1 Material
5.2 Colour
5.3 Thickness
6 Outer diameter------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6
7 Marking --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7
7.4 Durability
7.5 Legibility
7.6 Meter marking
1 Routine tests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8
2 Sample tests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8
4 Appendix (Tables) ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------11
5 Guide to use -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------12
Page 5-O-3
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section O
REFERENCES
References are made in Section 5-O of HD 603, to other Parts of this HD and other Harmonization

In all cases reference to other HD or International Standard implies the latest edition of that document.
Page 5-O-4
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section O
1 General
XLPE-insulation and without concentric conductor for rated voltage (U) of 1 kV for fixed installations.
The design with PE sheath (SE-N1XE) shall be designed with non halogenated materials. All
(a) Conductors
Cables with cross sections of 10 and 16 mm² shall be made with four or five conductors. Cables with
cross sections of 50, 95, 150 or 240 mm² shall be made with four conductors. See Appendix Table 1.
(b) Insulating materials
(c) Rated voltage
0,6/1 kV
(d) Highest rated temperature for the different types of insulating compound
(e) Sheathing material
Shall be suitable for the maximum rated conductor temperature. It shall consist of PVC DMV 21, lead
free, or PE type DMP 7 and correspond to Table 4A or 4B of HD 603-1 (see Subclause 5.1).
Page 5-O-5
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section O

No.
HD Additional
1 Conductor HD 603-1 All conductors shall have the same
Subclause 5.1 resistance and be of the same
construction
1.1 Material HD 603-1 Aluminium conductors shall be annealed
Subclause 5.1.1
conductors
1.3 Dimensions of sector-
shaped conductors

1.5 Permissible conductor Appendix, Table 1
types
1.6 Preferred number of Appendix, Table 1
conductors and conductor
cross-section
Subclause 5.2
2.1 Material HD 603-1, Table 2A Insulation compound on copper
DIX 3 conductors shall be stabilised against
copper
2.2 Insulation thickness HD 603-1, Table 5
nominal value
mean value ≥ nominal value
minimum value ≥ nominal value – (0,1 + 10 % of nominal
value)
included in the thickness of the insulation.
2.3 Form of insulation on To prevent moisture penetration in joints,

sector-shaped conductors the insulation on the plain faces of a
sector-shaped conductor may not curve
in
2.4 Core identification Appendix, Table 2
3 Assembly of cores
3.1 Assembly The cores shall be cabled, helically or
oscillating with an average length of lay
not more than 50 times the diameter over
the cabled cores
Page 5-O-6
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section O

No.
HD Additional
adjacent materials
4.1 Design An extruded covering shall be applied
over the cores if the conductors are
circular shaped. The covering shall
substantially fill the interstices between
the cores.
A suitable tape may be applied, helically
or longitudinal over the cores.
4.2 Thickness HD 603-1 Appendix, Table 1
Subclause 5.5.3
Subclause 5.8
Table 4A, (PVC)
DMV 21, lead free
or Table 4B
(PE) DMP 7
5.2 Colour Preferred colour is black. If other colours
are used the UV-resistance has to be
considered.
5.3 Thickness Appendix, Table 1
nominal thickness
mean value ≥ nominal value
minimum thickness ≥ nominal value – (0,1 mm + 15 % of
nominal value)
6 Outer diameter Appendix, Table 1
Page 5-O-7
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section O

No.
HD Additional
7 Marking HD 603-1
Clause 3
7.1 Indication of origin on the Manufacturer’s name or trademark which
outer sheath shall be legally protected and from which
the manufacturer can be identified. A
registered identification thread in the
cable is permitted.
conductors, rated voltage and year of
7.3 Continuity of marking Distance between the end of one mark
7.4 Durability HD 603-1 Marking on the over-sheath must be
Subclause 3.4
sheath and in such a way that it does not
8 Code designation Cables type 5-O with PVC sheath and:
(provisional) solid copper conductor
(SE-N1XV-U)
stranded copper conductor
(SE-N1XV-R)
stranded aluminium conductor
(SE-N1XV-AS)
Cables type 5-O with PE sheath and:
solid copper conductor
(SE-N1XE-U)
stranded copper conductor
(SE-N1XE-R)
stranded aluminium conductor
(SE-N1XE-AS)
Page 5-O-8
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section O
3 Test requirements
1 Routine tests
1 2 3 4
(alternatively 15 kV DC in 2 min or 20 kV DC in 1 min) Subclause 3.2.1
*According to Section 2 ”Design requirements” unless stated otherwise.
2 Sample tests
1 2 3 4
1 Resistance of conductors EN 60228 HD 605
Subclause 3.1.1
2 Checking of compliance with constructional provisions Section II Manual
inspection
3 Measurement of thickness of insulation and sheath Subclauses EN 60811-1.1
2.2 and 5.3 Subclauses 8.1
and 8.2
4 Hot set test on insulation HD 603-1, EN 60811.2.1
Table 2A – Clause 9
Type DIX 3
1 2 3 4
The “Sample tests” in Section 3 – 2 shall also be carried out
as part of the type test
≥ 10 Ω. cm
12
1 Insulation resistance at 90 °C HD 605
Subclause 3.3.1
3 Surface resistance of over sheath Not less than HD 605

10 Ω
9
Subclause 3.4
Page 5-O-9
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section O
1 2 3 4
The special tests in Section 3 – 2 shall also be carried
1 Test of insulation
1.1 Mechanical properties before and after ageing HD 603-1, Table 2A EN 60811.1.1
Type DIX 3 Subclause 9.1
EN 60811.1.2
Subclause 8.1
2 Test on cores
2.1 Shrinkage test HD 603-1, Table 2A EN 60811.1.3
Type DIX 3 Clause 10
2.2 Water absorption HD 603-1, Table 2A EN 60811.1.3
3 Test on fillers and tapes
4 Tests on PVC sheath
4.1 Mechanical properties before and after ageing HD 603-1, Table 4A EN 60811.1.1
EN 60811.1.2
Subclause 8.1
4.2 Loss of mass test HD 603-1, Table 4A EN 60811.3.1
4.3 Pressure test at high temperature HD 603-1, Table 4A EN 60811.3.2
4.4 Heat shock test HD 603-1, Table 4A EN 60811.3.1
4.5 Elongation test at low temperature HD 603-1, Table 4A EN 60811.1.4
Samples: DMV 21 Subclause 8.4
one set of unaged test pieces and with ageing in
one set of aged test pieces accordance with
EN 60811.1.2
Subclause 8.1.4
4.6 Lead content determination test HD 603-3 sec L HD 603-3 sec L
Page 5-O-10
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section O
1 2 3 4
5 Tests on PE sheath
5.1 Mechanical properties before and after ageing HD 603-1, Table 4B – EN 60811.1.1
DMP 7 Subclause 9.2
EN 60811.1.2
Subclause 8.1
5.2 Pressure test at high temperature HD 603-1, Table 4B – EN 60811.3.1
DMP 7 Subclause 8.2
5.3 Carbon black content HD 603-1, Table 4B – EN 60811.4.1
DMP 7 Clause 11
5.4 Elongation test at low temperature HD 603-1, Table 4B – EN 60811.1.4
Samples: DMP 7 Subclause 8.4
one set of unaged test pieces and with ageing in
one set of aged test pieces accordance with
EN 60811.1.2
Subclause 8.1.4
6.1 Ageing test on pieces of complete cable at 100 ± 2 °C As for the insulation EN 60811.1.2
during 7 x 24 h and sheathing Subclause 8.1.4
compounds after
ageing
6.2 Impact test at low temperature HD 603-1, Table 4A – EN 60811.1.4
Table 4B – DMP 7
No cracks
6.3 Fire propagation test for cables with PVC sheath See test method EN 60332-1-2
* According to Section 2 ”Design requirements” unless stated otherwise.
Page 5-O-11
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section O
4 Appendix
Table 1 - General constructional requirements for four or five core cables.

Type 5O – SE- N1XV (PVC sheath) or SE- N1XE (PE sheath) – (provisional designation)
CONDUCTOR NOMINAL THICKNESS (mm) OUTER

(1) (2) DIAMETER
Number of Material Class Shape Insulation Inner Over-
(3) mm
conductors Covering sheath (3) (4)
X cross
section
4X10 Cu 1 R 0,7 1,0 1,8 18
5X10 Cu 1 R 0,7 1,0 1,8 19
4X16 Cu 2 R 0,7 1,0 1,8 21
5X16 Cu 2 R 0,7 1,0 1,8 23
4X50 Al 2 S 1,0 - 1,9 27
4X95 Al 2 S 1,1 - 2,1 35
4X150 Al 2 S 1,4 - 2,4 43
4X240 Al 2 S 1,7 - 2,8 54
(1) (3)
Class according to HD 383 These values are approximate
(2) (4)
Shape: R = round – S = sector For information only
Table 2 - Core identification
L1: Brown
L2: Black
L3: Grey
N: Blue
PE/PEN: Green-yellow
Page 5-O-12
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section O
cable system), storage, transportation and installation of cables specified in this Section 5-O of HD 603.
the table below:
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Annex A Requirement for Section 5-O of HD 603
Subclause number



A.4.11 Lowest temperature Minimum temperature:

0 °C under normal conditions of care and –10 °C with special
care in handling to avoid any strokes against the cable and with
only moderate bending radius.
Minimum temperature, PE sheath:
-10 °C under normal conditions of care and –20 °C with special
care in handling and with only moderate bending radius.

A.4.15 Test after installation After finalized installation a voltage test of up to 5 kV DC during
5 min may be performed.

Page 5-P-0
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section P
SECTION 5-P - CABLES WITH CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR (TYPE 5P)
Replace Section 5-P
by the following new Section 5-P

Page 5-P-1
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section P
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
SECTION 5-P - CABLES WITH CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR (TYPE 5P)

Page 5-P-2
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section P
CONTENTS
1 General ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4
1 Conductor ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5
1.1 Material
2 Insulation ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
2.1 Material
3.1 Assembly
4 Inner covering------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
4.1 Design
4.2 Thickness
5.1 Design
5.2 Inner layer
5.3 Binder wire and binder tape
5.4 Nominal cross-section
5.5 Resistance
6 Outer sheath -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7
6.1 Material
6.2 Colour
6.3 Thickness
7 Outer-diameter ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7
8 Marking --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7
8.4 Durability
8.5 Legibility
8.6 Meter marking
1 Routine tests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9
2 Sample tests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9
4 Type tests, non-electrical ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------10
4 Appendix (Tables) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------12
5 Guide to use---- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------17
Page 5-P-3
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section P
REFERENCES
References are made in Section 5-P of HD 603, to other Parts of this HD and to other Harmonization
EN 50266-2-3 Common test methods for cables under fire conditions - Test for vertical flame
spread of vertically-mounted bunched wires or cables -
Part 2-3: Procedures - Category B
EN 60332-1-2 Tests on electric and optical fibre cables under fire conditionsc -
Page 5-P-4
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section P
1 General
This standard specifies the construction, dimensions and test requirements of power cables with XLPE-
insulation and with concentric conductor for rated voltage (U) of 1 kV for fixed installations. All
(b) Rated voltage
0,6/1 kV
Shall be suitable for the maximum rated conductor temperature. It shall consist of PVC type DMV 21 or
PE type DMP7 and correspond to Table 4A or 4B of HD 603-1 (see Subclause 6.1).
A flame retardant halogen free sheathing material is under consideration.

Page 5-P-5
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section P
No. HD Additional
Subclause 5.1
1.1 Material HD 603-1 Aluminium conductors shall be
Subclause 5.1.1 annealed
conductors
conductors
1.6 Preferred number of conductors Appendix, Tables 2 and 3
and conductor cross-sections
Subclause 5.2
2.1 Material HD 603-1, Table 2A Insulation compound on copper
DIX 3 conductors shall be stabilised against
copper
a) nominal value HD 603-1
b) mean value Table 5 ≥ nominal value
c) minimum value ≥ nominal value -(0,1 + 10 % of
nominal value)
2.3 Form of insulation on sector- To prevent moisture penetration in

shaped conductors joints, the insulation on the plain faces
of a sector-shaped conductor may not
curve in
2.4 Core identification Appendix, Table 7
3 Assembly of cores
3.1 Assembly Cores of multi-core cables shall be
cabled, helically or oscillating with an
average length of lay not more than
50 times the diameter over the cabled
cores
adjacent materials
Page 5-P-6
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section P

No. HD Additional
4.1 Design for
a) single-core cables No inner covering required
b) multi-core cables with An extruded covering shall be applied

round conductors over the cabled cores and substantially
fill the interstices between the cores
As an alternative a lapped inner
covering is permitted when the
interstices are substantially filled by
separate filler strings
A lapped inner covering shall be

c) multi-core cables with applied over the cabled cores. As an
sector-shaped conductors alternative an extruded inner covering
is permitted. In the latter case, a
helically applied tape, lapped or in
open helix, may be applied over the
cable cores
4.2 Thickness HD 603-1 Appendix, Table 4
Subclause 5.5.3
5.1 Design In single-core cables the concentric conductor may be applied

directly over the insulation. In multi-core cables, the concentric
conductor shall be applied over the inner covering.
The concentric conductor shall consist of an inner layer of
annealed, round or flat copper wires, applied concentrically on
the cable core, and an outer layer with one or more spiral binder
wires or tapes of copper in contact with the wires in the inner
layer.
5.2 Inner layer The inner layer shall have an average length of lay not more than
50 times the diameter over the cabled cores. The average gap
between individual wires in the inner layer may not exceed 4 mm
5.3 Binder wire and binder tape A binder wire in the outer layer shall have at least the same
cross-section as a wire in the inner layer. A binder tape shall
have a thickness of at least 0,1 mm and width of at least 10 mm.
The lay of length shall be:
- for binder tape not more than 20 times
- for binder wire not more than 50 times
the diameter over the cabled cores.
5.4 Nominal cross-section Appendix, Table 5
Page 5-P-7
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section P

No. HD Additional
5.5 Resistance The electrical resistance shall be as
specified in EN 60228 for a Class 2
copper conductor of the same cross-
section.
For cross-sections not specified in
EN 60228 the resistance values are
Subclause 5.8
Preferably Table 4A:
DMV 21, lead free
Alternatively Table 4B:
DMP 7
6.2 Colour Preferred colour is black. If other
colours are used the UV-resistance has
to be considered.
6.3 Thickness Appendix, Tables 2 and 3
a) nominal thickness For cables not specified in Table 2 or 3,
the thickness shall be calculated in
accordance with the formula in
IEC 60502-1, Subclause 13.3
b) minimum thickness ≥ nominal value - (0,1 mm + 15 % of

nominal value)
7 Outer diameter Appendix, Tables 2 and 3
8 Marking HD 603-1
Clause 3
8.1 Indication of origin on the over- Manufacturer’s name or trademark
sheath which shall be legally protected and
identified. A registered identification
thread in the cable is permitted.
conductors, size of concentric
conductor, rated voltage and year of
8.4 Durability HD 603-1 Marking on the oversheath must be
Subclause 3.4
sheath and in such way that it does not
Page 5-P-8
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section P

No. HD Additional
9 Code designation Cables type 5P with PVC sheath and:
(provisional) - solid copper conductor (EXKJ)
- stranded copper conductor (FXKJ)
- stranded aluminium conductor (AXKJ)
Cables type 5P with PE sheath and:

- solid copper conductor (EXLJ)
- stranded copper conductor (FXLJ)
- stranded aluminium conductor (AXLJ)
Page 5-P-9
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section P
3 Test requirements
1 Routine tests
1 2 3 4
(alternatively 15 kV DC in 1 min) Subclause 3.2.1
2 Voltage test (spark test) on the outer sheath EN 50356 EN 50356
2 Sample tests
1 2 3 4
1 Resistance of conductors, including concentric conductors EN 60228 HD 605
Subclause 3.1.1
2 Checking of compliance with constructional provisions Section II Manual
inspection
3 Measurement of thickness of insulation and sheath Subclauses 2.2 EN 60811-1-1
and 6.3 Clause 8
4 Hot set test on insulation HD 603-1 EN 60811-2-1
Table 2A - Clause 9
Type DIX 3

1 2 3 4
The special tests in Section 3- 2 shall also be carried out as
part of the type test
1 Insulation resistance at 90 °C ≥1012 Ω.cm HD 605
Subclause 3.3.1
3 Voltage test on over sheath at 4 kV AC during 4 h No breakdown HD 605
(10 m sample immersed in the water 1 h before the test Subclause 3.2.3.1
starts)
Page 5-P-10
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section P

1 2 3 4
The special tests in Section 3-2 shall also be carried out
as part of the type test
EN 60811-1-2
Subclause 8.1
2 Test on cores
2.1 Shrinkage test HD 603-1 Table 2A EN 60811-1-3

Type DIX 3 Clause 10
2.2 Water absorption test HD 603-1 Table 2A EN 60811-1-3
3 Tests on fillers and tapes
4 Tests on PVC sheath
EN 60811-1-2
Subclause 8.1
4.2 Loss of mass test HD 603-1 Table 4A - EN 60811-3-2
4.3 Pressure test at high temperature HD 603-1 Table 4A - EN 60811-3-1
4.4 Heat shock test HD 603-1 Table 4A - EN 60811-3-1
4.5 Elongation test at low temperature HD 603-1 Table 4A - EN 60811-1-4
Page 5-P-11
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section P
4 Type tests, (non-electrical) (concluded)

1 2 3 4
5 Tests on PE sheath
Table 4B - DMP 7 Subclause 9.2 and
EN 60811-1-2
Subclause 8.1
Table 4B - DMP 7 Subclause 8.2
5.3 Carbon black content HD 603-1 EN 60811-4-1
Table 4B - DMP 7 Subclause 8.4
6.1 Ageing test on pieces of complete cable at As for the insulation and EN 60811-1-2
(100 ± 2) °C during 7 x 24 h sheathing compounds after Subclause 8.1.4
ageing
6.2 Impact test at low temperature HD 603-1 Table 4A - EN 60811-1-4
Table 4B - DMP 7
No cracks
6.3 Fire propagation test for cables with PVC See test method EN 60332-1-2
sheath
Page 5-P-12
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section P
4 Appendix
Table 1 - Range of conductor types, sizes and shapes
and number of conductors covered by the specification
Conductor material Number of conductors Cross section Shape
mm²
1 2,5 - 1000 Round
2 2,5 - 16 Round
3 2,5 - Round
1)
Copper 25 - 400 Sector
4 2,5 - 16 Round
1)
25 - 400 Sector
1 16 - 1000 Round
2 16 Round
3 16 Round
1)
Aluminium 25 - 400 Sector
4 16 Round
1)
25 - 400 Sector
1)
25 and 35 mm² conductors may be round as alternative.
Page 5-P-13
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section P
Table 2 - General constructional requirements for preferred designs of cables

with copper conductors
3)
Number of conductors X cross- Conductor Outer sheath Outer-diameter
section / Concentric conductor Nominal thickness approximate
1) 2)
mm² Class Shape mm mm
1X 2,5 /2,5 1 R 1,4 8
4/4 1 R 1,4 10
6/6 1 R 1,4 11
10/10 1 R 1,4 12
16/16 2 R 1,4 13
2X 2,5 /2,5 1 R 1,8 13

4/4 1 R 1,8 15
6/6 1 R 1,8 16
10/10 1 R 1,8 18
16/16 2 R 1,8 21
3X 2,5 /2,5 1 R 1,8 13

4/4 1 R 1,8 15
6/6 1 R 1,8 17
10/10 1 R 1,8 19
16/16 2 R 1,8 22
4)
25/16 2 S 1,8 23
4)
35/16 2 S 1,8 25
50/25 2 S 1,9 28
70/35 2 S 2,0 31
95/50 2 S 2,2 36
120/70 2 S 2,3 39
150/70 2 S 2,4 43
185/95 2 S 2,6 47
240/120 2 S 2,8 52
4X 2,5 /2,5 1 R 1,8 14

4/4 1 R 1,8 16
6/6 1 R 1,8 18
10/10 1 R 1,8 21
16/16 2 R 1,8 24
(4)
25/16 2 S 1,8 25
(4)
35/16 2 S 1,8 27
50/25 2 S 2,0 32
70/35 2 S 2,1 35
95/50 2 S 2,3 40
120/70 2 S 2,4 43
150/70 2 S 2,6 48
185/95 2 S 2,7 52
240/120 2 S 2,9 58
1) 3)
Class according to EN 60228 For information only
2) 4)
Shape: R = Round S = Sector May be round as alternative
Page 5-P-14
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section P
Table 3 - General constructional requirements for preferred designs of cables

with sector shaped aluminium conductors and with PVC sheath
1)
Number of conductors X cross-section / Outer sheath Outer diameter
Concentric conductor Nominal thickness approximate
mm² mm mm
3X 50/15 1,9 28
95/29 2,1 35
150/41 2,4 42
240/72 2,8 52
4X 50/29 2,0 31
95/57 2,3 40
150/88 2,6 48
240/146 2,9 58
1)
For information only
Table 4 - Thickness of extruded or lapped inner covering
Fictitious diameter over laid up cores Thickness of extruded inner

covering
(approximate values)
Above Up to and including
mm mm mm
- 25 1,0
25 35 1,2
35 45 1,4
45 60 1,6
60 80 1,8
80 - 2,0
The approximate thickness of lapped covering shall be 0,4 mm for fictitious diameter over laid-up cores up to
and including 40 mm and 0,6 mm for larger diam.
Page 5-P-15
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section P
Table 5 - Cross-section of concentric conductor
Cross-section of Cross-section of concentric conductor

insulated mm²
conductor(s)
insulated conductor(s) of copper insulated conductor(s) of aluminium
mm² 1 conductor 2-4 conductors 1 conductor 2-3 4 conductors
conductors
2,5 2,5 2,5
4 4 4
6 6 6
10 10 10
16 16 16 10 10 10
25 16 16 10 10 10
35 16 16 10 10 10
50 25 25 15 15 29
70 35 35 21
95 50 50 29 29 57
120 50 70 41
150 50 70 41 41 88
185 50 95 50
240 50 120 50 72 146
300 50 150 50
400 50 185 50
500 50 50
630 50 50
800 50 50
1000 50 50
Table 6 - Electrical resistance at 20 °C of concentric conductors of cross sections not specified in HD 383
Cross-section of concentric Maximum resistance

conductors
mm² Ω/km
15 1,20
21 0,868
29 0,641
41 0,443
57 0,320
72 0,253
88 0,206
111 0,164
146 0,125
Page 5-P-16
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section P
Table 7 - Core identification
Colours
L1: Brown
L2: Black
L3: Grey
N: Blue
Single core cables may have black insulation.

Page 5-P-17
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section P

cable system), storage, transportation and installation of cables specified in this Section 5-P of HD 603.
the table below:
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Annex A Requirement for Section 5-P of HD 603
Subclause number



A.4.11 Lowest temperature Minimum temperature, PVC sheath:

0 °C under normal conditions of care and –10 °C with
special care in handling to avoid any strokes against the
cable and with only moderate bending radius.
Minimum temperature, PE sheath:
-10 °C under normal conditions of care and –20 °°C with
special care in handling and with only moderate bending
radius.

A.4.15 Test after installation After finalized installation a voltage test of up to 5 kV DC

during 5 min may be performed.

Page 5-P-18
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section P
BLANK PAGE
Page 5-R-0
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section R
SECTION 5-R – XLPE UNARMOURED CABLES (TYPE 5R)
Replace pages 5-R-4 and 5-R-12
by the following A3 pages 5-R-4 and 5-R-12

Page 5-R-4
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section R
(c) Sampling for thickness measurements
Measurements for thickness measurements of insulation, extruded inner covering and oversheath
listed in the test requirements shall be made on a sample taken from one of each drum length of
cable selected for the test, having discarded any portion which may have suffered damage.
If any of the thickness measured does not comply with Subclauses 2.2, 4.3, 5.3 and 6.3 of this part,
them two further samples shall be checked for the non-compliant items. If both samples met the
specified requirements the cable is deemed to comply, but if either does not meet the requirements,
the cable is deemed not to comply.

HD Additional
1. Core conductors HD 603-1
Subclause 5.1
1.1 Material HD 603-1 Solid aluminium of the form given in Appendix 1,

Subclause 5.1 Table 1
1.2 Dimensions HD 383
1.3 Tensile strength and Tensile strength: 80 N/mm²

elongation at break of Maximum elongation at break: 25 % minimum
solid aluminium
conductor For 35 mm² conductors the tensile strength shall be
between 95 N/mm² and 125 N/mm². There is no
elongation requirement where the tensile strength
exceeds 80 N/mm².
1.4 DC resistance The d.c. resistance shall conform to the values given
Subclause 5.2

Subclause 5.2.1
Table 2A – DIX 3
2.2 Thickness HD 603-1 Appendix 1, Table 1

Subclause 5.2.3

Clause 4
NOTE the core colour blue now denotes the neutral conductor.
3 Assembly of cores
3.1 Laying up HD 603-1 Cores shall be laid up with a right hand direction of
Subclause 5.3 lay in the sequence as given in 2.3.
The lay of length of the cores is not specified.

However, for cable types with 300 mm² conductors it
is recommended that a minimum lay of 1 600 mm be
used.
3.2 Binder tape(s) HD 603-1 Suitable binder tape(s) may be applied over the
Subclause 5.4 cores, to form a compact assembly.
Page 5-R-12
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section R
Appendices
cable system), storage, transportation and installation of cables specified in this Section of HD 603.
the table below:
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Annex A Requirement for this Section of HD 603
Subclause number

(where ‘D’ is the approximate overall tabulated diameter of the
cable)

(where ‘D’ is the approximate overall tabulated diameter of the
cable)

installation (Where ‘D’ is the approximate overall tabulated diameter of the
cable)
A.4.11 Lowest temperature of Minimum temperature 0 °C for 24 h prior to installation.

cable installation
Maximum 2 000 kgf.
but if a test is made then a d.c voltage shall be applied and
gradually increased to 3 500 V and maintained at this value for
15 min. No breakdown should occur.
Page 5-S-0
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section S
SECTION 5-S – SERVICE CABLES WITH CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR (TYPE 5S)
Replace pages 5-S-2, 5-S-5, 5-S-6 and 5-S-18
by the following A3 new pages 5-S-2, 5-S-5, 5-S-6 and 5-S-18

Page 5-S-2
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section S
CONTENTS
1 General ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3
1 Phase conductors ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
2 Insulation ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
4 Bedding for 3-phase cables------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
5 Neutral/earth concentric conductor --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
6 Oversheath ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7
7 Marking --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7
8 Sealing --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7
1 Routine tests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7
2 Sample tests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8
3 Type tests ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8
4 Appendices ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------10
1 Table 1 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------10
2 Marking --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------14
3 Requirements for Low Smoke sheaths (cable types 5S-5 to 5S-8) --------------------------------------16
4 Shrinkage test for Low Smoke sheaths (cable types 5S-5 to 5S-8)--------------------------------------17
5 Guide to use--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------18
Page 5-S-5
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section S

HD Additional
1. Phase conductors HD 603-1
Subclause 5.1
1.1 Material
1.1.1 Types 5S-1, 5S-3, HD 603-1 Stranded plain copper conductors of the form given
5S-5, 5S-9 and 5S-11 Subclause 5.1 in Appendix 1, Table 1
1.1.2 Types 5S-2, 5S-4, HD 603-1 Solid aluminium conductors of the form given in
5S-6, 5S-8, 5S-10 and Subclause 5.1 Appendix 1, Table 1
5S-12
1.2 Dimensions HD 383
2
1.3 Tensile strength of 125 N/mm max.
solid aluminium
conductors
1.4 DC resistance The d.c. resistance shall conform to the values

given in Appendix 1, Table 1.
2. Insulation HD 603-1
Subclause 5.2

Subclause 5.2.1
Table 2A – DIX 3
2.2 Thickness HD 603-1 Appendix I, Table 1

Subclause 5.2.3

Clause 4
3 Assembly of cores HD 603-1 Cores of 3-core cable shall be laid-up with a right
Subclauses 5.3 & hand direction of lay and a minimum lay length of
5.4 550 mm. Fillers of suitable synthetic material may
be used where necessary.
4 Bedding for 3-phase HD 603-1

cables Subclause 5.5
4.1 Types 5S-1 to 5S-4 A PVC or synthetic tape bedding, having an

and 5S-9 to 5S-12 approximate total thickness of 0,5 mm shall be
applied over the laid up cores of three phase
cables.
At the discretion of the manufacturer a polyester
separation tape may be applied between the laid
up cores and the PVC tape as part of the bedding.
4.2 Types 5S-5 to 5S-8 A synthetic tape bedding, having an approximate

total thickness of 0,5 mm shall be applied over the
laid up cores of three phase cables.
Page 5-S-6
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section S

HD Additional
5 Neutral/earth concentric HD 603-1
conductor Clause 7
5.1 Types 5S-1 to 5S-8
a) material Plain annealed copper wires.
b) application The wires shall be either with a right or left hand direction
of lay or with an alternating right & left hand lay.
The gap between adjacent wires shall not exceed 4 mm
The d.c. resistance shall conform to the values given in
Appendix 1,Table 1.
c) construction Examples of the number and diameter of wires and the
minimum lay length are given in Appendix 1, Table 1.
d) binders One or more overlapped synthetic binder tapes may be
applied immediately over the concentric layer.
5.2 Types 5S-9 to 5S-12
a) neutral conductor
- material Plain annealed copper wires
- covering To distinguish the neutral from the earth continuity
conductor each wire shall be covered with blue polymeric
compound, conforming to the requirements of 3.3.2, to a
diameter approximately as that of the individual wires in
the earth continuity conductor.
This covering should not be regarded as insulation.
b) earth continuity
conductor
- material Plain annealed copper wires
c) separators Non-hygroscopic string separators shall be approximately
the same diameter as the individual wires forming the
earth continuity conductor
d) application The concentric layer shall be applied with a right hand
direction of lay.
The wires forming the neutral conductor and earth
continuity conductor shall be applied in individual groups
over the insulation with non-hygroscopic string separators.
Either one or two non-hygroscopic string separator(s)
shall be located on either side of the group of bare copper
wires to separate it from the group of covered wires
The length of lay and the number of strings shall be such
that a coverage of approximately 90 % is achieved.
The d.c. resistance shall conform to the values given in
Appendix 1, Table 1.
e) construction Examples of the number and diameter of wires are given
f) binders One or more overlapped synthetic binder tapes shall be
applied immediately over the concentric layer.
Page 5-S-18
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section S
Appendices
cable system), storage, transportation and installation of cables specified in this Section of HD 603.
the table below:
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Annex A Requirement for this section of HD 603
Subclause number

(where ‘D’ is the approximate overall tabulated diameter of the cable)

(where ‘D’ is the approximate overall tabulated

installation (where ‘D’ is the approximate overall tabulated
A.4.11 Lowest temperature of cable Minimum temperature 0 °C for 24 h prior to installation

installation
2
2
Maximum 2 000 kgf
but if a test is made then a d.c voltage shall be applied and gradually
increased to 3 500 V and maintained at this value for 15 min. No
breakdown should occur.
Page 5-T-0
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section T
SECTION 5-T - CABLES WITH (TYPE 5T-1) AND WITHOUT CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR (TYPE 5T-2)
Replace Section 5-T
by the following new Section 5-T

Page 5-T-1
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section T
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
SECTION 5-T - CABLES WITH (TYPE 5T-1) AND WITHOUT (TYPE 5T-2) CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR
Page 5-T-2
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section T
CONTENTS
1 General ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3
1 Conductor ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4
1.1 Material
2 Insulation ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
2.1 Material

3.1 Assembly
3.2 Fillers
4 Inner covering------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
4.1 Design
4.2 Thickness

5.1 Design
5.2 DC resistance
6 Outer sheath -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5

6.1 Material
6.2 Colour
6.3 Thickness
7 Marking --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5

1 Routine tests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
2 Sample tests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
4 Appendix (Tables) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8
5 Guide to use and selection of cables (informative) --------------------------------------------------------------------11

Page 5-T-3
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section T
REFERENCES
References are made in Section 5-T of HD 603, to other Parts of this HD and to other Harmonization

1 General
insulation and with or without concentric conductor for rated voltage (U) of 1 kV for fixed installations.
The insulation covered by this standard shall consist of XLPE-compound and corresponds to Table 2A
of HD 603-1. type DIX3.
(b) Rated voltage
0,6/1 kV
exceed 125 h.
(ii) Short-circuit for phase conductor 250 °C

Shall be suitable for the maximum rated conductor temperature. It shall consist of PE and correspond
to Table 4B type DMP5 of HD 603-1.
Page 5-T-4
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section T

No. HD ADDITIONAL
Subclause 5.1
Subclause 5.1.1
conductors Class1
Dimensions of shaped Appendix, Table 1
conductors
conductors

Class 2
types
a) number 1
c) arrangement Insulated conductor or concentric conductor
Subclause 5.2
DIX3
value)
core cables
c) colour combination HD 603-1

green/yellow Clause 4
3 Assembly of cores
Subclause 5.3
3.2 Fillers HD 603-1
Subclause 5.4
Page 5-T-5
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section T

No. HD ADDITIONAL
a) without concentric Subclause 5.5 a) Optional
conductor
b) with concentric b) Required, except for single core cables
conductor
5 Concentric conductor If any
5.1 Design Copper wires laid up with one or two copper
spiral binder tapes
5.2 DC resistance EN 60228
5.3 Distance between wires 4,0 mm
a) Calculated mean
clearance between
adjacent wires
b) Maximum clearance 8,0 mm
wires
Subclause 5.8
6.1 Material HD 603-1, Table 4B,
DMP5
6.2 Colour Black
6.3 Thickness
b) minimum value Nominal value - (0,1 mm + 15 % of nominal

value)
7 Marking HD 603-1
a) without concentric Clause 3 a) none
conductor
b) with concentric b) Outer sheath shall be marked with two
conductor yellow stripes, parallel to the cable axis,
180° apart from one another.
Page 5-T-6
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section T
3 Test requirements
1. Routine tests
1 2 3 4
- Sample:
manufacturing length and IEC 60228
2 High voltage test

Subclause 3.2.1
2. Sample tests
1 2 3 4
measurement
2 Insulation HD 605,
Subclause 2.1.1
- Hot set test HD 603-1 EN 60811-2-1-1

Table 2A DIX3 Clause 9
3 Concentric conductor (if any) HD 605
Subclause 2.1.6.2
4 Sheath HD 605,
- Thickness Subclause 6.3 Subclause 2.1.2
measurement
Page 5-T-7
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section T

1 2 3 4
1 Volume resistivity of insulation at 90 °C Ω.cm HD 603-1 HD 605
Table 2A DIX3 Subclause 3.3.1
Subclause 3.2.1.
- test voltage (AC) 1,8 kV

1 2 3 4
Table 2A DIX3 Subclause 9.1
b) After ageing in air oven Subclause 8.1
1.2 Water absorption of insulation HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-3
- Temperature (85 ± 3) °C Table 2A DIX3 Subclause 9.2
2 Test on cores
2.1 Shrinkage of insulation HD 603-1 EN 60811-2-1
3 Tests on PE -sheath
3.1 Mechanical properties HD 603-1, Table 4B EN 60811-1-1
a) Without ageing DMP5 Subclause 9.2
Subclause 8.1
3.2 Pressure test at high temperature HD 603-1, Table 4B EN 60811-3-1
DMP5 Subclause 8.2
3.3 Carbon black content HD 603-1, Table 4B EN 60811-4-1
DMP5 Clause 11
4 Test on complete PE-sheathed cable
4.1 Ageing on complete cable HD 603-1, EN 60811-1-2
Ageing temperature (100 ± 2) °C Table 2A DIX3 Subclause 8.1.4
Table 4B DMP5
4.2 Longitudinal shrinkage for PE-sheath HD 605 Subclause 2.4.4.1
- Temperature cycles (80 ± 2) °C
- Duration of one cycle 5h
Shrinkage 7 mm
Page 5-T-8
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section T
4 Appendix (Tables)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Nominal d b r1 r2
cross-
α = 89°
95 10,2 ± 0,5 14,4 ± 0,6 13,2 1,3

120 11,4 ± 0,6 16,2 ± 0,6 14,8 1,5
150 12,7 ± 0,6 17,9 ± 0,6 16,1 1,6
185 14,2 ± 0,6 20,0 ± 0,7 17,9 1,8
240 16,3 ± 0,6 23,0 ± 0,7 20,5 2,1
α = 119,5°
95 9,0 ± 0,5 16,0 ± 0,6 11,1 1,1

120 10,1 ± 0,6 17,9 ± 0,6 12,5 1,2
150 11,2 ± 0,6 19,8 ± 0,6 13,6 1,4
185 12,5 ± 0,6 22,2 ± 0,6 15,1 1,5
240 14,4 ± 0,6 25,4 ± 0,6 17,3 1,7
r1 r2
d
α
r2
Page 5-T-9
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section T
4 Appendix(Table, continued)
1 2 3
Cu mm² Al mm²
2,5 to 10 -
Circular solid 10 to 500 25 to 500
Circular stranded compacted - 95 to 240
Shaped solid
1 2 3
Nominal cross-sectional area Nominal cross-sectional area of the Nominal cross-sectional area of the
of the phase conductors conductor with conductor with a reduced
a reduced cross-section area cross-section area for exclusive use
in 3-phase circuits
mm² mm² mm²
25 16 -
35 25 -
50 25 -
70 35 25
95 50 35
120 70 -
150 95 35 or 50
185 95 -
240 120 or 150 50 or 80
300 - 100
400 - 135
Page 5-T-10
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section T
4 Appendix (Table, concluded)
1 2 3
2 --- black, red
5 green/yellow, blue ----
black, red, white
Table 5 - Thickness of outer sheath
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
mm 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
Nominal thickness of sheath
mm 1,8 2,1 2,5 2,9 3,3 3,7 4,1 4,5 4,9
1 2
X XLPE-insulation
K Concentric conductor (if any)
N PE sheath
1st number x Number of conductors

3rd number Cross-section of concentric conductor (if any)

Page 5-T-11
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section T
cable system), storage, transportation and installation of cables specified in this Section 5-T of HD 603.
the table below:
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Annex A Requirement for Section 5-T of HD 603
Subclause number
A.4.6 Bending radii during installation Single core cables: 12 D
Multicore cables: 10 D
A.4.11 Lowest temperature of cable Minimum temperature: -5 °C

installation
Multicore cables:
Page 5-T-12
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section T
BLANK PAGE
Page 5-U-0
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section U
SECTION 5-U - CABLES WITH CONCENTRIC WAVEFORM NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR (TYPE 5U)
Replace Section 5-U
by the following new Section 5-U

Page 5-U-1
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section U
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
SECTION 5-U – CABLES WITH (TYPE 5U-1) CONCENTRIC WAVE FORM NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR
Page 5-U-2
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section U
CONTENTS
1 General .............................................................................................................................................. 3
2 Design requirements .......................................................................................................................... 4

1 Conductor……………………………………………………………………………….. .................. 4
2 Insulation………………………………………………………………………………….................. 4
3 Assembly of cores……………………………………………………………………….. ................ 4
4 Inner covering……………………………………………………………………………. ................ 4
5 Concentric neutral copper conductor………………………………………………… ................ . 5
6 Outer sheath………………………………………………………………………………. ............... 5
7 Marking……………………………………………………………………………………................. 6
8 Packing……………………………………………………………………………………................ .6
3 Test requirements .............................................................................................................................. 7

1 Routine tests .............................................................................................................................. 7
2 Sample tests .............................................................................................................................. 7
3 Type tests (electrical characteristics) .......................................................................................... 8
4 Type tests (non-electrical characteristics)................................................................................... 9
5 Electrical tests after installation ................................................................................................ 10
4 Appendices ...................................................................................................................................... 10
1 Tables ...................................................................................................................................... 10
2 Current rating/Types of installation ........................................................................................... 12
3 Provided technical data ............................................................................................................ 12
4 Guide to use and selection of cables ........................................................................................ 13
Page 5-U-3
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section U
REFERENCES
References are made is Section 5-U of HD 603, to other Parts of this HD and to other Harmonization

EN 60332-1-2 Tests on electric and optical fibre cables under fire conditions –
document.
1 General
insulation, concentric neutral copper conductor and with PVC outersheath for rated voltage (U) of 1 kV for
fixed installations.
a) Insulating material
The insulation covered by this standard shall consist of XLPE-compound and corresponds to
Table 2A of HD 603-1, type DIX3
b) Rated voltage
0,6/1 kV
c) Highest rated temperatures for the insulating compound

correspond to Tables 4A type DMV23 of HD 603-1.
Page 5-U-4
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section U
No.
HD ADDITIONAL
1 Conductor HD 603-1 EN 60228

Subclause 5.1
1.1 Material HD 603-1 Aluminium

General Subclause 5.1.1 Sector shaped stranded
1.2 Dimensions of sector- Appendix A, Table 3
shaped conductors
1.3 Conductor resistance EN 60228 Table 2 Appendix A, Table 3

column 7
Subclause 5.2
Table 2A DIX3
Insulation thickness HD 603-1 Table 5 Appendix A, Table 3
a) nominal value HD 603-1,
b) mean value Subclause 5.2.3
c) minimum value If any separator exists between conductor and insulation (in order
to avoid adherence of the insulating layer on the conductor) this
should be clearly identified when stripping the conductor by means
e.g. of colouring this separation layer. The thickness of the
separator on the conductor or over the insulation shall not be
2.3 Core identification By means of colouring the insulation
Black-Light Brown-Light Blue (Unless otherwise specified in the
tender of procurement. Adoption of the phase colours according to
HD 308 S2)
3 Assembly of cores
3.1 Assembly HD 603-1, The cores shall be laid-up
Subclause 5.3
4 Inner covering HD 603-1 Inner covering may be extruded or lapped
Subclauses 5.4 and
5.5
4.1 Material Inner covering and fillers shall be of suitable materials. An open
helix of suitable tape is permitted as a binder before application of
an extruded inner covering. These materials shall be suitable for
the operating temperature of the cable and compatible with the
insulating material.
4.2 Thickness Appendix A, Table 1
Approximate values, not to be checked
Page 5-U-5
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section U

No.
HD ADDITIONAL
5 Concentric neutral copper HD 603-1

conductor Subclause 5.7
5.1 Design - One layer of circular copper wires applied over the inner
covering in WAVE FORM/CEANDER, circumferentially.
- Over this layer one copper tape is applied in order to hold them
and make them equipotential at the same time. The specific
resistivity of the copper tape shall be equal to that of the copper
wires
≥ 1 mm
Diameter of copper wires
5.2 DC resistance of concentric EN 60228 Appendix A, Table 3
conductor
5.3 Nominal cross-sectional area of Appendix A, Table 3
concentric conductor
5.4 Wave form/Ceander formation
of the copper wire layer
a) Lay length > 20 mm and ≤ 12 D (D = diameter under the concentric conductor)
b) Length of each wire ≥ 106 % of lay-length

c) Clearance between
c1) mean clearance between ≤ 5 mm (for 10 clearance measured)
c2) maximum clearance ≤ 10 mm

between two adjacent wires
5.5 Copper tape Appendix A, Table 2
a) thickness (approximate ≥ 0,1 mm and ≤ 0,3 mm
value)
b) cross-sectional area ≥ 1 mm²
c) length of lay ≤ 4 D (D = diameter under the concentric conductor)
Subclause 5.8
Table 4A DMV23
6.2 Colour Black
6.3 Thickness
a) nominal thickness ts = 0,035 DA + 1,0 mm with DA = fictitious diameter immediately
under sheath
The nominal thickness ts shall not be less than the values specified
in Appendix, Table 3
c) minimum thickness HD 603-1, Nominal value -(0,2 mm + 20 % of nominal value)
Subclause 5.8.3.2
Page 5-U-6
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section U

No.
HD ADDITIONAL
7 Marking HD 603-1, Embossed on oversheath

Clause 3
7.1 Indication of origin/Year of To be indicated on the oversheath. Also the cross-section of the
manufacturing cable, the customer’s initials and the number of the customer’s
contract
- Distance between the - ≤ 50 cm
beginning of two
adjacent marks
- Size of the letters - ≥ 5 mm
7.3 Meter marking To be indicated on the oversheath. The data of the meter marking
shall be recorded on the metallic plate of each drum.
7.4 “CE” mark The cables or their packing shall be indicated by ‘’CE’’ mark as it is
required by National and European laws.
7.5 Marking of cable ends Both ends of each cable length shall be marked appropriately in
order to distinguish between the ‘’beginning’’ and the ‘’end’’ of the
cable. In order to ensure the integrity of the delivered length of each
drum, an appropriate indicating mark (i.e. an adhesive label or a
stamp’s imprint) shall be placed in a small distance from the cable’s
free end. Also, there shall be an appropriate external mark on the
drum, which shall indicate the point where the cable’s free end can
be found in the drum’s interior.
8 Packing HD 603-1, Each cable length shall be packed on drum. Both cable ends of a
Clause 7 drum shall be sealed by means of heat-shrinkable stop-ends.
Each drum shall carry a metallic well tightened plate, on which is
embossed the following data:
- Manufacturer’s name/Year of manufacturing
- Number of drums of the order
- Customer’s contract number
- Type and cross-section of the cable
- Customer’s material code number
- Cable length and net and gross weight
On each drum, shall be marked by means of oil-colour painting,
- The manufacturer’s name
- Type of cable
- Cross section
- Operating voltage value
8.1 Packing length Appendix A, Table 4
Page 5-U-7
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section U
3 Test requirements
1 Routine tests
1 2 3 4
*
No. Tests Requirements Tests methods
- Sample
a) Manufacturing length HD 605, Subclause 3.1
b) Short cable samples from Subclause 1.3
the manufacturing length
- Conditioning
for a): at room temperature
for b): in temperature
controlled liquid bath
- Duration of the conditioning
for a): minimum 12 h; if
necessary 24 h
for b): minimum 12 h
2 High voltage test
- Sample: Manufacturing
length
- Test voltage 3,5 kV AC HD 605
8,4 kV DC Subclause 3.2.1.2
- Duration of test, 5 min per No breakdown
core
3 Concentric copper conductor Subclause 5.2 EN 60228
resistance HD 605, Subclause 3.1
4 Voltage test on PVC sheath No breakdown HD 605, Subclause 3.6
(Spark test)
- Test voltage 15 kV
- Duration of test ≥ 0,1 s
*According to ‘Section 2 Design requirements’, unless stated otherwise.
2 Sample tests
1 2 3 4
*
1 Construction of conductor Clause 1 EN 60228
2 Insulation
- Thickness Subclause 2.2 EN 60811-1-1
HD 603-1 Subclause 8.1
- Hot set test Table 2A DIX3 EN 60811-2-1, Clause 9
Page 5-U-8
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section U

1 2 3 4
*
3 Concentric conductor Clause 5 HD 605, Subclause 2.1.4.2
Construction
Dimensions of wires and tapes
Clearance between wires
Lay-length of the wires and tapes
4 sheath
- Thickness Subclause 6.3 EN 60811-1-1, Subclause 8.2
- Outer diameter EN 60811-1-1, Subclause 8.3
5 PVC behaviour at low temperature HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-4, Subclauses 8.4 and 8.5
Table 4A DMV23

1 2 3 4
*
1 Insulation resistance measurement HD 603-1 HD 605, Subclause 3.3.1
- Sample length 10-15 m Table 2A DIX3
2 Insulation resistance measurement HD 603-1 HD 605, Subclause 3.3.1
- Sample length 10-15 m Table 2A DIX3
3 High voltage test for XLPE insulation HD 605, Subclause 3.2.2.2
- Sample length 10-15 m
- Test voltage 2,4 kV
4 High voltage test for PVC sheath HD 605, Subclause 3.2.3.3
- Duration of immersion in water ≥ 2h
- Test voltage(AC) 4 kV
- Duration of test 1 min
No breakdown
* According to Section 2 ‘Design requirements’, unless stated otherwise.

1 2 3 4
*
1 Tests on insulation HD 603-1, Table 2A DIX3 EN 60811-1-1, Subclause 9.1
1.1 Mechanical characteristics
a) Without ageing
b) After ageing in air oven EN 60811-1-2, Subclause 8.1
ageing method a)
* According to Section 2 ‘Design requirements’, unless stated otherwise.
Page 5-U-9
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section U

1 2 3 4
*
1.2 Water absorption in insulation HD 603-1, Table 2A DIX3 EN 60811-1-3, Clause 9.2
Treatment
- Temperature (85 ± 3) °C
- Duration 14 d
2 Test on cores
2.1 Shrinkage of insulation HD 603-1, Table 2A DIX3 EN 60811-1-3, Clause 10
3 Test on PVC sheath
a) In delivery properties HD 603-1, Table 4A DMV23 EN 60811-1-1, Subclause 9.2
b) After ageing in air oven EN 60811-1-2, Subclause 8.1
(ageing method a)
3.2 Pressure test at high temperature HD 603-1, Table 4A DMV23 EN 60811-3-1
3.3 Heat shock test HD 603-1, Table 4A DMV23 EN 60811-3-1, Subclause 9.2
3.4 Elongation test at low temperature HD 603-1, Table 4A DMV23 EN 60811-1-4, Subclause 8.4
- Temperature (-15 ± 2)°C ≥ 20 %

- Elongation at break
3.5 Loss of mass test in air oven HD 603-1, Table 4A DMV23 EN 60811-3-2, Clause 8
Treatment
- Temperature (100 ± 2)°C
- Duration 7d 1,5 mg/cm²
Maximum permissible loss of mass
4 Tests on completed PVC-sheathed cable
4.1 Impact test at low temperature HD 603-1, Table 4A DMV23 EN 60811-1-4, Subclause 8.5
4.2 Ageing in completed cable HD 603-1, Table 4A DMV23 EN 60811-1-2, Subclause 8.1.4 ageing
Duration 7 X 24 h
Ageing temperature (100 ± 2) °C EN 60811-1-1, Clause 9
Variation in tensile strength and ≤ +25 %
elongation at break (insulating and
sheathing compound).
4.3 Tests under fire conditions EN 60332-1-2 EN 60332-1-2
flame retardance

Page 5-U-10
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section U

1 2 3 4
*
1 DC voltage test DC HD 605, Subclause 3.2
- test voltage 2,4 kV
- duration test 15 min No breakdown
Alternatively other conditions after
agreement between contractor and
purchaser
4 Appendices
1 Tables
Table 1 – Thickness of extruded and lapped inner covering
1 2 3
*
Fictitious diameter D F over the Thickness of extruded and lapped inner covering
laid-up cores (mm) (approximate values in mm)
extruded lapped
≤25 1,0 0,4
25<D≤35 1,2 0,4
35<D≤40 1,4 0,4
40<D≤45 1,4 0,6
45<D≤60 1,6 0,6
60<D≤80 1,8 0,6
80<D 2,0 0,6
* The calculation of the fictitious diameter DF is accomplished according to IEC 60502-1, Appendix A.
Table 2 – Number, Minimum cross-sectional-area and

Maximum distance between winding of copper binder tapes
1 2 3 4
Diameter D under Number of copper Minimum cross- Maximum distance

concentric conductor binder tapes sectional area of each between winding of
1) 2)
copper binder tape copper binder tapes
>15mm 1 1,0 mm² 4D
1) D is the fictitious diameter under concentric conductor.

2) Clearance between two adjacent windings in the longitudinal direction of the cable.
Page 5-U-11
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section U
Table 3 – General data on cables
Type of cable Nominal Number of Maximum Nominal Nominal Maximum Nominal

cross- the wires in resistance XLPE cross- resistance thickness
sectional the phase of phase insulation sectional of of PVC
area of conductors conductors thickness area of concentric outer-
0
phase at 20 C concentric neutral sheath
conductors neutral conductor
0
conductor at 20 C
mm² min max. Ω/km mm mm² Ω/km mm
3X240mm² Al + 240 51 61 0,125 1,7 70 0,268 2,7

70 mm² Cu
3X150 mm² Al 150 30 37 0,206 1,4 50 0,387 2,3
+ 50 mm² Cu
3X95 mm² Al + 95 15 37 0,320 1,1 35 0,524 2,1
35 mm² Cu
3X50 mm² Al + 50 15 19 0,641 1,0 35 0,524 1,8
35 mm² Cu
Table 4 – Length delivery
Type of cable Drum length

(cross-section)
mm² m
3X240 mm² Al + 70 mm² Cu 350 ± 5 %
3X150 mm² Al + 50 mm² Cu 500 ± 5 %
3X95 mm² Al + 35 mm² Cu 500 ± 5 %
3X50 mm² Al + 35 mm² Cu 700 ± 5 %

Page 5-U-12
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section U
2 Current rating/Types of installation
1. The cables are used in the underground network and they are buried directly in the soil, over a sand layer,
and covered by a certain number of bricks or plates.
For the calculation of the rated current-carrying capacities (maximum permissible loads in A), the following
conditions shall be taken into account:
- Maximum conductor temperature: 90 °C

- Ground temperature: 25 °C
- Soil thermal resistivity: 1°K.m/W
2. It shall be considered that there are short sections of the cables, of about 10 m in length, which are
installed outdoors in the air and are exposed in the solar radiation, with the ambient temperature varying
from – 20 °C to + 40 °C. These are the elevating sections of the underground network up to the overhead
network and are installed along the poles of the overhead network.
3 Provided technical data

The following technical data shall be provided by the manufacturer:
- Drawing of the cable cross-section which shows in detail the arrangement and the dimensions of the
several layers.
- Nominal and actual cross-section (in mm²) of the phase conductors.
- Number of aluminium wires of the phase conductors and the maximum ratio of the diameter of two
different wires in the same conductor.
- XLPE insulation thickness (in mm) and its characteristics (type and material according to HD 603-1,
properties).
- Number and diameter (in mm) of the concentric neutral conductor wires. Nominal and actual cross-
section (in mm²) of the neutral conductor.
- Lay length (in m) of the neutral conductor.
- Thickness (in mm) of the PVC outer sheath and its characteristics (type and material according to
HD 603-1, properties).
- Thickness (in mm) of the inner covering between the assembly of the three insulated conductors and the
concentric conductor.
- External diameter (in mm) of the cable.
- Minimum permissible bending radius (in mm) of the cable.
- Weight (in kg/km) of Al, Cu and of the complete cable.
- Maximum d.c. resistance (in Ω/km) of the phase conductor, at 20 °C.
- Maximum d.c. resistance (in Ω/km) of the neutral conductor, at 20 °C.
- Minimum d.c. insulation resistance (in Kilo-ohms . km) of the phase conductors, at 20 °C and at 90 °C.
- Maximum permissible load (in A) of the cable buried directly in ground (in a trench), with ground
temperature 25 °C and soil thermal receptivity 1 K.m/W.
- Weight (in kg), material and dimensions of the packing drums.
- Deviations, if any, from the present section of HD 603.
Page 5-U-13
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section U
The general recommendations given in Annex A of HD 603, Part 1 apply except where amended in the table
below:
HD 603-1
Annex A Requirements for Section 5-U
Subclause number
A.2.1 General Cables can be laid:
in soil
in ducts/pipes
in air (outdoors or indoors)
See also HD 603-5U, Clause 4, Appendix B for types of installation.

A.2.5 Current rating See HD 603-5U, Clause 4, Appendix B
A.3.2.1 Drumming clearance 1 xD
Minimum 5 cm
A.3.2.2 Drum barrel diameter Minimum 20 x D
A.3.2.3 Cable sealing Both cable ends in a drum shall be sealed using heat-shrinkable stop-
ends
A.4.6 Bending radii Minimum 12 x D, during cable installation
Reduction up to 50 % of the above value, under controlled conditions
A.4.7 Installation in ducts/pipes Inner diameter of ducts = 150 – 160 mm
A.4.11 Lowest temperature - 5 °C, during cable installation
A.4.12 Pulling force (via pulling head) For Al conductors, σ = 30 N/mm²
A.4.12 Cable fixing Vertical fixing by means of steel cleats
A.4.12 Test after installation See HD 603-5U, Section 3, Clause 5

Page 5-U-14
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section U
BLANK PAGE
Page 5-V-0
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section V
SECTION 5-V – UNARMOURED CABLES (TYPE 5V)
Replace Section 5-V
by the following new Section 5-V

Page 5-V-1
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section V
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
SECTION 5-V - UNARMOURED CABLES (TYPE 5V)

Page 5-V-2
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section V
CONTENTS
1 General ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3

1 Conductor ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4
2 Insulation ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
2.1 Material
2.2 Thickness
3 Assembly of cores, fillers ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
3.1 Assembly
4 Inner covering------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
4.1 Thickness
5 Oversheath ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
5.1 Material
5.2 Colour
5.3 Thickness
6 Outer diameter------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4
7 Marking --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5

1 Routine tests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
2 Sample tests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
4.2 Tests on cores
4.3 Tests on sheath
5 Tests after installation -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7
4 Appendices
Appendix 1 Tables -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8
Appendix 2 Guide to use -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------11
Page 5-V-3
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section V
REFERENCES
References are made in Section 5-V of HD 603, to other Parts of this HD and to other Harmonization

1 General
cables with XLPE insulation and PVC sheath for rated voltage (U) of 1 kV for fixed installations.
XLPE in accordance with HD 603-1, Table 2A, type DIX 3
(b) Rated voltage
0,6/1(1,2) kV
(c) Highest rated temperature for the insulating compound
Page 5-V-4
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section V
No. HD Additional
1 Conductor
Subclause 5.1
Subclause 5.2
Table 2A – DIX 3
2.2 Thickness
c) minimum value nominal value – (0,1 +10 % of
nominal value)
2.3 Core identification HD 603-1, Clause 4 HD 308
Subclause 5.3
Central and outer Subclause 5.4 to give the cables an approximately
4 Inner covering HD 603-1 IEC 60502-1
Subclause 5.8
Table 4A – DMV 15
5.3 Thickness
a) nominal value Table 2 (values based on IEC 60502-1
Subclause 13.3)
nominal value)
(maximum values)
Page 5-V-5
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section V

No. HD Additional
7 Marking on the oversheath HD 603-1 Marking shall be applied, by
Clause 3 embossing or printing, on one line
7.1 Indication of origin Manufacturer’s name or trademark
7.3 Cable composition Number and conductor’s cross-section
Exemple on Appendix 1
7.4 Rated voltage 0,6 / 1 kV
marks and the beginning of the next
0,5 m
Subclause 3.3
Subclause 3.4
8 Code designation Appendix 1
3 Test requirements
1. Routine tests
1 2 3 4
or 8,4 kV DC
2. Sample tests
1 2 3 4
1 Construction of conductor HD 603-1 and Visual inspection
EN 60228
2 Insulation thickness HD 603-1 Table 5
- mean and minimum thickness EN 60811-1-1 – Subclause 8.1
3 Sheath thickness HD 603-5V
- minimum thickness Subclause 5.3 b EN 60811-1-1 – Subclause 8.2
Page 5-V-6
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section V

2. Sample tests (concluded)
1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4
1 Volume resistivity of insulation at 90 °C M Ω .cm HD 603-1 HD 605
- Test voltage (AC) 2,4 kV Subclause 3.2

1 2 3 4
1.2 Hot set test HD 603-1 EN 60811-2-1
1.3 Water absorption – gravimetric procedure
HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-1
- Duration of immersion 14 x 24 h
2 Tests on cores
3 Tests on sheath
Page 5-V-7
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section V

1 2 3 4

(for cables with a diameter of more than 12,5 mm) Table 4A - DMV15 Subclause 8.4
- Temperature (- 15 ± 2) °C
- Duration 1h Table 4A - DMV 15 Subclause 9.2
Subclause 8.5
4.2 Ageing on complete cable HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-2
- Duration 7 x 24 h Table 2A - DIX 3 Subclause 8.1.4
- Temperature (100 ± 2) C
Flame retardance

1 2 3 4
- Duration 15 min
Page 5-V-8
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section V
4 Appendices
Appendix 1 - Tables

1,5 n.a. C n.a. (C)
2,5 n.a. C n.a. (C)
4 n.a. C n.a. (C)
6 n.a. C n.a. (C)
10 n.a. n.a. n.a. C
16 C n.a. C C
25 S or (C) n.a C C
300 S n.a. C or (S) C or (S)
400 S n.a. C (S) C (S)
500 S n.a. C (S) C (S)
630 S n.a. C (S) C (S)
800 S n.a. C (S) C (S)
S – Sector shape
Page 5-V-9
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section V
Appendix 1 – Tables (concluded)
Table 2 – Nominal thickness of overstheath (mm)
cross-section
1 2 3 3+1 * 4 5**
(mm²)
1,5 1,4 1,8 1,8 - 1,8 1,8
2,5 1,4 1,8 1,8 - 1,8 1,8
4 1,4 1,8 1,8 - 1,8 1,8
6 1,4 1,8 1,8 - 1,8 1,8
10 1,4 1,8 1,8 - 1,8 1,8
16 1,4 1,8 1,8 1,8 1,8 1,8
25 1,4 1,8 1,8 1,8 1,8 1,8
35 1,4 - 1,8 1,8 1,8 1,8
50 1,4 - 1,8 1,8 1,9 1,9
70 1,4 - 1,9 1,9 2,0 2,0
95 1,5 - 2,0 2,1 2,1 2,1
120 1,5 - 2,1 2,2 2,3 2,3
150 1,6 - - 2,3 2,4 2,4
185 1,6 - - 2,5 2,6 2,6
240 1,7 - - 2,7 2,8 2,8
300 1,8 - - 2,9 - -
400 1,9 - - 3,1 - -
500 2,0 - - - - -
630 2,2 - - - - -
800 2,3 - - - - -
3+1 * - One conductor of reduced cross-section.
5 ** - For cross-sections higher than 10 mm² 2 of the 5 conductors are of reduced cross-
section.
Page 5-V-10
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section V
Appendix 1 – Tables (concluded)
Material Symbol
Conductors
Copper No symbol
Solid aluminium LS
XLPE insulation X
PVC sheath V
EXAMPLES
XV 4 x 6
XV 4 G 10 (with earthing conductor)
LSXV 4 x 95;
XV 3 x 150 + 1G70 (with earthing conductor)
Page 5-V-11
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section V
cable system), storage, transportation and installation of cables specified in this Section 5-V of HD 603.
the table below:
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007 Requirement for Section 5-V of HD 603

Annex A
Subclause number
cables These cables, rated at Uo/U = 0,6 / 1 (1,2) kV, may be used in

25 D for single core cables with solid aluminium conductors
20 D for single core cables with stranded conductors
20 D for multicore cables with solid aluminium conductors
15 D for multicore cables with stranded conductors
A.3.3.6 Cable coils Minimum bending radii

A.4.6 Bending radii during installation Minimum bending radii

A.4.8 Protection of cables Cables may be laid in ground if additional protection is provived.

installation

maximum of 80 cm
walls: 150 cm

Page 5-V-12
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section V
BLANK PAGE
Page 5-W-0
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section W
SECTION 5-W – CABLES WITH CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR (TYPE 5W)
Delete Section 5-W completely.

Page 5-X-0
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section X
SECTION 5-X - CABLES WITHOUT CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR (TYPE 5X)
Introduce the following new Section 5-X

Page 5-X-1
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section X
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
SECTION 5-X - CABLES WITHOUT CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR (TYPE 5X)

Page 5-X-2
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section X
CONTENTS
1 General ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3
1 Conductor ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4
1.1 Material
1.2 Dimensions of stranded circular conductors
2 Insulation ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
2.1 Material
3 Outer sheath -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
3.1 Material
3.2 Colour
3.3 Thickness
4 Marking --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
4.4 Durability
4.5 Legibility
4.7 Compliance with this HD

1 Routine tests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
2 Sample tests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
4 Appendix A - Figures and tables -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------10
5 Appendix B - Guide to use ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------11

Page 5-X-3
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section X
REFERENCES
References are made in Section 5-X of HD 603, to other Parts of this HD and to other Harmonization

EN 60332 Tests on electric and optical fibre cables under fire conditions (IEC 60332)
1 General
This standard specifies the construction, dimensions and test requirements of un-armoured power
cables with XLPE insulation and with aluminium conductors in single core cables for rated voltage (U)
Table 2A - type DIX 3 of HD 603-1.
(b) Rated voltage
0,6/1 kV
125 h.
(ii) Short-circuit 250 °C

Shall be suitable for the maximum rated conductor temperature. It shall consist of polyolefin and
correspond to Table 4C - type DMO 1 of HD 603-1.
Page 5-X-4
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section X
No. HD Additional
1 Conductor HD 603-1 EN 60228 class 2, stranded compacted
Subclause 5.1 circular conductor
Table A1
1.1 Material HD 603-1 Aluminium (purity no less than 99,5 %)
Subclause 5.1.1
2
1.2 Dimensions (diameter) EN 60228 Sections: 25 mm , 50 mm², 95 mm²,
150 mm², 240 mm²

2 Insulation HD 603-1 A synthetic tape may be applied between
Subclause 5.2 conductor and extruded insulation
Table 2A - DIX 3
a) nominal value HD 603-1 Table 5 Table A2
c) minimum value nominal value - (0,1 mm + 10 % of
nominal value)
in the thickness of the insulation.
2.3 Core identification Uncoloured

3 Outer sheath HD 603-1 The outer sheath may be adhered to the
Subclause 5.8 insulation
Table 4C - DMO 1
3.2 Colour Black
3.3 Thickness
a) nominal value Table A3
b) minimum value The smallest of the six measured values
shall not fall below the nominal value by
more than 15% + 0,2 mm.
Page 5-X-5
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section X

No. HD Additional
4 Marking HD 603-1 Printing, indenting or embossing on the sheath,
Clause 3 consisting on Subclauses 4.1 to 4.7
4.1 Indication of origin on the Manufacturer’s name or trademark and code
outer sheath designation
4.2 Year of manufacture To be indicated on the sheath, the last two
numbers of the manufacturing year .
beginning of the next 50 cm
Subclause 3.3
Subclause 3.4
4.6 Additional marking Code designation
4.7 Compliance with this HD Approval marking
5 Code designation RZ1 0,6/1 kV 1 x 25
RZ1 0,6/1 kV 1 x 50
RZ1 0,6/1 kV 1 x 95
RZ1 0,6/1 kV 1 x 150
RZ1 0,6/1 kV 1 x 240
Page 5-X-6
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section X
3 Test requirements
1 Routine tests
1 2 3 4
1 Conductor resistance EN 60228 EN 60228,
HD 605
Subclause 3.1
(this test may be replaced by a spark test using the method No breakdown Subclause 3.2.1
given in EN 50356).
- Sample: Manufacturing length
- Test voltage: 3,5 kV AC
8,5 kV DC
- Duration of test,: 5 min
3 Spark test during manufacturing No breakdown HD 605
Subclause 3.6.3
2 Sample tests
1 2 3 4
1 Construction of conductor Subclause 2.1.2 EN 60228
Clause 6 and by
inspection
2 Conformity of the general requirements Clause 2 Visual
examination
3 Insulation; Thickness measurement Subclause 2.2.2 EN 60811.1.1
Subclause 8.1
4 Sheath; Thickness measurement Subclause 2.3.3 EN 60811.1.1
Subclause 8.2
5 Hot set test for insulation HD 603-1 EN 60811.2.1
Page 5-X-7
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section X

1 2 3 4
1 Insulation resistance test on cores HD 603-1 HD 605
2 Voltage test - Test on complete cable HD 605
Subclause 3.2.1.1
- Test voltage (AC) 1,8 kV (test carried out
- Duration of test 4h No breakdown on completed
cable, without
removing the
sheath)
* According to Section 2 ‘Design requirement’ unless stated otherwise.
Page 5-X-8
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section X

1 2 3 4
a) Without ageing Table 2A - DIX 3 EN 60811.1.1
Subclause 9.1
Subclause 8.1.3
1.2 Hot set test HD 603-1 EN 60811.2.1
1.3 Water absortion HD 603-1 EN 60811.1.3
2 Tests on sheath
2.1 Mechanical properties HD 603-1 Table 4C
a) In delivery properties DMO 1 EN 60811.1.1
Subclause 9.2
Subclause 8.1.3
2.2 Pressure test at high temperature HD 603-1 Table 4C EN 60811.3.1
DMO 1 Subclause 8.2
2.3 Elongation test at low temperature for cables with a HD 603-1 Table 4C EN 60811.1.4
diameter over 12,5 mm DMO 1 Subclause 8.4
or bending test for cables with a diameter 12,5 mm Subclause 8.2
Temperature: (-15 ± 2 °C)
2.4 Loss of mass test in air oven HD 603-1 Table 4C EN 60811.3.2
DMO 1 Subclause 8.2
2.5 Tear resistance test HD 603-1 Table 4C HD 605
DMO 1 Subclause 2.2.2.3
2.6 Water absorption HD 603-1 Table 4C EN 60811.1.3
DMO 1 Subclause 9.2
2.7 Heavy metal content HD 603-1 Table 4C
DMO 1
2.8 Resistance to UV rays HD 603-1 Table 4C HD 605
DMO 1 Subclause 2.4.23
Page 5-X-9
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section X

1 2 3 4
3.1 Impact test at low temperature HD 603-1 Table 4C - EN 60811.1.4
DMO 1 Subclause 8.5
3.2 Ageing test of complete cable HD 603-1 Table 4C - EN 60811.1.2
3.3 Special bending test No fissures HD 605
Subclause 2.4.1.2
3.4 Abrasion test HD 603-1 Table 4C - HD 605
3.5 Shrinkage test HD 603-1 Table 4C - EN 60811.1.3
- L = 200 mm DMO 1 Clause 10
3.6 Test under fire conditions
3.6.1 Test on single vertical cable EN 60332-1-2 EN 60332-1-2
Annex A
3.6.2 Smoke emission EN 61034-2
- light transmittance, minimum 60 %
3.6.3 Corrosivity EN 50267-2-3
- pH, min 4,3
- conductivity (µS/mm), max 10
Page 5-X-10
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section X
4 Appendix A: Figure and tables
1 2 3
1 Sheath
2 Insulation
3 Conductor
Figure 1
Table A1 - Aluminium conductor
Cross-sectional area, Number of wires Diameter

nominal mm
mm² minimum minimum maximum
25 6 5,6 6,5
50 6 7,7 8,6
95 15 11,0 12,0
150 15 13,9 15,0
240 30 17,8 19,2
Table A2 - Insulation thickness
Nominal value
mm² mm
25 1,0
50 1,0
95 1,1
150 1,4
240 1,7
Page 5-X-11
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section X
Table A3 - Sheath thickness
Nominal value
mm² mm
25 1,3
50 1,3
95 1,4
150 1,4
240 1,5
5 Appendix B: Guide to use and selection of cables (informative)
cable system), storage, transportation and installation of cables specified in this Section 5-X of HD 603.
The general recommendations given in HD 603-1 Annex A apply except where amended in the table below:
HD 603-1 Annex A
Requirement for Section 5-X of HD 603
Subclause
A.4.6 Bending radii during installation 15 D

A.4.11 Lowest temperature of cable Minimum temperature 0 °C
installation
A.4.12 Pulling force σ = 30 N/mm²
80 cm)
Page 5-X-12
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 5 Section X
BLANK PAGE
Page 6-A-0
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section A
SECTION 6-A - CABLES WITH BRAIDED (TYPE 6A-1) OR HELICALLY APPLIED (TYPE 6A-2) ARMOUR
Replace pages
6-A-8, 6-A-9, 6-A-13, 6-A-16, 6-A-17 and 6-A-18
by the following A3 new pages 6-A-8, 6-A-9, 6-A-13 and 6-A-16

Page 6-A-8
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section A

1 Routine tests (concluded)
1 2 3 4
1.2 Resistance of steel wire braid Ref. no. 6.1 and HD 605, Subclause 3.1.3.1
armour and protective earth Table 1
conductor (cable type 6A-1)
1.3 Resistance of helically applied Ref. no. 6.2 and HD 605, Subclause 3.1.3.2
armour/PE-conductor (cable type Table 2
6A-2)
- Test voltage 4 kV a.c. a) red and blue ! yellow, yellow/blue
- Duration of test, 5 min per core and earth
- Test result No breakdown b) yellow and yellow/blue ! red, blue
and earth
c) two adjacent cores ! remaining
cores and earth
Four core cable without auxiliary cores:
a) red and blue ! yellow, yellow/blue,
b) yellow and yellow/blue ! red, blue,
cores ! remaining cores and earth
HD 603-1, Clause 5
and ref. no. 8
2 Sample tests (for frequency and sampling see ref. no. 7 of this section)
Frequency and sampling category: # see ref. no. 7.1.1 of the sample tests
## see ref. no. 7.1.2 of the sample tests
1 2 3 4
1.1 - Condition of surface # Ref. no. 1.2.1a Visual inspection
1.2 - Tensile properties ## Ref. no. 1.3 HD 605, Subclause 2.3.1.2
Page 6-A-9
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section A
Frequency and sampling category: # see ref. no. 7.1.1 of the sample tests
## see ref. no. 7.1.2 of the sample tests
1 2 3 4
2 Insulation
(test applicable to main and auxiliary
cores)
2.1 - Thickness # Ref. no. 2.2 EN 60811-1-1, Subclause 8.1 and
2.2 - Tensile properties before ageing HD 603-1, Table 2A EN 60811-1.1, Subclause 9.1
## type DIX3
(test applicable to main cores only)
2.3 - Application to conductor # HD 603-1, Inspection and manual test
Subclause 5.2.2
2.4 - Hot set test ## HD 603-1, Table 2A EN 60811-2-1, Subclause 9.1
type DIX3
3 Innersheath
3.1 - Thickness # Ref. no. 5.2 EN 60811-1-1, Subclause 8.2 and
3.2 - Tensile properties before ageing HD 603-1, Table 4A EN 60811-1-1, Subclause 9.2
## type DMV15
4 Steel wire braid armour/PE-conductor
(cable type 6A-1)
4.1 Constructional characteristics " Ref. no. 6.1 Visual inspection and
measurement
4.2 Coverage density of braid # Ref. no. 6.1 HD 605, Subclause 2.1.7
5 Helically applied armour/PE-
conductor (cable type 6A-2)
5.1 Constructional characteristics " Ref. no. 6.2 Visual inspection and
measurement
6 Oversheath
6.2 - Tensile properties before ageing HD 603-1, Table 4A EN 60811-1.1, Subclause 9.2
"" type DMV15
6.3 - Pressure test at 90 °C ## “ EN 60811-3-1, Subclause 8.2
6.4 - Cold elongation test at -15 °C ## “ EN 60811-1-4, Subclause 8.4
6.5 - Cold impact test at -15 °C ## “ EN 60811-1-4, Subclause 8.5
6.6 Heat shock test at 150 °C ## “ EN 60811-3-1, Subclause 9.2
Page 6-A-13
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section A

1 2 3 4
5 Test on innersheath
5.2 Mechanical properties HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-1, Subclause 9.2
- before ageing Table 4A, type DMV15

5.3 Mechanical properties HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-2, Subclause 8.1.4 and
- after ageing of complete cable Table 4A, type DMV15 EN 60811-1-1, Subclause 9.2
6 Steel wire braid armour /
PE-conductor (type 6A-1)
6.2 Coverage density of braid Ref. no. 6.1 HD 605, Subclause 2.1.7
7 Helically applied armour /
PE-conductor (type 6A-2)
8 Tests on oversheath
8.2 Mechanical properties HD 603-1
- before ageing Table 4A, type DMV15 EN 60811-1-1, Subclause 9.2
8.3 Mechanical properties HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-2, Subclause 8.1 4 and
- after ageing of complete cable Table 4A, type DMV15 EN 60811-1-1, Subclause 9.2
8.4 Loss of mass HD 603-1 EN 60811-3-2, Subclause 8.2
Table 4A, type DMV15
8.5 Pressure test at 90 °C HD 603-1 EN 60811-3-1, Subclause 8.2
8.6 Cold elongation test at -15 °C HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-4, Subclause 8.4
8.7 Spare
9.1 Bending at 0 °C, followed by No breakdown and no HD 605, Subclause 2.4.1.1 but at
voltage test of 7,5 kV for 10 min visible damage (0 ± 2) °C, 3 complete turns and
9.2 Cold impact test at -15 °C HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-4, Subclause 8.5
10 Flame retardance test on EN 50265-1 and EN 50265-1 and EN 50265-2
complete cable EN 50265-2
Page 6-A-16
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section A
No. Subject Subclause of Annex A of Part 1 Recommendations

1 General A.2.1 –
7 Drum barrel diameter A.3.2.2 Minimum14 D for braided cables
Minimum 16 D for cables with
helically applied armour/PE
conductor **)
One single bending
minimum 8 D **)
11 Pulling force or pulling A.4.12 a) σ = 50 N/mm2 for copper and
loads σ = 20 N/mm2 for solid aluminium
conductors
c) P ≤ 1 000 N

(maximum 80 cm)

– Subclause of Annex A of Part 1 is applicable. No specification or recommendation is given in this
particular section.
Page 6-C-0
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section C
SECTION 6-C- ARMOURED CABLES WITH (TYPE 6C-1) AND WITHOUT (TYPE 6C-2) CONCENTRIC
CONDUCTOR
Replace Section 6-C
by the following new Section 6-C

Page 6-A-16
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section A
Page 6-C-1
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section C
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
PART 6: XLPE INSULATED CABLES - ARMOURED
SECTION 6-C - ARMOURED CABLES WITH (TYPE 6C-1) AND WITHOUT (TYPE 6C-2)
CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR
Page 6-C-2
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section C
CONTENTS
1 General ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3
1 Conductor ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4
1.1 Material
2 Insulation ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
2.1 Material
3.1 Assembly
3.2 Fillers
4 Inner covering------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
4.1 Design
4.2 Thickness
5.1 Design
5.2 DC resistance
6 Inner sheath --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
6.1 Material
6.2 Colour
6.3 Thickness
7 Armour ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
7.1 Design
7.2 Thickness
8 Outer sheath -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
8.1 Material
8.2 Colour
8.3 Thickness
9 Marking --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
1 Routine tests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
2 Sample tests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7
4 Appendix (Tables) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9
Page 6-C-3
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section C
REFERENCES
References are made in Section 6-C of HD 603, to other Parts of this HD and to other Harmonization

1 General
insulation and with or without concentric conductor for rated voltage (U) of 1 kV for fixed installations.
The insulation covered by this standard shall consist of XLPE-compound and corresponds to Table 2A
of HD 603-1. type DIX3
(b) Rated voltage
0,6/1 kV
(ii) Cables covered by this standard are suitable to Category B according to IEC 60183. The duration of an
earth fault may not exceed 8 h. The total duration of earth faults in any year should not exceed 125 h.

(d) Sheathing materials of extruded inner sheath
(e) Armour
wires
(f) Sheathing materials of outer sheath
Page 6-C-4
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section C
No. HD ADDITIONAL
Subclause 5.1
Subclause 5.1.1
conductors Class 1
Dimensions of shaped Appendix Table1
conductors
conductors

Class 2
types
a) number 1
c) arrangement insulated conductor or concentric conductor
Subclause 5.2
DIX3
c) minimum value nominal value - (0,1 mm + 10 % of nominal
value)
core cables

3 Assembly of cores
Subclause 5.3
Subclause 5.4
Page 6-C-5
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section C

No. HD ADDITIONAL
conductor
conductor
spiral binder tapes
5.3 Distance between wires 4 mm
a) Calculated mean
clearance between
adjacent wires
b) Maximum clearance
between two adjacent 8,0 mm
wires
6 Extruded inner sheath HD 603-1
Subclause 5.6
6.1 Material HD 603-1, Table 4B
DMP5
6.2 Colour Black
6.3 Thickness
a) nominal value Not less than the insulation thickness

value)
7 Armour
- or of one layer of galvanised steel or aluminium alloy flat wires
7.2 Thickness
- steel or aluminium alloy 1,2 mm
flat wires
Page 6-C-6
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section C

No. HD ADDITIONAL
Subclause 5.8
DMP5
8.2 Colour Black
8.3 Thickness
b) minimum value Nominal value - (0,1 mm + 15 % of nominal

value)
9 Marking HD 603-1
a) without outersheath Clause 3 a) Armour shall be marked with a single
coloured flat wire
---- of blue colour in cables without concentric
conductor
---- of yellow colour in cables with concentric
conductor
b) with outersheath b) Outer sheath shall be marked with two
coloured stripes, parallel to the cable
axis, 180° apart from one another
--- of blue colour in cables without concentric
conductor,
--- of yellow colour in cables with concentric
conductor.
3 Test requirements
1. Routine tests
1 2 3 4
- sample:
2 High voltage test

Subclause 3.2.1

Page 6-C-7
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section C

2. Sample tests
1 2 3 4
measurement
2 Insulation HD 605
Subclause 2.1.1
- Hot set test HD 603-1 EN 60811-2-1

Subclause 2.1.6.2
Subclause 2.1.2
5 Outersheath (if any) HD 605
Subclause 2.1.2
measurement

1 2 3 4
1 Volume resistivity of insulation at 90°C Ω.cm HD 603-1 HD 605
Table 2A DIX3 Subclause 3.3.1
Subclause 3.2.1.
- test voltage (AC) 1,8 kV No breakdown
Page 6-C-8
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section C

1 2 3 4
Table 2A DIX3 Subclause 9.1
1.2 Water absorption of insulation HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-3
- Temperature (85 ± 3)°C Table 2A DIX3 Subclause 9.2
2 Test on cores
2.1 Shrinkage of insulation HD 603-1 EN 60811-2-1
3 Tests on PE -sheath (extruded inner sheath
and outersheath (if any))
Subclause 8.1
DMP5 Subclause 8.2
DMP5 Clause 11
4 Test on complete PE-sheathed cable
Ageing temperature (100 ± 2)°C Table 2A DIX3 Subclause 8.1.4
Table 4B DMP5
4.2 Longitudinal shrinkage of PE-sheath HD 605
- Temperature cycles (80 ± 2)°C Subclause 2.4.4.1
Shrinkage 7 mm
Page 6-C-9
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section C
4 Appendix (Tables)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Nominal d b r1 r2
cross-
α = 89°
95 10,2 ± 0,5 14,4 ± 0,6 13,2 1,3

120 11,4 ± 0,6 16,2 ± 0,6 14,8 1,5
150 12,7 ± 0,6 17,9 ± 0,6 16,1 1,6
185 14,2 ± 0,6 20,0 ± 0,7 17,9 1,8
240 16,3 ± 0,6 23,0 ± 0,7 20,5 2,1
α = 119,5°
95 9,0 ± 0,5 16,0 ± 0,6 11,1 1,1

120 10,1 ± 0,6 17,9 ± 0,6 12,5 1,2
150 11,2 ± 0,6 19,8 ± 0,6 13,6 1,4
185 12,5 ± 0,6 22,2 ± 0,6 15,1 1,5
240 14,4 ± 0,6 25,4 ± 0,6 17,3 1,7
r1 r2
d
α
r2
Page 6-C-10
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section C
1 2 3
Cu mm² Al mm²
Circular solid 2,5 to10 -
1 2 3
in 3-phase circuits
mm² mm² mm²
25 16 -
35 25 -
50 25 -
70 35 25
95 50 35
120 70 -
150 95 35 or 50
185 95 -
240 120 or 150 50 or 80
300 - 100
400 - 135
1 2 3
2 --- black, red
3 ---- black, red, white
black, red, white
Page 6-C-11
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
mm 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
mm 1,8 2,1 2,5 2,9 3,3 3,7 4,1 4,5 4,9
1 2
X XLPE-insulation
N PE sheath

N PE outer sheath
st
1 number x Number of conductors
nd
2 number Cross-section
rd
3 number Cross-section of concentric conductor (if any)

Page 6-C-12
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section C
cable system), storage, transportation and installation of cables specified in this Section 6-C of HD 603.
the table below:
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Annex A Requirement for Section 6-C of HD 603
Subclause number
installation
Multicore cables:

Page 6-D-0
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section D
SECTION 6-D – TAPE ARMOURED TYPE 6D
Replace Section 6-D
by the following new Section 6-D

Page 6-D-1
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section D
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
SECTION 6-D – TAPE ARMOURED TYPE 6D

Page 6-D-2
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section D
CONTENTS
1 General ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3
1 Conductor ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4
2 Insulation ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
2.1 Material
2.2 Thickness
3 Assembly of cores, fillers ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
3.1 Assembly
4 Inner covering------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
4.1 Thickness
5 Inner sheath --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
5.1 Thickness
6 Metallic armour ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
6.1 Material
6.2 Application
6.3 Dimensions
7 Oversheath ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
7.1 Material
7.2 Colour
7.3 Thickness
8 Outer diameter------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5
9 Marking --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
1 Routine tests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
2 Sample tests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
4.2 Tests on cores
4.3 Tests on sheath
5 Tests after installation -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7
4 Appendices ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8
Appendix 1 - Tables-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8
Appendix 2 - Guide to use ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------13
Page 6-D-3
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section D
REFERENCES

1 General
This standard specifies the construction, dimensions and test requirements of tape armoured power
cables with XLPE insulation and PVC sheath for rated voltage (U) of 1 kV for fixed installations.
The insulation covered by this standard shall consist of cross linked polyethylene and correspond to
XLPE in accordance with HD 603-1, Table 2A, type DIX 3.
(b) Rated voltage
0,6/1(1,2) kV
(c) Highest rated temperature for insulating compound
Short-circuit (maximum duration 5s) 250ºC
correspond to HD 603-1, Table 4A, type DMV 15.
Page 6-D-4
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section D

No. HD Additional
1 Conductor
Subclause 5.1
Subclause 5.2
Table 2A - DIX 3
2.2 Thickness
c) minimum value nominal value – (0,1 +10 % of nominal
value)
Subclause 5.3
3.2 Interstice fillers HD 603-1 Should be applicable when necessary to
Central or outer Subclause 5.4 give the cables an approximately circular
cross-section.
4 Inner covering (optional) HD 603-1 IEC 60502-1
Subclause 5.6
5.1 Thickness
a) nominal value Table 2.1 (based on IEC 60502-1
Subclause 12.3.3)
b) minimum value nominal value – (0,2 +20 % of nominal
value)
Page 6-D-5
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section D

No. HD Additional
6 Metallic armour HD 603-1 2 metallic tapes
Subclause 5.7
6.1 Material IEC 60502-1 Subclause 12.2
For multicores cables: steel
For single core cables (AC systems):
aluminium
6.2 Application Over the inner sheath.
2 tapes helically applied in 2 layers,
so that the outer tape is
approximately central over the gap of
the inner tape. The gap between
adjacent turns of each tape shall not
exceed 50 % of the width of the tape.
6.3 Dimensions Table 2.2 (based on IEC 60502 -1
Table 10, Subclause 12.5)
Subclause 5.8
Table 4A - DMV 17
a) nominal value Subclause 5.8.3.1 Table 3 (based on IEC 60502
Subclause 13.3)

nominal value)
(maximum values)
oversheath
9.3 Cable composition Number and conductor’s cross-
section. Exemple on Appendix 1
9.6 Continuity of marks Distance between the end of one set
of marks and the beginning of the
next 0,5 m
Page 6-D-6
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section D
3 Test requirements
1. Routine tests
1 2 3 4
or 8,4 kV DC
2. Sample tests
1 2 3 4
1 Construction of conductor HD 603-1, EN 60228 Visual inspection
2 Insulation thickness HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-1, Subclause 8.1
- mean and minimum thickness
3 Inner sheath HD 603-4C EN 60811-1-1, Subclause 8.2
(minimum thickness) Subclause 5.1.b
4 Armouring HD 603-4C Table 2, HD 605, Subclause 2.1.4
Thickness and application HD 603-4C
Subclause 6.2
5 Sheath HD 603-4C EN 60811-1-1, Subclause 8.2
- minimum thickness Subclause 7.3 b

1 2 3 4
1 Volume resistivity of insulation HD 603-1 HD 605
at 70 °C MΩ.cm Table 2A DIX 3 Subclause 3.3.1
- Test voltage (AC) 2,4 kV No breakdown Subclause 3.2.1
Page 6-D-7
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section D

1 2 3 4
1.2 Hot set test HD 603-1 EN 60811-2-1
1.3 Water absorption – gravimetric procedure
HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-1
Temperature of water bath (85±2)°C
Duration of immersion 14x24h
2 Test on cores
3 Tests on sheath
Table 4A DMV 15 Subclause 9.2

Table 2A DMV 15 Subclause 8.2
3.3 Elongation at low temperature HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-4
(for cables with a diameter of more than 12,5 mm) Table 4A DMV15 Subclause 8.4
- Temperature (- 15 ± 2) °C
- Duration 1h Table 4A DMV 15 Subclause 9.2
Subclause 8.5
4.2 Ageing on complete cable HD 603-1 EN 60811-1-2
- Duration 7 x 24 h Table 2A - DIX 3 Subclause 8.1.4
- Temperature (100 ± 2) °C
Flame retardance

1 2 3 4
- Duration 15 min
Page 6-D-8
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section D
4 Appendices
Appendix 1 - Tables

1,5 n.a. C n.a. (C)
2,5 n.a. C n.a. (C)
4 n.a. C n.a. (C)
6 n.a. C n.a. (C)
10 n.a. n.a. n.a. (C)
16 C n.a. C C
25 n.a. n.a. C C
35 S (C) n.a. S/C S/C
50 S n.a. S/C S/C
70 S n.a. S/C S/C
95 S n.a. S/C S/C
120 S n.a. S/C S/C
150 S n.a. S/C S/C
185 S n.a. S/C S/C
240 S n.a. S/C S/C
300 S n.a. C (S) C (S)
400 S n.a. C (S) C (S)
S – Sector shape
n.a – Not applicable
Page 6-D-9
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section D
Table 2.1 - Cable Dimensions - nominal thickness of inner sheath

Cross-section
1 2 3 3+1* 4 5**
(mm²)
1,5 1,2 1,2 1,2 - 1,2 1,2
2,5 1,2 1,2 1,2 - 1,2 1,2
4 1,2 1,2 1,2 - 1,2 1,2
6 1,2 1,2 1,2 - 1,2 1,2
10 1,2 1,2 1,2 - 1,2 1,2
16 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2
25 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2
35 1,2 - 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2
50 1,2 - 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2
70 1,2 - 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2
95 1,2 - 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2
120 1,2 - 1,2 1,3 1,3 1,3
150 1,2 - - 1,3 1,4 1,4
185 1,2 - - 1,4 1,5 1,5
240 1,2 - - 1,5 1,6 -
300 1,2 - - 1,6 - -
Page 6-D-10
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section D
Table 2.2 - Cable Dimensions - nominal thickness of armour tape

Cross-section
1 2 3 3+1* 4 5**
(mm²)
1,5 0,5 0,2 0,2 - 0,2 0,2
2,5 0,5 0,2 0,2 - 0,2 0,2
4 0,5 0,2 0,2 - 0,2 0,2
6 0,5 0,2 0,2 - 0,2 0,2
10 0,5 0,2 0,2 - 0,2 0,2
16 0,5 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2
25 0,5 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2
35 0,5 - 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2
50 0,5 - 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2
70 0,5 - 0,2 0,2 0,5 0,5
95 0,5 - 0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5
120 0,5 - 0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5
150 0,5 - - 0,5 0,5 0,5
185 0,5 - - 0,5 0,5 0,5
240 0,5 - - 0,5 0,5 0,5
300 0,5 - - 0,5 - -
Page 6-D-11
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section D
Table 2.3 - Cable Dimensions - nominal thickness of oversheath

Cross-section
1 2 3 3+1* 4 5**
(mm²)
1,5 1,8 1,8 1,8 - 1,8 1,8
2,5 1,8 1,8 1,8 - 1,8 1,8
4 1,8 1,8 1,8 - 1,8 1,8
6 1,8 1,8 1,8 - 1,8 1,8
10 1,8 1,8 1,8 - 1,8 1,8
16 1,8 1,8 1,8 1,8 1,8 1,8
25 1,8 1,8 1,8 1,8 1,8 1,8
35 1,8 - 1,8 1,8 1,8 1,8
50 1,8 - 1,9 1,9 2,0 2,0
70 1,8 - 2,0 2,0 2,1 2,1
95 1,8 - 2,2 2,2 2,3 2,3
120 1,8 - 2,3 2,3 2,4 2,4
150 1,8 - - 2,5 2,6 2,6
185 1,8 - - 2,6 2,7 2,7
240 1,9 - - 2,8 3,0 3,0
300 2,0 - - 3,0 - -
Page 6-D-12
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section D
Appendix 1 - Tables (concluded)
Table 3 - Code designations
Material Symbol
Conductors
Copper No symbol
Solid aluminium LS
XLPE insulation X
Steel tape armouring A
Aluminium tape armouring 1A
PVC sheath V
EXAMPLES
XAV 4 x 6
XAV 4 G 10 (with earthing conductor)
LSXAV 4 x 95
LXAV 3 x 150 + 1G70 (with earthing conductor)
X1AV 1x240
Page 6-D-13
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section D
cable system), storage, transportation and installation of cables specified in this Section 6-D of HD 603.
the table below:
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007 Annex A Requirement for Section 6-D of HD 603

Subclause number

25 D for cables with solid aluminium conductors
20 D for other cables
A.3.3.6 Cable coils Minimum bending radii: 12 D
A.4.6 Bending radii during installation Minimum bending radii: 12 D
A.4.8 Protection of cables Cables laid in ground are considered as being sufficiently
mechanically protected.
A laying depth of at least 0,6 m, and 0,8 m below road-surface,
is recommended.
A.4.11 Lowest temperature of cable -5°C

installation

maximum of 80 cm
walls: 150 cm

Page 6-D-14
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section D
BLANK PAGE
Page 6-E-0
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section E
SECTION 6-E - CABLES WITHOUT CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR (SCREEN) (TYPE 6E)
Replace Section 6-E

Page 6-E-1
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section E
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
SECTION 6-E - CABLES WITHOUT CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR (SCREEN) (TYPE 6E)

Page 6-E-2
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section E
CONTENTS
1 General ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3
1 Conductor ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4
1.1 Material and design
1.3 Conductor resistance and minimum number of wires in the conductor
2 Insulation ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
2.1 Material
2.2 Thickness
3.1 Assembly
4 Inner covering------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
4.1 Design
4.2 Thickness
5 Armour ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
5.1 Design
5.2 Thickness/diameter
5.3 Electrical resistance of screen
6 Outer sheath -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
6.1 Material
6.2 Colour
6.3 Thickness
7 Marking --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
7.5 Durability
7.6 Legibility
8 Resistance against flame propagation----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7
1 Routine tests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7
2 Sample tests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8
5 Tests after installation -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------11
4 Appendix (Tables) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------12
5 Current-carrying capacity -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------25
6 Guide to use ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------25
Page 6-E-3
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section E
REFERENCES
References are made in Section 6-E of HD 603, to other Parts of this HD and to other Harmonization
EN 60332-3-24 Tests on electric cables under fire conditions -
Part 3-24: Test for vertical flame spread of vertically-mounted bunched wires or
cables - Procedures - Category C
document.
1 General
This standard specifies the construction, dimensions and test requirement of armoured power cables
with XLPE-insulation for rated voltage (U0/U) of 0,6/1 kV for fixed installations.
Table 2A of HD 603-1 compound DIX 1.
(b) Rated voltage
U0/U: 0,6/1 kV
i) Definitions: see HD 603-1 Subclause 2.3
ii) Cables covered by this standard are suitable to Categories A, B and C according to IEC 60183.
c) Highest rated temperature for the different types of insulating compound
i) Normal operation 90°C
ii) Short-circuit 250°C

Shall be suitable to the highest rated conductor temperature. It shall consist of PVC and correspond to
Table 4A of HD 603-1, compound DMV 2.
(e) Armour
The armour consists of steel round wires for small areas and two steel tapes for larger areas. To
obtain the required electrical resistance of the armour, copper wires may be added underneath tapes.
Page 6-E-4
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section E
Subclause 5.1
1.1 Material and design (maximum HD 603-1
diameter) Subclause 5.1.1
- General
Plain copper
(maximum diameter)
a) circular solid copper EN 60228
1,5 to 10 mm² Table C.1
b) circular stranded copper EN 60228

compacted 16 to 1 000 mm² Table C.2
1.3 Minimum number of wires in the EN 60228 - Table 2

conductor (sector shaped) 70 to
400 mm²
minimum number of wires in the HD 603-1
conductor Subclause 5.1.2
1.5 Permissible conductor types Appendix, Tables 1 up to 6
chemically cross-linked polyethylene
(XLPE).
Table 2A - DIX 1
2.2 Thickness See Appendix, Tables 1 up to 6
a) nominal value HD 603-1,
Table 5

c) minimum value nominal value - (0,1 + 10 % of
nominal value)
Page 6-E-5
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section E

2.3 Core identification By colours Each core shall be identified by the use of
HD 308 colours either through the insulation or through
a coloured skin on a neutral insulation. The
green/yellow combination is achieved by the
extrusion of the base colour in the bulk of the
insulation, covered by lines in the other colour.
multi-core cables, the used colour code and
the order of succession of the colours are
given in HD 308
3 Assembly of cores
Subclause 5.3
Subclause 5.4
a) Central interstices
b) Outer interstices
Subclause 5.5
4.1 Design Consisting:
- either of an extruded sheath of plastic compound or
unvulcanised rubber or similar material.
Interstices between sheath and cores are completely filled
with easy separation of the sheath from conductors,
- or of a lapped bedding.
- The extruded inner covering may be protected by an optional
tape (textile or other material).
4.2 Thickness Appendix, Tables 3 up to 6
a) for cables with extruded
inner covering
b) for cables with lapped
bedding
Page 6-E-6
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section E

No.
EN/HD Additional
5 Armour
5.1 Design The armour is composed either by means of round steel wires
helically applied, either by two steel tapes helically applied in the
same direction. When round steel wires are used an open
counter helix may be added. If a counter helix is used the
thickness will be 0,2 mm. In order to use the armour as a screen
(protective circuit), additional copper wire(s) can be used. The
copper wire(s) are round (solid). The copper wire(s) are laid in
direct contact with the steel components. When tape armour is
used, the two tapes must have the same width and they are
wrapped in the same direction. The tape armour shall be applied
helically in 2 layers so that the outer tape is approximately central
over the gap of the inner tape. The gap between adjacent turns of
each tape shall not exceed 66 % of the width of the tape.
5.2 Thickness - diameter
- minimum tape thickness 90 % of the value given in Appendix,
Tables 1 up to 6
- minimum round steel wire 95 % of the value given in Appendix,
diameter Tables 1 up to 6
5.3 Electrical resistance of the Appendix, Tables 1 up to 6
screen
Subclause 5.8
6.1 Material HD 603-1 Table 4A -
DMV 2
6.2 Color Black

Subclause 5.8.3.2
a) nominal thickness Appendix, Tables 1 up to 6
b) minimum thickness nominal value - (0,2 mm + 20 % of

the nominal value)
6.4 Outer diameter Appendix, Tables 1 up to 6
7 Marking HD 603-1
Clause 3
- code designation (type of Set of marks with the designations of
cable on the outer sheath - the cables. See Appendix, Table 7
rated voltage - areas) (indented or embossed on the sheath).
- lengths of the cables May be indicated by an inner metric
tape graduated in m and dm or by
particular marks on the sheath.
Page 6-E-7
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section E

EN/HD Additional
7.2 Indication of origin on the outer Manufacturer’s name or abbreviation
sheath from which the manufacturer can be
identified (indented or embossed on the
sheath).
7.3 Year of manufacture May be indicated on the metric tape or
on the outer sheath.
and the beginning of the next identical
mark.
550 mm
7.5 Durability HD 603-1 Marks are indelible on the outer sheath.
Subclause 3.3
Subclause 3.4
propagation
3 Test requirements
Rounding of numbers according to IEC 60502-1
1 Routine tests
1 2 3 4
1 Conductor resistance Subclause 1.3 HD 605 - Subclause 3.1.1
- Sample: EN 60228
a) manufacturing length or
b) short cable samples from
manufacturing length
- Conditioning:
for a: at room temperature
for b: in tempered water bath
- Test voltage 4 kV ac
- Duration of test: 5 min No breakdown

- Temperature 20 ± 5°C
Page 6-E-8
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section E

2. Sample tests
1 2 3 4
1 General:
Samples: The tests must be Dimensions: rounding of numbers
carried out before the delivery of according to IEC 60502-1
the cable. At least one sample
on every 25km batch (or smaller)
of the same cables shall be
taken.
2 Construction of conductor Subclauses 1.2 - 1.3 HD 605 Subclause 2.1.4.1
5 Inner covering Clause 4 EN 60811-1-1 Subclause 8.2
6 Armouring Clause 5
Thickness HD 605 Subclause 2.1.4.3
Electrical resistance HD 605 Subclause 3.1.2
7 Sheath Subclause 6.3 EN 60811-1-1 Subclause 8.2
- thickness
8 Outer diameter Subclause 6.4 EN 60811-1-1 Subclause 8.3
9 Marking Clause 7 Visual

1 2 3 4
Subclause 3.2.1
- Sample: length 15 m from the manufactured length
- Conditioning: tempered water bath between 15 and 25°C
24 h
- Duration of test: 4 h
2 Insulation resistance measurement at 90°C Minimum: HD 605
1x 10 Ω.cm
12
Subclause 3.3.1
- Sample: length 10,5 m of manufactured cable
- Conditioning: the sample is submerged in water of which
the temperature is between 88 to 92°C. The ends of the
sample emerge at least 0,25 m above the water level
- In case of dispute about the results of the measurements,
new measurements at (90 ± 1)°C
Page 6-E-9
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section E

3. Type tests (electrical characteristics, concluded)
1 2 3 4
3 Special bending test HD 605
Test cylinder diameter D: Subclause 2.4.1
Cable nominal cross-section 1,5 to 70 mm² D = 15d followed by the
Cable nominal cross-section 95 to 400 mm² D = 20d high voltage test
where d = external diameter of the cable given in HD 605
sample length: 5 m Subclause 3.2
test voltage after bending: 4 kV, 50 Hz without
Duration of application to each core: 1 min No breakdown immersion in
(with all other cores connected together and to the armour) water

1 2 3 4
- Samples
1.2 - Mechanical characteristics without HD 603-1 Table 2A EN 60811-1-1 Subclause 9.1
ageing DIX1
- Mechanical characteristics after ageing HD 603-1 Table 2A Difference with EN 60811-1-2 :

in air oven DIX1 2 % for 0,5 % (volume of the test
pieces in relation with the volume
of the oven)
1.3 Hot set test at 200°)C HD 603-1 Table 2A EN 60811-2-1 Clause 9
DIX1
Temperature 200°C
Duration 15 min
Mechanical stress 0,2 MPa
Maximum elongation under load 100 %
Maximum residual elongation 15 %
1.4 Shrinkage test EN 60811-1-3 Clause 10
Duration 1h
Temperature 130 °C
Maximum shrinkage 4%
2.1 Measurement of thickness of inner Subclause 4.2 EN 60811-1-1 Subclause 8.2
covering
3.1 Measurement of thickness of outer Subclause 6.3 EN 60811-1-1 Subclause 8.2
sheath
Page 6-E-10
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section E

1 2 3 4
3.2 Measurement of cable external diameter Appendix EN 60811-1-1 Subclause 8.3
Tables 1 up to 6 and graduated measuring tape.
Rounding of numbers according to
IEC 60502-1
3.3 Mechanical characteristics HD 603-1 Table 4A EN 60811-1-1
Mechanical characteristics without HD 603-1 Table 4A + difference with EN 60811-1-2
ageing type DMV2 Subclause 8.1
Mechanical characteristics after ageing HD 603-1 Table 4A 2 % for 0,5 % (volume of the test
in an oven type DMV2 pieces in relation with the volume
of the oven)
3.4 Test for resistance of sheath to cracking HD 603-1 Table 4A EN 60811-3-1 Subclause 9.2
type DMV2

type DMV2
3.6 Impact test at low temperature for the At least 8-test EN 60811-1-4 Subclause 8.5
will not show any taken on 5 different places at a
cracks when distance of 1m from each other
examined with
normal vision
Temperature: (-15 ± 2)°C No cracks
4.3 After aging on complete cable EN 60811-1-2
Temperature 100 ° C Subclause 8.1.4
Duration T1 -
Duration T2 168 h
Page 6-E-11
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section E

1 2 3 4
Subclause 3.2.1
- test voltage 6 Uo
between one core and the screen (armour)

with the other cores bonded to the screen
Page 6-E-12
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section E
4 Appendix (Tables)
Table 1 - Steel armoured single core cables

Nominal Form of Nominal Armour Nominal Outer Max.
cross- the thickness of thickness diameter resistance
sectional conductor the Wires Steel tapes of the min. max. of the
area of the insulation Diameter Max. Thick- outer armour at
conductor diameter ness of sheath 20°C
of the the
copper tapes
1
wires
mm² mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Ω/km
10 0,7 1,2 - - 1,8 9 13 2,40
16 0,7 1,2 - - 1,8 11 15 2,00
25 0,9 1,2 - - 1,8 12 16 1,60
35 0,9 1,2 - - 1,8 13 17 1,35
50 1,0 1,2 - - 1,8 14 18 1,15
70 1,1 1,2 - - 2,0 16 22 1,00
95 1,1 - 1,3 0,5 2,0 20 25 0,90
2
120 Circular 1,2 - 1,3 0,5 2,0 22 26 0,80
150 1,4 - 1,3 0,5 2,0 24 29 0,75
185 1,6 - 1,3 0,5 2,0 25 31 0,70
240 1,7 - 1,5 0,5 2,2 28 34 0,65
300 1,8 - 1,5 0,5 2,2 31 37 0,60
400 2,0 - 1,5 0,5 2,2 34 41 0,55
500 2,9 - 1,5 0,5 2,4 39 47 0,50
630 3,2 - 1,5 0,7 2,6 44 55 0,50
800 3,5 - 1,5 0,7 2,8 51 60 0,50
1000 3,8 - 1,5 0,7 3,0 56 66 0,50
NOTE The armour of single core cables for a.c. applications is made of a non magnetic metal.
1
Copper wires placed in contact with the steel tape to adjust the conductivity of the armour.
2
Circular form.
Page 6-E-13
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section E
4 Appendix (Tables continued)
Table 2 - Copper armoured single core cables

Nominal Form of the Nominal Armour Nominal Outer diameter Max.
cross- conductor thickness Wires Tapes thickness min. max. resistance
sectional of the Diameter Max. Thick- of the of the
area of insulation diameter ness of outer armour at
the of the the tapes sheath 20°C
conductor copper
1
wires
mm² mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Ω/km
10 0,7 1,2 - - 1,8 9 12 2,40
16 0,7 1,2 - - 1,8 11 15 2,00
25 0,9 1,2 - - 1,8 12 16 1,60
35 0,9 1,2 - - 1,8 13 17 1,35
50 1,0 1,2 - - 1,8 14 18 1,15
70 1,1 1,2 - - 2,0 16 22 1,00
95 1,1 - 1,3 0,5 2,0 19 23 0,90
2
120 Circular 1,2 - 1,3 0,5 2,0 20 24 0,80
150 1,4 - 1,3 0,5 2,0 22 26 0,75
185 1,6 - 1,3 0,5 2,0 24 29 0,70
240 1,7 - 1,5 0,5 2,2 26 32 0,65
300 1,8 - 1,5 0,5 2,2 29 35 0,60
400 2,0 - 1,5 0,5 2,2 32 39 0,55
500 2,9 - 1,5 0,5 2,4 37 45 0,50
630 3,2 - 1,5 0,7 2,6 42 51 0,50
800 3,5 - 1,5 0,7 2,8 48 58 0,50
1000 3,8 - 1,5 0,7 3,0 53 64 0,50
NOTE The armour of single core cables for ac applications is made of a non magnetic metal.
1
Copper wires placed in contact with the copper tape to adjust the conductivity of the armour.
2
Circular form.
Page 6-E-14
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section E
Table 3 - Cables with two conductors

Nominal Form of Nominal Nominal Armour Nominal Outer diameter Max.
cross- the thickness inner wires thickness of min. max. resistance of
sectional conductor of the covering diameter the outer the armour
1
area of the insulation thickness sheath at 20°C
conductor
mm² mm mm mm mm mm mm Ω/km
1,5 0,7 0,9 1,2 1,8 11 15 12,10
2,5 0,7 0,9 1,2 1,8 12 16 7,41
4 0,7 0,9 1,2 1,8 13 17 4,61
2
6 Circular 0,7 0,9 1,2 1,8 14 18 3,08
10 0,7 0,9 1,2 1,8 16 20 2,40
1
A tape protecting the inner covering is optional. The thickness of this covering is given as an indication only. It may be replaced by a
lapped bedding with a minimum thickness of 0,3 mm for a sheath of 0,9 mm or 1 mm, 0,4 mm for a sheath of 1,2 mm, 0,5 mm for a
sheath of 1,3 mm and 0,6 mm for a sheath of 1,4 mm.
2
Circular form .
Page 6-E-15
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section E
Table 4 - Cables with 3 conductors

Nominal Form of Nominal Nominal Armour Nominal Outer Max.
cross- the insulation inner thickness diameter resistance
sectional conductor thickness covering Wires Steel tapes of the min. max. of the
area of thickness Diameter Max. Thickness outer armour at
1
conductor diameter of the sheath 20°C
of the steel
copper tapes
2
wires
mm² Mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Ω/km
1,5 0,7 0,9 1,2 - - 1,8 11 16 12,1
2,5 0,7 0,9 1,2 - - 1,8 12 17 7,41
4 0,7 0,9 1,2 - - 1,8 13 18 4,61
6 0,7 0,9 1,2 - - 1,8 14 19 3,08
Circular
10 0,7 0,9 1,2 - - 2,0 16 21 2,40
16 0,7 0,9 1,2 0,5 2,0 21 27 2,00
25 0,9 0,9 1,2 0,5 2,0 23 30 1,60
35 0,9 1,0 1,2 0,5 2,0 24 32 1,35
50 1,0 1,0 1,3 0,5 2,0 27 34 1,15
70 1,1 1,2 1,3 0,5 2,2 29 36 1,00

95 1,1 1,2 1,4 0,5 2,2 32 39 0,90
120 1,2 1,3 1,4 0,5 2,2 36 43 0,80
150 Sector 1,4 1,3 1,4 0,7 2,4 41 49 0,75
185 shaped 1,6 1,3 1,4 0,7 2,6 44 54 0,70
240 1,7 1,3 1,5 0,7 2,8 49 60 0,65
300 1,8 1,4 1,5 0,7 3,0 53 66 0,60
400 2,0 1,4 1,5 0,7 3,2 63 74 0,55
1
A tape protecting the inner covering is optional. The thickness of this covering is given as an indication only. It may be replaced by a
lapped bedding with a minimum thickness of 0,3 mm for a sheath of 0,9 mm or 1 mm, 0,4 mm for a sheath of 1,2 mm, 0,5 mm for a
sheath of 1,3 mm and 0,6 mm for a sheath of 1,4 mm.
2
Copper wires placed in contact with the steel tape to adjust the conductivity of the armour.
Page 6-E-16
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section E

Page 6-E-16
Part 6 Section E
Table 5 - Cables with 3 conductors and an insulated reduced conductor
Nominal cross-sectional Form of the conductors Nominal insulation Nominal Armour Nominal Outer diameter Maximum
area of conductor thickness inner thickness of resistance of
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
mm² covering the outer the armour

(1)
thickness sheet at 20°C
Phase Reduced Phase Reduced Phase Reduced Wires Steel tapes min. max.
conductor conductor conductor conductor conductor conductor
Diameter Max. Thickness of
diameter of the steel
the copper tapes
(2)
wires
mm² mm² mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Ω/km
25 16 0,9 0,7 1,0 - 1,2 0,5 2,0 22 29 1,60

35 16 Circular 0,9 0,7 1,2 - 1,2 0,5 2,0 24 32 1,35
50 25 Circular 1,0 0,9 1,2 - 1,3 0,5 2,2 28 36 1,15
70 35 1,1 0,9 1,3 - 1,3 0,5 2,2 32 40 1,00
95 50 1,1 1,0 1,3 - 1,4 0,5 2,2 37 45 0,90
120 70 1,2 1,1 1,3 - 1,4 0,7 2,4 40 50 0,80
150 70 Sector 1,4 1,1 1,3 - 1,5 0,7 2,6 44 56 0,75
185 95 shaped Circular or 1,6 1,1 1,4 - 1,5 0,7 2,8 48 60 0,70
240 120 sector 1,7 1,2 1,4 - 1,5 0,7 3,0 55 68 0,65
300 150 shaped 1,8 1,4 1,4 - 1,5 0,7 3,2 60 76 0,60
400 185 2,0 1,6 1,4 - 1,5 0,7 3,4 73 85 0,55
(1) A tape protecting the inner covering is optional. The thickness of this covering is given as an indication only. It may be replaced by a lapped bedding with a minimum thickness of 0,3 mm for
a sheath of 0,9 mm or 1 mm, 0,4 mm for a sheath of 1,2 mm, 0,5 mm for a sheath of 1,3 mm and 0,6 mm for a sheath of 1,4 mm.
(2) Copper wires placed in contact with the steel tape to adjust the conductivity of the armour.
Page 6-E-17
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section E
Table 6 - Cables with 4 conductors

Nominal Form of Nominal Nominal Armour Nominal Outer Max.
cross- the insulation inner thickness diameter resistance
sectional conductor thickness covering Wires Steel tapes of the outer min. max. of the
area of thickness Diameter Max. Thickness sheath armour at
conductor (1) diameter of the 20°C
of the steel
copper tapes
wires (2)
mm² mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Ω/km
1,5 0,7 0,9 1,2 - - 1,8 12 16 12,10
2,5 0,7 0,9 1,2 - - 1,8 13 17 7,41
4 0,7 0,9 1,2 - - 1,8 14 18 4,61
6 0,7 0,9 1,2 - - 1,8 15 19 3,08
10 Circular 0,7 0,9 1,2 - - 2,0 18 22 2,40
16 0,7 1,0 - 1,2 0,5 2,0 22 27 2,00
25 0,9 1,0 - 1,2 0,5 2,0 24 31 1,60
35 0,9 1,2 - 1,2 0,5 2,0 26 33 1,35
50 1,0 1,3 - 1,3 0,5 2,2 30 37 1,15
70 1,1 1,3 - 1,3 0,5 2,2 32 39 1,00
95 1,1 1,3 - 1,4 0,5 2,4 38 45 0,90
120 1,2 1,3 - 1,4 0,7 2,4 41 49 0,80
150 Sector 1,4 1,4 - 1,5 0,7 2,6 46 55 0,75
185 shaped 1,6 1,4 - 1,5 0,7 2,8 51 61 0,70
240 1,7 1,4 - 1,5 0,7 3,0 57 69 0,65
300 1,8 1,4 - 1,5 0,7 3,4 62 77 0,60
400 2,0 1,4 - 1,5 0,7 3,6 73 86 0,55
(1) Thickness of extruded covering is indicative only. A tape protecting the inner covering is optional. The thickness of this covering
is given as an indication only. It may be replaced by a lapped bedding with a minimum thickness of 0,3 mm for a sheath of
0,9 mm or 1 mm, 0,4 mm for a sheath of 1,2 mm, 0,5 mm for a sheath of 1,3 mm and 0,6 mm for a sheath of 1,4 mm.
(2) Additional copper wires used to obtain the conductance of the armour
Page 6-E-18
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section E
1 2
E Energy
X XLPE Insulation
A Armouring (Heavy duty)
V PVC sheath
B Cable conform to national
regulations
- F2 Fire retardant
General notes
The permissible maximum current ratings under continuous operation given hereafter relate to multicore
cables. They are calculated in accordance with IEC 60287.
Continuous operation is to be understood as indefinitely maintained constant current loading operation of the
cables. The resulting permanent heating is in fact the asymptotic heating corresponding to this operation.
The maximum permissible temperature in the cable conductors is: 90°C.
Local changes in laying and operation conditions may be disregarded for lengths less than 6 m. In other
cases, the values given in the following tables are to be corrected with adequate factors.
Cables laid underground or in sand-filled trenches

Laying depth: 70 cm
Concrete or baked clay mechanical protection by means of slabs or tiles.
Special conditions
- derating facto relating to the proximity of the other cables
- derating factor relating to the laying depth
Cables laid in air

Ambient temperature: 30°C
Note: the cables should be protected against direct sunray action
Special conditions
- derating factor relating to the proximity of other cables laid on perforated or plain supports
Page 6-E-19
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section E

Cables laid in trenches or on cable trunkings
Closed trenches without sand (40 x 40 cm) - metal covering plate or reinforced concrete covers at ground
level.
Semi open trenches (40 x 40 cm) - metal covering plate perforated on at least 1/3 of the total surface.
Open or covered cable trunking
Ambient air temperature: 30°C
Special conditions
- derating factor relating to the trough or tray effect
Cables laid in bushes

Cylindrical bushes laid in the ground. The diameter of which should be at least 2,5 x the overall diameter of
the cables if not larger than 65 mm or 2 x the overall diameter of cables over 65 mm.
Laying depth: 120 cm
Thermal resistivity of the bush: 100 K x cm/W
Special conditions
- derating factor relating to the bush effect
Page 6-E-20
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section E
Nominal cross- EXAVB

sectional area
single-core 2 cores 3 - 4 cores
dc current ac current
cable (1)
mm²
A A A A
1,5 - - - 38 30
2,5 - - - 50 40
4 - - - 65 50
6 - - - 76 65
10 142 - - 100 90
16 183 - - 125 120
25 225 190 167 156 150
35 263 213 186 187 175
50 313 248 216 - 205

70 378 298 261 - 265
95 468 365 321 - 315
120 528 410 361 - 360
150 604 467 412 - 405

185 702 540 473 - 460
240 809 621 543 - 530
300 946 715 625 - 590
400 1068 795 701 - -

500 1212 890 779 - -
630 1390 1001 873 - -
800 1602 1112 973 - -
1000 1824 1235 1079 - -

Page 6-E-21
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section E

Table 2 - Max. current ratings for cables laid and operating in the air
Nominal cross- EXAVB

sectional area
single-core 2 cores 3 - 4 cores
dc current ac current
cable (1)
mm²
A A A A
1,5 - - - 26 23
2,5 - - - 36 32
4 - - - 49 42
6 - - - 63 54
10 111 - - 86 75
16 141 - - 115 100
25 173 150 121 149 127
35 223 193 157 185 157
50 270 228 192 - 192

70 344 308 252 - 246
95 430 392 318 - 299
120 494 445 371 - 346
150 576 538 437 - 399

185 656 612 500 - 456
240 779 730 600 - 538
300 899 856 701 - 620
400 1029 980 802 - -

500 1188 1145 931 - -
630 1396 1335 1090 - -
800 1629 1525 1237 - -
1000 1898 1715 1408 - -

Page 6-E-22
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section E

Table 3 - Derating factors relating to the laying depth (U = 1000 V)
Depth S
cm 50 mm² 70 to 300 mm²
50 1,02 1,04
60 1,01 1,02
70 1,00 1,00
80 0,99 0,98
100 0,97 0,96
120 0,95 0,94
150 0,93 0,92
Number of multicore cables 2 3 4 5 6 8 10

7 cm
0,82 0,76 0,69 0,66 0,61 0,57 0,53
(°C)
1,10 1,07 1,04 1,00 0,96 0,92 0,89 0,85 0,79
(°C)
1,15 1,12 1,08 1,04 1,00 0,96 0,91 0,87 0,82

Page 6-E-23
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section E

Table 7- Derating factors relating to the thermal resistivity of the ground for multicore cables

mm² 50 70 80 100 120 150 200 250 300
1,5 1,14 1,08 1,05 1 0,96 0,90 0,83 0,77 0,72

2,5 1,15 1,08 1,05 1 0,96 0,90 0,82 0,76 0,71
4 1,16 1,08 1,05 1 0,95 0,89 0,82 0,76 0,71
6 1,16 1,09 1,06 1 0,95 0,89 0,81 0,75 0,70
10 1,17 1,09 1,06 1 0,95 0,89 0,80 0,75 0,70

16 1,18 1,10 1,07 1 0,95 0,89 0,80 0,74 0,69
25 1,20 1,10 1,08 1 0,94 0,88 0,79 0,72 0,67
35 1,23 1,12 1,08 1 0,94 0,87 0,77 0,70 0,65
50 1,24 1,13 1,08 1 0,94 0,86 0,77 0,70 0,65

70 1,24 1,13 1,08 1 0,94 0,86 0,77 0,70 0,65
95 1,24 1,13 1,08 1 0,94 0,86 0,77 0,70 0,64
120 1,25 1,13 1,08 1 0,94 0,86 0,76 0,69 0,64
150 1,25 1,13 1,08 1 0,93 0,86 0,76 0,69 0,64

185 1,25 1,13 1,08 1 0,93 0,86 0,76 0,69 0,64
240 1,25 1,13 1,08 1 0,93 0,86 0,76 0,69 0,64
300 1,25 1,13 1,08 1 0,93 0,86 0,76 0,69 0,64
Page 6-E-24
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section E

Number of multicore 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10
cables
>d d d 1 0,98 0,96 0,95 0,94 0,93 0,92 0,91
0,95 0,84 0,80 0,78 0,76 0,75 0,74 0,72
>d d d 0,95 0,90 0,88 0,87 0,86 0,85 0,84 0,83
On plain support
0,95 0,84 0,80 0,78 0,76 0,75 0,74 0,72

area
mm²
0,90
Workshop trench
(closed)
0,95
Workshop trench
(semi open)
0,90
0,98
Open cable trunking
50 0,81
Bushes (120 cm depth) 70 - 150 0,80
1 bush 185 - 400 0,79
Page 6-E-25
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section E

Table 10 - Derating factors * relating to the proximity of other cables laid in cable trenches,
2d
0,94 0,90 0,88 0,86 0,85
Workshop trench
(closed)
2d 0,95 0,91 0,89 0,87 0,86

Workshop trench
(semi open)
2d
0,94 0,90 0,88 0,86 0,85
2d 0,97 0,93 0,91 0,89 0,88

Open cable trunking
25 cm
0,91 0,85 0,81 0,78 0,76
Bushes (120 cm
depth)
6 Guide to use

1 2 3
- in soil
- in concrete
Cables specified according this HD may be used in
Categories A, B and C as defined in IEC 60183.
2 Highest permissible voltage - DC systems 1,2 kV
- AC systems:
Page 6-E-26
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section E

2 Recommendations for storage and transport (concluded)
1 2 3
1 Delivery
1.1 Distance between the outer cable layer - Minimum 5 cm for cables with an outer diameter
- Minimum D for cables with an outer diameter
D > 5cm
1.2 Core diameter of delivery drums 20 D
1.3 Cable sealing caps The cable caps have to be sealed during transport,
storage and laying.
2 Transport
2.1 Carriers Only suitable carriers shall be used
2.2 Drum axis position Cable drums with flange diameter exceeding 1 m
have to be transported with drum axis horizontal.
2.3 Loading and unloading Only suitable lifting shall be used.
2.4 Rolling of cable drums Filled-up cable drums may be rolled only on short
2.5 Cable coils Short cable lengths may be conditioned and
transported and stored horizontally.
The bending radii shall not fall short of the values
given in 1.2 of this guide to use

1 2 3
1 General remarks
1.1 Selection of cables The cable route, the laying method and the
operating conditions shall be taken into account
1.2 Laying and operating Cables shall be laid and operated in such way that
their properties are not endangered.
- cables protected against radiation of
sunlight
d) The method of laying and the back filling
material have to be selected in respect of the
outer cable sheath
e) Protection against outer influences e.g.
chemical solvents.
1.3 Protection of cables Armoured cables laid in ground are sufficiently
protected if a laying depth of at least 0,7 m is
applied. In case of lower laying depths the cables
shall be protected by other agreed means.
Page 6-E-27
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section E

1 2 3
1.4 Dimensions of ducts Inner diameter of ducts and pipes 1,5 times cable
diameter.
Several cables within one pipe are not
recommended. If used the pipe has to be so wide
that the cables do not block themselves.
When using steel pipes single-core cables
belonging to a three-phase system have to pass
through the same pipe.
To protect the pipes against shock it is
recommended to use sand bedding.
1.5 Fire protection The cables shall be installed in such a way that the
preventive fire protection shall be taken into
account.
2 Lowest temperature for cable laying The lowest allowed temperature of the cables
during installation and mounting of accessories is
+ 5°C for PVC sheathed cables.
This temperature is valid for the cable itself and not
for the surroundings.
In the case that the cable temperature is lower than
the allowed temperature, the cable must be warmed
for at least 24 h.
3 Pulling force
3.1 Pulling head attached to the conductors Maximum pulling force P = S δ , where
S in mm² is the cross-section area of conductor,
δ is the permissible tensile stress (δ = 50 N/mm² for
cables with copper conductors).
The maximum pulling force (P) is calculated from
the total of the nominal cross-sectional area.
The armouring shall not be considered in this
calculation.
3.2 Types of laying Cables may also be buried by means of a special
plow or they may be pulled into earth tubings laid by
a flushing-out method.
3.3 Preparation of cable route It is assumed that the cable trench is well prepared
for the laying procedure with well-established
curves and a sufficient number of cable rollers.
Special attention shall be paid to the required
minimum bending radii (see Clause 4).
The pulling force shall be permanently supervised
during the pulling procedure.
Page 6-E-28
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 6 Section E

1 2 3
4 Bending radii
5 Cable fixing Single-core cables may be laid alone or systemwise
(grouping of three-phases R/S/T together) in
bundles. A system of bundled cables may be
treated as a multi-core cable.
In case of separate laying of single-core cables,
cleats made of plastics or cleats consisting of non-
magnetic metals have to be used. Steel cleats may
be used if the magnetic circuit is not closed around
a single-core cable alone.
Cables and bundles of cables are to be tightened in
such a way that damages in form of indentation
marks by pressure caused by heat expansion are
avoided.
5.1 Longitudinal distance between cleats 20 times the cable diameter or cable system
diameter in case of three single-core cables.
This distance is also valid between points of support
in case of laying on cable racks or inside cable
trays.
In any case a distance of 80 cm should not be
exceeded.
5.2 Vertical distance between cleats For vertical cable laying on walls a bigger distance
between the cleats is permitted. However, a
distance of 1,5 m should not be exceeded.
Page 7-A-0
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 7 Section A
SECTION 7-A - CABLES WITH HEPR INSULATION AND PVC SHEATH

SINGLE CORE OR PREASSEMBLED (TYPE 7A)
Replace pages
7-A-20, 7-A-21, 7-A-22, 7-A-23 and 7-A-24
7-A-20, 7-A-21 and 7-A-22

Page 7-A-20
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 7 Section A
Drums and coils
Nominal cable lengths having weight not exceeding 35 kg are usually supplied as coiled, while cable lengths
having greater weight are wound on drums. Unless otherwise agreed between customer and manufacturer,
each coil or drum shall contain a single cable length.
Cable lengths either coiled or wound on drum shall be protected in adequate manner to prevent damages
and/or infringements.
The inner diameter of coils or the inner diameter of drums wound shall not be less than 12 D; D being the
outer cable diameter.
Nominal data
Each drum or coil shall be identified by a plate, label or indelible inscription on which the following data shall
be indicated:
- manufacturer name or logo;

;
- cable identification (cross section, nominal voltage, etc ) (abbreviations are allowed with reference to the
relevant standard);
- possible indication to the standard the cable is referred to;
- actual cable length.
Page 7-A-21
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 7 Section A
cable system), storage, transportation and installation of cables specified in this Section 7-A of HD 603.
the table below:
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Annex A Requirement for Section 7-A of HD 603
Subclause number
A.2.1 General Cables rated at Uo/U = 0,6/1 kV are used in a.c. systems with a
maximum voltage of 1,2 kV; they may be also used in d.c. systems
having a rated operation voltage between conductors and earth not
higher than 0,9 kV.
A.2.4 Concentric conductor The concentric conductor is considered to be adequate as a protection
against the direct contacts under the following provisions:
a) the longitudinal galvanic continuity of the concentric conductor is
guaranteed all along the cable route;
b) the concentric conductor is efficiently grounded;
c) the concentric conductor is designed to withstand the fault currents,
if any.
A.3.2 Sealing and drumming By agreement between manufacturer and costumer the cable shall be
delivered in coils or in drums.
A.3.2.3 Cable sealing The cables ends should be sealed to prevent ingress of moisture
during transport and storage and installation.
A.4.6 Bending radii during installation Minimum values:
Bending radius 14 times the cable outer diameter
Temperature: not lower than 15 °C
A.4.9 Installation in ducts/pipes The minimum diameter for the pipe and ducts shall be at least
1,4 times the cable outer diameter.
A.4.11 Lowest temperature of cable installation Minimum 0°C
2
For Al conductors σ = 30 N/mm2
Pulling by cable stocking
When laying a cable by means of a cable stocking it must be
remembered that the pulling stress is transmitted to the cable and the
cable conductor via frictional contact between the stocking and the
cable outer sheath. Due to this at the end of the laying operation the
part of cable under the pulling stocking must be cut away. A visual
check of the remaining part of the cable sheath shall not show any
damage, if so the damage part shall be removed.
The maximum pulling stresses allowed is reported in 5.3.1, but in any
case shall not exceed 10 kN.
A.4.13 Cable fixing When cables are installed horizontally on walls or ceilings, the
approximate distance between brackets shall be 20 D, or 2 m,
whichever is the lower. This distance also applies between points of
support of cable racks or cable trays.

Page 7-A-22
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 7 Section A
BLANK PAGE
Page 7-B-0
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 7 Section B
SECTION 7-B - CABLES WITH HEPR INSULATION AND PVC SHEATH

SINGLE CORE OR PRE-ASSEMBLED (TYPE 7B)
Replace pages
7-B-18, 7-B-19, 7-B-20, 7-B-21 and 7-B-22
7-B-18
Page 7-B-18
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 7 Section B
cable system), storage, transportation and installation of cables specified in this Section 7-B of HD 603.
the table below:
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Annex A Requirement for Section 7-B of HD 603
Subclause number
A.2.1 General Cables rated at Uo/U = 0,6/1 kV are used in a.c. systems with a
maximum voltage of 1,2 kV; they may be also used in d.c. systems
having a rated operation voltage between conductors and earth not
higher than 0,9 kV.
A.3.2 Sealing and drumming By agreement between manufacturer and costumer the cable shall be
delivered in coils or in drums.
A.3.2.3 Cable sealing The cables ends should be sealed to prevent ingress of moisture
during transport and storage and installation.
A.4.6 Bending radii during installation Minimum values:
Bending radius 18 times the cable outer diameter
Temperature: not lower than 15 °C
A.4.9 Installation in ducts/pipes The minimum diameter for the pipe and ducts shall be at least 1,4 D
A.4.11 Lowest temperature of cable installation Minimum 0°C
2
2
Pulling by cable stocking
When laying a cable by means of a cable stocking it must be
remembered that the pulling stress is transmitted to the cable and the
cable conductor via frictional contact between the stocking and the
cable outer sheath. Due to this at the end of the laying operation the
part of cable under the pulling stocking must be cut away. A visual
check of the remaining part of the cable sheath shall not show any
damage, if so the damage part shall be removed.
The maximum pulling stresses allowed is reported in 5.3.1, but in any
case shall not exceed 10 kN.
A.4.13 Cable fixing When cables are installed horizontally on walls or ceilings, the
approximate distance between brackets shall be 20 D, or 2 m,
whichever is the lower.
This distance also applies between points of support of cable racks or
cable trays.

Page 7-C-0
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 7 Section C
SECTION 7-C – CABLES WITHOUT CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR (TYPE 7C)
Delete Section 7-C completely.

Page 7-E-0
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 7 Section E
SECTION 7-E - CABLES WITH (TYPE 7E-1) AND WITHOUT (TYPE 7E-2) CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR
Replace Section 7-E

Page 7-E-1
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 7 Section E
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
SECTION 7-E- CABLES WITH (TYPE 7E-1) AND WITHOUT (TYPE 7E-2) CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR
Page 7-E-2
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 7 Section E
CONTENTS
1 General ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3
1 Conductor ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4
1.1 Material
2 Insulation ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
2.1 Material
3.1 Assembly
3.2 Fillers
4 Inner covering------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
4.1 Design
4.2 Thickness
5.1 Design
5.2 DC resistance
6 Outer sheath -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
6.1 Material
6.2 Colour
6.3 Thickness
7 Marking --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5

1 Routine tests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
2 Sample tests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
4 Appendix (Tables) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9

Page 7-E-3
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 7 Section E
REFERENCES
References are made in Section 7-E of HD 603, to other parts of this HD and to other Harmonization

1 General
This standard specifies the construction, dimensions and test requirements of power cables with EPR
or HEPR insulation and with or without concentric conductor for rated voltage (U) of 1 kV for fixed
installations.
The insulation covered by this standard shall consist of EPR-compound and corresponds to Table 2B
of HD 603-1, type DIE3, or of HEPR-compound and corresponds to Table 2C of HD 603-1, type DIH1.
(b) Rated voltage
0,6/1 kV
exceed 125 h.
(ii) Short-circuit for phase conductor 250°C

(d) Sheathing materials
Page 7-E-4
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 7 Section E

No. HD ADDITIONAL
Subclause 5.1
Subclause 5.1.1
conductors Class 1
Dimensions of shaped
conductors Appendix, Table 1

conductors

Class 2
types
a) number 1
Subclause 5.2
2.1 Material HD 603-1,Table 2B,
DIE3, or Table 2C,
DIH1
value)
core cables

Page 7-E-5
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 7 Section E

No. HD ADDITIONAL
3 Assembly of cores
Subclause 5.3
Subclause 5.4
conductor
conductor
spiral binder tapes
a) Calculated mean 4 mm
clearance between
adjacent wires
wires
Subclause 5.8
DMP5
6.2 Colour Black
6.3 Thickness

value)
7 Marking HD 603-1
a) without concentric Clause 3 a) none
conductor
b) with concentric b) Outer sheath shall be provided with two
conductor yellow stripes, parallel to the cable axis,
180° apart from one another.
Page 7-E-6
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 7 Section E
3 Test requirements
1. Routine tests
1 2 3 4
- sample:
2 High voltage test

Subclause 3.2.1
2. Sample tests
1 2 3 4
measurement
2 Insulation HD 605
Subclause 2.1.1
- Hot set test HD 603-1, EN 60811-2-1,

Table 2B, DIE3, or Clause 9
Table 2C, DIH1
Subclause 2.1.6.2
4 Sheath HD 605
- Thickness Subclause 6.3 Subclause 2.1.2
measurement
Page 7-E-7
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 7 Section E

1 2 3 4
1 Volume resistivity of insulation at 90°C Ω.cm HD 603-1, HD 605
Table 2B, DIE3, or Subclause 3.3.1
Table 2C, DIH1
Subclause 3.2.1.
- Test voltage (AC) 1,8 kV

1 2 3 4
1.1 Mechanical characteristics HD 603-1, EN 60811-1-1
Table 2B, DIE3, or Subclause 9.1
a) Without ageing Table 2C, DIH1 EN 60811-1-2
c) After ageing in air bomb at 0,55 MPa Subclause 8.2
1.2 Water absorption of insulation (85±3)°C HD 603-1, EN60811-1-3
Table 2B, DIE3, or Subclause 9.2
Table 2C, DIH1
2 Test on cores
2.1 Ozone resistance test HD 603-1, EN 60811-2-1
Table 2C, DIH1
3 Tests on PE-sheath
Subclause 8.1
DMP5 Subclause 8.2
DMP5 Clause 11
Page 7-E-8
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 7 Section E

1 2 3 4
Ageing temperature (100 ± 2)°C Table 2B, DIE3, Subclause 8.1.4
Table 2C, DIH1,
Table 4B DMP5
4.2 Longitudinal shrinkage for PE- sheath HD 605
Shrinkage 7 mm
Page 7-E-9
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 7 Section E
4 Appendix (Tables)
Table 1 – Solid sector-shaped aluminium conductors (class 1); α = 89°, α = 119,5°
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Nominal d b r1 r2
cross-
mm2 mm mm mm mm mm mm
α = 89°
95 10,2 ± 0,5 14,4 ± 0,6 13,2 1,3

120 11,4 ± 0,6 16,2 ± 0,6 14,8 1,5
150 12,7 ± 0,6 17,9 ± 0,6 16,1 1,6
185 14,2 ± 0,6 20,0 ± 0,7 17,9 1,8
240 16,3 ± 0,6 23,0 ± 0,7 20,5 2,1
α = 119,5°
95 9,0 ± 0,5 16,0 ± 0,6 11,1 1,1

120 10,1 ± 0,6 17,9 ± 0,6 12,5 1,2
150 11,2 ± 0,6 19,8 ± 0,6 13,6 1,4
185 12,5 ± 0,6 22,2 ± 0,6 15,1 1,5
240 14,4 ± 0,6 25,4 ± 0,6 17,3 1,7
r1 r2
d
α
r2
Page 7-E-10
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 7 Section E
1 2 3
Cu mm² Al mm²
1 2 3
in 3-phase circuits
mm² mm² mm²
25 16 -
35 25 -
50 25 -
70 35 25
95 50 35
120 70 -
150 95 35 or 50
185 95 -
240 120 or 150 50 or 80
300 - 100
400 - 135
1 2 3
2 --- black, red
3 ---- black, red, white
5 green/yellow, blue -----
black, red, white
Page 7-E-11
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 7 Section E
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
mm 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
mm 1,8 2,1 2,5 2,9 3,3 3,7 4,1 4,5 4,9
1 2
G EPR-insulation
N PE sheath
st
nd
rd
3 number Cross-section of concentric conductor (if any)

Page 7-E-12
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 7 Section E
5 Guide to use and selection of cables (Informative)
cable system), storage, transportation and installation of cables specified in this Section 7-E of HD 603.
the table below:
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Annex A Requirement for Section 7-E of HD 603
Subclause number
installation
for Cu conductors σ = 60 N/mm
2
for Al conductors σ = 30 N/mm

2
Multicore cables:
2

2

Page 8-B-0
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 8 Section B
SECTION 8-B - ARMOURED CABLES WITH (TYPE 8B-1) AND WITHOUT (TYPE 8B-2)
CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR
Replace Section 8-B
by the following new Section 8-B

Page 8-B-1
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 8 Section B
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
SECTION 8-B - ARMOURED CABLES WITH (TYPE 8B-1) AND WITHOUT (TYPE 8B-2) CONCENTRIC
CONDUCTOR
Page 8-B-2
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 8 Section B
CONTENTS
1 General ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3

1 Conductor ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4
1.1 Material
2 Insulation ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
2.1 Material
3.1 Assembly
3.2 Fillers
4 Inner covering------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
4.1 Design
4.2 Thickness
5.1 Design
5.2 DC resistance
6 Inner sheath --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
6.1 Material
6.2 Colour
6.3 Thickness
7 Armour ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
7.1 Design
7.2 Thickness
8 Outer sheath -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
8.1 Material
8.2 Colour
8.3 Thickness
9 Marking --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6

1 Routine tests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7
2 Sample tests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7
4 Appendix (Tables) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------10

Page 8-B-3
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 8 Section B
REFERENCES
References are made in Section 8-B of HD 603, to other Parts of this HD and to other Harmonization

1 General
This standard specifies the construction, dimensions and test requirements of power cables with EPR
or HEPR insulation and with or without concentric conductor for rated voltage (U) of 1 kV for fixed
installations.
The insulation covered by this standard shall consist of EPR-compound and corresponds to Table 2B
of HD 603-1, type DIE3, or of HEPR-compound and corresponds to Table 2C of HD 603-1 type DIH1.
(b) Rated voltage
0,6/1 kV
exceed 125 h.
(ii) Short-circuit for phase conductor 250°C
(d) Sheathing materials of extruded inner sheath
(e) Armour
wires
(f) Sheathing materials of outer sheath
Page 8-B-4
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 8 Section B
No. HD ADDITIONAL
Subclause 5.1
Subclause 5.1.1
conductors Class 1
conductors
conductors

Class 2
types
a) number 1
Subclause 5.2
2.1 Material HD 603-1,Table 2B,
DIE3, or Table 2C,
DIH1
value)
core cables
b) single core cables Black or green/yellow

Page 8-B-5
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 8 Section B

No. HD ADDITIONAL
3 Assembly of cores
Subclause 5.3
Subclause 5.4
conductor
conductor
spiral binder tapes
5.3 Distance between wires 4 mm
a) Calculated mean
clearance between
adjacent wires
wires
Subclause 5.6
DMP5
6.2 Colour Black
6.3 Thickness
a) nominal value Not thinner than the thickness of insulation

value)
Page 8-B-6
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 8 Section B

No. HD ADDITIONAL
7 Armour
- one layer of galvanised steel or aluminium alloy flat wires
7.2 Thickness
- steel or aluminium 1,2 mm
alloy flat wires
Subclause 5.8
Table 4B, DMP5
8.2 Colour Black
8.3 Thickness
b) minimum value nominal value - (0,1 mm + 15 % of nominal value)

9 Marking HD 603-1
a) without outer sheath Clause 3 a) Armour shall be marked with a single coloured
flat wire
---- of blue colour in cables without concentric
conductor
---- of yellow colour in cables with concentric
conductor
b) with outer sheath b) Outer sheath shall be marked with two
coloured stripes, parallel to the cable axis,
180 ° apart from one another
--- of blue colour in cables without concentric
conductor,
--- of yellow colour in cables with concentric
conductor.
Page 8-B-7
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 8 Section B

1. Routine tests
1 2 3 4
- sample:
2 High voltage test

Subclause 3.2:1
2. Sample tests
1 2 3 4
measurement
2 Insulation HD 605
Subclause 2.1.1
- Hot set test HD 603-1, EN 60811-2-1

Table 2C, DIH1
Subclause 2.1.6.2
Subclause 2.1.2
5 Outersheath (if any) HD 605
Subclause 2.1.2
measurement
Page 8-B-8
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 8 Section B

1 2 3 4
1 Volume resistivity of insulation at 90°C in Ω.cm HD 603-1, HD 605
Table 2B, DIE3, or Subclause 3.3.1
Table 2C, DIH1
Subclause 3.2.1
- test voltage (AC) 1,8 kV no

1 2 3 4
1.1 Mechanical characteristics HD 603-1, EN 60811-1-1
Table 2B, DIE3, Subclause 9.1
a) Without ageing or Table 2C, DIH1 EN 60811-1-2
c) After ageing in air bomb at 0,55MPa Subclause 8.2
1.2 Water absorption of insulation (85±3)°C HD 603-1, EN 60811-1-3
Table 2B, DIE3, Subclause 9.2
or Table 2C, DIH1
2 Test on cores
2.1 Ozone resistance test HD 603-1, EN 60811-2-1
Table 2B, DIE3, Clause 8
or Table 2C, DIH1
3 Tests on PE-sheath (inner sheath and outer
sheath (if any))
3.1 Mechanical properties HD 603-1, EN 60811-1-1
a) Without ageing Table 4B DMP5 Subclause 9.2
Subclause 8.1
3.2 Pressure test at high temperature HD 603-1, EN 60811-3-1
Table 4B DMP5 Subclause 8.2
3.3 Carbon black content HD 603-1, EN 60811-4-1
Table 4B DMP5 Clause 11
Page 8-B-9
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 8 Section B

1 2 3 4
Ageing temperature (100 ± 2)°C Table 2B, DIE3, or Subclause 8.1.4
Table 2C, DIH1,
Table 4B DMP5
4.2 Longitudinal shrinkage for PE- sheath EN 60811
Shrinkage 7 mm
Page 8-B-10
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 8 Section B
4 Appendix (Tables)
Table 1 – Solid sector-shaped aluminium conductors (class 1); α = 89°, α = 119,5°
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Nominal d b r1 r2
cross-
mm2 mm mm mm mm mm mm
α = 89°
95 10,2 ± 0,5 14,4 ± 0,6 13,2 1,3

120 11,4 ± 0,6 16,2 ± 0,6 14,8 1,5
150 12,7 ± 0,6 17,9 ± 0,6 16,1 1,6
185 14,2 ± 0,6 20,0 ± 0,7 17,9 1,8
240 16,3 ± 0,6 23,0 ± 0,7 20,5 2,1
α = 119,5°
95 9,0 ± 0,5 16,0 ± 0,6 11,1 1,1

120 10,1 ± 0,6 17,9 ± 0,6 12,5 1,2
150 11,2 ± 0,6 19,8 ± 0,6 13,6 1,4
185 12,5 ± 0,6 22,2 ± 0,6 15,1 1,5
240 14,4 ± 0,6 25,4 ± 0,6 17,3 1,7
r1 r2
d
α
r2
Page 8-B-11
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 8 Section B
4 Appendix (Tables, continued)

1 2 3
Cu mm² Al mm²
Circular solid 2.5 to10 -
1 2 3
in 3-phase circuits
mm² mm² mm²
25 16 -
35 25 -
50 25 -
70 35 25
95 50 35
120 70 -
150 95 35 or 50
185 95 -
240 120 or 150 50 or 80
300 - 100
400 - 135
1 2 3
2 --- black, red
black, red, white
Page 8-B-12
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 8 Section B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
mm 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
mm 1,8 2,1 2,5 2,9 3,3 3,7 4,1 4,5 4,9
1 2
G EPR-insulation
N PE sheath

N PE outer sheath
st
nd
rd
/3 number Cross-section of concentric conductor (if any)

Page 8-B-13
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 8 Section B
cable system), storage, transportation and installation of cables specified in this Section 8-B of HD 603.
the table below:
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Annex A Requirement for Section 8-B of HD 603
Subclause number
installation
2

2
Multicore cables:
2

2

Page 8-B-14
HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007
Part 8 Section B
BLANK PAGE

Cenelec: HD 603 S1/A3

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Cenelec: HD 603 S1/A3

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

HARMONIZATION DOCUMENT HD 603 S1/A3

Distribution cables of rated voltage 0,6/1 kV

Câbles de distribution Energieverteilungskabel

This amendment exists in one official version (English).

Central Secretariat: rue de Stassart 35, B - 1050 Brussels

Ref. No. HD 603 S1:1994/A3:2007 E

The following dates were fixed:

– latest date by which the existence of the amendment

– latest date by which the amendment has to be implemented

– latest date by which the national standards conflicting

(HD 603 S1:1994 with A1, A2 and A3)

Part 3 PVC INSULATED CABLES - UNARMOURED

Part 4 PVC INSULATED CABLES - ARMOURED

Part 5 XLPE INSULATED CABLES - UNARMOURED

Part 6 XLPE INSULATED CABLES - ARMOURED

Part 7 EPR INSULATED CABLES - UNARMOURED

Part 8 EPR INSULATED CABLES - ARMOURED

List of updated cross-references

Original Ref Original title New Ref New title

PART 1: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Replace the complete part by the following:

DISTRIBUTION CABLES OF RATED VOLTAGE 0,6/1 KV

PART 1: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

4 Core identification ......................................................................................................................... 7

5 General requirements for the construction of cables ..................................................................... 8

6 Tests on completed cables ......................................................................................................... 11

7 Sealing and packing ................................................................................................................... 11

8 Current ratings ............................................................................................................................ 11

9 Guide to use and selection of cables .......................................................................................... 11

Annex A (informative) Guide to use and selection of cables .................................................................... 37

EN 50334 Marking by inscription for the identification of cores of electric cables

The particular types of cables are specified in Parts 3 to 8.

2.1 Definitions concerning the insulating and sheathing compounds

2.1.1 Insulating and sheathing compounds

Table 2.1.1 – Insulating and sheathing compounds

Insulating and sheathing compounds See:

2.1.2 Type of compound

2.2 Definitions relating to the tests

2.2.1 Type tests (Symbol T)

2.2.2 Sample tests (Symbol S)

2.2.3 Routine tests (Symbol R)

2.2.4 Tests after installation

2.3 Rated voltage

3.1 Indication of origin

- either the manufacturer's identification thread

- 550 mm if the marking is on the outer surface of the cable,

3.2 Additional marking

3.5 Common marking

3.6 Use of the name CENELEC

Compliance with these requirements shall be verified by visual examination.

5 General requirements for the construction of cables

5.1.2 Electrical resistance

5.1.3 Separator tape

It shall be easily removable from the conductor.

5.2.4 Mechanical properties before and after ageing

5.2.5 Additional properties

5.3 Assembly of cores

5.4 Fillers and tapes

5.5 Inner covering (bedding)

5.6 Inner sheath

5.7 Metallic coverings

5.8.4 Sheath applied over a smooth surface

Test methods are specified in Subclause 2.1.2 of HD 605.